JP7025779B2 - Game table - Google Patents

Description

The present invention relates to a game console represented by a ball game machine (pachinko machine) and a spinning machine (slot machine).

In pachinko machines and other game consoles, obstacles that change the direction in which the game ball falls, as well as a winning slot, starting slot, and variable winning slot where the game ball can win are provided in the game area of the game board. It is common. When a game ball wins a prize, a privilege is given to the player, such as paying out the prize ball (see, for example, Patent Document 1 and the like).

Further, such a game table is known to be equipped with a game control means.

Japanese Unexamined Patent Publication No. 2008-200320

However, in the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the game control means.

In view of the above circumstances, it is an object of the present invention to provide a game table having a feature in the game control means.

The game console of the present invention that solves the above object is
A game control means capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states, and
The first starting prize means and
The second starting prize means and
A first symbol display means capable of executing a first symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the first start winning means, and a first symbol display means.
A second symbol display means capable of executing a second symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the second start winning means, and a second symbol display means.
The first variable winning means and
The second variable winning means and
It is a game table equipped with
The gaming state of one of the plurality of gaming states is the first gaming state.
The gaming state of one of the plurality of gaming states is the second gaming state.
The gaming state of one of the plurality of gaming states is the third gaming state.
The second gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state.
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a probability change state and an electric support state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic state and a non-electric support state.
In the second gaming state, when the number of fits becomes the first number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.
In the second gaming state, when the number of fittings becomes the second number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.
The first number of times and the second number of times are different times.
In response to the small hit symbol being displayed in the first symbol display means, the game ball becomes easy to enter the first variable winning means (hereinafter referred to as "third state").
In response to the small hit symbol being displayed in the second symbol display means, the game ball becomes easy to enter the second variable winning means (hereinafter referred to as "fourth state").
In the fourth state, it is easier to obtain a prize ball than in the third state.
When the first big hit game is started in the first game state, the game shifts to the third game state after the end of the first big hit game.
The second starting winning means is a starting winning means that can be changed into a first state and a second state.
The second state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the second starting winning means than the first state.
In the electric support state, the second start winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state.
In the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display.
It is characterized by that.

According to the game console of the present invention, it is possible to realize a game console characterized by the game control means.

It is an external perspective view of the pachinko machine which concerns on this embodiment as seen from the front side (player side). It is a rear view which looked at the pachinko machine from the back side. (A) is a schematic front view of the game board as seen from the front side (player side), and (b) is an enlarged view of various lamps mounted on the main control lamp board arranged on the game board. It is a representation figure. FIG. 3 is a perspective view showing a state in which the attacker front plate 2301 is removed from the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. It is a figure which shows the back surface of the attacker front plate 2301 which was removed in FIG. It is a figure which shows the state which the attacker unit 23 is cross-sectioned by the line BB'shown in FIG. 4 (a), and is seen from directly above. (A) is a perspective view showing a state after the second variable winning opening 235 of the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4 (a) is changed to a winning easy state, and FIG. 4 (b) is a perspective view showing a state in FIG. 4 (a). FIG. 1 is a perspective view showing a state after the start port (variable) 231 of the special figure 1 start port (variable) 231 of the attacker unit 23 is changed to an easy-to-win state. (A) is a diagram showing an attacker unit 23 in which the second variable winning opening 235 is in a difficult-to-win state, and (b) is a diagram showing an attacker unit 23 in which the second variable winning opening 235 is in an easy-to-win state. be. It is a figure for demonstrating the light emitting structure of the attacker unit 23. It is a functional block diagram of a pachinko machine. As an example of the display symbol of the pachinko machine, (a) shows an example of the stop display symbol of the special figure 1, (b) shows an example of the stop display symbol of the special figure 2, and (c) shows an example of the decorative symbol. An example is shown, and (d) is a diagram showing an example of a stop display symbol of a normal figure. Main control unit It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the main processing. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of the main control part timer interrupt processing. (A) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the table for determining whether or not the result is normal, and (b) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the table for determining whether or not the special figures 1 and 2 are correct. (A) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the special figure 1 big hit symbol determination distribution table, and (b) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the special figure 2 big hit symbol determination distribution table. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of processing in the 1st sub-control unit of a pachinko machine, (a) is the flowchart of the 1st sub-control unit main processing, and (b) is the 1st sub-control unit command reception interrupt processing. It is a flowchart, and (c) is a flowchart of the first sub-control unit timer interrupt processing. It is a flowchart which shows the flow of processing in the 2nd sub-control unit of a pachinko machine, (a) is the flowchart of the 2nd sub-control unit main processing, and (b) is the 2nd sub-control unit command reception interrupt processing. It is a flowchart, (c) is a flowchart of a second sub-control unit timer interrupt process, and (d) is a flowchart of a second sub-control unit image control process. It is a table used in the 1st sub-control unit of a pachinko machine, (a) is a figure which shows an example of the contents of the A route battle mode production selection table, and (b) is a B route battle mode production selection table. It is a figure which shows an example of the contents of. (A) is a diagram showing an example of a specific configuration of an accessory ratio / setting display, and (B) is a diagram showing an example of a specific configuration of a DIP switch board. It is a figure explaining the game flow. (A) is a timing chart for explaining an example of an operation in each symbol display device in a normal gaming state, and (b) is a timing chart for explaining an example of an operation in each symbol display device in a battle mode or a challenge mode. .. (A) is a timing chart for explaining the operation of each symbol display device when shifting from the battle mode to the small hit rush in the conventional game table, and (b) is the timing chart for explaining the operation of each symbol display device in the game table according to the present embodiment. It is a timing chart explaining an example of the operation in each symbol display device at the time of transition to a hit rush. It is a figure which shows an example of the effect which concerns on the decorative symbol variation display centering on the decorative symbol display device of the pachinko machine of this embodiment step by step. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the effect shown in FIG. 23 step by step. It is a figure which shows step by step about another effect example following the effect shown in FIG. 24 (q). It is a figure which shows an example of the production in a big hit game centering on a decorative pattern display device step by step. It is a figure which shows an example of the production in a challenge mode centering on a decorative pattern display device step by step. It is a figure which shows an example of the production in a battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device step by step. It is a figure which shows the other production example step by step in the battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows the appearance that the continuous production is performed in a battle mode step by step. It is a figure which shows the appearance that the hold notice is being performed in the battle mode step by step. It is a figure which shows the appearance that the hold notice is being performed in the battle mode step by step. It is a figure which shows an example of the production in a small hit rush centering on a decorative pattern display device step by step. It is a figure which shows step by step about another effect example following the effect shown in FIG. 33 (n). It is a figure which shows the appearance that the continuous notice is performed in a small hit rush step by step. It is a figure which shows the other production example of the continuous notice performed in a small hit rush step by step. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the effect shown in FIG. 36 step by step. It is a figure which shows step by step about another production example following the production shown in FIG. 37 (22). It is a figure which shows step by step about another production example following the production shown in FIG. 36 (11). It is a figure which shows the other production example of the continuous notice performed in a small hit rush step by step. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the effect shown in FIG. 40 step by step. It is a figure which shows step by step about another production example following the production shown in FIG. 40 (11). It is a figure which shows the other production example of the continuous notice performed in a small hit rush step by step. It is a figure which shows the continuation of an example of the effect shown in FIG. 43 step by step. It is a modification of the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 3, and is a perspective view showing a state in which the attacker front plate 2301 is removed from the attacker unit 23. In another example of the display symbol of the pachinko machine, (a) shows an example of the stop display symbol of the special figure 1, (b) shows an example of the stop display symbol of the special figure 2, and (c) shows an example of the stop display symbol. An example of a decorative symbol is shown, and (d) is a diagram showing an example of a stop display symbol of a normal drawing. (A) is a diagram showing another example of the contents of the special figure 1 big hit symbol determination distribution table, and (b) is a diagram showing another example of the contents of the special figure 2 big hit symbol determination distribution table. (C) is a figure which shows an example of the contents of the special figure 2 small hit symbol determination distribution table. It is a figure explaining another example of a game flow. (A) is a timing chart for explaining a modified example of the operation in each symbol display device in the battle mode and the challenge mode, and (b) is a case where the small hit rush is changed to a special small hit in the battle mode. It is a timing chart explaining one of the operations in each symbol display device. It is a figure which shows the other production example step by step in the battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows the other production example step by step in the battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows the other production example step by step in the battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows the other production example step by step in the battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows the other production example step by step in the battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows the other production example step by step in the battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows the other production example step by step in the battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows the other production example step by step in the battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows the other production example step by step in the battle mode centering on a decorative pattern display device. It is a figure which shows the other production example of the continuous notice performed in a small hit rush step by step. It is a front view of the enclosed type pachinko machine to which this invention is applied. It is an external perspective view of the slot machine applicable to this invention as seen from the front side (player side). It is a figure which shows the game table by the modification of this invention, (a) shows the casino machine, (b) shows the mobile phone which has the storage part which stores the electronic data which realizes this invention, (c) is A portable game machine having a storage unit for storing electronic data that realizes the present invention is shown, and (d) shows a home video game machine having a storage unit that stores electronic data that realizes the present invention. (E) shows a data server storing electronic data that realizes the present invention.

Hereinafter, the game console according to the present invention (for example, a ball game machine such as a pachinko machine 100 and a rotating body game machine such as a slot machine) will be described in detail with reference to the drawings.

<Overall configuration>
First, the overall configuration of the pachinko machine 100 according to the first embodiment of the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. The figure is an external perspective view of the pachinko machine 100 as viewed from the front side (player side).

The pachinko machine 100 is a game table on which a player can obtain profits when a predetermined condition is satisfied, and launches an outer frame 102, a main body 104, a front frame door 106, and a door 108 with a ball storage plate. The device 110 and the game board 200 are provided on the front surface (player side) thereof.

The outer frame 102 is a wooden frame member having a vertical rectangular shape for fixing to an installation place (island equipment or the like) provided in a game machine installation shop.

The main body 104 is a door member provided inside the outer frame 102, having a locking function, and rotatably attached to the outer frame 102 via a hinge portion 112 as a base body of a vertically rectangular gaming machine. .. Further, the main body 104 is formed in a frame shape and has a space portion 114 inside. A clerk at a store (amusement store) in which the pachinko machine 100 is installed can open and close the main body 104, and is provided with a main body opening sensor 1041 for detecting that the main body 104 has been opened.

The front frame door 106 is attached to the front surface of the main body 104, which is the front side of the pachinko machine 100, via a hinge portion 112 so as to have a locking function and can be opened and closed. Is a door member having an opening. A clerk at a game store can also open and close the front frame door 106, and a front frame door sensor 1061 for detecting that the front frame door 106 has been opened is also provided. The front frame door 106 is provided with a transparent plate member 118 made of glass or resin at the opening, and the speaker 120, the left frame lamp 122L, the right frame lamp 122R, and the upper frame lamp 122U are provided on the front side. Is attached. A space in which the game area 124 is provided is divided between the rear surface of the front frame door 106 and the front surface of the game board 200. The front frame door 106 corresponds to an example of a door body. In this embodiment, a lamp whose light source is an LED is also referred to as a lamp.

The door 108 with a ball storage dish is a door member mounted on the front surface of the pachinko machine 100 with respect to the lower side of the main body 104 so as to have a locking function and can be opened and closed. The door 108 with a ball storage dish is opened by pushing an opening lever 1081 that can be operated with the front frame door 106 open. Further, a door sensor 1082 with a ball storage dish for detecting that the door 108 with a ball storage dish has been opened is also provided. The door 108 with a ball storage plate 126 can store a plurality of game balls (hereinafter, may be simply referred to as “balls”) and is provided with a passage for guiding the game balls to the launching device 110. The ball removal button 130 for ejecting the game ball stored in the ball storage plate 126 from the ball storage plate 126 by the operation of the player, and the game ball guided to the launching device 110 by the operation of the player of the game board. A ball launching handle 134 that launches into the game area 124, an effect button 136 that changes the effect mode of various effect devices by the operation of the player, and a button lamp 138 that is built in the effect button 136 and emits light of the effect button 136. , A ball lending operation button 140 for instructing a ball lending instruction to a card unit (CR unit) installed in a game store is provided. Further, although not shown in FIG. 1, a return operation button for instructing the card unit to return the player's balance is also provided on the right side of the ball lending operation button 140. Further, it also has an operation key unit 190 in which a cross key and an enter button are arranged.

The launching device 110 is attached below the main body 104, and has a launching rod 146 that rotates when the ball launching handle 134 is operated by the player, and a launching mallet 148 that collides the game ball with the tip of the launching rod 146. , Equipped with. The launching device 110 launches the game ball into the game area 124 of the game board every predetermined firing period (for example, 0.6 seconds) while the ball launching handle 134 is continuously launched by the player. It fires at the target and corresponds to an example of a firing means.

FIG. 2 is a rear view of the pachinko machine 100 of FIG. 1 as viewed from the back side.

The upper part of the back surface of the pachinko machine 100 has an opening opened upward, and is located at the bottom of the ball tank 150, which is located below the ball tank 150 for temporarily storing the game balls and the ball tank 150. A tank rail 154 for guiding the ball falling through the formed communication hole to the payout device 152 located on the right side of the back surface is arranged.

The payout device 152 is made of a cylindrical member, and includes a payout motor, a sprocket, and a payout sensor (not shown) inside the payout device 152. The payout device 152 is removable and, when mounted at a predetermined position, is connected to the downstream end of the tank rail 154.

The sprocket is configured to be rotatable by a payout motor, and the game ball that has passed through the tank rail 154 and has flowed down into the payout device 152 is temporarily retained, and the payout motor is driven to rotate by a predetermined angle. As a result, the temporarily stagnant game balls are sent out one by one below the payout device 152. That is, the payout device 152 is a kind of ball feeding device that applies a driving force to the game ball and conveys the game ball.

The payout sensor is a sensor for detecting the passage of the game ball sent out by the sprocket, and when the game ball is passing, either high or low signal is passed, and when the game ball is not passing. The signal of either high or low is output to the payout control unit 600 (see FIG. 4). The game ball that has passed through the payout sensor is configured to pass through a ball rail (not shown) and reach the ball storage dish 126 arranged on the front side of the pachinko machine 100, and the pachinko machine 100 is configured to reach a predetermined state. Based on the fact that the granting condition is satisfied, the player is given (paid out) an amount of game value (game ball) according to the granting condition by this configuration.

On the left side of the drawing of the payout device 152, there is a main board case 158 for accommodating the main board 156 constituting the main control unit 300 (see FIG. 10) that performs control processing of the entire game, and processing information generated by the main control unit 300. Based on the processing information generated by the first sub-board case 162 and the first sub-control unit 400 that house the first sub-board 160 constituting the first sub-control unit 400 (see FIG. 10) that performs control processing related to the effect. A second sub-board case 166 for accommodating a second sub-board 164 constituting a second sub-control unit 500 (see FIG. 10) that performs control processing related to the effect, and a payout control unit 600 that performs control processing related to payout of game balls (see FIG. 10). A payout board case 172 for accommodating a payout board 170 including an error release switch 168 that constitutes (see FIG. 10) and cancels an error by an operation of a game clerk, and a launch control unit 630 that performs control processing related to launch of a game ball (FIG. 10). A power switch that configures a launch board case 176 that houses the launch board 174 that constitutes (see), a power control unit 660 that supplies power to various electrical game equipment (see FIG. 10), and turns the power on and off by the operation of a game clerk. A power supply board case 184 for accommodating a power supply board 182 including a 178 and a RAM clear switch 180 that outputs a RAM clear signal to the main control unit 300 by being operated when the power is turned on, and a signal between the payout control unit 600 and the card unit. The CR interface unit 186 for transmitting and receiving the above is arranged.

Further, in the present embodiment, the setting change key 192, the setting change button 194, and the accessory ratio / setting display 196 are provided on the main board 156. In the present embodiment, when the setting change key 192 is operated on the condition that the RAM clear switch 180 is pressed when the power is turned on, the setting change mode can be set to at least one of a plurality of settings having different jackpot probabilities. Can be migrated to. In the setting change mode, the current setting is displayed on the accessory ratio / setting display 196, and the clerk can change the setting by pressing the setting change button 194 while checking this. Even if the RAM clear switch 180 is not pressed when the power is turned on, the setting may be changed when the setting change key 192 is operated when the power is turned on.

The accessory ratio / setting display 196 is a 7-segment LED board mounted on the main board 156 and arranged inside the main board case 158, and is attached in a manner visible to the clerk. As shown in FIG. 19A, the accessory ratio / setting display 196 has double-digit 7-segment LEDs arranged one above the other, and one-digit 7-segment LEDs modularized on the right side. The bonus ratio monitor is an indicator for notifying the bonus ratio (YH) and the continuous bonus ratio (RY), and the setting monitor is a monitor for confirming the current setting. The accessory ratio / setting display 196 is composed of, for example, single-color LEDs such as red, green, blue, and white, but may be capable of emitting light in three colors of red, green, and orange, or is a full-color LED. May be. It should be noted that at least a part of the accessory ratio / setting display 196 may be provided on the game board 200, for example, so that the player can see it.

Further, in the present embodiment, the DIP switch board 198 is arranged on the back surface of the first sub board case 162. Details of the dip switch board 198 will be described later.

FIG. 3A is a schematic front view of the game board 200 as viewed from the front. Here, the arrows d2 and d3 indicate the directions in which the pachinko machine 100 is fixed at the installation location. The arrow d2 indicates the width direction (sometimes referred to as the left-right direction) of the pachinko machine 100, and the left hand may be referred to as the left and the right hand may be referred to as the right in front view. The arrow d3 indicates the height direction (sometimes referred to as the vertical direction) of the pachinko machine 100, and the higher one may be referred to as upper and the lower one may be referred to as lower. Although not shown in FIG. 3, in the depth direction (sometimes referred to as the front-rear direction) of the pachinko machine 100, the front side may be referred to as the front side or the front side, and the back side may be referred to as the rear side or the back side. In some cases.

The game board 200 has a game area 124 on the front surface, and is detachably attached to the main body 104 by using a predetermined fixing member so as to face the space 114 of the main body 104. The game area 124 can be observed from the opening after the game board 200 is attached to the main body 104.

Various structures can be adopted for the mounting structure of the game board 200 to the main body 104. For example, the front left side portion 200a of the game board 200 is inserted into the front view left side (hinge portion 112 side) of the main body 104, and here. It is possible to adopt a structure in which the game board 200 is rotated around the center of rotation and the right side portion 200b of the game board 200 is pressed against the main body 104 to be set. With such a structure, workability can be improved. In some cases.

The game board 200 is a unit in which various parts are attached to the game board 201 which is a plate-shaped main body. The game board 201 is formed of, for example, resin, and its surface (front surface) constitutes a decorative surface displaying characters of the pachinko machine 100 and the like. The decorative surface may be formed, for example, by pasting a sheet on which a character of the pachinko machine 100 or the like is printed. A vibration sensor SR3 is arranged at the lower right of the game plate 201. When it is detected by the vibration sensor SR3, error processing (for example, notification by image or sound, game stop that makes it impossible to continue the game, etc.) can be performed. The vibration sensor SR3 may be another fraud detection sensor such as a magnetic sensor.

The outer rail 202 and the inner rail 204 are arranged on the game board 200 to form a game area 124 in which the game ball can roll. A part of the outer rail 202 is formed by a rail member 209 that can be attached to and detached from the main body 104. Of the game area 124, the area between the outer rail 202 and the inner rail 204 forms a guide area 201a for guiding the launched game ball.

Areas other than the game area 124 of the game board 200 may be referred to as a non-game area. The gaming area 124 and the non-gaming area can be distinguished from each other with the outer rail 202 as a boundary. Further, the area inside the area through which the game ball passes with the firing intensity of the game ball maximized can be referred to as at least the game area 124. The game area 124 may include an area in which the game ball does not pass due to the presence of the effect device or the like in the game area 124. The game area 124 may be referred to as a flow area at the point where the game ball flows down during the game, and the non-game area may be referred to as the non-flow area at the point where the game ball does not flow down during the game except for maintenance and accidents. The entire area of the game area 124 may be referred to as a flow-down area, but an area in which the game ball does not flow down due to the presence of an effect device or the like may be referred to as a non-flow-down area.

A decorative symbol display device 208 is arranged at substantially the center of the game area 124. A main control lamp board 254 is provided below the game area 124, and as shown in FIG. 3 (b), a normal symbol display device 210 and a first special symbol are provided on the main control lamp board 254. Display device 212, 2nd special symbol display device 214, normal symbol hold lamp 216, 1st special symbol hold lamp 218, 2nd special symbol hold lamp 220, high accuracy middle lamp RK, electric support middle lamp An RD, a right-handed lamp RM, and a round display lamp RR are arranged. Hereinafter, a normal symbol may be referred to as a "normal symbol" and a special symbol may be referred to as a "special symbol".

The decorative pattern display device 208 is a display device for displaying various displays used for decorative patterns and effects, and is configured by a liquid crystal display device (LCD: Liquid Crystal Display) in the present embodiment. The decorative symbol display device 208 is divided into four display areas of a left symbol display area 208a, a middle symbol display area 208b, a right symbol display area 208c, and an effect display area 208d, and the left symbol display area 208a and the middle symbol display area 208b. The right symbol display area 208c displays different decorative symbols, and the effect display area 208d displays an image used for the effect. Further, the positions and sizes of the display areas 208a, 208b, 208c, and 208d can be freely changed in the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208. Although a liquid crystal display device is adopted as the decorative pattern display device 208, it may be configured to be able to display various effects and various game information even if it is not a liquid crystal display device. For example, a dot matrix display device may be used. , A 7-segment display device, an organic EL (ElectroLuminence) display device, a reel (drum) type display device, a leaf type display device, a plasma display, and other display devices including a projector may be adopted.

As shown in FIG. 3B, the normal figure display device 210 is a display device for displaying a normal figure, and in the present embodiment, it is composed of two vertical LEDs. The first special figure display device 212 and the second special figure display device 214 are display devices for displaying special figures, and in the present embodiment, they are each composed of two upper and lower stages, for a total of eight LEDs.

The normal map holding lamp 216 is a lamp for indicating the number of reserved normal figure variable games (details will be described later), and in the present embodiment, the normal figure variable games are held up to a predetermined number (for example, four). It is possible to do. The first special figure holding lamp 218 is a lamp for indicating the number of reserved special figure variable games, and in the present embodiment, the special figure variable games are held up to a predetermined number (for example, four). It is possible. Further, the second special symbol holding lamp 220 is a lamp for indicating the number of reserved special symbol variable games, and in the present embodiment, the special symbol variable games are reserved up to a predetermined number (for example, four). It is possible.

Further, the high-probability middle lamp RK is a lamp for indicating that the gaming state is a high-probability state in which a big hit is likely to occur, or is in a high-probability state. The lamp RD during the electric support indicates that the variation display time of the normal symbol is shortened and the blade member 2311 (see FIG. 4) of the electric tulip (electric chew) described later is in the electric support state where it is easy to open for a long time. It is a lamp for. The right-handed indicator lamp RM is a lamp for indicating that the player is in a jackpot game state, a probability change state, and an electric support state, and is in a state where the player can obtain the benefit by hitting right. The round display lamp RR is a lamp for indicating the number of rounds in the big hit game related to the big hit when the big hit is made.

The game board 200 shown in FIG. 3A is provided with a warp device 242 and a stage 244 in a rollable area of the game ball. The warp device 242 discharges the game ball that has entered the warp inlet 242a provided on the left side of the decorative symbol display device 208 from the warp outlet 242b to the stage 244. The stage 244 is provided below and in front of the decorative symbol display device 208, and is a stage in which the game ball passing through the warp device 242 shows movements such as reciprocating movements and rotational movements. In this stage 244, the game ball reciprocates or rotates, so that the residence time of the game ball becomes long. The stage 244 is provided with a stage cover 245.

Further, in the upper part of the game area 124, the first effect movable unit 7 is arranged supported by the main body 104. Further, a second effect movable unit 8 is arranged below and behind the stage 244 supported by the main body 104, but the second effect movable unit 8 is not visible in FIG. 3A. ..

As shown in FIG. 3A, a part of the upper part of the game area 124 is covered with the decorative cover 203. Further, the upper right portion of the game area 124 is covered with the decorative upper right cover 205, and the normal drawing start opening 228 is arranged at the back (rear side) of the decorative upper right cover 205. The normal drawing start port 228 is configured by a device called a gate or a through chucker for determining whether or not a ball has passed a predetermined area of the game area 124, and in the present embodiment, the right side of the game board 200. One is arranged in. Balls that have passed through the starting port 228 are not discharged to the game island side, but when they enter, a predetermined number (for example, one) of prize balls are paid out and the entered game balls are ejected. It may be guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and discharged to the game island side. When the predetermined ball detection sensor detects that the ball has passed through the normal drawing start port 228, the pachinko machine 100 starts the normal drawing variation game by the normal drawing display device 210.

Further, in the present embodiment, one first special drawing start port 230 is arranged in the lower center of the game board 200. The first special drawing start port 230 is provided at the right end of the lamp unit 9 extending to the left side. A general winning opening is also arranged in the lamp unit 9. Although the general winning opening is omitted in the figure, it is also provided in a plurality of places in the game area, and when a ball is entered into the general winning opening, a predetermined ball detection sensor (not shown) detects the general winning opening. The payout device 152 is driven, and a predetermined number (for example, 4) of balls are discharged to the ball storage dish 126 as prize balls. The ball discharged to the ball storage plate 126 can be freely taken out by the player, and with these configurations, the prize ball is paid out to the player based on the winning. The ball that has entered the general winning opening is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the game island side.

Further, when the predetermined ball detection sensor detects the entry of one ball into the first special figure start port 230 arranged at the lower center of the game board 200, the payout device 152 shown in FIG. 2 is driven to drive the predetermined ball. A number of balls (for example, four) are discharged to the ball storage dish 126 as prize balls, and the special figure variation game by the first special figure display device 212 is started. The ball that has entered the first special figure start port 230 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharged to the game island side. In the present embodiment, the attacker unit 23 is provided in the lower right portion of the game area 124, and the attacker unit 23 is also separately provided with the electric chew type first special figure start port. Hereinafter, the first special figure start port 230 provided in the lower center of the game board 200 is referred to as the first special figure start port (fixed) 230, and the first special figure start of the electric chew type separately provided in the attacker unit 23. The mouth may be referred to as the first special figure starting port (variable) 231 to distinguish between the two. The first special drawing start port (variable) 231 will be described in detail in the description of the attacker unit 23 described later.

Further, in addition to the first special figure starting port (variable) 231, the attacker unit 23 is also provided with a second special drawing starting port 232 and a plurality of variable winning openings (attackers) 234 and 235. Due to the arrangement of the first special drawing start port (fixed) 230 provided in the lower center, which is shown in FIG. 3A, it is difficult for a game ball to enter the ball when hitting to the right. .. On the other hand, in the central portion of the above-mentioned stage 244, there is a special route 244a that facilitates the ball that has reached the stage 244 to enter the first special figure start opening (fixed) 230 provided in the lower center of the game board 200. It is provided. It is also possible to aim at the first special figure start port (fixed) 230 from the left side without going through the stage 244. Therefore, the first special figure starting port (fixed) 230 provided at the lower center of the game board 200 is a starting port where a ball can be expected to enter by hitting left.

Further, in the game area 124, a disk-shaped ball striking direction changing member 236 called a windmill and a plurality of game nails are arranged, and at the bottom of the inner rail 204, any winning opening or starting opening is provided. There is also an out port 240 for guiding the ball that did not win a prize to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 and then discharging it to the game island side.

In this pachinko machine 100, the player supplies the ball stored in the ball storage dish 126 to the launch position of the launch rail, drives the launch motor with a strength corresponding to the operation amount of the player's operation handle, and launches the rod. And, it is launched into the game area 124 through the outer rail 202 and the inner rail 204 by the launching mallet. Then, the ball that has reached the upper part of the game area 124 flows downward while changing the traveling direction by the hitting direction changing member 236, the game nail, etc., and wins a prize at various winning openings or starting openings. The out port 240 is reached without winning a prize at the start port or only by passing through the start port 228. Further, in the present embodiment, a discharge ball receiving port (not shown) for receiving all the game balls discharged from the game board 200 is formed so as to open upward at the lower side of the space 114 of the main body 104. An out-ball detection sensor SWout that detects the passage of a game ball received at the discharge ball receiving port is provided at a predetermined position on the main body 104. The out-ball detection sensor SWout may be provided on the game board 200 side. In the present embodiment, all the game balls discharged from the game board 200 (including the game balls discharged from the out port 240 and the game balls winning in various winning openings) are accepted by the discharging ball receiving port. Although it is configured to be discharged to the outside of the pachinko machine 100 via a predetermined discharge passage, only the game balls discharged from the out port 240 may pass through the out ball detection sensor SWout.

Subsequently, the attacker unit 23 provided in the lower right portion of the game area 124 will be described.

The attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 3 has an attacker seal 2302 attached to an attacker front plate 2301 (see FIG. 8). In FIG. 3, the decorative pattern and the like of the attacker seal 2302 are not shown.

FIG. 4 is a perspective view showing a state in which the attacker front plate 2301 is removed from the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG.

The attacker unit 23 includes an electric chew type special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 and a first variable winning opening 234 as a first attacker, a second variable winning opening 235 as a second attacker, and a second special drawing starting port 232. , And an out port 236 opened in the attacker base plate 2303. In the present embodiment, when a ball enters the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231, the ball detection sensor 2312 detects it, and it is assumed that the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 has won a prize. (For example, one) ball is discharged to the ball storage dish 126 as a prize ball. Further, when a ball enters the first variable winning opening 234, the ball detection sensor 2342 detects it, and assuming that the first variable winning opening 234 has won a prize, the payout device 152 is driven to drive a predetermined number (for example, 6) of balls. It is discharged to the ball storage dish 126 as a prize ball. Further, when a ball enters the second variable winning opening 235, the ball detection sensor 2352 detects it, and assuming that the second variable winning opening 235 has won a prize, the payout device 152 is driven to drive a predetermined number (for example, 10) of balls. It is discharged to the ball storage dish 126 as a prize ball. Further, when the ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232, the ball detection sensor 2321 detects it, and assuming that the special figure 2 starting port 232 has won a prize, the payout device 152 is driven to drive a predetermined number (for example, one) of balls. It is discharged to the ball storage dish 126 as a prize ball.

The size of the starting port (variable) 231 of the special figure 1 is variable by the shutter member 2311, and the shutter member 2311 shown in FIG. 4A advances to the front side. In the state where the shutter member 2311 is advanced to the front side in this way, the game ball passes over the advanced shutter member 2311. That is, in FIG. 4A, the game ball passes from the left side to the right side of the figure. The ball detection sensor 2312 of the special drawing 1 start port (variable) 231 is arranged below the shutter member 2311 and on the downstream side facing the upstream side. Therefore, it is difficult for the game ball to pass through the ball detection sensor 2312 at the special figure 1 start port (variable) 231 shown in FIG. 4 (a), and the special figure 1 start port (variable) shown in FIG. 4 (a). ) 231 is in a state where it is difficult to win a prize.

The second variable winning opening 235, which is the second attacker, is arranged on the upstream side in the rolling (flowing) direction of the game ball with respect to the first variable winning opening 234, which is the first attacker. The size of the winning opening is variable by the shutter member 2351 in the second variable winning opening 235, and the shutter member 2351 shown in FIG. 4A advances to the front side. Further, the ball detection sensor 2352 for the second variable winning opening is arranged below the shutter member 2351 advancing to the front side and facing upward. When the shutter member 2351 is advanced to the front side, it is difficult for the game ball to pass over the advanced shutter member 2351 and to pass through the ball detection sensor 2352. Therefore, the second variable winning opening 235 shown in FIG. 4A is in a difficult-to-win state.

Like the second variable winning opening 235, the first variable winning opening 234 also has a variable size of the winning opening depending on the shutter member 2341, but the arrangement position of the ball detection sensor is different from the second variable winning opening 235. .. The game ball that rolls toward the first variable winning opening 234 rolls from the right side to the left side in FIG. 4A. The ball detection sensor 2342 for the first variable winning opening 234 is arranged not below the shutter member 2341 but downstream of the shutter member 2341 and facing the upstream side. In the first variable winning opening 234, when the shutter member 2341 is advanced to the front side, the game ball passes over the advanced shutter member 2341 and reaches the ball detection sensor 2342. On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 4A, when the shutter member 2341 is retracted to the rear side, the game ball falls to a place where the ball detection sensor 2342 is not present. Therefore, the first variable winning opening 234 shown in FIG. 4A is in a difficult-to-win state.

The second special figure starting port 232 is arranged at the destination where the game ball has fallen. The size of the winning opening is fixed in the second special drawing starting port 232, and the ball detection sensor 2321 for the second special drawing starting port 232 is arranged facing upward. The game ball that has passed through the ball detection sensor 2321 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 through the first guide port 2322, and then discharged to the game island side.

Summarizing the above, in the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4A, the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 located at the most upstream is in a winning state, and the second variable winning opening 235 located next also wins. It is in a difficult state, and the first variable winning opening 234 is also in a difficult state.

Since the attacker unit 23 is configured in this way, as will be described later, in a gaming state other than the small hit rush, the symbol variation of the special figure 2 is discarded by displaying the result of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1. Therefore, the possibility that the second variable winning opening 235 will be opened is extremely low, and it is difficult to capture only the opening timing of the second variable winning opening 235.

FIG. 5 is a diagram showing the back surface of the attacker front plate 2301 removed in FIG.

As shown in FIG. 5, on the back surface of the attacker front plate 2301, a ball passage forming wall 230r projecting toward the attacker base plate 2303 is provided. The ball passage forming wall 230r forms a ball passage inclined toward the downstream side in which the game ball entering the attacker unit 23 rolls. Further, the ball passage forming wall 230r is not provided at the position where the shutter member 2311 advances or the position where the shutter member 2341, 351 advances, and the advanced shutter member 2311 and the shutter member 2341, 351 form a ball passage. It becomes a wall. That is, the shutter member 2311 and the shutter members 2341 and 351 are inclined downward toward the downstream side in the state of advancing to the front side, and the game ball rolls toward the downstream side by using this inclination. go.

The solid arrow shown in FIG. 4A indicates the path of the game ball that rolls or falls on the ball passage forming wall 230r shown in FIG. 5, the advanced shutter member 2311 or the shutter member 2351. (The same applies to the arrows in the figure below). The game ball that has entered the attacker unit 23 may be directed to the route on the special figure 1 start port (variable) 231 side indicated by the solid arrow, or to the out port 236 provided in the attacker unit 23. be.

Most of the game balls that have fallen to the front of the second special figure start opening 232 enter the second special figure start opening 232, and the special figure 2 variable game is started. The game ball that did not enter the second special figure start port 232 reaches the out port 240 shown in FIG. 3 and is discharged to the game island side (see the solid line arrow divided into two branches).

As shown in FIG. 4, the attacker base plate 2303 is provided with a plurality of ribs. Further, as shown in FIG. 5, the attacker front plate 2301 is also provided with a plurality of ribs. Looking from the upstream side along the flow of the game ball, it goes from the front to the right end of the intermediate position of the shutter member 2311 of the special drawing 1 start opening (variable) 231 and turns back to the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235. Ribs are provided up to the point beyond the intermediate position. That is, a plurality of vertical ribs are provided in two upper and lower stages, and one horizontal rib is provided in the folded portion. Hereinafter, the four vertical ribs on the upper side of the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 side in the attacker base plate 2303 will be referred to as the rear first rib 23r1, and one lateral rib of the folded portion will be referred to. The rear horizontal rib 23r2 is referred to, and the four vertical ribs in the lower stage on the second variable winning opening 235 side are referred to as the rear second rib 23r3. Further, in the attacker front plate 2301, the three vertical ribs on the upper side of the special drawing 1 start port (variable) 231 side are referred to as the front side first rib 23f1, and one lateral rib of the folded portion is on the front side. The horizontal ribs 23f2 are referred to, and the lower three vertical ribs on the second variable winning opening 235 side are referred to as front side second ribs 23f3.

The attacker front plate 2301 shown in FIG. 5 includes various ball guide ribs 23f6 to 23f8 in addition to the front first rib 23f1, the front horizontal rib 23f2, the front second rib 23f3, and the front vertical rib 23f5 described later. It is provided.

Whether it is the rear first rib 23r1, the rear lateral rib 23r2, the rear second rib 23r3, the front first rib 23f1, or the front lateral rib 23f2, the front first rib. Even if the 2 ribs 23f3 are used, they are ribs for deceleration for reducing the rolling speed of the game ball.

The game ball whose rolling speed is reduced by the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second rib 23f3 tends to stay on the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235. In particular, of the four rear second ribs 23r3, the downstream two rear second ribs 23r3 are provided in the spherical path formed by the advanced shutter member 2351, and the three front sides are provided. Of the second ribs 23f3, the two front-side second ribs 23f3 on the downstream side are also provided in the spherical path formed by the advanced shutter member 2351.

FIG. 6 is a view showing a cross section of the attacker unit 23 along the line BB'shown in FIG. 4A and viewed from directly above, with the lower side of the figure being the front side. Note that FIG. 6 omits the hatching showing the cross section.

In FIG. 6, the second variable winning opening 235 is shown on the right side, and the first variable winning opening 234 is shown on the left side. The shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 shown in FIG. 6 is in a state of advancing to the front side, and the second variable winning opening 235 is in a state of being difficult to win. On the other hand, the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 shown in FIG. 6 is also in a state of advancing to the front side, but the first variable winning opening 234 is in a state where winning is easy. Further, in FIG. 6, game balls Ba to Bc are also shown. In FIG. 6, the game ball rolls (flows down) from the right side to the left side of the figure.

In the vicinity of the second variable winning opening 235, four rear side second ribs 23r3 and three front side second ribs 23f3 are shown. The game balls Ba and Bb are caught on these seven second ribs 23r3 and 23f3, and tend to stay on the shutter member 2351. The distance between the adjacent ribs on the four rear second ribs 23r3 is equal to or larger than the diameter of the game ball, and the distance between the adjacent ribs on the three front second ribs 23f3 is also equal to or larger than the diameter of the game ball. ..

Both the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second rib 23f3 described above are provided on the upstream side in the rolling (flowing) direction of the game ball from the first variable winning opening 234. Further, in both the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second rib 23f3, only some of the ribs are provided on the upstream side of the second variable winning opening 235, but all the ribs are the second ribs. It may be provided on the upstream side of the variable winning opening 235.

Further, only one of the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second rib 23f3 may be provided. This is not limited to the second rib, but if there are both a rib provided on the rear side and a rib provided on the front side (for example, in the case of the first rib), one of the ribs on one side is used. It may be provided only.

Further, as shown in FIG. 6, a gap CS1 is provided between the front end of the shutter member 2351 in a state of advancing to the front side and the attacker front plate 2301. This gap CS1 is less than half the diameter of the game balls Ba and Bb, but is wider than the rearward protrusion length of the front second rib 23f3. On the other hand, the length (width) of the shutter member 2351 in the front-rear direction is about the diameter of the game balls Ba and Bb. By providing this gap CS1, it is possible to change from a difficult-to-win state to an easy-to-win state in a short time.

FIG. 4B shows a state after the second variable winning opening 235 of the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4A has changed to an easy-to-win state. That is, the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 shown in FIG. 4B is retracted to the rear side.

When the shutter member 2351 retracts while the game ball is staying on the shutter member 2351, the game ball staying on the shutter member 2351 drops at once, and the ball detection sensor 2352 for the second variable winning opening is used. Detected. Therefore, as compared with the case where the shutter member 2351 retracts while the game ball has passed through the shutter member 2351, the winning rate to the second variable winning opening 235 is improved, and the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second rib 23r3 and the front second. The rib 23f3 is also a means for improving the winning rate. While the second variable winning opening 235 is in an easy-to-win state, the gaming ball that has passed through the shutter member 2311 of the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 and has rolled to the second variable winning opening 235 is the second variable. It does not roll downstream from the winning opening 235, passes through the ball detection sensor 2352, passes through the second guide opening 2353, and is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 as shown by the arrow shown by the solid line. , Discharged to the game island side.

FIG. 4A also shows a two-dot chain line as the flow of the game ball. This two-dot chain line shows the flow of the game ball protruding from the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 toward the first variable winning opening 234.

As described above, in the first variable winning opening 234 shown in FIG. 4A, the shutter member 2341 is in a state of being retracted to the rear side, and it is in a state of difficulty in winning. However, if the game ball flies in the flow indicated by the two-dot chain line, it may pass through the ball detection sensor 2342. That is, there is a risk that the first variable winning opening 234 will be won even though it is difficult to win.

However, the game ball whose rolling speed is reduced by the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second rib 23f3 does not have enough momentum to jump out from the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 toward the first variable winning opening 234. It disappears and falls from the shutter member 2351 to the attacker intermediate portion 230r1 in the ball passage forming wall 230r shown in FIG. 5, and then immediately falls as shown by the solid line in FIG. 4A. Therefore, the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second rib 23f3 are also means for reducing the winning rate to the first variable winning opening 234. Strictly speaking, the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second rib 23f3 are means for reducing the winning rate of the originally unacceptable winning (irregular winning) to the first variable winning opening 234. It can be said that.

However, even if the rear side second rib 23r3 and the front side second rib 23f3, which reduce the winning rate to the first variable winning opening 234 described above, are provided, they should be decelerated by these ribs 23r3 and 23f3. It is difficult to completely prevent the game ball from popping out toward the first variable winning opening 234. For example, when the game ball bounces on the shutter member 2351, it may pop out toward the first variable winning opening 234. Therefore, a winning prevention protrusion 2341a protruding forward is provided at the end of the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 on the downstream side (ball detection sensor 2342 side). The winning blocking protrusion 2341a protrudes in front of the ball detection sensor 2342 even when the shutter member 2341 is in a position retracted to the rear side. Therefore, even if there is a game ball that has jumped out toward the first variable winning opening 234, the game ball collides with the winning blocking protrusion 2341a and cannot pass through the ball detection sensor 2342, as shown by the dotted line. Fall. Further, a winning blocking rib 23r4 having a vertical rib is also provided on the winning blocking projection 2341a in the shutter member 2341 at the retracted position shown in FIG. 4A. The game ball that has jumped out toward the first variable winning opening 234 collides with the winning blocking rib 23r4, and cannot pass through the ball detection sensor 2342 as in the case of colliding with the winning blocking protrusion 2341a, and is indicated by a dotted line. It may fall as shown.

The game ball immediately dropped from the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 is provided in the middle of the falling path, such as the rear vertical rib 23r5 shown in FIG. 4A and the front vertical rib shown in FIG. It collides with 23f5 and slows down, or it becomes easy to enter the second special figure starting port 232.

FIG. 7A is a perspective view showing a state after the first variable winning opening 234 of the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4A has changed to a winning easy state.

The shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 shown in FIG. 7A is advanced to the front side. As a result, in the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 7A, the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 located at the uppermost stream is in a difficult-to-win state, and the second variable winning opening 235 located next is also in a difficult-to-win state. The first variable winning opening 234 is in an easy-to-win state. The shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 is provided at a lower position than the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235, and a ball passage shown in FIG. 5 is formed between the two shutter members 2341 and 351. The attacker intermediate portion 230r1 of the wall 230r is arranged. As shown in FIG. 6, the attacker intermediate portion 230r1 and the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 are slightly separated from each other. Therefore, while the first variable winning opening 234 is in the easy-to-win state, most of the game balls are placed on the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 as shown by the arrow shown by the solid line. It rolls on the shutter member 2341 and reaches the ball detection sensor 2342, but it cannot get on the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 and falls down, and the second special drawing start opening. There is also a game ball that flows down to the 232 side. The game ball that has passed through the ball detection sensor 2342 of the first variable winning opening 234 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 through the third guide port 2343 and then discharged to the game island side.

Further, as shown in FIG. 6, a gap CS2 similar to the gap CS1 is provided between the front end of the shutter member 2341 in a state of advancing to the front side and the attacker front plate 2301. By this gap CS2, the first variable winning opening 234 can be changed from the difficult winning state to the easy winning state in a short time, and the protruding length of the winning blocking protrusion 2341a provided on the shutter member 2341 is lengthened. Even if the shutter member 2341 is in a position retracted to the rear side, the irregular game ball protruding toward the first variable winning opening 234 will surely collide with the winning blocking protrusion 2341a. Further, when the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 performs an extremely short opening such as 0.06 seconds only once, the rolling speed is reduced by the rear second rib 23r3 and the front second rib 23f3. Even if the game ball gets on the shutter member 2341, the shutter member 2341 is retracted to the rear side from the position where the shutter member 2341 is advanced to the front side by the gap CS2 until it rolls on the shutter member 2341 and reaches the ball detection sensor 2342. Since it can move to the position in a short time, the game ball can fall down and the winning rate due to the opening can be lowered.

FIG. 7 (b) is a perspective view showing a state after the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 of the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4 (a) has changed to an easy-to-win state.

The shutter member 2311 of the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 shown in FIG. 7B is retracted to the rear side. While the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 is in an easy-to-win state, the game ball that has entered the attacker unit 23 does not roll to the downstream side of the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231. As shown by the arrow shown by the solid line, the ball detection sensor 2312 is passed, and the special figure 1 variable game is started. The game ball that has passed through the ball detection sensor 2312 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 through the fourth guide port 2313, and then discharged to the game island side.

In the attacker unit 23 whose structure is described in detail above, both the attacker of the first variable winning opening 234 and the attacker of the second variable winning opening 235 are attackers that open and close at the time of a big hit and a small hit. Special Figure 1 High Probability In the normal high probability state (battle mode described later), right-handed strike is performed as described later, and it becomes easy to enter the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231. The main symbol variation display is performed. Further, in the present embodiment, regarding the special figure 1, if it is not a big hit, it is always a small hit, and if it is a small hit, the first variable winning opening 234 is in a very short time (for example, 0.2 seconds × 2). (Times) When the special figure 2 is open and the variable display is being displayed, the symbol variable display of the special figure 2 in the variable display is discarded and the special figure 2 is out of order. For this reason, in battle mode, you can hardly expect to win a prize in the attacker. On the other hand, in the special figure high probability normal figure low probability state (small hit rush described later), the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 is not in the easy-to-enter state, and therefore, the right-handed game ball is a special figure. 2 The ball can easily enter the starting port 232, and the symbol variation display with the special figure 2 as the main is performed. Further, in the present embodiment, a small hit may occur in the special figure 2 (note that it may be a miss), and in the case of a small hit, the second variable winning opening 235 takes a relatively long time (in addition, it may be a miss). For example, since it is opened (0.8 seconds × 12 times), it may be possible to have expectations for the entry of the game ball into the second variable winning opening 235.

FIG. 8A is a diagram showing an attacker unit 23 in which the first variable winning opening 234 is in a difficult-to-win state. In the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 8A, the attacker front plate 2301 is left and only the attacker seal 2302 is removed. The attacker front plate 2301 is provided with a relief opening 2301a at a position corresponding to the downstream end (ball detection sensor 2342 side) end of the shutter member 2341 in the first variable winning opening 234. When the attacker seal 2302 is attached, the escape opening 2301a is blocked from the front side, making it difficult for the player to see.

FIG. 8B is a diagram showing an attacker unit 23 in which the first variable winning opening 234 is in an easy-to-win state. Even in the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 8B, the attacker front plate 2301 is left and only the attacker seal 2302 is removed. In the escape opening 2301a shown in FIG. 8B, the winning blocking projection 2341a of the shutter member 2341 advancing to the front side is inserted. The escape opening 2301a is a space in which the winning blocking protrusion 2341a protruding forward is stored in the winning easy state of the first variable winning opening 234. The tip of the winning blocking protrusion 2341a does not protrude further forward from the escape opening 2301a, and when the attacker seal 2302 is attached, the attacker seal 2302 makes the presence of the winning blocking protrusion 2341a obscure to the player. However, it is also possible to provide an opening in the attacker seal 2302 so that the tip of the winning blocking protrusion 2341a projects further forward from the escape opening 2301a, which is one of the effects. The escape opening 2301a shown in FIG. 6 also contains the winning blocking projection 2341a of the shutter member 2341 that has advanced to the front side. An attacker seal 2302 is attached to the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 6, and the escape opening 2301a is closed by the attacker seal 2302. By providing the escape opening 2301a, the protruding length of the winning blocking protrusion 2341a can be increased as in the gap CS2 shown in FIG. 6, and the winning blocking protrusion 2341 can be prevented from winning even if it is in a position retracted to the rear side. The irregular game ball that has jumped out toward the first variable winning opening 234 will surely collide with the protrusion 2341a.

FIG. 9 is a diagram for explaining the light emitting structure of the attacker unit 23. FIG. 9A is a view of the attacker base plate 2303 viewed from the front side.

In addition to FIG. 9A, as shown in FIG. 4 and the like, a front LED substrate 2304 on which a plurality of light emitting diodes D1 are mounted is mounted on the front surface of the attacker base plate 2303 in the lower right portion of the attacker unit 23. It is attached. On the back surface side of the attacker front plate 2301 (not shown), in addition to the above-mentioned ball passage forming wall, a plurality of elongated light guide ribs (not shown) extending to the rear side are provided. A light guide rib is in contact with a part of the light emitting diodes D1 among the plurality of light emitting diodes D1. The light of the light emitting diode D1 with which the light guide rib is in contact is emitted forward through the light guide rib.

In addition to the front LED board 2304, the attacker unit 23 is also provided with a rear LED board 2305 and an intermediate LED board 2306. In FIG. 9A, the shutter member 2311 of the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 is removed, and the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 and the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 are also removed. In the attacker base plate 2303, the rear LED substrate 2305 is located behind the shutter opening 2303a in which the shutter member 2311 advances and retreats, the first opening 2303b in which the shutter member 2351 advances and retreats, and the second opening 2303c in which the shutter member 2341 advances and retreats. A plurality of mounted light emitting diodes D3 are visible. The light emitting diode D3 located on the back side of the shutter opening 2303a emits light during the operation period of the shutter member 2311 and the like, and it seems that the light leaks from the back of the special start port (variable) 231. The light emitting diode D3 located on the back side of the first opening 2303b emits light during the operation period of the shutter member 2351 and the like, and it seems that the light leaks from the back of the second variable winning opening 235. The light emitting diode D3 located on the back side of the second opening 2303c emits light during the operation period of the shutter member 2341 and the like, and it seems that the light leaks from the back of the first variable winning opening 234.

FIG. 9B is a perspective view showing these three LED substrates 2304, 2305, 2306 from the side so that the positional relationship between the front LED substrate 2304, the intermediate LED substrate 2306, and the rear LED substrate 2305 can be understood. , The left side of the figure is the front side.

The intermediate LED substrate 2306 is arranged at a distance from the rear surface (back surface) of the attacker base plate 2303 to the rear side, and is covered between the intermediate LED substrate 2306 and the attacker base plate 2303 by a reflector member (not shown here). ing. The attacker base plate 2303 is a light-transmitting member whose rear side cannot be seen through, and a plurality of light emitting diodes D2 mounted on the intermediate LED substrate 2306 are hidden by the attacker base plate 2303 in a non-light emitting state. It is invisible. On the other hand, when these light emitting diodes D2 emit light, it appears that light is emitted (surface emission) from the attacker base plate 2303.

As described above, in the attacker unit 23, a plurality of LED substrates (2304 to 2306) are arranged at intervals in the front-rear direction. The light emitting diodes D1 to D3 provided on the LED boards (2304 to 2306) do not overlap each other, but may overlap each other, and the irradiation ranges of the light emitting diodes D1 to D3 may overlap.

Next, the circuit configuration of the control unit of the pachinko machine 100 will be described in detail with reference to FIG. The figure shows a functional block diagram of the control unit. The control units of the pachinko machine 100 are roughly classified into a main control unit 300 that controls a central part of the game and a command signal (hereinafter, simply referred to as “command”) transmitted by the main control unit 300. The first sub-control unit 400 that performs control, the second sub-control unit 500 that controls various devices based on the commands transmitted from the first sub-control unit 400, and the main control unit 300 according to the commands transmitted by the main control unit 300. It is configured to include a payout control unit 600 that controls the payout of the game ball, a launch control unit 630 that controls the launch of the game ball, and a power supply control unit 660 that controls the power supply to the pachinko machine 100. There is.

First, the main control unit 300 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The main control unit 300 includes a basic circuit 302 that controls the entire main control unit 300. The basic circuit 302 includes a CPU 304, a ROM 306 for storing a control program and various data, a RAM 308 for temporarily storing data, an I / O 310 for controlling input / output of various devices, and a time. A counter timer 312 for measuring the number of times, etc., a WDT314 for monitoring abnormalities in program processing, and a random number value generation circuit (counter circuit) 318 (it is assumed that this circuit has two counters built-in). Is installed. Other storage devices may be used for the ROM 306 and the RAM 308, and this point is the same for the first sub-control unit 400 and the second sub-control unit 500, which will be described later. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302 operates by inputting a clock signal having a predetermined period output by the crystal oscillator 316b as a system clock. Further, the random number value generation circuit 318 is used as a hardware random number counter that changes the numerical value in the range of 0 to 65535 each time the clock signal output by the crystal oscillator 316a is received. Although the random number value generation circuit 318 is built in the basic circuit 302, it may be connected to the basic circuit 302.

Further, in the basic circuit 302, signals output by various sensors 320 including a predetermined ball detection sensor, for example, a sensor for detecting a game ball passing through each start port, a winning port, and a variable winning port, and a ball storage tray full tank sensor, are output. A sensor circuit 322 for receiving and outputting the amplification result and the comparison result with the reference voltage to the CPU 304 in the basic circuit 302, the random number value generation circuit 318, etc., and a predetermined symbol display device, for example, the first special figure display device 212. A drive circuit 324 for controlling the display of the second special figure display device 214, a drive circuit 326 for performing display control of a predetermined symbol display device, for example, a normal figure display device 210, and various status display units 328 (for example,). , General figure hold lamp 216, special figure 1 hold lamp 218, special figure 2 hold lamp 220, high accuracy middle lamp RK, electric support middle lamp RD, right-handed lamp RM, round display lamp RR, etc.) As a drive means for driving a predetermined movable member, for example, a shutter member 2311 (see FIG. 35) of the first special figure start port (variable) 231 as an ordinary electric accessory, or as a special electric accessory. A drive circuit 334 for controlling various solenoids 332 including a drive means for driving the shutter members 2341, 351 (see FIG. 38) of the variable winning openings 234 and 235 of the above is connected. In this example, the crystal oscillator 316a and the random number value generation circuit 318 are separately provided, but the crystal oscillator 316a may be included in the random number value generation circuit 318.

When the ball detection sensor detects that the ball has won a prize in the first special figure starting port 230, 231, the sensor circuit 322 outputs a signal indicating that the ball has been detected to the random number value generation circuit 318 in the basic circuit 302. Output to. Upon receiving this signal, the random number value generation circuit 318 latches the value at that timing of the counter corresponding to the first special figure starting port 230, 231 and stores the latched value in the built-in counter value corresponding to the special figure 1. Stored in the register. Further, when the random number value generation circuit 318 receives a signal indicating that the ball has won a prize at the second special figure start port 232, the value at that timing of the counter corresponding to the second special figure start port 232 is similarly obtained. It is latched and the latched value is stored in the built-in counter value storage register corresponding to FIG.

Further, an information output circuit 336 is connected to the basic circuit 302, and the main control unit 300 passes through the information output circuit 336 and an external terminal board (not shown) to an external hall computer (not shown). The game information (for example, the game state) of the pachinko machine 100 is output to the information input circuit 350 provided in the above.

Further, the main control unit 300 is provided with a voltage monitoring circuit 338 that monitors the voltage value of the power supply supplied from the power supply control unit 660 to the main control unit 300, and the voltage monitoring circuit 338 provides the voltage value of the power supply. Is less than a predetermined value (9V in this example), a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has dropped is output to the basic circuit 302.

Further, the main control unit 300 is provided with a start signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 340 that outputs a start signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on, and the CPU 304 is provided from the start signal output circuit 340. When the start signal is input, the game control is started (the main process of the main control unit described later is started).

Further, the main control unit 300 includes an output interface for transmitting a command to the first sub control unit 400 and an output interface for transmitting a command to the payout control unit 600, respectively. 1 Communication with the sub control unit 400 and the payout control unit 600 is possible. The information communication between the main control unit 300 and the first sub control unit 400 is unidirectional communication, and the information communication between the main control unit 300 and the payout control unit 600 is bidirectional communication. The main control unit 300 is configured to be able to transmit signals such as commands to the first sub control unit 400, but is configured so that signals such as commands cannot be transmitted from the first sub control unit 400 to the main control unit 300. is doing. However, the information communication between the main control unit 300 and the first sub control unit 400 may be configured to be performed by bidirectional communication. Further, the payout control unit 600 is configured so that a signal such as a command can be transmitted to the main control unit 300, but the payout control unit 600 is configured so as not to transmit a signal such as a command to the main control unit 300. May be good.

Next, the first sub-control unit 400 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The first sub-control unit 400 includes a basic circuit 402 that mainly controls the entire first sub-control unit 400 based on a command or the like transmitted by the main control unit 300. The basic circuit 402 includes a CPU 404, a RAM 408 for temporarily storing data, an I / O 410 for controlling input / output of various devices, and a counter timer 412 for measuring time, number of times, and the like. It is equipped with a serial communication control circuit 424. The CPU 404 of the basic circuit 402 operates by inputting a clock signal having a predetermined period output by the crystal oscillator 414 as a system clock. Further, a ROM 406 for storing a control program and various effect data is connected to the basic circuit 402. The ROM 406 may store the control program and various effect data in separate ROMs. Further, the ROM 406 may be provided in the basic circuit 402. The serial communication control circuit 424 connects a game board lamp drive circuit 440 for controlling the game board lamp 442 and a game board frame lamp drive circuit 450 for controlling the game board frame lamp 452. Then, lighting control is performed by serial communication between the game board lamp drive circuit 440 and the game underframe lamp drive circuit 450. The lamps 442 for the game board include the light emitting diodes arranged in the second effect movable unit 8, the light emitting diodes arranged in the lamp unit 9, and the light emitting diodes D1 to D3 arranged in the attacker unit 23 (FIG. 9). See) etc. are included.

Further, in the basic circuit 402, the sound source IC (S-ROM) 416 for controlling the speaker 120 (and the amplifier), the upper first effect movable unit 7 shown in FIG. 3A, and hidden behind the rear side. A drive circuit 422 for controlling the drive of various effect devices such as the second effect movable unit 8, a sensor circuit 428, and a volume switch 163 for adjusting the volume output from the speaker 120 are connected. ing. The sensor circuit 428 is a basic circuit based on detection signals from various movable body sensors 430 that detect the current position of various effect devices and button sensors 426 that detect the pressing of various buttons constituting the effect buttons 136 and the operation key unit 190. Output to 402.

Next, the second sub-control unit 500 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The second sub-control unit 500 includes a basic circuit 502 that receives the control command transmitted by the first sub-control unit 400 via the input interface and controls the entire second sub-control unit 500 based on the control command. ing. The basic circuit 502 includes a CPU 504, a memory 508 for temporarily storing data, an I / O 510 for controlling input / output of various devices, a counter timer 512 for measuring time, number of times, and the like. A VDP (video display processor) that reads out image data and the like stored in ROM 506 based on a signal from the CPU 504, generates a display image using the work area of the VRAM 518, and displays the image on the decorative symbol display device 208. It is equipped with 516. The CPU 504 of the basic circuit 502 operates by inputting a clock signal having a predetermined period output by the crystal oscillator 514 as a system clock. Further, a ROM 506 in which a control program and data for controlling the entire second sub-control unit 500, data for displaying an image, and the like are stored is connected to the basic circuit 502. In the present embodiment, the memory 508 is used as the temporary storage area, and the memory 508 is composed of a recording medium (for example, EEPROM, flash memory, etc.) capable of holding the storage state even when the power supply is cut off. Thereby, for example, the information for displaying the display related to the jackpot history can be retained even when the main control unit 300 is initialized or the setting is changed. A RAM whose stored information volatilizes when the power is cut off may be used.

Next, the payout control unit 600, the launch control unit 630, and the power supply control unit 660 of the pachinko machine 100 will be described. The payout control unit 600 mainly controls the payout motor 602 of the payout device 152 based on a signal such as a command transmitted by the main control unit 300, and a prize ball or a ball rental ball based on a control signal output by the payout sensor 604. Detects whether or not the payout is completed. Further, the payout control unit 600 communicates with the card unit 608 provided separately from the pachinko machine 100 via the interface unit 606. Further, the payout control unit 600 pays out prize ball information indicating that a predetermined number (for example, 10) of prize balls has been paid out and a predetermined number (for example, 25) of loan balls. Ball rental information or the like indicating that is output to the information input circuit 350 via an external terminal board (not shown). Further, a frame sensor 605 is connected to the payout control unit 600. The frame sensor 605 includes a main body opening sensor 1041 that detects that the main body 104 has opened, a front frame door sensor 1061 that detects that the front frame door 106 has opened, and the like, and includes the main body 104 and the front frame door. When the 106 is open, these sensors detect it and output an open signal. When the payout control unit 600 outputs the opening signal from the frame sensor 605, the payout control unit 600 outputs the door opening information to the main control unit 300.

The launch control unit 630 is an operation of the ball launch handle 134 by the player, which is output by the payout control unit 600 to instruct the launch permission or stop, and the launch intensity output circuit provided in the ball launch handle 134. Control of the launch solenoid 632 that drives the launch rod 146 and the launch mallet 148 based on the control signal that indicates the launch intensity according to the amount, and the ball feed device 634 that supplies balls from the ball storage dish 126 to the launch device 110. Take control.

The power supply control unit 660 converts the AC power supplied from the outside to the pachinko machine 100 into direct current and converts it into a predetermined voltage to control each control unit such as the main control unit 300 and the first sub control unit 400, the payout device 152, and the like. Supply to each device. Further, the power supply control unit 660 is a power storage circuit (for example, 10 days) for supplying power to a predetermined component (for example, RAM 308 of the main control unit 300) for a predetermined period (for example, 10 days) even after the power supply from the outside is cut off. , Capacitor). In this embodiment, the power supply control unit 660 supplies power to the payout control unit 600 and the second sub-control unit 500 with a predetermined voltage, and the payout control unit 600 launches the main control unit 300 and the second sub-control unit 500. Although the power supply of the predetermined voltage is supplied to the control unit 630, the power supply of the predetermined voltage may be supplied to each control unit and each device by another power supply path.

Next, using FIGS. 11A to 11D, the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the decorative symbol display device 208, and the normal figure display device 210 of the pachinko machine 100 are stopped and displayed. Explain the types of special drawings and general drawings.

The variable game of Special Figure 1 is started on condition that the first starting port sensor, which is a ball detection sensor, detects that the ball has entered the starting ports 230 and 231 of Special Figure 1, and the ball is inserted into the starting port 232 of Special Figure 2. The special figure 2 variable game is started on condition that the second start port sensor, which is a ball detection sensor, detects that the ball has entered. When the special figure 1 variable game is started, the first special figure display device 212 blinks a part of the lamps (for example, the first lower lamp from the left) among the eight lamps. "Variable display" (special figure variable game) is performed. Further, when the special figure 2 variable game is started, the second special figure display device 214 blinks a part of the lamps (for example, the first lower lamp from the left) among the eight lamps. 2 variable display ”(special figure variable game) is performed. Then, when the fluctuation time determined before the start of the fluctuation of the special figure 1 elapses, the first special figure display device 212 stops and displays the stop symbol mode of the special figure 1, and the fluctuation time determined before the start of the fluctuation of the special figure 2. After that, the second special figure display device 214 stops and displays the stop symbol mode of the special figure 2. Hereinafter, the variation display from the start of this "variation display of the special figure 1 or 2" to the stop display of the stop symbol mode of the special figure 1 or 2 may be referred to as a variation display of the special figure. The variable display of this special figure may be performed multiple times in succession.

Further, in the present embodiment, the specification for starting the variable display of the special figure in the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 regardless of whether or not one special figure displays the variable display of the other special figure (such as this). Pachinko machines with various specifications are sometimes called "simultaneous fluctuation machines").

FIG. 11A shows an example of the stop symbol mode of the special figure 1. FIG. 11A shows 17 types of special figures from “special figure A” to “special figure Q”. In FIG. 11A, a white portion in the figure indicates a lamp that is turned off, and a black portion indicates a lamp that is turned on.

In this embodiment, 15 types of jackpot symbols (“Special Figure A”, “Special Figure B”, “Special Figure E” to “Special Figure Q”) are prepared as the stop symbol modes of Special Figure 1. "Special figure A" is a 5-round (R) normal jackpot symbol, and when "special figure A" is stopped and displayed, the first variable winning opening 234 (hereinafter, may be referred to as "S attacker") is opened. After shifting to the jackpot game state and the jackpot game is completed, the control state becomes the special figure low probability normal figure high probability state (challenge mode). If you make a big hit with "Special Figure A", the challenge mode is until the 100th symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1 and 2 or the 51st symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1. Is continued. When the challenge mode ends without a big hit, the game shifts to the special low-probability normal-probability low-probability state (normal game state). Further, "special figure B" is a 10R probability variable super big hit symbol that shifts to the small hit rush described later, and when "special figure B" is stopped and displayed, the second variable winning opening 235 (hereinafter referred to as "R attacker") After the jackpot game is completed, the control state becomes the special high-probability normal-probability low-probability state (small hit rush).

In addition, "Special Figure E" is a 5R probability variation big hit symbol that shifts to the battle mode described later, and when "Special Figure E" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the big hit game state in which the first variable winning opening 234 opens, and the big hit. After the game is over, the control state becomes the special figure high probability normal figure high probability state (battle mode). If you make a big hit with "Special Figure E", the battle mode is until the 100th symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1 and 2 or the 51st symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1. Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush. In addition, "Special Figure F" is a 5R probability variation big hit symbol that shifts to the battle mode, and when "Special Figure F" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the big hit game state in which the first variable winning opening 234 opens, and the big hit game is started. After finishing, the control state becomes battle mode. If you make a big hit with "Special Figure F", the battle mode is until the 100th symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1 and 2 or the 46th symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1. Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush. In addition, "special figure G" is a 5R probability variation big hit symbol that shifts to the battle mode, and when "special figure G" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the big hit game state in which the first variable winning opening 234 opens, and the big hit game is started. After finishing, the control state becomes battle mode. If you make a big hit with "Special Figure G", the battle mode is until the 100th symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1 and 2 or the 41st symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1. Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush.

In addition, "Special Figure H" is a 5R probability variation big hit symbol that shifts to the battle mode, and when "Special Figure H" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the big hit game state in which the first variable winning opening 234 opens, and the big hit game is started. After finishing, the control state becomes battle mode. If you make a big hit with "Special Figure H", the battle mode is until the 100th symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1 and 2 or the 36th symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1. Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush. In addition, "Special Figure I" is a 5R probability variation big hit symbol that shifts to the battle mode, and when "Special Figure I" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the big hit game state in which the first variable winning opening 234 opens, and the big hit game is started. After finishing, the control state becomes battle mode. If you make a big hit with "Special Figure I", the battle mode is until the 100th symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1 and 2 or the 31st symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1. Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush. In addition, "Special Figure J" is a 5R probability variation big hit symbol that shifts to the battle mode, and when "Special Figure J" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the big hit game state in which the first variable winning opening 234 opens, and the big hit game is started. After finishing, the control state becomes battle mode. If you make a big hit with "Special Figure J", the battle mode is until the 100th symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1 and 2 or the 26th symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1. Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush.

In addition, "Special Figure K" is a 5R probability variation big hit symbol that shifts to the battle mode, and when "Special Figure K" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the big hit game state in which the first variable winning opening 234 opens, and the big hit game is started. After finishing, the control state becomes battle mode. If you make a big hit with "Special Figure K", the battle mode is until the 100th symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1 and 2 or the 21st symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1. Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush. In addition, "special figure L" is a 5R probability variable big hit symbol that shifts to the battle mode, and when "special figure L" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the big hit game state in which the first variable winning opening 234 opens, and the big hit game is started. After finishing, the control state becomes battle mode. If you make a big hit with "Special Figure L", the battle mode is until the 100th symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1 and 2 or the 16th symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1. Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush. In addition, "Special Figure M" to "Special Figure Q" are 5R probability variation jackpot symbols that shift to the battle mode, and when "Special Figure M" to "Special Figure Q" are stopped and displayed, the first variable winning opening 234 is displayed. It shifts to the jackpot game state to be released, and after the jackpot game is completed, the control state becomes the battle mode. If you make a big hit with "Special Figure M" to "Special Figure Q", the 100th symbol change display will start in Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2, or the 11th symbol change display will be displayed in Special Figure 1. Battle mode continues until it starts. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush.

In this embodiment, 15 types of jackpot symbols are prepared for the special figure 1, but a smaller number of types of jackpot symbols may be prepared, or more types of jackpot symbols may be prepared. Needless to say, it's okay. In addition, a big hit may be prepared in which it is practically difficult to win a prize in some rounds (for example, it is difficult to win a prize due to a short opening).

In the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, the determination of whether or not the jackpot is a big hit in the special figure variable game is made by a lottery of hardware random numbers, and the determination of which symbol is the big hit is made by lottery of software random numbers. The difference between the normal jackpot and the probability variation jackpot is whether the probability of winning the jackpot is high (probability variation jackpot) or low (normal jackpot) in the next special figure fluctuation game. Hereinafter, the state in which the probability of winning this jackpot is high is referred to as a special figure high probability state (hereinafter, may be referred to as "special figure probability change" or simply "probability change"), and the state in which the probability is low is referred to as a special figure. It is called a low probability state. In this embodiment, as will be described later, the fluctuation times of the special figures 1 and 2 are configured to be significantly different depending on the gaming state. In addition, after the end of the big hit game, the time may be shortened (electric support state). Here, the electric support state is a predetermined state in which the player's advantage is higher than that of the non-electric support state by shortening the time from the end of the big hit in the special figure fluctuation game to the start of the next big hit. It refers to the state. The time saving will be described in detail later, but the time saving state is referred to as a normal figure high probability state (hereinafter, may be referred to as “normal figure probability change”), and the state not in the normal time saving state is referred to as a normal figure low probability state. In this way, the electric support state (time saving state) is started on condition that the big hit game is completed. Strictly speaking, the "electric support state" is a state related to a normal figure, and the "time saving state" is a state related to a special figure or a state related to a normal figure and a special figure. The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a time saving flag, and when the time saving flag is set to ON, it is in an electric support state and is in a high probability state. In the high-probability state of the normal map, it is easier to win the variable game of the normal map than in the low-probability state of the normal map (probability change of the normal map). For example, the winning probability of a normal-figure variable game is 0/100 (that is, it is always out of order) in the normal-figure low-probability state (non-electric support state), whereas the normal-figure high-probability state (electric support state). ) Will rise to 100/100 (that is, it will always be a hit). In addition, the fluctuation time of the normal map fluctuation game is shorter in the electric support state than in the non-electric support state (normal map variation short). For example, in the non-electric support state, the fluctuation time of the normal figure fluctuation game of 10 seconds is shortened to 2 seconds in the electric support state. Further, in the electric support state, the opening time in one opening of the shutter member 2311 of the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 tends to be longer than in the non-electric support state (extension of the electric chew opening period). For example, in the non-electric support state, the electric chew opening period of 0.5 seconds is extended to 2 seconds in the electric support state. Further, in the electric support state, the shutter member 2311 is more likely to open than in the non-electric support state (the number of times the electric chew is opened increases). For example, the shutter member 2311, which opens only once in the non-electric support state for each winning of the normal drawing start port 228, opens twice in the electric support state (opens for 2 seconds, closes for 1 second, and closes for 2 seconds again). Open). By extending the electric chew opening period and increasing the number of times the electric chew is opened, the probability of entering the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 increases. The time saving flag is set to off during the big hit game. Therefore, the non-electric support state is maintained during the jackpot game. This is because the game ball is picked up by the electric chew with a small number of prize balls, especially in the big hit game, and the first variable winning opening 234 or the second variable winning opening 235 (these variable winning openings may be called "attacker"). This is because if the winning of the game ball to (.) Is reduced, the player may be disadvantaged. In the present embodiment, in the electric support state (time saving state), the probability change of the normal figure, the change of the normal figure, the extension of the opening period of the electric chew, and the increase of the number of times of opening the electric chew are all performed. If any one of them is performed, the player's advantage will be high, and the electric support state (time saving state) may be set. Alternatively, if either of the extension of the electric chew opening period or the increase in the number of times of electric chew opening is performed, the probability of entering the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 is increased, and the electric support state (time saving state) is established. May be good. In the non-electric support state, it is more difficult for the game ball to enter the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 than in the electric support state. As described above, the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 changes into a winning difficult state in which the game ball is difficult to enter and a winning easy state in which the game ball is easy to enter. The entrance of the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 is in a state where it is easy to win a prize for a longer period of time in the electric support state than in the non-electric support state. In the present embodiment, when "Special Figure A", "Special Figure E" to "Special Figure Q" are stopped and displayed, the number of special figure changes determined for each big hit symbol after the end of the subsequent big hit game. The electric support state is maintained until the game is started, and then the game shifts to the non-electric support state (normal low probability state). On the other hand, if a big hit without electric support (“Special Figure B”) is won, the state does not shift to the electric support state after the big hit game is completed.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when the "special figure A" is stopped and displayed, the control state becomes the special figure low probability normal figure high probability state (challenge mode) after the big hit game is completed, and the "special figure A" is displayed. B ”When the stop display is displayed, after the big hit game is completed, the control state becomes the special figure high probability normal figure low probability state (small hit rush), and“ special figure E ”to“ special figure Q ”are stopped and displayed. Then, after the jackpot game is completed, the control state becomes the special figure high probability normal figure high probability state (battle mode).

Further, in the present embodiment, for the special figure 1, a small hit symbol (“special figure C”) is prepared in addition to the big hit symbol. In the case of a small hit in "Special Figure C", the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 opens for 0.2 seconds at most twice after the symbol is stopped. The opening time and the number of times of opening the shutter member 2341 can be appropriately set. In the small hit game, when a game ball enters a predetermined number of balls (for example, 10 balls) into the first variable winning opening 234, or when a predetermined amount of game value (predetermined number of balls) is acquired, the small hit game Is completed, and the shutter member 2341 is not released after that. During the small hit game, it shifts to the special figure low probability normal figure low probability state. The small hit is a hit in which the control state does not change before and after the small hit game, and after the small hit game ends, the control state returns to the control state before the start of the small hit game. In addition, in this embodiment, since it is configured as described above, the small hit game according to the special figure 1 is a small hit game in which the game ball cannot be expected to enter the first variable winning opening 234. The small hit in this embodiment can be regarded as a part of the loss.

Further, in the present embodiment, as described above, since it is a simultaneous variable machine, the special figure 2 is displaying the variation when the big hit or the small hit is made in the special figure 1 and the game shifts to the big hit game or the small hit game. There may be a situation where the special figure 1 is variable and displayed when the special figure 2 becomes a big hit or a small hit and the game shifts to the big hit game or the small hit game. In this case, one of the special figures is the big hit. Or, when it becomes a small hit, the fluctuation display of the other special figure is forcibly terminated, the result of the fluctuation display is discarded, and the result of the deviation is displayed.

Further, in the present embodiment, one type of stop symbol is prepared as a lost symbol. "Special figure D" is a lost pattern. In this embodiment, as will be described later, in the symbol variation display of the special figure 1, all the hits are small hits except when the big hit is made, and normally, "special figure D" is not displayed, but the big hit symbol in the special figure 2 is displayed. Alternatively, when the small hit symbol is displayed and the symbol variation is being displayed in the special figure 1, this is discarded and the lost symbol "special symbol D" is displayed.

FIG. 11B shows an example of the stop symbol mode of the special figure 2. In FIG. 11B, eight types of special figures from "special figure a" to "special figure h" are shown, and six kinds of special figures are jackpot symbols ("special figure a" to "special figure h"). Figure f "). "Special figure a" is a 10R normal jackpot symbol, and when "special figure a" is stopped and displayed, the first variable winning opening 234 opens to a jackpot game state, and after the jackpot game is completed, a control state. Is in the special low probability normal high probability state (challenge mode). If you make a big hit with "Special Figure a", the challenge mode is until the 100th symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1 and 2 or the 51st symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1. Is continued. When the challenge mode ends without a big hit, the game shifts to the special low-probability normal-probability low-probability state (normal game state). In addition, "special figure b" is a 10R probability variable big hit symbol in which the small hit rush continues, and when "special figure b" is stopped and displayed, the second variable winning opening 235 shifts to the big hit game state, and the big hit game After the end of, the control state becomes the special figure high probability normal figure low probability state (small hit rush). In addition, "special figure c" is a 6R probability variable big hit symbol in which the small hit rush continues, and when "special figure c" is stopped and displayed, the second variable winning opening 235 shifts to the big hit game state, and the big hit game After the end of, the control state becomes the special figure high probability normal figure low probability state (small hit rush). In addition, "special figure d" is an 8R probability variable big hit symbol in which the small hit rush continues, and when "special figure d" is stopped and displayed, the second variable winning opening 235 shifts to the big hit game state, and the big hit game After the end of, the control state becomes the special figure high probability normal figure low probability state (small hit rush). In addition, "special figure e" is a 10R probability variable big hit symbol in which the small hit rush continues, and when "special figure e" is stopped and displayed, the second variable winning opening 235 shifts to the big hit game state, and the big hit game After the end of, the control state becomes the special figure high probability normal figure low probability state (small hit rush). In addition, "special figure c" to "special figure e" are big hit symbols of rank-up bonus (RU bonus), and when a big hit is made by these symbols, how many rounds are given to the player at the start of the big hit game. A big hit game is performed in which it is difficult to identify whether it is a big hit game. Further, the "special figure f" is a 5R probability variable big hit symbol in which the small hit rush continues, and when the "special figure f" is stopped and displayed, the first variable winning opening 234 shifts to the big hit game state, and the big hit game After the end of, the control state becomes the special figure high probability normal figure low probability state (small hit rush). It should be noted that a big hit may be prepared in which it is practically difficult to win a prize in some rounds (for example, it is difficult to win a prize due to a short opening). Further, in the special figure 2, six types of jackpot symbols are prepared, but a smaller number of types of jackpot symbols may be prepared, or a larger number of types of jackpot symbols may be prepared.

Further, also in the special figure 2, a small hit symbol (“special figure g”) is prepared in addition to the big hit symbol. When a small hit is made with the "special figure g", the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 opens for 0.2 seconds at a maximum of 12 times after the symbol is stopped. Here, when compared with the small hit symbol of Special Figure 1 (“Special Figure C”), the case of small hit in Special Figure 2 (“Special Figure g” is stopped and displayed) is the case of small hit in Special Figure 1 (“Special Figure g”). It is easier for more game balls to enter the second variable winning opening 235 than when "Special Figure C" is stopped and displayed), and more balls can be obtained. In other words, the game is such that the small hit of Special Figure 1 does not give a ball, but the small hit of Special Figure 2 gives a ball. The opening time and the number of times of opening the shutter member 2351 can be appropriately set.

FIG. 11 (c) shows an example of a decorative pattern. There are 11 types of decorative symbols of this embodiment, "decoration 1" to "decoration 10" and "special symbol". The ball has won a prize in the special figure 1 start port (fixed) 230, the special figure 1 start port (variable) 231 or the special figure 2 start port 232, that is, the special figure 1 start port (fixed) 230 or the special figure 1 start port. (Variable) On condition that the first start port sensor detects that the ball has entered the (variable) 231 or the second start port sensor detects that the ball has entered the special figure 2 start port 232. , "Decoration 1"-> "Decoration 2"-> "Decoration 3"-> ... In some cases, "variable display of decorative symbols" is performed, in which the display is switched in the order of "decoration 9"-> "decoration 10"-> "decoration 1"-> .... That is, the decorative symbol display device 208 variablely displays the decorative symbol separately from the first special symbol display device 212 and the second special symbol display device 214. Then, the stop symbol mode, which is a combination of decorative symbols, is stopped and displayed. In the present embodiment, in the normal game state and the electric support state (challenge mode / battle mode) in which the variable display of the special figure 1 is mainly performed, the variable display of the decorative symbol is performed according to the variable display of the special figure 1. However, in the probabilistic state with non-electric support (small hit rush) in which the variable display is mainly performed in the special figure 2, the variable display of the decorative symbol is performed in accordance with the variable display in the special figure 2. On the other hand, in the normal game state and the electric support state (challenge mode / battle mode), even if the variable display of the special figure 2 is performed, the variable display of the decorative symbol is not performed, and the fourth symbol and the second special symbol display described later are not performed. The symbol variation display is performed only in the device 214, and in the probability variation state with non-electric support (small hit rush), even if the variation display of the special figure 1 is performed, the variation display of the decorative symbol is not performed, and the fourth symbol and the first symbol are displayed. The symbol variation display is performed only on the special symbol display device 212.

When the 1st special figure display device 212 notifies the 5R normal big hit (“special figure A”) in the normal game state or the electric support state (challenge mode / battle mode), in the probable change state with non-electric support (small hit rush). When the second special figure display device 214 notifies the 10R normal jackpot (“special figure a”), the same even number of decorative symbols such as “decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4” is displayed in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c. Stops and displays the combination of three decorative symbols lined up. Further, in the case of notifying the 5R probability variation jackpot (“special figure E” to “special figure Q”, “special figure f”), “decoration 3-decoration 3-decoration 3” and “decoration 3-decoration 3” and “decoration 3-decoration 3” are displayed in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c. A combination of three decorative symbols with the same odd number other than "Decoration 7-Decoration 7-Decoration 7" (for example, "Decoration 1-Decoration 1-Decoration 1" or "Decoration 5-Decoration 5-Decoration 5". Etc.) is stopped and displayed. Further, in the case of notifying the 10R probability variation super jackpot ("special figure B", "special figure b"), "decoration 3-decoration 3-decoration 3" or "decoration 7-decoration" is displayed in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c. 7-Decoration 7 "is stopped and displayed. Furthermore, when notifying the 6R probability variation jackpot (rank up bonus), 8R probability variation jackpot (rank up bonus), and 10R probability variation jackpot (rank up bonus) in the probability variation state with non-electric support (small hit rush), the left symbol is displayed. Area 208a and right symbol display area 208c are decorative symbols with the same number, and middle symbol display area 208b is a combination of decorative symbols (for example, "decoration 3-special symbol-decoration 3"). "Decoration 4-Special design-Decoration 4" etc.) is stopped and displayed. Further, when the second special symbol display device 214 notifies a small hit (“special symbol g”), a combination of decorative symbols such as “decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3” is provided in the symbol display areas 208a to 208c. Stop display. Further, in the case of a small hit (“special figure C”) in the first special figure display device 212 or a lost symbol (“special figure h”) in the second special figure display device 214, the symbol display area. On 208a to 208c, a combination of decorative symbols other than the combination of decorative symbols described so far (for example, a loose stitch) is stopped and displayed, and the player is notified that the combination is out of alignment (substantially out of alignment). In this embodiment, when the game is stopped and displayed with "Decoration 3-Decoration 3-Decoration 3" or "Decoration 7-Decoration 7-Decoration 7", the jackpot (R attacker opens), which is the maximum number of balls that can be obtained theoretically. 10R big hit), but if it is not the maximum number of balls to be won, it may be stopped and displayed. Further, in the present embodiment, the maximum number of balls to be won in the big hit in Special Figure 1 and the maximum number of balls to be won in the big hit in Special Figure 2 are the same, but the maximum number of balls to be won in the big hit in Special Figure 1 is the same. The number of balls may be larger than the maximum number of balls that can be obtained in the big hit in Special Figure 2, and the maximum number of balls that can be obtained in the big hit in Special Figure 2 is the maximum number of balls that can be obtained in the big hit in Special Figure 1. It may be more than the number of balls.

Hereinafter, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the display from the start of this "variable display of the decorative symbol" to the stop display of the stop symbol mode of the decorative symbol is referred to as the variable display of the decorative symbol (in the case of "decorative symbol variable display"). There is also.). The variable display of the decorative pattern is performed by being controlled by the second sub-control unit 500.

FIG. 11 (d) shows an example of the stop symbol mode of the normal drawing. There are two types of stop display modes of the normal map of the present embodiment: a hit symbol "Public map A" and a missed symbol "Public map B". Based on the fact that the gate sensor, which is a spherical detection sensor, detects that the ball has passed through the normal drawing start port 228, the normal drawing display device 210 alternately lights two LEDs arranged one above the other. Perform "variable display" (normal map variable game). Then, after the fluctuation time has elapsed, one of the symbols of the hit symbol "Fu-zu A" and the out-of-order symbol "Fu-zu B" is stopped and displayed. Also in FIG. 11D, the white portion in the figure indicates the location of the lamp to be turned off, and the black-painted portion indicates the location of the lamp to be turned on.

Hereinafter, the display from the start of this "variation display of the normal map" to the stop display of the stop symbol mode of the normal map may be referred to as the variable display of the normal map.

<Main control unit main processing>
Next, with reference to FIG. 12, the main control unit main processing executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 10 will be described. The figure is a flowchart showing the flow of the main processing of the main control unit.

The RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 10 stores a special figure random value, a special figure round determination random value, a special figure electric support determination random value, a special symbol symbol determination random value, and the like. Further, the RAM 308 is provided with a random number counter that generates these various random number values. Further, the RAM 308 stores the number of reserved special figures, the random value of winning special figures, the results of various determinations (lottery), and the like. Hereinafter, the area for storing the reserved number of the special figure in the RAM 308 may be referred to as a reserved number storage area for the special figure. Further, the RAM 308 is provided with a start information storage unit for special figures divided into a maximum number of areas (4 in this example) in which the start of a win / fail judgment (lottery) can be suspended. A random number value storage area for ordinary figures is also prepared. As will be described later, in the start information storage unit for the special figure, a plurality of types of start information are set as one set, and these start information are stored one set in the winning order (holding order) for each area.

As described above, the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 10 is provided with a start signal output circuit (reset signal output circuit) 340 that outputs a start signal (reset signal) when the power is turned on. The CPU 304 of the basic circuit 302 to which the start signal is input reset-starts by reset interruption and executes the main control unit main process shown in FIG. 12 according to the control program stored in the ROM 306 in advance.

In step S101, the initial setting 1 is performed. In this initial setting 1, the stack initial value is set (temporarily set) in the stack pointer (SP) of the CPU 304, the interrupt mask is set, the I / O 310 is initialized, the initial settings of various variables stored in the RAM 308 are set, and the WDT 314 is set. Operation permission and initial value setting etc. are performed. In this embodiment, a value corresponding to 32.8 ms is set in WDT314 as an initial value.

In step S103, the value of the counter of WDT314 is cleared, and the time measurement by WDT314 is restarted.

In step S105, whether or not the low voltage signal is on, that is, the voltage value of the power supply supplied by the power supply control unit 660 to the main control unit 300 via the second sub control unit 500 by the voltage monitoring circuit 338. Monitors whether or not a low voltage signal indicating that the voltage has dropped is output when is less than a predetermined value (9v in this embodiment). Then, when the low voltage signal is on (when the CPU 304 detects the power interruption), the process returns to step S103, and when the low voltage signal is off (when the CPU 304 does not detect the power interruption), the step is returned to step S103. Proceed to S107. Even if the predetermined value (9V) is not reached immediately after the power is turned on, the process returns to step S103, and step S105 is repeatedly executed until the supply voltage becomes equal to or higher than the predetermined value.

In step S107, the initial setting 2 is performed. In this initial setting 2, a process of setting a numerical value for setting a cycle for executing the timer interrupt process of the main control unit, which will be described later, in the timer circuit 312, a predetermined port of the I / O 310 (for example, a test output port, etc.) A process for outputting a clear signal from the output port to the first sub-control unit 400), a setting for permitting writing to the RAM 308, and the like are performed.

In step S109, it is determined whether or not to return to the state before the power is cut off (before the power is cut off), and when the state before the power is cut off is not returned (when the basic circuit 302 of the main control unit 300 is set to the initial state). ) Proceeds to the processing after step S113 in order to execute the initialization processing.

If it is not determined that the state before the power failure is restored (step S109; No), the cause is whether the RAM clear switch 180 provided on the power supply board 182 shown in FIG. 2 is operated by a clerk of a game store or the like. It is determined whether or not (step S113). That is, it is determined whether or not the RAM clear signal transmitted when the RAM clear switch 180 is operated is on (indicating that the operation has been performed). When it is determined that the RAM clear signal is ON (step S113; Yes), it is determined whether or not the setting change key 192 is operated to the ON side (step S115), and the setting change key 192 is operated to the ON side. If it is determined that the case is true (step S115; Yes), the setting change process is executed (step S117).

When the setting change process is executed, the 7-segment corresponding to the setting monitor on the accessory ratio / setting display 196 blinks indicating "1", indicating that the setting can be changed. In this state, every time the setting change button 194 is pressed, the 7-segment of the setting monitor is incremented, and the setting change button 194 is pressed while the 7-segment corresponding to the setting monitor indicates "6". Then, it returns to "1". In the present embodiment, at least one of settings 1 to 6 having different jackpot probabilities can be selected, and the setting is made by operating the setting change key 192 to the OFF side after changing to the desired setting. Is confirmed. At this time, the setting value displayed on the setting monitor is erased. After that, after the setting is confirmed, the set value can be redisplayed on the setting monitor for a certain period of time (for example, 5 seconds) by operating the setting change button 194. In the present embodiment, the set value is displayed on the setting monitor of the accessory ratio / setting display 196, but for example, it may be displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 or notified by voice output. good. Further, in the present embodiment, the 6-step setting of the settings 1 to 6 is set, but the setting may be other than the 6-step setting, or the setting may not be changed. Further, in the present embodiment, the initial value of the setting displayed on the setting monitor is set to "1", but the setting value before the power is cut off is retained and the retained setting value is displayed. May be good.

Further, in step S113, when it is not determined that the RAM clear signal is ON (step S113; No), or when it is not determined in step S115 that the setting change key 192 is operated to the ON side (step S113; No). Step S115; No), the process proceeds to step S119 without executing the setting change process of step S117.

In step S119, the initialization process is executed so as to bring the basic circuit 302 into the initial state (step S119). Here, when the RAM clear signal is ON, the power status information stored in the power status storage area provided in the RAM 308 is read, and when this power status information is not information indicating suspend, a predetermined area of the RAM 308 (for example,). A checksum is calculated by adding all the 1-byte data stored in (all areas) to a register having a 1-byte structure whose initial value is 0, and the calculated checksum result is a specific value (for example, 0). Is determined (whether the checksum result is normal or not), and when the checksum result is other than a specific value (for example, 0) (when the checksum result is abnormal). Executes the initialization process to reset the pachinko machine 100 to the initial state. In this initialization process, interrupt prohibition setting, stack initial value setting (main setting) in the stack pointer, initialization of all storage areas of RAM 308, and the like are performed. In this embodiment, the set value set in the setting change process (step S117) is retained even when the initialization is performed. Further, here, a normal return command and a setting command indicating the setting selected in step S117 are set in the transmission information storage area provided in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. This normal return command is a command indicating that the initialization process (step S119) of the main control unit 300 has been performed, and is the same as the power recovery command described later in step S233 in the timer interrupt process of the main control unit 300. , Is transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400.

In step S121, after setting the interruption prohibition, the basic random number initial value update process is performed. In this basic random number initial value update process, two initial value generation random number counters for generating initial values of the normal figure winning random number counter and the special figure random number value counter are updated. For example, assuming that the numerical range that can be taken as the normal figure winning random number value is 0 to 99, a value is acquired from the random number counter storage area for generating the normal figure winning random number value provided in the RAM 308, and 1 is added to the acquired value. Then, it is stored in the original random number counter storage area. At this time, if the result of adding 1 to the acquired value is 100, 0 is stored in the original random number counter storage area. The other initial value generation random number counters and random number counters are updated in the same manner. The main control unit 300 repeatedly executes the process of step S121 except during the timer interrupt process that starts at a predetermined cycle.

On the other hand, in step S111, the power recovery process is performed. In this power recovery process, the value of the stack pointer stored in the stack pointer save area provided in the RAM 308 at the time of power failure is read and reset (this setting) to the stack pointer. Further, when the power is cut off, the value of each register stored in the register save area provided in the RAM 308 is read, reset to each register, and then the interrupt permission is set. After that, as a result of the CPU 304 executing the control program based on the stack pointer and the register after the resetting, the pachinko machine 100 returns to the state when the power is turned off. That is, the process is restarted from the instruction following the instruction (predetermined in step S121) performed immediately before branching to the timer interrupt process (described later) immediately before the power failure. Further, the RAM 308 mounted on the basic circuit 302 in the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 10 is provided with a transmission information storage area. In this step S111, a power recovery command is set in the transmission information storage area. This power recovery command is a command indicating that the state has been restored to the state when the power was turned off, and is transmitted to the first sub control unit 400 in step S233 in the timer interrupt process of the main control unit 300, which will be described later.

<Main control unit timer interrupt processing>
Next, the main control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 304 of the main control unit 300 will be described with reference to FIG. 13. The figure is a flowchart showing the flow of the timer interrupt process of the main control unit.

The main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 10 includes a timer circuit 312 that generates a timer interrupt signal in a predetermined cycle (once in about 4 ms in this embodiment), and the main control is triggered by this timer interrupt signal. The timer interrupt process is started at a predetermined cycle.

In step S201, timer interrupt start processing is performed. In this timer interrupt start process, a process of temporarily saving the value of each register of the CPU 304 to the stack area is performed.

In step S203, the WDT314 is periodically (this) so that the count value of the WDT314 does not exceed the initial setting value (32.8 ms in this embodiment) and WDT interruption does not occur (so as not to detect an abnormality in processing). In the embodiment, the restart is performed once every about 2 ms, which is the cycle of interrupting the timer of the main control unit.

In step S205, the input port state update process is performed. In this input port state update process, the detection signals of various sensors 320 shown in FIG. 10, including various ball detection sensors, are input via the input port of the I / O 310 to monitor the presence or absence of the detection signals, and various types are sent to the RAM 308. It is stored in the signal state storage area provided separately for each sensor 320. Taking the detection signal of the ball detection sensor as an example, the information on the presence / absence of the detection signal of each ball detection sensor detected in the timer interruption process (about 4 ms before) two times before is stored in the RAM 308 for each ball detection sensor. Read from the previous detection signal storage area provided separately in ), The information on the presence or absence of the detection signal of each ball detection sensor is read out from the current detection signal storage area provided in the RAM 308 separately for each ball detection sensor, and this information is read out from the above-mentioned previous detection signal storage area. Remember in. Further, the detection signal of each ball detection sensor detected this time is stored in the above-mentioned detection signal storage area this time.

Further, in step S205, the information on the presence / absence of the detection signal of each ball detection sensor stored in each storage area of the above-mentioned pre-previous detection signal storage area, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area is compared, and each of them is compared. It is determined whether or not the information on the presence / absence of the detection signals for the past three times in the ball detection sensor of the above matches the winning determination pattern information. While one game ball passes through one ball detection sensor, this main control unit timer interrupt process, which repeats activation at a very short interval of about 2 ms, is activated several times. Therefore, every time the main control unit timer interrupt process is activated, in step S205 described above, a detection signal indicating that the same game ball has passed the same ball detection sensor is confirmed. As a result, a detection signal indicating that the same game ball has passed through the same ball detection sensor is stored in each of the above-mentioned previous detection signal storage area, the previous detection signal storage area, and the current detection signal storage area. That is, when the game ball starts to pass through the ball detection sensor, there is no detection signal two times before, there is a previous detection signal, and there is a detection signal this time. In the present embodiment, in consideration of erroneous detection and noise of the ball detection sensor, if the detection signal is stored twice in succession after no detection signal, it is determined that a prize has been won. The ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 shown in FIG. 10 stores prize determination pattern information (in this embodiment, information indicating that there is no detection signal two times before, there is a previous detection signal, and there is a detection signal this time). In this step S205, the information on the presence / absence of the detection signals for the past three times in each ball detection sensor is the predetermined winning determination pattern information (in this embodiment, there is no detection signal two times before, there is a previous detection signal, and there is a detection signal this time. (Information indicating that), the general winning opening, the first variable winning opening 234, the second variable winning opening 235, the first special drawing start opening (fixed) 230, and the first special drawing starting opening (variable). ) 231 and the second special figure start port 232, or the normal figure start port 228 is determined to have passed. That is, it is determined that the ball has entered the general winning opening, these variable winning openings 234, 235, and these starting openings 230, 231, 232, 228. For example, when the information on the presence / absence of the detection signals for the past three times in the first start port sensor that detects the entry of the ball into the first special figure start port (fixed) 230 matches the above-mentioned winning determination pattern information, the first 1 It is determined that there is a prize in the special figure start port (fixed) 230, that is, a game medium passing through a predetermined area is detected, and the processing associated with the subsequent prize in the first special figure start port (fixed) 230 is performed. However, if the information on the presence or absence of the detection signals for the past three times does not match the above-mentioned winning determination pattern information, the processing associated with the subsequent winning of the first special figure start port (fixed) 230 is not performed. Branch to subsequent processing. The ROM 306 of the main control unit 300 stores the winning determination clear pattern information (in the present embodiment, information indicating that there is a detection signal two times before, no previous detection signal, and no detection signal this time). After it is determined that there has been a prize once, it is not determined that there was a prize until the information on the presence or absence of the detection signals for the past three times in each ball detection sensor matches the prize judgment clear pattern information, and the prize judgment is cleared. If it matches the pattern information, it is subsequently determined whether or not it matches the above-mentioned winning determination pattern information.

In step S207 and step S209, the basic random number initial value update process and the basic random number update process are performed. In these basic random number initial value update processing and basic random number update processing, the value of the initial value generation random number counter performed in step S121 is updated, and then the normal figure winning random number value and the normal figure winning random number value used by the main control unit 300 are used. Special figure Update the random number counter for generating each random number value. For example, assuming that the numerical range that can be taken as the normal figure winning random number value is 0 to 99, a value is acquired from the random number counter storage area for generating the normal figure winning random number value provided in the RAM 308, and 1 is added to the acquired value. Then, it is stored in the original random number counter storage area. At this time, if the result of adding 1 to the acquired value is 100, 0 is stored in the original random number counter storage area. If it is determined that the random number counter has gone around as a result of adding 1 to the acquired value, the value of the random number counter for initial value generation corresponding to each random number counter is acquired and stored in the storage area of the random number counter. set. For example, a value is acquired from a random number counter for generating a winning random number value that fluctuates in a numerical range of 0 to 99, and the result of adding 1 to the acquired value is stored in a predetermined initial value storage area provided in the RAM 308. If the value is equal to the previously set initial value (for example, 7), the value is acquired as the initial value from the random number counter for initial value generation corresponding to the random number counter for generating the winning random number value, and the normal figure is used. The initial value set this time is stored in the above-mentioned initial value storage area in order to set it in the random number counter for generating the winning random value and to determine that the random number counter for generating the winning random value has made one round next. I'll do it. In addition to the above-mentioned initial value storage area for determining that the random number counter for generating the winning random number of the normal figure has made one round next, it is determined that the random number counter for generating the special figure random number has made one round. The RAM 308 is provided with an initial value storage area for this purpose. In this embodiment, since the specifications are such that a hit is always made in the high probability state of the normal figure and a loss is always made in the low probability state of the normal figure, a random number counter for generating the winning random number value of the normal figure may not be provided.

In step S211 the effect random number update process is performed. In this effect random number update process, the random number counter for generating the effect random number value used by the main control unit 300 is updated.

In step S213, the timer update process is performed. In this timer update process, a symbol is displayed on the normal symbol display symbol update timer, the first special symbol display device 212, and the second special symbol display device 214 for measuring the time for displaying the symbol on the normal symbol display device 210 in a variable / stopped manner. Various types including a special symbol display symbol update timer for measuring the time to display fluctuation / stop, a timer for measuring a predetermined winning effect time, a predetermined open time, a predetermined closing time, a predetermined end effect period, etc. Update the timer.

In step S215, the winning opening counter is updated. In this prize opening counter update process, when there is a prize in the winning openings 234, 235 and the starting openings 230, 231, 232, the prize ball number storage area provided in the RAM 308 for each winning opening or each starting opening is stored. The value is read out, 1 is added, and the original prize ball number storage area is set.

Further, in step S217, the winning prize acceptance process is performed. In the prize acceptance process, if a predetermined condition is satisfied, a plurality of types of start information are acquired. The plurality of types of start information acquired here are stored as one set of start information in a vacant area of the start information storage unit provided in the RAM 308 according to the winning order (holding order).

In step S219, which is executed following step S217, a payout request number transmission process is performed. The output schedule information and the payout request information to be output to the payout control unit 600 shown in FIG. 10 are composed of 1 byte, and the strobe information (when on, it indicates that the data is set) and the bit 6 are set in bit 7. Power-on information (when turned on, it indicates that it is the first command transmission after power-on), bits 4 to 5 this time processing type for encryption (0 to 3), and bits 0 to 3 encrypted. The number of payout requests after chemical processing is shown.

In step S221, the normal map state update process is performed. This normal map state update process performs one of a plurality of processes corresponding to the normal map state. For example, in the normal map state update process in the middle of the normal map fluctuation display (the value of the above-mentioned normal map display symbol update timer is 1 or more), the two LEDs constituting the normal symbol display device 210 alternately blink on and off. Drive control is performed. By performing this control, the normal symbol display device 210 performs a variable display of a normal map (a variable game of a normal map).

In addition, in the normal map state update process at the timing when the normal map fluctuation display time has elapsed (the timing when the value of the normal map display symbol update timer changes from 1 to 0), when the hit flag is on, the hit symbol is displayed. The lighting / extinguishing drive control of the two LEDs constituting the normal symbol display device 210 is performed so as to be a mode, and when the hit flag is off, the normal symbol display device 210 is configured to be a display mode of a lost symbol. The lighting / extinguishing drive control of the two LEDs is performed. Further, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 is provided with a setting area for making various settings not only in the normal figure state update process but also in various processes. Here, the lighting / extinguishing drive control is performed, and a setting indicating that the normal drawing stop display is being performed is performed in the setting area. By performing this control, the normal symbol display device 210 determines one of the hit symbol (normal diagram A shown in FIG. 11 (d)) and the lost symbol (normal symbol B shown in FIG. 11 (d)). Display. After that, for a predetermined stop display period (for example, 500 msec), information indicating the stop period is set in the storage area of the normal figure stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308 to maintain the display. By this setting, the confirmed and displayed symbol is stopped and displayed for a predetermined period, and the result of the normal map variation game is notified to the player.

Further, if the result of the normal map fluctuation game is a hit, the normal map hit flag is turned on as described later. When this solenoid hit flag is on, in the solenoid state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period ends (the timing when the value of the timer for managing the solenoid stop time changes from 1 to 0), the RAM 308 A solenoid for opening / closing the shutter member 2311 (see FIG. 4) of the first special figure start port (variable) 231 for a predetermined opening period (for example, 2 seconds) while setting the normal drawing operation in the setting area (FIG. 10). A signal for holding the shutter member 2311 in the open state is output to (a part of various solenoids 332) shown in the above, and information indicating the opening period is set in the storage area of the blade opening time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

Further, in the normal drawing state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (the timing when the value of the blade opening time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the attacker unit has a predetermined closing period (for example, 500 msec). A signal for holding the shutter member 2311 in the closed state is sent to a solenoid (a part of various solenoids 332 shown in FIG. 10) for driving the opening / closing of the shutter member 2311 of the first special drawing start port (variable) 231 provided in the 23. At the same time as outputting, information indicating the closing period is set in the storage area of the blade closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308.

Further, in the normal map state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined closing period ends (the timing when the value of the blade closing time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the setting area of the RAM 308 is set to be non-operating. do. Further, if the result of the normal map fluctuation game is a loss, the normal map loss flag is turned on as described later. When this normal figure loss flag is on, even in the normal figure state update process at the timing when the above-mentioned predetermined stop display period ends (the timing when the value of the normal figure stop time management timer changes from 1 to 0). Set the setting area of the RAM 308 to be inactive. In the normal map state update process when the normal map is not operating, the process proceeds to the next step S223 without doing anything.

In step S223, a drawing-related lottery process is performed. In this normal figure-related lottery process, the normal figure variable game and the opening / closing control of the first special figure start port (variable) 231 are not performed (the state of the normal figure is not operating), and the normal figure is on hold. When the number of fluctuating games is 1 or more, the result of the fluctuating game is won or not won by the random number lottery based on the random number value stored in the above-mentioned random number storage area. A hit determination is made to determine whether or not, and if a winner is to be won, the hit flag provided in the RAM 308 is set to ON. In case of unsuccessful, set the hit flag to off. Regardless of the result of the hit determination, the value of the predetermined random number counter is acquired as the normal figure timer random value, and the normal figure display device 210 is used from among a plurality of fluctuation times based on the acquired normal figure timer random value. One time for variable display of the figure is selected, and this variable display time is stored in the normal figure variable time storage area provided in the RAM 308 as the normal figure variable display time. It should be noted that the number of reserved normal figure variable games is stored in the normal figure reserved number storage area provided in the RAM 308, and each time a hit determination is made, the number of reserved normal figure variable games is calculated. The value obtained by subtracting 1 is stored again in this reserved number storage area. Also, the random value used for the hit judgment is deleted.

Subsequently, the special figure look-ahead process (step S224) is executed. In the special figure pre-reading process, the main control unit 300 pre-reads the increased start information in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, predetermines the stop symbol and the fluctuation time before the hit / fail determination process, and predetermines. The result (special figure look-ahead result) is stored in the look-ahead result storage unit in the RAM 308.

Next, the special figure state update process for each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is performed. First, the special figure state update process (special figure 2 state update process) for the special figure 2 is performed (step S225). In this special figure 2 state update process, one of the following plurality of processes is performed according to the state of special figure 2.

For example, in the special figure 2 state update process in the middle of the special figure 2 fluctuation display (the value of the above-mentioned special figure 2 display symbol update timer is 1 or more), a predetermined one of the eight LEDs constituting the special figure 2 display device 214 is specified. The lighting / extinguishing drive control is performed by repeating the lighting / extinguishing of the LED. By performing this control, the special figure 2 display device 214 performs the variable display of the special figure 2 (special figure 2 variable game). Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the rotation start setting transmission process is to be executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-mentioned transmission information storage area, and then the process is terminated. If the number of time reductions stored in the time reduction storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is 1 or more, 1 is subtracted from the number of time reductions. At this time, if the time saving flag stored in the time saving number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is on and the total number of fluctuations among the time saving times becomes 0, the time saving flag is turned off. Furthermore, the time saving flag is turned off even during the big hit game (during the special game state).

Further, the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300 has flags such as a 10R jackpot flag, an 8R jackpot flag, a 6R jackpot flag, a 5R jackpot flag, a small hit flag, a missed flag, a special figure probability fluctuation flag, and a normal figure probability fluctuation flag. It is prepared. These flags are set to be on or off based on the determined stop symbol in the special figure 2 related lottery process described later. In the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the special figure 2 fluctuation display time has elapsed (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 display symbol update timer changes from 1 to 0), for example, the 10R jackpot flag is on, and the special figure The probability fluctuation flag is also on, when the normal figure probability fluctuation flag is off, the "special figure b" shown in FIG. 11 (b), the 6R jackpot flag is on, the special figure probability fluctuation flag is also on, and the normal figure probability fluctuation flag is When off, "special figure c", 8R jackpot flag is on, special figure probability fluctuation flag is also on, when the normal figure probability fluctuation flag is off, "special figure d", 10R jackpot flag is on, special figure The probability fluctuation flag is also on, when the normal figure probability fluctuation flag is off, "special figure b" or "special figure e", the 5R jackpot flag is on, the special figure probability fluctuation flag is also on, and the normal figure probability fluctuation flag is off. In the case of, "special figure f", 10R big hit flag is on, special figure probability fluctuation flag is off, normal figure probability fluctuation flag is on, "special figure a", small hit flag is on. The lighting / extinguishing drive control of the LEDs constituting the special figure 2 display device 214 is performed so that the "special figure g" and the "special figure h" are in the respective modes when the loss flag is on, and the setting area of the RAM 308 is performed. 2 is set to indicate that the stop display is in progress. By performing this control, the special figure 2 display device 214 has a 10R probability variable big hit symbol (“special figure b”, “special figure e”), a 6R probability variable big hit symbol (“special figure c”), and an 8R probability variable big hit symbol (“special figure c”). "Special figure d"), 5R probability variation big hit symbol ("Special figure f"), 10R normal big hit design ("Special figure a"), small hit design ("Special figure g"), lost design ("Special figure h") ), One of the symbols is confirmed and displayed. In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, which is a simultaneous variable machine, the variable display of the special figure 1 may be performed during the variable display of the special figure 2, but the variable display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed. If the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed at the timing, the lottery result in the special figure 1 is displayed at the timing of the big hit symbol display or the small hit symbol display of the special figure 2, regardless of the lottery result of the special figure 1. Will be discarded and the out-of-order symbol will be stopped and displayed. On the contrary, if the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed at the timing when the fluctuation display time of the special figure 1 elapses during the fluctuation display of the special figure 2, the lottery result of the special figure 2 does not matter. At the timing of the big hit symbol display or the small hit symbol display of the special figure 1, the lottery result is discarded in the special figure 2 and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed.

After that, in order to maintain the display for a predetermined stop display period (for example, 500 ms), information indicating the stop period is set in the storage area of the special figure 2 stop time management timer provided in the RAM 308. By this setting, the confirmed and displayed special figure 2 is stopped and displayed for a predetermined period, and the result of the special figure 2 variable game is notified to the player.

Further, in the special figure 2, the symbol for stopping the variable display while additionally storing the predetermined transmission information indicating that the rotation stop setting transmission process is executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is stored in the above-mentioned transmission information storage area. The special figure 2 identification information indicating that the information is present is additionally stored in the RAM 308 as information to be included in the command data described later, and then the process is terminated.

Further, if the result of the special figure 2 variable game is a big hit, the big hit flag is turned on as described later. When this jackpot flag is on, in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing when the predetermined stop display period ends (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 stop time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the RAM 308 While setting the special figure 2 in operation in the setting area, the player waits for a predetermined winning effect period (for example, 3 seconds), that is, a period of displaying an image notifying the player that the big hit by the decorative symbol display device 208 is started. Therefore, information indicating the winning effect period is set in the storage area of the special figure 2 standby time management timer provided in the RAM 308. Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the winning effect setting transmission process is to be executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-mentioned transmission information storage area. In the present embodiment, for example, a jackpot generation gate through which the game ball can pass is provided at a predetermined position on the right side of the game area 124, and after the predetermined stop display period ends, the game ball passes through the jackpot generation gate. As a condition, the setting area of the RAM 308 may be set to be in operation in FIG. 2. That is, after the predetermined stop display period has elapsed, the jackpot game may be started on condition that the game ball passes through the jackpot generation gate.

Further, in the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined winning effect period ends (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 standby time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the predetermined opening period (for example, 29 seconds) , Or the shutter member 2341 or the second variable winning opening of the first variable winning opening 234 until the winning of a predetermined number of game balls (for example, 10 balls) is detected in the first variable winning opening 234 or the second variable winning opening 235. A signal for holding the shutter member 2341 or the shutter member 2351 in the open state is output to the solenoid (a part of various solenoids 332 shown in FIG. 10) for driving the opening / closing of the shutter member 2351 of the shutter member 2351, and the door is opened in the RAM 308. Set the information indicating the open period in the storage area of the time management timer. Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the large winning opening opening setting transmission process is to be executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-mentioned transmission information storage area. In the present embodiment, it is determined whether the first variable winning opening 234 (S attacker) is opened or the second variable winning opening 235 (R attacker) is opened depending on the jackpot symbol.

Further, in the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined opening period ends (the timing when the value of the door opening time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the predetermined closing period (for example, 1.5 seconds). The shutter member 2341 or the shutter member 2351 is closed to the solenoid for opening / closing the opening / closing drive of the shutter member 2341 of the first variable winning opening 234 or the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 (a part of various solenoids 332 shown in FIG. 10). A signal to be held in the state is output, and information indicating the closing period is set in the storage area of the door closing time management timer provided in the RAM 308. Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the large winning opening closing setting transmission process is to be executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-mentioned transmission information storage area.

Further, in the special figure 2 state update process in which the opening / closing control of the shutter member is repeated a predetermined number of times (10 rounds, 6 rounds, 8 rounds or 5 rounds in this exemplary embodiment) and started at the end timing, a predetermined end effect is produced. A timer for managing the effect standby time provided in the RAM 308 in order to set the period (for example, 3 seconds), that is, the period during which the image for notifying the player to end the jackpot by the decorative symbol display device 208 is displayed. Set the information indicating the effect waiting period in the storage area of. Further, if the normal figure probability fluctuation flag is set to on, at the same time as the end of this big hit game, the time reduction number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 has a time reduction number of times (for example, a total fluctuation number of 100 times and a special figure 1 fluctuation number of times). 51 times) is set, and the time saving flag provided in the RAM 308 is turned on. If the normal figure probability fluctuation flag is set to off, the time reduction number of times is not set in the time reduction number storage unit, and the time reduction flag is not turned on. If the special figure probability fluctuation flag is set to ON, the probability variation flag provided in the RAM 308 is turned on at the same time as the end of the big hit game.

The term "time reduction" as used herein means that the pachinko machine is in an advantageous state for the player in order to shorten the time from the end of the big hit in the special figure fluctuation game to the start of the next big hit. When the time saving flag is set to on, it is in the high probability state of the normal map (probability change of the normal map). In the high-probability state of the normal map, the probability of winning in the variable game of the normal map is higher than in the low-probability state of the normal map. In addition, in the high-probability state of the normal map, the fluctuation time of the variable game of the normal map is shorter than that in the low-probability state of the normal map (normal map variation). Further, in the high-probability state of the normal drawing, the opening time in one opening of the shutter member 2311 of the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 tends to be longer (extension of the electric chew) than in the low-probability state of the normal drawing. In addition, in the high-probability state of the normal map, the shutter member 2311 is more likely to open than in the low-probability state of the normal map. The state in which any of these normal figure probability change, normal figure change short, and electric chew spread is set is called the electric support (starting mouth winning support by electric tulip) state.

Further, as described above, the time saving flag is set to off during the big hit game (during the special game state). Therefore, during the big hit game, the low probability state of the normal figure is maintained. If this is a high-probability state during a big hit game, one is until a predetermined number of game balls enter the first variable winning opening 234 or the second variable winning opening 235 during the big hit game. In the meantime, a lot of game balls enter the special figure 1 start port (variable) 231 and the number of game balls that can be acquired during the big hit (the number of balls that come out) increases, which increases the gambling. There is a problem, and the other is that a predetermined number of games are played in the first variable winning opening 234 or the second variable winning opening 235 because many game balls enter the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231. There is also a problem that the time until the ball enters is long, the jackpot game becomes redundant, and the player gets bored, so this is to solve this problem, but during the jackpot game You may also leave the time saving flag on.

Further, predetermined transmission information indicating that the end effect setting transmission process is to be executed in the command setting transmission process (step S233) is additionally stored in the above-mentioned transmission information storage area.

Further, in the special figure 2 state update process that starts at the timing when the predetermined end effect period ends (the timing when the value of the effect standby time management timer changes from 1 to 0), the special figure 2 does not operate in the setting area of the RAM 308. Set inside.

The example of the big hit game using the first variable winning opening 234 or the second variable winning opening 235 has been described above, but the same applies to the small hit game using the second variable winning opening 235.

Further, if the result of the special figure 2 variable game is out of order, the out of place flag is turned on. When this off flag is on, even in the special figure 2 state update process at the timing when the above-mentioned predetermined stop display period ends (the timing when the value of the special figure 2 stop time management timer changes from 1 to 0). In the setting area of the RAM 308, special figure 2 non-operating is set. In the special figure 2 state update process in the case where the special figure 2 is not operating, the process proceeds to the next step S227 without doing anything.

Subsequently, the special figure state update process (special figure 1 state update process) for the special figure 1 is performed (step S227). In this special figure 1 state update process, each process described in the above-mentioned special figure 2 state update process is performed according to the state of special figure 1. Since each process performed in this special figure 1 state update process is the same as the process in which "special figure 2" of the content described in the above-mentioned special figure 2 state update process is replaced with "special figure 1", the explanation thereof is described. Omit. In the present embodiment, in the state update process of FIG. 1, when the time saving flag stored in the time saving number storage unit provided in the RAM 308 is on and the total number of fluctuations among the time saving times becomes 0, or Special figure 1 When the number of fluctuations becomes 0, the time saving flag is turned off. In other words, even if the total number of fluctuations is not 0, if the number of fluctuations in Special Figure 1 becomes 0, the time saving flag is turned off at that point. In this way, since the sequence is such that the special figure 2 state update process is executed and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed, in the present embodiment which is the specification of the simultaneous variable machine, for example, the previous symbol change display is displayed. In the case where one of the special figures 1 and 2 becomes a big hit or a small hit and the other symbol variation display is discarded and a loss occurs, the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 becomes the symbol variation of the special figure 1. It will start before the display. The order of the special figure 2 state update process and the special figure 1 state update process may be reversed.

When the special figure state update process in step S225 and step S227 is completed, the special figure-related lottery process for each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is performed this time. In the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229), the variable game of special figure 2 is not performed, the state of special figure 2 is not operating, and neither the big hit game of special figure 1 nor the big hit game of special figure 2 is performed. In addition, the special figure 2 random number value storage area is provided on the condition that the number of the special figure 2 variable games held is 1 or more while not in the small hit game of either the special figure 1 or the special figure 2. It is executed using the first special figure 2 winning random value and the special figure 2 random value. In the lottery process related to the special figure 1, the variable game of the special figure 1 is not performed, the state of the special figure 1 is not operating, the big hit game of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is not performed, and the special figure 1 is not performed. The first in the special figure 1 random value storage area, provided that the number of special figure 1 variable games held is 1 or more, which is not during the small hit game of either FIG. 1 or special figure 2. It is executed using the special figure 1 winning random value and the special figure 1 random value. That is, in the present embodiment, the special figure 1 can start the variable game regardless of whether or not the special figure 2 is in the variable game, and in the special figure 2, the special figure 1 is in the variable game. It is configured to be able to start a variable game with or without it (simultaneous variable machine).

The notification of the result of the hit / fail determination of the special figure variable game by the decorative symbol display device 208 is performed by the first sub-control unit 400, and in the present embodiment, in the small hit rush, the special figure 2 starting port 232 is won. The notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the above is prioritized over the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special figure 1 start port (fixed) 230 and the special figure 1 start port (variable) 231. In the state and the electric support state (challenge mode, battle mode), the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special figure 1 starting port (fixed) 230 and the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 is notified in the special figure 2. It is given priority over the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the starting port 232. When the lottery result of the special figure 1 variable game during the small hit rush is a big hit, as will be described later, the special figure 1 variable time is usually selected as a long variable time of 450 to 500 seconds, and the special figure 2 is selected. Since the variable time as short as 8.5 seconds is selected, the special figure 2 variable game is executed once or a plurality of times between the start and the end of the special figure 1 variable game. Therefore, even if the special figure 1 variable game becomes a big hit, the special figure 2 variable game becomes a big hit or a small hit, and the running special figure 1 variable game is discarded, but in rare cases, the special figure 2 variable game Depending on the result of, the special figure 1 variable game may not be discarded, and the special figure 1 may become a big hit. In this case, for example, in parallel with the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special figure 2 starting port 232, or once the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special drawing 2 starting port 232 is interrupted. Then, the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special figure 1 starting port (fixed) 230 and the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 may be notified. Further, in the normal game state and the electric support state, most of the game balls fired by right-handed hits normally enter the first starting port (variable) 231 and the special figure 2 fluctuation time is 450 to 500 seconds. Since a long fluctuation time is selected and a short fluctuation time of 2.5 seconds is selected for the special figure 1 fluctuation time, either the special figure 2 fluctuation game is not started or the special figure 2 fluctuation game starts to ends. During the period, the special figure 1 variable game becomes a big hit or a small hit, and the special figure 2 variable game is discarded. However, in rare cases, the special figure 2 variable game is not discarded and a big hit occurs, the special figure 1 starts. In parallel with the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special figure 1 start port (variable) 231 or the special figure 1 start port (fixed) 230, the special figure 1 start port (variable). ) The notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of 231 may be interrupted and the notification of the lottery result of the lottery based on the winning of the special figure 2 starting port 232 may be executed.

In the case of the special figure 2 related lottery process in step S229, the main control unit 300 receives the special figure 2 start information (special figure 2 start information) from the earliest (most previously stored) reserved position in the special figure 2 random value storage area. (Fig. 2 Winning random number value and special figure 2 set of random value) is acquired, and ROM 306 is based on the special figure 2 winning random value in the acquired special figure 2 start information and the value of the special figure probability fluctuation flag in RAM 308. The hit / fail judgment table stored in is used to determine whether to make a big hit, a small hit, or a miss (hit / fail judgment). Next, the main control unit 300 uses the special figure determination table stored in the ROM 306 based on the special figure 2 random value in the acquired special figure 2 start information and the determined hit / fail determination result, etc. The symbol to be stopped and displayed after the fluctuation display (stop symbol) is determined. Next, the main control unit 300 is stored in the ROM 306 based on, for example, the determined hit / fail determination result, the stop symbol, the number of special figures 2 held at the time of the hit / fail determination, the acquired random number value for determining the special figure fluctuation time, and the like. The fluctuation display time (timer number) of the special figure 2 is determined using various tables.

After extracting the earliest special figure 2 start information from the special figure 2 random value storage area, the main control unit 300 erases the earliest special figure 2 start information from the special figure 2 random value storage area and specially. FIG. 2 Special figure 2 of the reserved number storage area The reserved number is subtracted by 1. At this time, the special figure 2 start information taken out from the special figure 2 random value storage area is stored in a temporary area provided in the RAM 308, and the above-mentioned determination is made based on the special figure 2 start information stored in this temporary area. You may do so.

After the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229) as described above, the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S231) is performed in the same manner. The order of the special figure 1 related lottery process and the special figure 2 related lottery process may be reversed.

In the above description, by performing the above-mentioned special figure state update process and special figure-related lottery process independently for special figure 1 and special figure 2, a plurality of special figures are configured to be changed at the same time. The lottery process and the variable game regarding the holding of the other special figure may not be performed according to the state of one special figure. In the present embodiment, as will be described later, when a plurality of special figures are changed at the same time, in the normal game state and the electric support state, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with an effect display according to the variable display of the special figure 1. On the other hand, the effect display is not performed for the variable display of the special figure 2, and in the small hit rush, the decorative symbol display device 208 is made to display the effect according to the variable display of the special figure 2, while the variable display of the special figure 1 is performed. However, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a plurality of areas for displaying the lottery results of each special figure, or a plurality of decorative symbols for displaying the lottery results of each special figure. A display device may be provided to display each lottery result separately. Further, when the fluctuations related to a plurality of special figures are performed at the same time, the lottery result of the special figure whose fluctuation is stopped first may affect the lottery result of the special figure whose fluctuation is stopped later.

In step S233 following step S231, the command setting transmission process is performed. In this command setting transmission process, various commands are transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. The output schedule information to be transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400 is composed of, for example, 16 bits, the bits 15 are strobe information (when it is on, it indicates that data is set), and the bits 11 to 14 are. Command type (in this example, basic command, winning opening winning command, out ball command, launch position command, special figure fluctuation start command, special figure fluctuation stop command, special figure stop type command (special figure 1 and special figure 2) A command sent at the start of fluctuation, which specifies whether one of special figure 1 or special figure 2 is stopped and displayed first), special figure hit start command, special figure hit end command, large winning opening opening Command, jackpot round number specification command, power recovery command, RAM clear command, look-ahead result information command, setting command, and other information that can specify the type of command), bits 0 to 10 are command data (predetermined information corresponding to the command type) ).

Specifically, the strobe information is turned on or off in the above-mentioned command transmission process. In addition, if the command type is a special figure fluctuation start command, the command data includes information indicating various big hit flags, small hit flags, missed flags, timer numbers selected in the special figure related lottery process, and the like. In the form, when the special symbol change start command is set, the stop symbol information that can specify the stop symbol is included. In the case of the special figure fluctuation stop command, the values of various big hit flags, small hit flags, missed flags, etc. are included, and in the case of the command for specifying the number of big hit rounds, the number of big hit rounds, etc. are included. When the command type indicates a basic command, the command data includes device information, whether or not the special figure 1 start port (fixed) 230 has won a prize, whether or not the special figure 1 start port (variable) 231 has won a prize, and special figure 2 start. It includes whether or not there is a prize in the mouth 232, whether or not there is a prize in the first variable winning mouth 234, whether or not there is a prize in the second variable winning mouth 235, and the like. In the case of the look-ahead result information command, the command data includes information such as the types of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, the number of look-aheads stored in the look-ahead number storage area, and the stop symbol stored in the look-ahead result storage unit. If it is a setting command, it includes setting information and so on.

Further, in the above-mentioned rotation start setting transmission process, the command data is selected by the various big hit flags, small hit flags, missed flag values, special figure 1 related lottery process, and special figure 2 related lottery process stored in the RAM 308. Set the timer number, the information indicating the number of the reserved special figure 1 variable game or the special figure 2 variable game, and the like. In the above-mentioned rotation stop setting transmission process, information indicating various big hit flags, small hit flags, missed flag values, etc. stored in the RAM 308 is set in the command data.

In the above-mentioned winning effect setting transmission process, the command data stores the effect control information stored in the RAM 308 and output to the decorative symbol display device 208, various lamps (442,452), and the speaker 120 during the winning effect period. Set information indicating the number of special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games. In the above-mentioned end effect setting transmission process, the command data includes the effect control information stored in the RAM 308 and output to the decorative symbol display device 208, various lamps (442,452), and the speaker 120 during the effect standby period. Set information indicating the number of special figure 1 variable games or special figure 2 variable games. In the above-mentioned large winning opening opening setting transmission process, information indicating the number of big hit rounds stored in the RAM 308, the number of reserved special figure 1 variable games, special figure 2 variable games, and the like is set in the command data. In the above-mentioned large winning opening closing setting transmission process, information indicating the number of big hit rounds stored in the RAM 308, the number of reserved special figure 1 variable games, special figure 2 variable games, and the like is set in the command data.

Further, in this step S233, a general command special figure hold increase process is also performed. In this general command special figure hold increase process, special figure identification information (information indicating special figure 1 or special figure 2) and notice information (advance notice information, false) stored in the transmission information storage area of RAM 308 in the command data. Either advance notice information or no advance notice information) is set.

In the first sub control unit 400, the command type included in the received output schedule information enables the determination of the effect control according to the change in the game control in the main control unit 300, and is included in the output schedule information. It becomes possible to determine the effect control content based on the information of the command data.

In step S235 following step S233, the external output signal setting process is performed. In this external output signal setting process, the game information stored in the RAM 308 is output to the information input circuit 350, which is separate from the pachinko machine 100, via the information output circuit 336.

In step S237 following step S235, device monitoring processing is performed. In this device monitoring process, the signal states of various sensors stored in the signal state storage area in step S205 are read out to monitor the presence or absence of a predetermined error, for example, the presence or absence of a front frame door opening error or the presence or absence of a ball storage dish full tank error. do. When a front frame door opening error or a ball storage dish full tank error is detected, a device indicating whether or not a front frame door opening error or a ball storage dish full tank error is present in the transmission information to be transmitted to the first sub-control unit 400. Set the information. In addition, various solenoids 332 are driven to control the opening and closing of the first special figure start port (variable) 231 and the first variable winning opening 234 and the second variable winning opening 235, or via drive circuits 324, 326, and 330. The display data to be output to the normal figure display device 210, the special figure 1 display device 212, the special figure 2 display device 214, the various status display units 328, and the like are set in the output port of the I / O 310. Further, the output schedule information set in the payout request number transmission process (step S219) is output to the payout control unit 600 via the output port of the I / O 310.

In step S239 following step S237, it is monitored whether or not the low voltage signal is on. Then, when the low voltage signal is on (when the power cutoff is detected), the process proceeds to step S243, and when the low voltage signal is off (when the power cutoff is not detected), the process proceeds to step S241. In step S241, timer interrupt end processing is performed. In this timer interrupt end processing, the value of each register temporarily saved in step S201 is set in each original register, interrupt permission is set, and the like, and then the main control unit main process shown in FIG. 12 is performed. Return to. On the other hand, in step S243, a specific variable or stack pointer for returning to the state at the time of power interruption at the time of power recovery is saved as return data in a predetermined area of RAM 308, and power interruption processing such as initialization of the input / output port is performed. After that, the HALT state is reached.

Next, it is used in the normal figure-related lottery process (step S223), the special figure 2 related lottery process (step S229), and the special figure 1 related lottery process (step S231) in the main control unit timer interrupt process shown in FIG. The determination table will be described with reference to FIGS. 14 and 15. Here, FIG. 14 (a) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the table for determining whether or not the normal figure is correct, and FIG. 14 (b) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the table for determining whether or not the special figures 1 and 2 are correct. Yes, FIG. 15 (a) is a diagram showing an example of the contents of the special figure 1 big hit symbol determination distribution table, and FIG. 15 (b) shows an example of the contents of the special figure 2 big hit symbol determination distribution table. It is a figure.

The table for determining whether or not a normal figure is correct or not shown in FIG. 14A is a table for determining whether or not the normal figure is correct or not, which is used at the time of determining whether or not the normal figure is correct. This table is stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300. As shown in FIG. 14A, when this hit / fail determination table is used, there is no hit value in the low probability state of the normal figure, that is, the probability of hit is 0%, and the normal figure is shown in the normal figure. In the high probability state, the probability of winning is 100%. It should be noted that, in the low probability state of the normal figure (when the time reduction is not activated), the hit may be made with a certain probability (for example, 1%), and in the high probability state of the normal figure (when the time reduction is activated), it is constant. The probability of (for example, 1%) may be different.

The special figure 1 and 2 hit / fail determination table shown in FIG. 14 (b) is a table referred to when the hit / fail judgment of the special figures 1 and 2 is performed, and which of the settings 1 to 6 is used. Select the record to be referenced depending on whether it is in the special figure low probability state or the special figure high probability state. This table is also stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300.

In the special figure low probability state of setting 1, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1/299 as a result of the winning / failing judgment of the big hit lottery of special figure 1 and special figure 2, and in the special figure high probability state, special figure 1 and special figure 1 and special figure 2 are selected. As a result of the winning / failing determination of the big hit lottery in FIG. 2, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1 / 29.9.

In the special figure low probability state of setting 2, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1/279 as a result of the winning / failing judgment of the big hit lottery of special figure 1 and special figure 2, and in the special figure high probability state, special figure 1 and special figure 1 and special figure 2 are selected. As a result of the winning / failing determination of the big hit lottery in FIG. 2, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1 / 27.9.

In the special figure low probability state of setting 3, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1/259 as a result of the winning / failing judgment of the big hit lottery of special figure 1 and special figure 2, and in the special figure high probability state, special figure 1 and special figure 1 and special figure 2 are selected. As a result of the winning / failing determination of the big hit lottery in FIG. 2, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1 / 25.9.

In the special figure low probability state of setting 4, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1/239 as a result of the winning / failing judgment of the big hit lottery of special figure 1 and special figure 2, and in the special figure high probability state, special figure 1 and special figure 1 and special figure 2 are selected. As a result of the winning / failing determination of the big hit lottery in FIG. 2, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1 / 23.9.

In the special figure low probability state of setting 5, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1/219 as a result of the winning / failing judgment of the big hit lottery of special figure 1 and special figure 2, and in the special figure high probability state, special figure 1 and special figure 1 and special figure 2 are selected. As a result of the winning / failing determination of the big hit lottery in FIG. 2, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1/21.9.

In the special figure low probability state of setting 6, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1/199 as a result of the winning / failing judgment of the big hit lottery of special figure 1 and special figure 2, and in the special figure high probability state, special figure 1 and special figure 1 and special figure 2 are selected. As a result of the winning / failing determination of the big hit lottery in FIG. 2, the big hit is selected with a probability of about 1 / 19.9.

In addition, regardless of any of the settings 1 to 6, and regardless of whether the special figure is in the high probability state or the special figure low probability state, the big hit is not obtained as a result of the winning / failing determination of the big hit lottery in the special figure 1. In that case, a small hit that opens and closes twice is selected. It should be noted that there may be a deviation in the special figure 1. Further, regardless of any of the settings 1 to 6, and regardless of whether the special figure is in the high probability state or the special figure low probability state, the result of the winning / failing determination of the big hit lottery in the special figure 2 is about 1/10. With the probability of, a small hit that opens and closes 12 times is selected. The probability of a small hit may be different for each setting.

As described above, in the present embodiment, in any of the settings 1 to 6, the jackpot probability in the special figure high probability state is higher than the jackpot probability in the special figure low probability state. Further, in the present embodiment, the jackpot probability differs depending on the setting, and the higher the setting, the easier the jackpot is, and the lower the setting, the less likely the jackpot is. Therefore, the lower the setting, the less likely it is to be a big hit. If this is the case, the number of small hits tends to occur more than in the high setting, and it may be possible to have different game characteristics.

In the present embodiment, in any setting, the jackpot probability is set to be 10 times different between the special figure high probability state and the special figure low probability state, and the normal figure high probability state and the normal figure high probability state are set in the special figure high probability state. The fluctuation display time of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 changes greatly depending on the low probability state in the figure. In the present embodiment, for example, the fluctuation time of the special figure 2 in the special figure high probability normal figure low probability state (small hit rush) is selected to be 8.5 seconds. In the small hit rush, when hitting to the right, it is easy for a large number of game balls to enter the second special figure starting port 232, and a large number of variable displays of the special figure 2 can be displayed, and as a result, a prize is awarded. The mechanism is such that the frequency of small hits that can be expected to be paid out is high. In addition, in the state where there are four (full tanks) of the reserved symbol variation displays of the special figure 2, the time required to digest all the symbol variation displays of the special figure 2 is one time of the special figure 1. Since it takes longer to digest the symbol variation display, it is less likely that a big hit will occur in Special Figure 1. On the other hand, as the fluctuation time of the special figure 2 in the special figure high probability normal figure high probability state (battle mode) and the special figure low probability normal figure high probability state (challenge mode), for example, a fluctuation time of 450 to 500 seconds is selected. It has become so. Therefore, in the battle mode and the challenge mode, if you hit right, the frequency of entering the special figure 2 start port 232 will be low, and even if you enter the special figure 2 start port 232, the result of the variation display of the special figure 2 will be displayed. Since the time until it is done is about every 10 minutes, even if it hits right, it is practically disadvantageous for the player.

FIG. 15A shows an example of the distribution table for determining the big hit symbol of the special figure 1, and the stop of the special figure 1 based on the hit / fail determination result of the special figure 1 as described above. Determine the design. This table is also stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300. In this special figure 1 big hit symbol determination distribution table, for example, a random number range corresponding to the big hit symbol mode of special figure 1 (see FIG. 11A) is defined.

First, if the result of the special figure 1 hit / miss determination is a big hit, any one of "special figure A", "special figure B", and "special figure E" to "special figure Q" is selected. In this embodiment, the table configuration is such that the selection rate of the jackpot symbol differs depending on whether or not the game state is the normal high probability state (electric support state). That is, if the gaming state at the time of a big hit is a non-electric support state (normal figure low probability state), it is a 5R normal big hit (special figure low probability normal figure high probability big hit) that the first variable winning opening 234 opens. "Fig. A" is 23/100, "Special figure B" which is a 10R probability variation super big hit (special figure high probability normal figure low probability big hit) opened by the second variable winning opening 235 is 5/100, the first variable winning opening 234 "Special figure E" is 35/100, 1st "Special figure F" that is given an electric support state until the number of fluctuations displayed in special figure 1 reaches 45 times in the 5R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability normal figure high probability big hit) opened by the variable winning opening 234 is 15 / 100, 5R probability variable jackpot (special figure high probability normal figure high probability jackpot) opened by the first variable winning opening 234, the electric support state is given until the number of fluctuation display of special figure 1 becomes 40 times. Is 6/100, and the 5R probability variation jackpot (special figure high probability normal figure high probability jackpot) opened by the first variable winning opening 234, the electric support state is given until the number of fluctuation display of special figure 1 becomes 35 times. "Special figure H" is 4/100, 5R probability variation big hit (special figure high probability normal figure high probability big hit) opened by the first variable winning opening 234, and the fluctuation display number of special figure 1 becomes 30 times. "Special figure I" is 4/100, and the number of fluctuations of special figure 1 is 25 times in the 5R probability variation big hit (special figure high probability normal figure high probability big hit) opened by the first variable winning opening 234. The number of fluctuations displayed in Special Figure 1 is 2/100 for "Special Figure J" to which the electric support state is given, and the number of fluctuations in Special Figure 1 is 2/100, and the 5R probability variable jackpot (special figure high probability normal figure high probability jackpot) opened by the first variable winning opening 234. "Special figure K" that is given the electric support state until 20 times is 2/100, and the 5R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability normal figure high probability big hit) that the first variable winning opening 234 opens is the special figure 1. "Special figure L" that is given the electric support state until the number of fluctuation display reaches 15 times is 2/100, and the 5R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability normal figure high probability big hit) that the first variable winning opening 234 opens. The "special figure M" in which the electric support state is given until the number of fluctuations displayed in the special figure 1 reaches 10 is 2/100.

In addition, if the game state at the time of a big hit is an electric support state (normal high probability state), the first variable winning opening 234 is opened, which is a 5R normal big hit (special low probability normal high probability big hit). "A" is 23/100, "Special Figure B" which is a 10R probability variation super big hit (special figure high probability normal figure low probability big hit) opened by the second variable winning opening 235 is 5/100, and the first variable winning opening 234 is "Special figure I" is 35/100, the first variable, in which the electric support state is given until the number of fluctuations displayed in special figure 1 reaches 30 times in the 5R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability normal figure high probability big hit) to be opened. 15/100 "Special Figure J" that is given an electric support state until the number of fluctuations displayed in Special Figure 1 reaches 25 times in the 5R probability variation big hit (special figure high probability normal figure high probability big hit) that the winning opening 234 opens. , "Special figure K" in which the electric support state is given until the number of fluctuations displayed in special figure 1 reaches 20 times in the 5R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability normal figure high probability big hit) opened by the first variable winning opening 234. Is 6/100, the 5R probability variable jackpot (special figure high probability normal figure high probability jackpot) opened by the first variable winning opening 234, and the electric support state is given until the number of fluctuation display of special figure 1 becomes 15 times. "Special figure L" is 4/100, 5R probability variation big hit (special figure high probability normal figure high probability big hit) opened by the first variable winning opening 234, and the electric support state is until the number of fluctuation display of special figure 1 becomes 10 times. Until the number of fluctuations displayed in Special Figure 1 reaches 10 times in the 5R probability variation jackpot (special figure high probability normal figure high probability jackpot) that the given "special figure M" is 4/100 and the first variable winning opening 234 opens. "Special figure N" to which the electric support state is given is 2/100, and the number of fluctuations of special figure 1 is 10 in the 5R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability normal figure high probability big hit) opened by the first variable winning opening 234. "Special figure O" to which the electric support state is given until the number of times is 2/100, and the change of special figure 1 by the 5R probability change big hit (special figure high probability normal figure high probability big hit) that the first variable winning opening 234 opens. "Special figure P" that is given the electric support state until the number of display times reaches 10 times is 2/100, and the 5R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability normal figure high probability big hit) that the first variable winning opening 234 opens is special. The "special figure Q" in which the electric support state is given until the number of fluctuations displayed in FIG. 1 reaches 10 is 2/100.

Further, if the result of the special figure 1 hit / miss determination is a small hit, "special figure C" is selected. As described above, "Special Figure C" is a small hit in which the first variable winning opening 234 repeats short opening twice at the maximum, and the prize ball cannot be expected to be paid out.

FIG. 15B shows an example of a distribution table for determining a special figure 2 big hit symbol, and is stopped in special figure 2 based on the fact that the hit / fail determination result of special figure 2 is a big hit as described above. Determine the design. This table is also stored in the ROM 306 of the main control unit 300. In this special figure 2 big hit symbol determination distribution table, for example, a random number range corresponding to the big hit symbol mode of special figure 2 (see FIG. 11B) is defined.

If the result of the special figure 2 hit / miss determination is a big hit, any one of "special figure a" to "special figure f" is selected. That is, the 10R normal jackpot (special figure low probability normal figure high probability jackpot) opened by the first variable winning opening 234 is 23/100, and the 10R super-probability variable jackpot opened by the second variable winning opening 235. "Special figure b" which is a (special figure high probability normal figure low probability big hit) is 10/100, and the 6R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability normal figure low probability big hit) opened by the second variable winning opening 235 is "special figure high probability normal figure low probability big hit". "Fig. C" is 13/100, "Special figure d" which is an 8R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability normal figure low probability big hit) opened by the second variable winning opening 235 is 7/100, and the second variable winning opening 235 is "Special figure e" which is a 10R probability variable jackpot to open (special figure high probability normal figure low probability jackpot) is 5/100, and 5R probability variable jackpot opened by the first variable winning opening 234 (special figure high probability normal figure low probability jackpot) ), "Special figure f" is 42/100.

Further, if the result of the special figure 2 hit / miss determination is a small hit, "special figure g" is selected. As described above, the "special figure g" is a small hit in which the second variable winning opening 235 is short-opened up to 12 times.

Next, the processing of the first sub-control unit 400 will be described. FIG. 16A is a flowchart of the main process executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400. First, in step S301 of FIG. 16A, various initial settings are performed. When the power is turned on, the initialization process is first executed in step S301. In this initialization process, the initial setting of the input / output port, the initialization process of the storage area in the RAM 408, and the like are performed.

In step S303 following step S301, it is determined whether or not the timer variable is 10 or more, this process is repeated until the timer variable becomes 10, and when the timer variable becomes 10 or more, the process proceeds to step S305. .. In step S305, 0 is assigned to the timer variable.

In step S307 following step S305, command processing is performed. The CPU 404 of the first sub control unit 400 determines whether or not a command has been received from the main control unit 300.

In step S309 following step S307, the effect control process is performed. For example, when there is a new command in step S307, processing such as reading the effect data corresponding to this command from ROM 406 is performed, and when it is necessary to update the effect data, the effect data is updated.

In step S311 following step S309, the chance button control process is performed. In the chance button control process, the operation of the effect button 136 and the operation key unit 190 is detected, and the effect data updated in step S309 is converted into the effect data according to the operation of the effect button 136 and the operation key unit 190 according to the detection result. Perform the process to change to.

In step S313 following step S311, sound control processing is performed. In the sound control process, if there is an instruction to the sound source IC 416 in the effect data read in step S309, this instruction is output to the sound source IC 416.

In step S315 following step S313, the lamp control process is performed. In the lamp control process, if there is a command to various lamps 442,452 in the effect data read in step S309, this command is output to the game board lamp drive circuit 440 and the game underframe lamp drive circuit 450. do.

In step S317 following step S315, the movable body control process is performed. For example, when there is a command to the upper first effect movable unit 7 shown in FIG. 3A and the second effect movable unit 8 hidden behind the rear side in the effect data read in step S309, there is a command. , This command is output to the drive circuit 422.

In step S319 following step S317, information transmission processing is performed. In the information transmission process, if there is a control command to be transmitted to the second sub-control unit 500 in the effect data read in step S309, a setting is made to output this control command. Then, the process returns to step S303.

FIG. 16B is a flowchart of the first sub-control unit command reception interrupt processing (strobe interrupt processing) executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400. This command reception interrupt process is a process executed when the first sub control unit 400 detects a strobe signal from the main control unit 300. In step S331 of the command reception interrupt process, the command received from the main control unit 300 is stored as an unprocessed command in the command storage area provided in the RAM 408.

FIG. 16C is a flowchart of the first sub-control unit timer interrupt process executed by the CPU 404 of the first sub-control unit 400. The first sub-control unit 400 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt in a predetermined cycle (once every 2 ms in this embodiment), and the timer interrupt process is predetermined with this timer interrupt as an opportunity. Execute in the cycle of. In step S341 of the first sub-control unit timer interrupt process, 1 is added to the value of the timer variable storage area of the RAM 408 described in step S303 of the first sub-control unit main process and stored in the original timer variable storage area. do. Therefore, in step S303, the value of the timer variable is determined to be 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms × 10).

In step S343 following step S341, control commands are transmitted to the second sub-control unit 500 set in the information transmission process (step S319) of the first sub-control unit main process, and other effects random number value update processes are performed. And so on.

Next, the processing of the second sub-control unit 500 will be described. FIG. 17A is a flowchart of the main process executed by a CPU (not shown) of the second sub-control unit 500. First, in step S401 of FIG. 17A, various initial settings are performed. When the power is turned on, the initialization process is first executed in step S401. In this initialization process, initial setting of input / output ports, initialization process of storage area in RAM (not shown), and the like are performed.

In step S403 following step S401, it is determined whether or not the timer variable is 10 or more, and this process is repeated until the timer variable becomes 10, and when the timer variable becomes 10 or more, the process proceeds to step S405. .. In step S405, 0 is assigned to the timer variable.

In step S407 following step S405, command processing is performed. The CPU of the second sub-control unit 500 determines whether or not a command has been received from the first sub-control unit 400.

In step S409 following step S407, the effect control process is performed. For example, when there is a new command in step S407, processing such as reading out the effect data (effect data by the decorative symbol display device 208) corresponding to this command from the ROM (not shown) is performed to update the effect data. If is necessary, the effect data is updated.

In step S411 following step S409, image control processing is performed. In the image control process, if there is an instruction to VDP516 in the effect data read in step S409, this instruction is output to VDP516 (details will be described later). Then, the process returns to step S403.

FIG. 17B is a flowchart of the command reception interrupt process executed by the CPU of the second sub-control unit 500. This command reception interrupt process is a process executed when the second sub-control unit 500 detects a strobe signal from the first sub-control unit 400. In step S431 of the command reception interrupt process, the command received from the first sub-control unit 400 is stored as an unprocessed command in the command storage area provided in the RAM.

FIG. 17C is a flowchart of the timer interrupt process executed by the CPU of the second sub-control unit 500. The second sub-control unit 500 includes a hardware timer that generates a timer interrupt at a predetermined cycle (once every 2 ms in this embodiment), and the timer interrupt process is predetermined with this timer interrupt as an opportunity. Execute in the cycle of. In step S441 of the timer interrupt process, 1 is added to the value of the timer variable storage area of the RAM described in step S403 of the second sub-control unit main process and stored in the original timer variable storage area. Therefore, in step S403, the value of the timer variable is determined to be 10 or more every 20 ms (2 ms × 10). In step S443 following step S441, other processing for updating the random value for effect is performed.

FIG. 17D is a flowchart of the image control process in step S411 of the second sub-control unit main process. In step S451, an instruction to transfer image data (movie data and texture data described later) is given. Here, the CPU 504 first swaps the designation of the drawing area of the frame buffer 1 and the frame buffer 2 of the VRAM 518. As a result, the one-frame image stored in the frame buffer not designated in the drawing area is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208. Next, the CPU 504 sets ROM coordinates (transfer source address of ROM 506), VRAM coordinates (transfer destination address of VRAM 518), etc. in the attribute register of VDP 516 based on a table such as position information, and then an image from ROM 506 to VRAM 518. Set the command to instruct the start of data transfer. The VDP 516 transfers the image data from the ROM 506 to the VRAM 518 based on the instruction set in the attribute register. After that, the VDP 516 outputs a transfer end interrupt signal to the CPU 504.

In step S453 next to step S451, it is determined whether or not the transfer end interrupt signal from VDP516 is input, and if the transfer end interrupt signal is input (step S453: Yes), the process proceeds to step S455. If not (step S453: No), it waits for the transfer end interrupt signal to be input.

In step S455, parameters are set based on the effect scenario configuration table, attribute data, and the like. Here, in order to form a display image in the frame buffer 1 or 2 of the VRAM 518 based on the image data transferred to the VRAM 518 in step S451, the CPU 504 information on the image data constituting the display image (coordinate axis of the VRAM 518, image size). , VRAM coordinates (arrangement coordinates), etc.) are instructed to VDP516. The VDP 516 sets parameters according to the attributes based on the instructions stored in the attribute registers.

In step S457 following step S455, a drawing instruction is given. In this drawing instruction, the CPU 504 instructs the VDP 516 to start drawing an image. The VDP 516 starts drawing an image in the frame buffer according to the instruction of the CPU 504.

In step S459 following step S457, it is determined whether or not the generation end interrupt signal from VDP516 based on the end of image drawing is input, and if the generation end interrupt signal is input, (step S459: Yes), The process proceeds to step S461, and if not (step S459: No), the process waits for the generation end interrupt signal to be input.

In step S461, the scene display counter that is set in a predetermined area of the RAM 508 and counts how many scenes of images are generated is incremented (+1) to end the process. Next, FIG. 18A shows route A. -This is an example of the battle mode production selection table, and is a battle mode that shifts after the big hit game ends when a big hit is made with "Special Figure E" to "Special Figure M" in the normal game state (battle mode that shifts by route A). ) Determines the content of the production. Further, FIG. 18 (b) shows an example of the B route battle mode production selection table, and is a big hit with "Special Figure I" to "Special Figure Q" in the electric support state (challenge mode / battle mode). In this case, the content of the effect in the battle mode (battle mode that shifts by the B route) that shifts after the big hit game ends is determined. This table is stored in ROM 406 of the first sub-control unit 400. In the A route battle mode effect selection table and the B route battle mode effect selection table, for example, a random number range corresponding to the number of electric support given after the end of the big hit game is defined.

First, as shown in FIG. 18A, when the number of electric support is given in the range of 35 to 50 times after the big hit game is completed, the initial life of the swordsman as an enemy role is 1000, and the initial life of the swordsman as an enemy role is 1000. The effect pattern is 45/100, the initial life of the swordsman is 1000, and the size of the damage value (that is, the life value to be reduced) is approximately equal for each symbol variation display. The size of the damage value for each display is 30/100 for the production pattern that the damage value is large in the first half of the symbol variation display and the small damage value in the second half of the symbol variation display, and the initial life of the swordsman is 500. The effect pattern is 20/100, the initial life of the swordsman is 300, and the pattern variation display of Special Figure 1 is such that the magnitude of the damage value is approximately equal each time the symbol variation display of Special Figure 1 is performed. The effect pattern is 5/100 so that the magnitude of the damage value is approximately equal each time.

In addition, when the number of electric support is given in the range of 20 to 30 times after the big hit game is completed, the initial life of the swordsman is 1000, and the magnitude of the damage value each time the symbol variation display of Special Figure 1 is performed. However, in the first half of the symbol variation display, the effect pattern is 80/100, which is a large damage value in the second half of the symbol variation display, the initial life of the swordsman is 300, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is. The production pattern is 15/100 so that the magnitude of the damage value is approximately equal each time it is performed, the initial life of the swordsman is 100, and the magnitude of the damage value each time the symbol variation display of Special Figure 1 is performed is The production pattern is 20/100 so as to be approximately uniform.

In addition, when the number of electric support is given in the range of 10 to 15 times after the big hit game is completed, the initial life of the swordsman is 1000, and the magnitude of the damage value each time the symbol variation display of Special Figure 1 is performed. However, in the first half of the symbol variation display, the effect pattern is 80/100, the initial life of the swordsman is 500, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is. The magnitude of the damage value each time it is performed is 15/100, and the initial life of the swordsman is 100. , The size of the damage value for each symbol variation display of Special Figure 1 is 5/100, which is a small damage value in the symbol variation display in the first half and a large damage value in the symbol variation display in the second half. It has become.

Further, as shown in FIG. 18B, when the number of electric support is given in the range of 15 to 30 times after the big hit game is completed, the initial life of the swordsman is 500, and the symbol variation display in Special Figure 1 is performed. The size of the damage value for each time is 60/100, the initial life of the swordsman is 100, and the damage value is large in the first half of the symbol variation display, and the small damage value is in the second half of the symbol variation display. Yes, the effect pattern is 35/100, the initial life of the swordsman is 50, and the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is. The effect pattern is 5/100 so that the magnitude of the damage value is approximately equal each time it is performed.

In addition, when the number of electric support is given 10 times after the big hit game is completed, the initial life of the swordsman is 100, and the magnitude of the damage value for each symbol variation display of Special Figure 1 is the symbol of the first half. In the variable display, the damage value is small, in the latter half of the symbol variable display, the effect pattern is 80/100, the initial life of the swordsman is 50, and the damage each time the symbol variable display in Special Figure 1 is performed. The magnitude of the value is 15/100, the initial life of the swordsman is 10, and the initial life of the swordsman is 10, which is a small damage value in the first half of the symbol variation display, and a large damage value in the second half of the symbol variation display. The effect pattern is 5/100 so that the magnitude of the damage value is approximately equal for each symbol variation display.

In this way, in this embodiment, it is easier to beat the swordsman in appearance depending on whether the A route is a probable big hit or the B route is a probable big hit, and the expectation of shifting from the battle mode to the small hit rush is increased. It may be possible to increase it.

Next, a specific configuration of the accessory ratio / setting display 196 and the DIP switch board 198 will be described with reference to FIG. Here, FIG. 19A is a diagram showing an example of a specific configuration of the accessory ratio / setting display 196, and FIG. 19B is a diagram showing an example of a specific configuration of the DIP switch board 198. Is.

As described above, the accessory ratio / setting display 196 is configured to have a bonus ratio monitor and a setting monitor, and the bonus ratio monitor includes a continuous bonus ratio (RY) and a bonus ratio (the bonus ratio). YH) is displayed, and the setting monitor displays the current setting value.

Here, the continuous bonus ratio is due to the operation of the bonus when the bonus is continuously operated among the number of game balls (that is, safe balls) to be acquired (that is, the first in the big hit game). It refers to the ratio of the number of game balls acquired by opening the variable winning opening 234 and winning a prize. In addition, the ratio of the number of game balls acquired by winning the first variable winning opening 234 to the number of out balls may be used. Further, the bonus ratio is the number of game balls (that is, safe balls) to be acquired due to the operation of the bonus (that is, the first special figure start opening (variable) 231 and the first variable winning opening 234 and the first. 2 The ratio of the number of game balls acquired by opening the variable winning opening 235 and winning a prize). The first variable winning opening 234, the second variable winning opening 235, the first special drawing starting port (fixed) 230, the first special drawing starting port (variable) 231 and the second special drawing starting port 232 with respect to the number of out balls. And may be the ratio of the number of game balls obtained by winning a prize in the general winning opening.

In the present embodiment, when it is determined that the continuous bonus ratio exceeds 60% as a result of calculating the continuous bonus ratio, the double-digit 7-segment LED displaying the continuous bonus ratio is blinked and then displayed. The security signal (RY) is output to. Here, the security signal (RY) is an error signal output when the continuous accessory ratio exceeds 60%, and is output to the outside of the pachinko machine 100 via the information output circuit 336. It may be output from a test terminal that can be mounted on the main board 156. As a result, it may be possible to smoothly carry out the type application test for the gaming machine.

In addition, as a result of calculating the accessory ratio, if it is determined that the accessory ratio exceeds 70%, the double-digit 7-segment LED displaying the accessory ratio is blinked, and then the security signal (YH) is displayed. ) Is output. Here, the security signal (YH) is an error signal output when the accessory ratio exceeds 70%, and is output to the outside of the pachinko machine 100 via the information output circuit 336.

In the present embodiment, when the continuous accessory ratio or the accessory ratio exceeds the upper limit of the normal value, the predetermined 7-segment LED is blinked, but for example, the emission color is changed. May be good.

As shown in FIG. 19B, eight DIP switches are arranged on the DIP switch board 198. Each DIP switch is connected to the first sub-board 160, and the position of each DIP switch can be read when the power is turned on to change the appearance probability of the effect. It is possible to set the appearance rate, the entry rate of the effect mode, and the like.

In the pachinko machine 100 described above, in the big hit game, either the first variable winning opening 234 or the second variable winning opening 235 is opened according to the big hit symbol, and the case where the small hit is made in the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 The type of variable winning slot to be opened is changed depending on the case of a small hit in, but it may not be opened in the big hit game of the second variable winning slot 235, but may be opened only in the small hit game.

Next, the game flow in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIG. 20. FIG. 20 is a diagram illustrating a game flow.

In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, first, the normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal figure low probability state) is started. Then, in the normal game state, if a big hit is obtained with the 5R normal big hit symbol "special figure A" as a result of the variable display of the special figure, the challenge is the special figure low probability normal figure high probability state after the big hit game is completed. Move to mode. In the challenge mode, the so-called "electric support omission" occurs when the 100th symbol variation display is started by the special figures 1 and 2, or the 51st symbol variation display is started by the special figure 1, and the normal gaming state is restored (. Fall down).

In addition, in the normal game state, if a big hit is obtained with the 10R probability variation super big hit symbol "special figure B" as a result of the fluctuation display of the special figure, it is a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state after the big hit game is completed. Move to a small hit rush. In the small hit rush, the result of the variation display of the special figure 2 is more easily displayed than the special figure 1. As described above, in Special Figure 2, the small hit game in which the second variable winning opening 235 opens and closes up to 12 times is likely to be started, and in the small hit rush, more small hit games are required before the big hit. In some cases, you can expect to win a prize ball.

In addition, in the normal game state, if a big hit is obtained in the 5R probability variable big hit symbols "Special Figure E" to "Special Figure Q" as a result of the variable display of the special figure, the special figure high probability normal figure is obtained after the big hit game is completed. It shifts to the battle mode, which is a high probability state. In the battle mode, in the case of "Special Figure E", the electric support is omitted by the start of the 100th symbol variation display by the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 or the start of the 51st symbol variation display by the special figure 1. In the case of "Special Figure F" after shifting to the small hit rush, the electric support is started by the start of the 90th symbol change display by Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2, or the start of the 46th symbol change display by Special Figure 1. In the case of "Special Figure G", the 80th symbol variation display is started by Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2, or the 41st symbol change display is started by Special Figure 1. Due to the lack of electric support, it shifts to a small hit rush, and in the case of "Special Figure H", the 70th symbol change display is started by Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2, or the 36th symbol change by Special Figure 1. When the display starts, the electric support is lost and the game shifts to the small hit rush. In the case of "Special Figure I", the 60th symbol change display according to Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2 is started, or the 31st time according to Special Figure 1. With the start of the symbol variation display of, the electric support is lost, and the small hit rush shifts. In the case of "Special Figure J", the 50th symbol variation display by Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2 is started, or Special Figure 1 With the start of the 26th symbol variation display by, the electric support is lost and the game shifts to the small hit rush. In the case of "Special Figure K", the 40th symbol variation display by Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2 is started, or With the start of the 21st symbol variation display by special figure 1, the electric support is omitted and the small hit rush is started. In the case of "special figure L", the 30th symbol variation display by special figure 1 and special figure 2 is started. Or, when the 16th symbol fluctuation display by special figure 1 is started, the electric support is omitted and the small hit rush is started. In the case of "special figure M" to "special figure Q", special figure 1 and special figure 2 With the start of the 20th symbol variation display according to the above, or the start of the 11th symbol variation display according to the special figure 1, the electric support is omitted and the game shifts to the small hit rush.

Similarly, in the electric support state such as battle mode and challenge mode, when the result of the fluctuation display of the special figure is a big hit in the 5R probability variable big hit symbols "special figure E" to "special figure Q", it is also a big hit. After the game is over, it shifts to the battle mode, which is a special high-probability normal high-probability state. Here, as shown in FIG. 15A, the number of times of electric support after the end of the big hit game differs depending on the big hit symbol, and the big hit symbol with a small number of electric support makes it easier for the electric support to come off. In the present embodiment, the distribution rate of the jackpot symbol in the non-electric support state and the distribution rate of the jackpot symbol in the electric support state are different as in the normal game state, and the game shifts to the battle mode as a jackpot in the normal game state. The specification is that the number of times of electric support tends to be smaller in the B route between the route (A route) and the route (B route) that becomes a big hit in the electric support state and shifts to the battle mode. That is, in Route A, the probability of shifting to the battle mode in which the number of electric support times is 10 to 50 times, the average number of times of electric support selected is 42.6 times, and the number of times of electric support is omitted and the small hit rush is 43. In contrast to 5%, in Route B, the number of times of electric support shifts to 10 to 30 times, the average number of times of electric support selected is 24.0 times, and the probability of missing electric support is 62.4%. Therefore, it is easier to get out of the electric support and to shift to the small hit rush when shifting to the battle mode on the B route than when shifting to the battle mode on the A route. Here, the number of times of electric support set when the battle mode is entered may be referred to as the number of times of electric support, and the number of times of electric support may be exhausted to reach the ceiling. That is, in the present embodiment, it can be said that the small hit rush is more advantageous to the player than the battle mode.

In addition, in the case of a big hit in "Special Figure B" in either the battle mode or the challenge mode, after the big hit game ends, the game shifts to the small hit rush without shifting to the battle mode or the challenge mode. If a big hit is made in "Special Figure A", the challenge mode will be entered after the big hit game is completed.

In addition, in the case of a probabilistic big hit in the special figure 2 in the small hit rush, the number of electric support is all 0 times, that is, the small hit rush which is a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state after the big hit game is completed. Will start again. That is, in the case of a big hit in the "special figure b" to "special figure f" in the small hit rush, the game shifts to the small hit rush again after the big hit game is completed. On the other hand, in the small hit rush, when a big hit is made with the 10R normal big hit symbol "special figure a", the challenge mode is shifted to the special figure low probability normal figure high probability state after the big hit game is completed. That is, the small hit rush ends and the player falls into the challenge mode.

Next, with reference to FIGS. 21 to 22, an example of the variation display of the special figures 1 and 2 in the pachinko machine 100 configured as described above will be described. Here, FIG. 21 (a) is a timing chart for explaining an example of the operation in each symbol display device in the normal gaming state, and FIG. 21 (b) is the operation in each symbol display device in the battle mode or the challenge mode. It is a timing chart explaining an example. Further, FIG. 22A is a timing chart illustrating the operation of each symbol display device when shifting from the battle mode to the small hit rush in the conventional game console, and FIG. 22B is a game according to the present embodiment. It is a timing chart explaining an example of the operation in each symbol display device at the time of transition from a battle mode to a small hit rush on a table.

As shown in FIG. 21 (a), the symbol variation display is performed in both the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. The symbol variation display of the special figure 1 being executed is a symbol variation display in which the small hit symbol is finally confirmed and displayed. After the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 starts, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 (for example, 8 seconds) elapses and the timing of t11 is reached, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. In the present embodiment, when either one of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 becomes a small hit or a big hit, even if the other symbol variation display is in the middle of the variation display, it is discarded at that point and the missing symbol is displayed. .. Therefore, in the special figure 2, the special figure 1 is discarded at the timing of t11 when the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed, and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t12 is reached, the small hit game is started. As described above, in the small hit game in which the special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the first variable winning opening 234 is opened twice for a short time, but the game ball enters the first variable winning opening 234. However, it can hardly be expected, and therefore, the small hit of the special figure 1 is substantially equated with the result of the loss. After that, when a predetermined waiting time (for example, 0.5 seconds) elapses after the small hit game is completed at the timing of t13, when the symbol variation display of both the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is suspended. Starts both the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. However, in the present embodiment, as described above, since the sequence is such that the special figure 2 state update process is executed and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed, the special figure 2 state update process is executed first. Then, after the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing of t14, the special figure 1 state update process is subsequently executed, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing of t15. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 started here is a long variation of 450 seconds, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is a normal variation of 8 seconds (loss without reach).

After that, when the symbol fluctuation time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t16 is reached, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 in the variable display is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 1 (that is, the timing of t16), and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t17 is reached, the small hit game is started. After that, when the predetermined waiting time elapses after the small hit game is completed at the timing of t18, if the symbol variation display of any of the special figures 1 and 2 is suspended, the procedure described above is performed first. The special figure 2 state update process is executed and the symbol change display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing of t19, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed and the symbol change display of the special figure 1 is displayed at the timing of t20. It will be started. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 started here is a long variation of 480 seconds, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is a SP loss variation of 55 seconds (loss with SP reach).

After that, when the symbol fluctuation time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t21 is reached, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 in the variable display is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 1 (that is, the timing of t21), and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t22 is reached, the small hit game is started as described above.

As described above, in the present embodiment, when the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the variable display of one special figure in the simultaneous variable machine, the result of the hit / fail determination of the other special figure is the big hit or the small hit. Regardless of whether it is out of place or not, it is discarded and the out of place symbol is displayed.

The example shown in FIG. 21B shows an operation example in each symbol display device in the battle mode and the challenge mode, but in the battle mode and the challenge mode, the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 is shortened in the electric support state. However, as in the normal game state, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is prioritized over the symbol variation display of the special figure 2, so that the game is playable, as in FIG. 21 (a). The variation display result of the special figure 1 is displayed, and the variation display of the special figure 2 is easily discarded accordingly.

That is, after the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 starts, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 1 (for example, 2.5 seconds) elapses and the timing of t31 is reached, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. To. In the present embodiment, even in the battle mode and the challenge mode, if either one of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 becomes a small hit or a big hit, the other symbol variation display is discarded at that point even if it is in the middle of the variation display. And the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Therefore, in the special figure 2, the special figure 1 is discarded at the timing of t31 when the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed, and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t32 is reached, the small hit game is started. As described above, in the small hit game in which the special figure 1 becomes a small hit, the first variable winning opening 234 is opened twice for a short time as in the normal game state, but the first variable winning opening 234 is performed. The entry of the game ball into the ball can hardly be expected, and therefore, the small hit of the special figure 1 is substantially equated with the result of the miss. After that, when a predetermined waiting time (for example, 0.5 seconds) elapses after the small hit game is completed at the timing of t33, when the symbol variation display of both the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is suspended. In the above-mentioned procedure, the special figure 2 state update process is executed first, the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing of t34, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed at the timing of t35. The symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 started here is a long variation of 480 seconds, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds (loss without reach).

After that, when the symbol fluctuation time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t36 is reached, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 in the variable display is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 1 (that is, the timing of t36), and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t37 is reached, the small hit game is started. After that, when the predetermined waiting time elapses after the small hit game is completed at the timing of t38, if the symbol variation display of any of the special figures 1 and 2 is suspended, the procedure described above is performed first. The special figure 2 state update process is executed and the symbol change display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing of t39, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed and the symbol change display of the special figure 1 is displayed at the timing of t40. It will be started. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 started here is a long variation of 500 seconds, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds.

After that, when the symbol fluctuation time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t41 is reached, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 in the variable display is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 1 (that is, the timing of t41), and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t42 is reached, the small hit game is started. After that, when the predetermined waiting time elapses after the small hit game is completed at the timing of t43, if the symbol variation display of any of the special figures 1 and 2 is suspended, the procedure described above is performed first. The special figure 2 state update process is executed and the symbol change display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing of t44, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed and the symbol change display of the special figure 1 is displayed at the timing of t45. It will be started. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 started here is a long variation of 450 seconds, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is a normal loss variation of 15 seconds (loss with reach).

After that, when the symbol fluctuation time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t46 is reached, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 in the variable display is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 1 (that is, the timing of t46), and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t47 is reached, the small hit game is started. After that, when the predetermined waiting time elapses after the small hit game is completed at the timing of t48, if the symbol variation display of any of the special figures 1 and 2 is suspended, the procedure described above is performed first. The special figure 2 state update process is executed and the symbol change display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing of t49, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed and the symbol change display of the special figure 1 is displayed at the timing of t50. It will be started. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 started here is a long variation of 490 seconds, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds (loss without reach).

Similarly, after that, when the symbol fluctuation time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t51 is reached, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 in the variable display is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 1 (that is, the timing of t51), and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t52 is reached, the small hit game is started.

In the present embodiment, in the battle mode and the challenge mode, the fluctuation time of the symbol fluctuation of the special figure 1 is determined regardless of the number of reservations, and the transition from the battle mode to the small hit rush is smooth. , The variable time may be set according to the number of holds.

FIG. 22A shows the operation of each symbol display device when the battle mode is changed to the small hit rush in the conventional game table.

The pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has a game property of shifting to a small hit rush, which is a more advantageous game state for the player when the electric support is removed in the battle mode. In this case, in the conventional pachinko machine of the simultaneous fluctuation machine, although it is good that the game state shifts from the battle mode to the small hit rush, the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 change forever (long time such as 10 minutes). The result of the display is not displayed, and it is disadvantageous for the player because it does not become advantageous to the player during this period, or the game ball is fired until the result of the symbol variation display is displayed. If the so-called stoppage is performed, the operation of the pachinko machine may decrease and the amusement shop may suffer a disadvantage. Hereinafter, the principle will be described with reference to FIG. 22 (a).

In the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, the specifications are such that a small hit is obtained except for a big hit, whereas the pachinko machine shown in FIG. 22 (a) is not a big hit or a small hit at least with respect to the special figure 1. In some cases, the specifications are such that a loss is displayed. Specifically, in the battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), the symbol variation display is performed in both special figure 1 and special figure 2, and the game state is the battle mode, so that the electric support is performed. It is a state. Therefore, it is easier to display the display result of the symbol variation in the symbol variation of the special figure 1 than in the symbol variation of the special diagram 2. In the example shown in FIG. 22A, when the 51st variable game of the special figure 1 is started, the electric support is removed and the small hit rush is started. According to the conventional pachinko machine, when a predetermined time (for example, 2.5 seconds) has elapsed from the start of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the timing of t61 is reached, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol. In the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is not discarded, and the symbol variation display is continuously performed. The symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is the 49th variation game of the special figure 1. After that, when a predetermined time (for example, 500 seconds) has elapsed from the start of the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 and the timing of t62 is reached, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol. In the example shown in FIG. 22 (a), the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed with the out-of-order symbol during the stop display of the special figure 1, but the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed with the off-the-shelf symbol. In some cases, the symbol variation is displayed.

Then, when the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t63 is reached, one of the reserved symbol change displays of the special figure 1 is digested and the symbol change of the special figure 1 is executed. The display starts. The symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is the 50th variation game of the special figure 1, and is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds (loss without reach). After that, when the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t64 is reached, one of the reserved symbol change displays of the special figure 2 is digested and the symbol change of the special figure 2 is executed. The display starts. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 started here is a long variation of 480 seconds.

After that, when a predetermined time elapses from the start of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the timing of t65 is reached, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol, but in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is not discarded and the symbol is displayed. The variable display is continuously performed. When the symbol display time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t66 is reached, one of the reserved symbol variation displays of the special figure 1 is digested and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started. The symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is the 51st variation game of the special figure 1, and is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds (loss without reach). Here, since the 51st variable game of the special figure 1 is started after the battle mode is started, the electric support state is changed to the non-electric support state at this timing. That is, with the start of the 51st variable game of Special Figure 1, the game state shifts from the battle mode to the small hit rush. In the simultaneous variable machine, since the gaming state shifts with the start of the variable game, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 when the gaming state shifts becomes the variable time that can be selected during the electric support. After that, when a predetermined time elapses from the start of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the timing of t67 is reached, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol, but the symbol variation display is still continued in the special figure 2. .. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t68 is reached, one of the reserved symbol variation displays of the special figure 1 is digested and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started. The fluctuation time of the special figure 1 selected at this time is a fluctuation time that can be selected in the small hit rush, so that it is a long fluctuation of 450 to 500 seconds. The fluctuation time of the symbol fluctuation of the special figure 1 started at the timing of t68 is a long fluctuation of 450 seconds. As a result, there arises a problem that the display result of any of the special figures is not displayed until the fluctuation time of either the special figure 1 or the special figure 2 elapses. In this way, with the specifications of the conventional pachinko machine, the game state from the battle mode to the small hit rush is not smoothly performed, not only the player gets tired of it, but also the operating rate of the pachinko machine decreases, and the game store. It may lead to a decrease in sales.

On the other hand, in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment, when the electric support is removed and the small hit rush is entered in the battle mode, the special figure 2 in the variable display is promptly stopped and displayed. Since the transition of the gaming state can be made smoothly, and as a result, there is no disadvantage to the player or there is no need to stop the pachinko machine 100, it is possible to suppress a decrease in the operating rate of the pachinko machine 100 and contribute to sales. You may be able to do it. Hereinafter, the principle will be described with reference to FIG. 22 (b).

As shown in FIG. 22B, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment has a specification that the result of a small hit is displayed in all cases where a big hit is not obtained with respect to the special figure 1. Therefore, when a big hit or a small hit is displayed in the special figure 1, the special figure 2 in the variable display is discarded and the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed with an out-of-order symbol. Specifically, in the battle mode (high probability of special figure high probability), the symbol variation is displayed in both special figure 1 and special figure 2, and the game state is the battle mode, so that it is in the electric support state. Is. Therefore, it is easier to display the display result of the symbol variation in the symbol variation of the special figure 1 than in the symbol variation of the special diagram 2. Also in the example shown in FIG. 22 (b), when the 51st variable game of the special figure 1 is started, the electric support is removed and the game shifts to the small hit rush. First, when a predetermined time (for example, 2.5 seconds) has elapsed from the start of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the timing of t71 is reached, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 in the variable display is discarded at the timing of t71, and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t72 is reached, the small hit game is started. In the small hit game related to the small hit of FIG. 1, as described above, since the first variable winning opening 234 operates in a mode in which the game ball is difficult to enter, the entry of the game ball can hardly be expected. In addition, in the special figure 2, the start of the symbol variation display is reserved during the execution of the small hit game of the special figure 1. After that, when a predetermined waiting time (for example, 0.5 seconds) elapses after the small hit game is completed at the timing of t73, the special figure 2 state update process is executed first in accordance with the above-mentioned procedure, and the timing of t74. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing of t75. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 started here is a long variation of 480 seconds, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds (loss without reach) and is the 50th variable game.

After that, when the symbol fluctuation time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t76 is reached, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 in the variable display is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 1 (that is, the timing of t76), and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t77 is reached, the small hit game is started. After that, when the predetermined waiting time elapses after the small hit game is completed at the timing of t78, if the symbol variation display of any of the special figures 1 and 2 is suspended, the procedure described above is performed first. The special figure 2 state update process is executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing of t79, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is executed at the timing of t80. It will be started. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 started here is a long variation of 500 seconds, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds (loss without reach). Further, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is the 51st variation game of the special figure 1 after the battle mode is started, and therefore, the electric support state is changed to the non-electric support state at the timing of t80. That is, with the start of the 51st variable game of Special Figure 1, the game state shifts from the battle mode to the small hit rush.

After that, when the symbol fluctuation time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t81 is reached, the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special figure 2 in the variable display is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 1 (that is, the timing of t81), and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 1 elapses and the timing of t82 is reached, the small hit game related to the small hit of the special figure 1 is started. After that, when the predetermined waiting time elapses after the small hit game is completed at the timing of t83, if the symbol variation display of any of the special figures 1 and 2 is suspended, the procedure described above is performed first. The special figure 2 state update process is executed and the symbol change display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing of t84, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed and the symbol change display of the special figure 1 is displayed at the timing of t85. It will be started. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 started here is, for example, a small hit shortening variation of 8.5 seconds as a variation time that can be selected in the small hit rush, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is a long of 500 seconds. It is a fluctuation. As described above, in the present embodiment, after shifting to the small hit rush, in the first symbol variation display, the small hit symbol is stopped due to the shortened variation of the special figure 1. Therefore, after the variable game of the special figure 2 of the long variation is discarded and the missed symbol is stopped and the small hit game is completed, the variable time that can be quickly selected in the small hit rush for the special figure 2 (that is, shortened). (Fluctuating time) is selected, while the fluctuation time of long fluctuation is selected for Special Figure 1. That is, since the result of the symbol variation display is more easily displayed in the special figure 2 than in the special figure 1, it may be possible to smoothly shift the gaming state.

After that, when the symbol fluctuation time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t86 is reached, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special figure 1 in the variable display is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 2 (that is, the timing of t86), and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t87 is reached, the small hit game related to the small hit of the special figure 2 is started. As described above, in the small hit game in which the special figure 2 becomes a small hit, the second variable winning opening 235 is opened for a short time up to 12 times, and the top of the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 is opened. When the rolling game ball falls, it becomes easier to enter the second variable winning opening 235, and many prize balls may be paid out. Therefore, the small hit in Special Figure 2 is a small hit where many prize balls can be expected to be paid out.

After that, when a predetermined waiting time (for example, 0.5 seconds) elapses after the small hit game is completed at the timing of t88, the special figure 2 state update process is executed first in accordance with the above-mentioned procedure, and the timing of t89. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing of t90. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 started here is a deviation shortening variation of 5.5 seconds, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is a long variation of 500 seconds. After that, when the symbol fluctuation time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t91 is reached, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol. At this time, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is continuously performed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t92 is reached, one of the reserved symbol variation displays of the special figure 2 is digested and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. On the other hand, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is continuously performed.

In the present embodiment, if the first symbol variation display at the time of transition to the small hit rush is a symbol variation display that is a big hit, for example, a specific display such as "waiting for a big hit" is performed, and the player In this case, the notification mode may be different between the normal jackpot and the probabilistic jackpot.

Next, a specific example of the effect executed in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described.

FIG. 23 is a diagram stepwise showing an example of an effect centered on the decorative symbol display device 208 of the pachinko machine of the present embodiment.

FIG. 23 shows the decorative symbol display device 208. The first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the normal symbol display device 210, the special figure 1 hold lamp 218, the special figure 2 hold lamp 220, and the normal figure hold lamp 216 are not shown. ing.

On the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 23 (a), the combination of the decorative symbols of "Decoration 4-Decoration 1-Decoration 7" is stopped and displayed. Although the background here is hidden, the default background image described later is displayed. Also in the following description, when the background is hidden, the default background image is displayed unless otherwise specified. In addition, various background images different from the default background image (for example, a background image according to the mode) may be displayed. In addition, a mini symbol is displayed in the upper left of the display area, and variable display and stop display are performed according to the decorative symbol displayed in a large size in the center of the display screen.

The decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a fourth symbol / hold number display area 284 in the upper right corner. The fourth symbol / hold number display area 284 is an area for notifying whether or not the symbol is changing (or the symbol is stopped) and notifying the number of holds, and the hold of special figure 1 is on the upper left of the display area. A number display area is provided, and a reserved number display area of Special Figure 2 is provided at the lower left. Further, a symbol changing notification area of special figure 1 is provided in the upper right of the display area, and a symbol changing notification area of special figure 2 is provided in the lower right. In addition, a notification area during symbol change of the normal map and a hold number display area of the normal map may be further provided. The numerical value shown in the holding number display area of the special figure 1 is matched with the holding number shown in the special drawing 1 holding lamp 218, and the numerical value shown in the holding number display area of the special figure 2 is the holding lamp 220 of the special drawing 2. Consistent with the number of holds indicated by. Further, in the symbol changing notification area of Special Figure 1, while the symbol of Special Figure 1 is stopped, for example, if it is a big hit, it is stopped and displayed as "○", and if it is a small hit, it is "△". It is stopped and displayed with, and if it is out of the way, it is stopped and displayed with "x". Further, during the symbol variation display of the special figure 1, the display of "-" blinks, and it may be possible to recognize that the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is being performed. The display in the symbol changing display area of Special Figure 2 is the same as the display in the symbol changing display area of Special Figure 1, and this is a display mode corresponding to the symbol change display and the stop display of Special Figure 2. Changes. By changing the display mode, lighting mode, and blinking mode of the fourth symbol, or by changing the display mode of the numerical value displayed in the hold number display area, a pre-reading notice and a notice regarding the running symbol change display can be given. You may go.

Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable icon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

Further, the control state (game state) shown in FIG. 23 is a normal game state (special figure low probability normal figure low probability state). The decorative symbol display device 208 in the normal gaming state is provided with the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 on the left side of the variable icon display area 280. In the decorative symbol display device 208 in the normal gaming state, the designation of the hold icon display area of the special figure 2 is omitted, but the hold icon display area of the special figure 2 may be provided.

In the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, the hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 1 is displayed. The number of hold of special figure 1 is represented by the number of lights of the hold lamp 218 of special figure 1 and the numerical value shown in the hold number display area of special figure 1, as well as the number of hold icons of special figure 1, and is represented by the number of hold icons of special figure 2. The number of holdings is represented by the number of lights of the holding lamp 220 of the special figure 2 and the numerical value shown in the holding number display area of the special figure 2. In addition, it may be represented by the number of hold icons of special figure 2. That is, the hold icon corresponds to the start information stored in the RAM 308 of the main control unit 300. Hereinafter, the hold icon corresponding to the oldest start information (oldest prize) may be referred to as a first hold icon, and the hold icon corresponding to the second oldest start information may be referred to as a second hold icon. In the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, the hold icons are displayed side by side, and the hold icon on the right side has the older hold icon.

In FIG. 23A, two hold icons h11 and h12 of the special figure 1 are displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, and the hold icons h11 and h12 of the two special figures 1 are both displayed. , Is displayed in the default display mode (round, non-patterned and white display mode). That is, the default hold icon of the special figure 1 is a round hold icon. In addition, in FIG. 23A, in order to make it easy to understand that the four hold icons are displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, the hold icons that are not actually displayed are also shown by dotted lines. ..

On the other hand, no hold icon is displayed in the hold icon display area of the special figure 2. This is because, as described above, the control state (game state) shown in FIG. 23 is a normal game state (special figure low probability normal figure low probability state), so that the variation display time of special figure 2 is almost always ( This is because it is extremely long (for example, 500 seconds), and it does not make much sense to win the special figure 2 starting port 232.

In the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, the hold icon display area of the special figure on which the display result is easily displayed in the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is displayed according to the control state (game state). That is, in the present embodiment, when the control state is a normal gaming state or an electric support state (special figure low probability normal figure high probability state), as described above, the display result of special figure 1 is likely to be displayed. , As shown in FIG. 23A, when the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is displayed in the effect display area 208d and the control state is the probabilistic state (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state). On the contrary, the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 is displayed.

Although not shown here, the default display mode of the hold icon of the special figure 1 may be the same as the default display mode of the hold icon of the special figure 2, or different display modes may be used. ..

In the present embodiment, the symbol variation display of the special symbol is started in the order of variation start in the special symbol display device → start of variation display of the fourth symbol → start or deletion of the movement animation of the hold icon → start of variation of the decorative symbol. However, this order may change.

In FIG. 23B, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started, the symbol variation in the first special symbol display device 212 is started, and the variation display of the fourth symbol and the mini symbol is performed. The hold icon and decorative design have not changed yet.

In FIG. 23 (c), the movement animation of the hold icons h11 and h12 of the special figure 1 is started. In the movement animation here, the hold icon (the target hold icon for this symbol change) at the display position of the first hold icon h11 starts moving toward the change icon display area 280, and the second hold The hold icon at the display position of the icon h12 starts moving toward the display position of the first hold icon h11 in FIG. At this stage, the variable display of the decorative pattern has not started.

In FIG. 23 (d), the movement animation continues, and in FIG. 23 (e), the hold icon which was the first hold icon h11 before the start of the change reaches the change icon display area 280 and is displayed as the change icon h0. At the same time, the hold icon that was the second hold icon h12 before the start of the fluctuation reaches the display position of the first hold icon h11 and is displayed as the first hold icon h11, but it is still displayed at this stage. The variable display of decorative icons has not started. When the symbol change in the first special figure display device 212 is started, the hold icon that has been the first hold icon h11 may be viewed as the change icon h0, or the second hold icon may be viewed as the change icon h0. The hold icon that was h12 may be viewed as the first hold icon h11.

Then, in FIG. 23 (f), the variable display of the decorative design is started.

As shown in FIG. 23 (g), the operation promotion notification image 136P urging the effect button 136 to be pressed within the valid period is displayed on the decorative symbol display device 208 from which the variable display of the decorative symbol has been started. In the operation promotion notification image 136P, an image 136P1 of the effect button 136 and a remaining time display bar 136P2 indicating the remaining time of the valid period are displayed on the right side of the character image of the main character. The variable display of the decorative symbol is hidden by the operation promotion notification image 136P, but the player can recognize that the special symbol is changing by the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284 or the like. .. The display position of the decorative symbol may be moved to a position that does not overlap with the operation promotion notification image 136P so that the decorative symbol is not hidden.

In the remaining time display bar 136P2 shown in FIG. 23 (h), the valid period is reduced, and in FIG. 23 (i), the player presses the effect button 136. When the effect button 136 is pressed within the valid period, as shown in FIG. 6J, the decorative symbol display device 208 displays the reach state entry notice image 2071 in place of the operation promotion notification image 136P. .. In the reach state entry notice image 2071, the characters "Chance!" Are displayed on the right side of the character image of the main character.

In FIG. 23 (k), the reach state entry notice image 2071 disappears, the variable display of the decorative symbol becomes visible, and then the reach state is entered as shown in FIG. 23 (l). Even if the reach state entry notice image 2071 is displayed, it may not enter the reach state, but it may be made to enter without fail.

As described above, the appearance of the operation promotion notification image 136P corresponds to the production that triggers the advance notice regarding the symbol variation display currently being performed.

In FIG. 23 (m), the background image is switched from the default background image to non-display, and the variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 disappear. The fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284 is displayed. Further, the variation display of the decorative symbol, which has been performed in each of the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c, is moved to the lower right corner and reduced to be displayed in FIG. 23 (n). , SP (special) reach (swordsman reach) has developed. The decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 23 (n) displays a large image of the swordsman who plays the enemy role, and the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. The animation of the scene is displayed.

The reach state entry notice image 2071 is not limited to the notice of entering the reach state, but may be a notice of development to SP reach.

FIG. 24 is a diagram showing a continuation of an example of the effect shown in FIG. 23 step by step.

In FIG. 24 (p) following from FIG. 23 (o), the animation of the duel scene continues, and this animation continues until FIG. 24 (s). In FIG. 24 (s), the hero's lord defeats the swordsman who plays the enemy role, and in FIG. 24 (t), all but the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284 and the mini symbol are temporarily hidden. Instead of hiding, a different background image may be displayed. Alternatively, in this scene, the display of the setting suggestion may be displayed. Eventually, as shown in the figure (u), the fluctuation of the combination of the decorative symbols of "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4" is displayed. The background here may be hidden or may be a different background image. Further, the display of the variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 remains off, and only the fourth symbol / hold number display area 284 and the mini symbol are displayed. As for the mini-symbols, the variable display is continuously performed for all the symbols until the symbols are confirmed and displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 24 (v), the decorative symbol starts to change and display again with the display of the characters "re-lottery !!", and the re-lottery effect is performed. In this re-lottery effect, a combination of odd-numbered decorative symbols that will be a big hit and will be confirmed to shift to a battle mode that is advantageous to the player after the big hit game is completed, and a small that is even more advantageous than the battle mode after the big hit game is completed. The combination of the jackpot decorative symbols of "Decoration 3-Decoration 3-Decoration 3" and "Decoration 7-Decoration 7-Decoration 7", which are the combinations of decorative symbols that are confirmed to shift to the hit rush, are finally displayed. It fuels expectations for things.

After that, as shown in FIG. 24 (w), the probability variation jackpot of "Decoration 1-Decoration 1-Decoration 1" is confirmed from the combination of the jackpots of "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4". It is shown that a combination of decorative symbols indicating that is displayed.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 24 (x), the combination of the decorative symbols for which the 5R probability variation jackpot is confirmed in "Decoration 1-Decoration 1-Decoration 1" is stopped and displayed. Further, the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 shown in FIG. 24 (x) is stopped and displayed by "◯", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed by the combination of "111". In FIG. 24 (x), the background is hidden, but in reality, a background image different from the default is displayed. Eventually, in FIG. 24 (y), as a big hit game start effect, the characters "Battle chance big hit" are displayed together with the background image celebrating the big hit (omitted here), and the characters "Right hit!" Are displayed. Is urging right-handed. In the jackpot game start effect shown in FIG. 24 (y), a display including a setting suggestion may be displayed. In this case, only when a big hit that meets some conditions (for example, only in the case of the first big hit after the power is turned on), and only when a big hit of 5 consecutive chans or more occurs, among a plurality of big hits with different balls. The display including the setting suggestion may be displayed only in the case of the big hit with the largest number of balls (for example, only when the big hit is 10R big hit).

On the other hand, as a result of the re-lottery effect shown in FIG. 24 (v), for example, as shown in FIGS. 24 (w') to 24 (y'), the combination of the decorative symbols does not change from that before the re-lottery. , As shown in the figure (y'), the character "challenge jackpot" may be displayed to indicate the possibility of shifting to the challenge mode after the jackpot game is completed. That is, it may be produced that the re-lottery has failed. However, in the present embodiment, as will be described later, even if the combination of decorative symbols indicating that the probabilistic jackpot is confirmed is not stopped and displayed, for example, the promotion effect in the jackpot effect can be expected. Therefore, it may be possible to maintain a sense of expectation for the player.

FIG. 25 is a diagram showing step by step another effect example following the effect shown in FIG. 24 (q).

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 25 (r'), the character of the lord may be defeated, and the decorative pattern may fluctuate due to the combination of "decoration 4-decoration 3-decoration 4". In this case, after that, as shown in FIG. 25 (s'), after shifting from the SP reach effect to the default background image, the result (small hit) of the variable display of the special figure 1 is displayed, and then the small hit. The winning game is started.

26 (w ″) to FIG. 26 (α ″) are diagrams showing step by step another production example following the production shown in FIG. 24 (v).

Further, as shown in FIG. 26 (W''), as a result of the re-lottery effect shown in FIG. In some cases, a combination of decorative symbols indicating that the probabilistic super jackpot of "Decoration 7-Decoration 7-Decoration 7" is confirmed may be displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 26 (x''), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the combination of the 10R probable change super jackpot confirmed decorative symbols of "decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7" is stopped and displayed, and the special feature is displayed. The fourth symbol in FIG. 1 is stopped and displayed by "◯", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed by the combination of "777". Eventually, in FIG. 26 (y''), as a big hit game start effect, a background image celebrating the big hit (omitted here) and the characters "Big Chance Big Hit" are displayed, and the characters "Right hit!" It is displayed to encourage right-handedness. In the jackpot game start effect shown in FIG. 26 (y ″), a display including a setting suggestion may be displayed.

After that, the jackpot game was started, and in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 26 (z''), the effect indicating that the jackpot game related to the 10R probability variation super jackpot in the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 was started was produced. It will be started. FIG. 26 (z'') shows a state in which the jackpot game is started and the game shifts to the first round. When the game shifts to the first round, in the decorative pattern display device 208, Mr. Machiko is slightly to the left of the center of the display screen. The characters "Super Lucky!" Are displayed along with the character MCK of "Miss Machiko" to congratulate the player on the big hit and give him a sense of expectation for a large number of balls. Then, the number of hits from the first big hit (including small hits; sometimes referred to as "continuous chan number display") is displayed in the lower left corner of the display screen, and the big hit decoration when the big hit occurs is displayed in the upper left corner. The design "decoration 7" is displayed. Further, in the upper center of the display screen, "1R", which is the current number of rounds, is displayed as the number of rounds display. In addition, the total number of prize balls won from the first big hit is displayed in the lower right of the display screen, and the number of prize balls won in the big hit and the small hit is appropriately added (counted up) to this value. At the timing shown in FIG. 26 (z''), "40pt" indicating that four game balls have entered the second variable winning opening 235 and a total of 40 prize balls have been won since the start of the first big hit is displayed. Has been done. In addition, the number of prize balls acquired in the big hit game or the small hit game may be added after the big hit game or the small hit game is completed. Further, in the present embodiment, the number of prize balls generated by winning a prize in the variable winning openings (first variable winning opening 234, second variable winning opening 235) is added, but to other winning openings. The number of prize balls obtained by winning a prize may also be added. For example, the number of prize balls obtained by winning a prize in a specific general winning opening that can be won by hitting right may be added. You may do it.

FIG. 26 (α ″) shows that the 10th round is completed and the jackpot end effect is being performed. In addition, in the example shown in FIG. 26 (α ″), it is shown that the effect of shifting to the small hit rush is being performed. When the big hit end effect starts, the characters "Small hit rush rush!" Are displayed in the center of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is notified that the small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state) is entered. .. Further, in the lower right of the display screen, it is shown that 1000 prize balls acquired in this big hit game are displayed as the total number of prize balls acquired. In addition, the display showing the total number of prize balls won is displayed in the same manner as in the case of shifting to the small hit rush even when shifting to the challenge mode or the battle mode. When shifting to the challenge mode, the total number of prize balls won will be displayed continuously until the electric support is removed (the challenge mode ends), but if it is a normal big hit, the total number of prize balls won will be displayed. May not be displayed.

In this embodiment, the mode of the re-lottery effect is one type, but there are a plurality of types, and the degree to which the combination of the jackpot decorative symbols changes before and after the re-lottery depends on the mode of the re-lottery effect executed. It may be changed, for example, re-lottery effect of the mode accompanied by the movement of the character> re-lottery effect by displaying the symbol change by frame advance> re-lottery effect by high-speed change> re-lottery effect by slow change. The expectation that the combination of the decorative symbols of the big hit will change before and after the lottery may be high. The order and mode of expectations are not limited to those described above, and can be appropriately set.

26 (a) to 26 (d) are diagrams stepwise showing an example of an effect in a big hit game centered on a decorative symbol display device. In FIGS. 26 (a) to 26 (d), only the decorative symbol display device 208 is shown, and the first special symbol display device 212, the second special symbol display device 214, the ordinary symbol display device 210, and the special diagram 1 are reserved. The lamp 218, the special figure 2 hold lamp 220, and the normal figure hold lamp 216 are not shown.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 26 (a), the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 shows a 5R probability variation jackpot (a challenge jackpot in which it is difficult to distinguish between a normal jackpot and a probability variation jackpot in terms of production). After that, it is shown that the game has moved to the first round. In the first round, the decorative pattern display device 208 displays the characters "Congratulations!" Along with the character MCK of Miss Machiko on the slightly left side of the center of the display screen, congratulating the big hit. Then, the number of hits from the first big hit (including small hits; sometimes referred to as "continuous chan number display") is displayed in the lower left corner of the display screen, and the big hit decoration when the big hit occurs is displayed in the upper left corner. The design "decoration 4" is displayed. Further, in the upper center of the display screen, "1R", which is the current number of rounds, is displayed as the number of rounds display. In addition, below the display of the number of rounds, for example, a display notifying the number of prize balls acquired in this big hit game and the number of prize balls expected to be acquired in this big hit game (for example, "24/300 get!"". Etc.) may be displayed. In addition, the total number of prize balls won from the first big hit is displayed in the lower right of the display screen, and the number of prize balls won in the big hit and the small hit is added (counted up) to this value. At the timing shown in FIG. 26 (a), since four game balls entered the first variable winning opening 234 after the start of this big hit, which is the first big hit, the number of prize balls of 24 balls was obtained. "24pt" is displayed. In addition, the total number of prize balls acquired in the winning game may be collectively added after the end of the winning game (big hit game, small hit game) to update the total number of winning prize balls. In this embodiment, the number of prize balls generated by winning a prize in the variable winning openings (first variable winning opening 234, second variable winning opening 235) is added, but to other winning openings. The number of prize balls obtained by winning a prize may also be added. For example, the number of prize balls obtained by winning a prize in a specific general winning opening that can be won by hitting right may be added. You may do it.

FIG. 26B shows how the third round of the game is being performed. In the present embodiment, since the combination of the jackpot symbols of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4" is a jackpot, it is difficult for the player to recognize whether it is a probabilistic jackpot or a normal jackpot. Therefore, in the third round, a promotion effect is performed to notify whether or not the jackpot is a probabilistic jackpot. When the promotion effect is started, the characters "Promotion chance!" Are displayed in the center of the decorative pattern display device 208 to give a feeling of expectation that it will be a probable change jackpot. It should be noted that the promotion effect may or may not be performed, and the promotion effect may or may not be performed, and the promotion effect may be performed without fail. In the present embodiment, when it is confirmed that the jackpot is a probable change jackpot by the combination of decorative symbols at the time of the jackpot, the promotion effect is not performed, but the promotion effect may be performed, in this case. , Setting suggestions may be included.

After that, as shown in FIG. 26 (c), it is shown that the result of the promotion effect is displayed. In the example shown in FIG. 26 (c), the successful promotion effect is shown, and the characters "promotion!" And "next battle mode entry" are displayed in the center of the decorative symbol display device 208. It is notified that the jackpot of is a probabilistic jackpot. On the other hand, if the promotion effect fails, such as when the jackpot this time is a normal jackpot, the characters "sorry ..." are displayed as shown in FIG. 26 (c'). In addition, if the promotion effect fails, it may be confirmed that it is a normal big hit, and if it is a probabilistic big hit, expectation for another promotion effect (for example, a reversal effect in the ending). It may be possible to have it so that it is not clear whether or not it is still a probable change jackpot. At the timing shown in FIG. 26 (c), it is shown that 28 game balls have entered the first variable winning opening 234 and 168 prize balls have been won in the third round. There is.

FIG. 26D shows how the fifth round is completed and the jackpot end effect is being performed. In addition, in the example shown in FIG. 26 (d), it is shown that an effect that is confirmed to be a probabilistic jackpot is being performed. When the jackpot end effect starts, the characters "Battle mode rush!" Are displayed in the center of the decorative symbol display device 208, and it is notified that the battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state) is entered. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 26 (d), the display of the total number of prize balls displayed at the lower right of the display screen is "300 pt", and 300 prize balls are won in this big hit game. It has been notified that it has been done. On the other hand, when it is confirmed that the normal jackpot is normal, as shown in FIG. 26 (d'), the characters "big hit end" and "challenge mode entered!" Are displayed in the center of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208. Is displayed, and it is notified that the mode will be changed to the challenge mode (special low probability normal high probability state). In addition, the display showing the total number of prize balls won will be counted up in the same way as when shifting to the battle mode even when the mode is changed to the challenge mode, and the display of the total number of prize balls won after the count up is displayed. It will continue to be displayed until the challenge mode ends, but if it is a normal big hit, the total number of prize balls won may not be displayed.

It should be noted that the degree of expectation for success in promotion during the jackpot game may be changed by combining the decorative symbols of the jackpot when the jackpot becomes a jackpot. For example, the jackpot with odd-numbered symbols> the jackpot with even-numbered symbols. You may make it easier to succeed in promotion production.

Next, the effect in the challenge mode will be described with reference to FIG. 27. Here, FIG. 27 is a diagram stepwise showing an example of the effect in the challenge mode centered on the decorative symbol display device. In addition, also in FIG. 27, only the decorative symbol display device 208 is shown, and the first special symbol display device 212, the second special symbol display device 214, the ordinary symbol display device 210, the special figure 1 hold lamp 218, and the special figure 2 hold lamp 220 are shown. , And the illustration of the general drawing hold lamp 216 is omitted.

FIG. 27A shows a state in which the jackpot game related to the first jackpot is completed and the mode is changed to the challenge mode (special figure low probability normal figure high probability state). As described above, the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment is a simultaneous variable machine capable of simultaneously displaying the symbol variation of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2, and therefore, when the big hit game is completed, the special figure is shown. Both the symbol variation display of 1 and the symbol variation display of special figure 2 start at substantially the same time. Then, in the challenge mode, the decorative symbol is variablely displayed in accordance with the symbol variable display of the special figure 1 as in the normal gaming state.

On the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 27 (a), "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4", which is a combination of decorative symbols of the jackpot, is stopped and displayed. In addition, the characters "Challenge mode in progress" are displayed above the decorative pattern to notify that the challenge mode is in progress. Further, a fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284 is provided in the upper right corner of the decorative symbol display device 208. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable accon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d. In addition, the mini symbol is stopped and displayed at "444" in the upper left corner of the display screen, and below that, the number of hits (big hit, small hit) and the total number of prize balls won from the first big hit are displayed. It is displayed. At the timing shown in FIG. 27A, the character "first time" indicating that the number of hits is one is displayed, and "300pt" indicating that the total number of prize balls won is 300. Is displayed. Further, in the lower right portion of the display screen, the number of times the symbol variation is displayed in the special figure 1 in which the challenge mode is maintained is displayed. At the timing shown in FIG. 27 (a), the characters "50 more times" are displayed as the remaining number of fluctuations display suggesting that the challenge mode ends when the variation display is performed 50 times remaining in Special Figure 1. There is.

Further, the control state (game state) shown in FIG. 27 is a challenge mode (special figure low probability normal figure high probability state). The decorative symbol display device 208 in this challenge mode is provided with a hold icon display area 281 of special figure 1 on the left side of the variable icon display area 280. In the decorative symbol display device 208 in the challenge mode, although the designation of the hold icon display area of the special figure 2 is omitted, the hold icon display area of the special figure 2 may be provided.

In the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, the hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 1 is displayed. In FIG. 27A, four hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 are displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, and all of these four hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 are displayed. , Is displayed in the default display mode (round, non-patterned and white display mode). That is, the default hold icon of the special figure 1 is a round hold icon.

On the other hand, no hold icon is displayed in the hold icon display area of the special figure 2. As described above, since the control state (gaming state) shown in FIG. 27 is the challenge mode (special figure low probability normal figure high probability state), the fluctuation display time of special figure 2 is almost always (off). This is because, in the case of a small hit), it is extremely long (for example, 500 seconds), and winning the special figure 2 starting port 232 does not make much sense.

In the pachinko machine 100 of the present embodiment, the hold icon display area of the special figure on which the display result is easily displayed in the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is displayed according to the control state (game state). That is, in the present embodiment, when the control state is a normal game state, a challenge mode (special figure low probability normal figure high probability state), and a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), as described above. Since the display result of the special figure 1 is easily displayed, the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is displayed in the effect display area 208d as shown in FIG. 27 (a), and the control state is a small hit rush (special). In the case of the figure high probability normal figure low probability state), on the contrary, the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 is displayed.

Although not shown here, the default display mode of the hold icon of the special figure 1 may be the same as the default display mode of the hold icon of the special figure 2, or different display modes may be used.

In the present embodiment, the symbol variation display of the special symbol is started in the order of variation start in the special symbol display device → start of variation display of the fourth symbol → start or deletion of the movement animation of the hold icon → start of variation of the decorative symbol. However, this order may change.

Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears in the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

FIG. 27B shows how the jackpot game is completed and the first symbol variation display of each of the special figures 1 and 2 is started. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. It is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started the variable display. The display mode of the variable icon h0 is the same as the display mode of the digested hold icon h11, but may be different. In addition, the display of the number of remaining fluctuations has also changed from "50 more times" to "49 more times".

FIG. 27 (c) shows a state when the first special figure 1 and special figure 2 symbol variation display is completed after the big hit game is completed. As shown in FIG. 27 (c), in the present embodiment, in the challenge mode, the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 is shorter than the fluctuation time of the special figure 2, and in the special figure 1, all the hits other than the big hit are small hits. Therefore, when the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 1, the special figure 2 in the variable display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "541" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least one game ball enters the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 27 (b) and the timing shown in FIG. 27 (c), and the special drawing 1 The hold is full (4). Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 1 will be started.

FIG. 27 (d) shows how the jackpot game is completed and the second symbol variation display of the special figures 1 and 2 is started. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. It is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "3", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". In addition, the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 also starts the variable display. In addition, the display of the number of remaining fluctuations has also changed from "49 more times" to "48 more times". Further, as shown in FIG. 27 (d), in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, the character GLG of the Gol grandfather who smokes a cigarette appears with the characters "High setting!" A display may be displayed suggesting that there is. In the present embodiment, when the setting is high (for example, setting 4 to 6), the character GLG of the grandfather may appear to suggest that the setting is high. In this embodiment, it is suggested that the settings are 4 to 6, but any of the suggested settings may be used. For example, the settings may be suggested to be the setting 6 or the settings 2 to 6. It may suggest that it is 6 (denying setting 1).

FIG. 27 (e) shows a state when the second special figure 1 and special figure 2 symbol variation display is completed after the big hit game is completed. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 1, and the variation display of the special figure 2 is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of "decoration 4-decoration 8-decoration 7" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "487" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least one game ball enters the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 27 (d) and the timing shown in FIG. 27 (e), and the special drawing 1 The hold is full (4). Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 1 will be started.

After that, the challenge mode is continuously performed, and the timing shown in FIG. 27 (f) shows the state when the 49th special figure 1 and special figure 2 symbol variation display is completed after the end of the big hit game. .. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 1, and the variation display of the special figure 2 is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. At the timing shown in FIG. 27 (f), the hold of the special figure 1 is "4" and the hold of the special figure 2 is "4". Therefore, in the fourth symbol / hold number display area 284, the special figure is shown. It is displayed that the number of reservations of 1 and the special figure 2 is "4", respectively. Further, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 1 will be started.

FIG. 27 (g) shows how the jackpot game is completed and the 50th symbol variation display of the special figures 1 and 2 is started. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. It is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "3", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "3". In addition, the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 also starts the variable display. In addition, the display of the number of remaining fluctuations has also changed from "one more time" to "last", indicating that it is the last symbol fluctuation display in the challenge mode.

After that, as shown in FIG. 27 (h), the state when the final symbol variation display of the special figure 1 in the challenge mode is completed is shown. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 1, and the variation display of the special figure 2 is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 8" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. In addition, the display of "Challenge mode in progress" displayed above the decorative symbol is changed to the display of "Challenge mode end" to notify that the challenge mode is finished. Then, after that, the small hit game related to the small hit of the special figure 1 is started.

Then, as shown in FIG. 27 (i), when the small hit game ends and the 51st symbol variation display of the special figure 1 starts after the big hit game ends, the challenge mode ends and the normal game ends. It shifts to the state (special figure low probability normal figure low probability state). As described above, since the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 and the fluctuation time of the special figure 2 when shifting from the challenge mode to the normal gaming state are the fluctuation times that can be selected in the challenge mode, the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 is shortened. Special figure 2 is a long fluctuation. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h13 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "2", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". In addition, the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 also starts the variable display. In addition, the display of "Challenge mode end" displayed above the decorative pattern changes to the display of "Please return to left-handed", and the right-handed display is also erased to notify the player that he / she will hit left. is doing.

After that, when the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 elapses, as shown in FIG. 27 (j), the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 ends, the small hit symbol is displayed, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is displayed. It is discarded and the out-of-order design is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 3-decoration 5-decoration 8" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1, and the mini symbol is also displayed. It is stopped and displayed at "358" according to. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 1 will be started. In addition, the display of "Please return to left-handed" displayed above the decorative symbol continues, for example, from the transition to the normal gaming state until the symbol variation display (for example, 3 times) of a predetermined number of times is started. Alternatively, the game ball may be deleted when it is detected that the game ball has entered the specific winning opening (for example, the special drawing 1 starting opening (fixed) 230).

Next, the production in the battle mode will be described with reference to FIGS. 28 to 32. Here, FIG. 28 is a diagram showing step by step an example of an effect in a battle mode centered on a decorative symbol display device, and FIG. 29 is a diagram showing another example of an effect in a battle mode centered on a decorative symbol display device. It is a figure which shows step by step, FIG. 30 is a figure which shows the state which a continuous production is performed stepwise in a battle mode, and FIG. It is a figure shown in. In addition, also in FIGS. 28 to 32, only the decorative symbol display device 208 is shown, and the first special symbol display device 212, the second special symbol display device 214, the ordinary symbol display device 210, the special diagram 1 hold lamp 218, and the special diagram 2 are shown. The holding lamp 220 and the normal drawing holding lamp 216 are not shown.

FIG. 28 (a) shows an example of the effect following the effect shown in FIG. 26 (d). In FIG. 28A, after that, the round number display is erased, and the effect of shifting to the battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state) is performed.

FIG. 28B shows how the jackpot game related to the first jackpot has ended and the battle mode has been entered. In the battle mode, as in the normal game state and the challenge mode, the decorative symbol is displayed in a variable manner in accordance with the symbol variable display in the special figure 1.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 28 (b), "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4", which is a combination of jackpot decorative symbols, is stopped and displayed in the lower right portion of the display screen. In addition, in the center of the display screen, you can see that the character HDS of the lord and the character KNG of the swordsman are facing each other, and the characters "Kill the swordsman!" As an explanation of the mission in the battle mode are displayed. ing. A life gauge is displayed on the right side of the swordsman's character KNG, which indicates the remaining physical strength of the swordsman. "1000" is displayed as the remaining life value above the life gauge, indicating that the initial value of the remaining physical strength of the swordsman is 1000, and that the physical strength is full at the timing shown in FIG. 28 (b). ing. In the present embodiment, when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is performed, the character HDS of the lord may attack the character KNG of the swordsman to reduce the life. It should be noted that the life may be reduced for each symbol change display, or the life of the swordsman character KNG may not be reduced without any effect. That is, in the present embodiment, the life of the swordsman character KNG is reduced by executing the symbol variation display in the battle mode, and the mission is finally achieved when the life becomes "0". As will be described later, in the present embodiment, when the battle mode is entered after the jackpot game ends, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 of the number of electric support times determined by the jackpot symbol is executed after the jackpot game ends. By doing so, the mission is completed, and as a result of completing the mission, a production that shifts to a small hit rush is performed. Further, a fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284 is provided in the upper right corner of the decorative symbol display device 208. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable accon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d. In addition, the mini symbol is stopped and displayed at "444" in the upper left corner of the display screen, and below that, the number of hits (big hit, small hit) and the total number of prize balls won from the first big hit are displayed. It is displayed. At the timing shown in FIG. 28B, the character "first time" indicating that the number of hits is one is displayed, and "300pt" indicating that the total number of prize balls won is 300. Is displayed.

Further, the control state (game state) shown in FIG. 28 is a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state). In the decorative symbol display device 208 in this battle mode, the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is provided on the left side of the variable icon display area 280. In the decorative symbol display device 208 in the battle mode, although the designation of the hold icon display area of the special figure 2 is omitted, the hold icon display area of the special figure 2 may be provided.

In the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, the hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 1 is displayed. In FIG. 28B, one hold icon h11 of the special figure 1 is displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, and the hold icon h11 of the one special figure 1 is a default display mode (1). It is displayed in a round, non-patterned and white display mode).

On the other hand, no hold icon is displayed in the hold icon display area of the special figure 2. As described above, since the control state (game state) shown in FIG. 28 is the battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), the fluctuation display time of special figure 2 is almost always (off). This is because, in the case of a small hit), it is extremely long (for example, 500 seconds), and winning the special figure 2 starting port 232 does not make much sense.

Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears in the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

FIG. 28 (c) shows how the symbol variation display has started in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icon h11 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change) at the display position of the first hold icon h11 is displayed. , Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started the variable display. In addition, above the character HDS of the lord and the character KNG of the swordsman, the characters "in battle mode" indicating that the game state is in battle mode are displayed to notify that fact. The display mode of the variable icon h0 is the same as the display mode of the digested hold icon h11, but may be different.

FIG. 28 (d) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. As shown in FIG. 28 (d), in the present embodiment, during the battle mode, the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 is shorter than the fluctuation time of the special figure 2, and in the special figure 1, all the hits other than the big hit are small hits. Therefore, when the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 1, the special figure 2 in the variable display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 8" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. In this production example, three game balls enter the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 28 (c) and the timing shown in FIG. 28 (d), and the special drawing 1 shows. There are three holds. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 28 (d), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is reduced by 10 and the life gauge is also reduced. In other words, in the battle mode, it is close to the electric support omission, and it is directing that it is approaching the transition to the small hit rush. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 1 will be started.

FIG. 28E shows how the small hit game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h13 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "2", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started.

FIG. 28 (f) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "541" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least two game balls enter the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 28 (e) and the timing shown in FIG. 28 (f), and the special drawing 1 The hold is full (4). Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 28 (f), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is reduced by 40 and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 1 is started.

FIG. 28 (g) shows how the small hit game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. It is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "3", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. Further, as shown in FIG. 28 (g), in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, the character GLG of the Gol grandfather who smokes a cigarette appears with the characters "High setting!" A display may be displayed suggesting that there is. In the present embodiment, the high setting suggestion may be performed even in the battle mode, but the high setting suggestion may not be performed.

FIG. 28 (h) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. In this production example, one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 28 (g) and the timing shown in FIG. 28 (h), and the holding of special drawing 2 is 3. It has become one. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 28 (h), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is reduced by 100 and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 1 is started. Then, when the small hit game is completed, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started.

After that, the battle mode is continuously performed, and at the timing shown in FIG. 28 (i), it is shown that the symbol variation display is performed in each of the special figures 1 and 2. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is performed, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 1 is "4". , The number of reservations in Special Figure 2 is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is also performed. In addition, the life value indicating the remaining physical strength of the swordsman is "360", and the life gauge is also reduced accordingly.

After that, in FIG. 28 (j), the decorative symbols of "decoration 4" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, respectively, a reach state is formed, and the reach effect is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. Since the jackpot by the decorative symbol of "Decoration 4" may fall into the challenge mode after the jackpot game is completed, as shown in FIG. 28 (k), the decorative symbol display device 208 has a "pinch" in the center of the display screen. The text "!!" is displayed, suggesting that there is a possibility of falling from battle mode to challenge mode. It should be noted that at least one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 28 (j) and the timing shown in FIG. 28 (k), and the holding of special drawing 2 is full (4). ).

After that, as shown in FIG. 28 (l), the swordsman character KNG slashes at the lord's character HDS, the lord's character HDS is defeated, and the characters "Sorry !!" indicating that the mission has failed are displayed. The effect is displayed, the decorative symbol of "decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b, and the shaking fluctuation is started by the combination of the decorative symbols of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4". At this time, the decorative pattern is reduced and displayed while moving to the lower right portion. After that, as shown in FIG. 28 (m), the decorative symbol expands and moves to the center, and the shaking fluctuation in the combination of the decorative symbols of "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4" is continued. At this time, the display of the variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is erased, and the fourth symbol / hold number display area 284, the mini symbol, the number of consecutive chans, and the total number of prize balls won. Only are displayed. As for the mini-symbols, the variable display is continuously performed for all the symbols until the symbols are confirmed and displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 28 (n), the decorative symbols start to change again with the display of the characters "re-lottery !!", and the combination of the jackpot decorative symbols that is more advantageous to the player is finally displayed. It fuels expectations for things.

After that, as shown in FIG. 28 (o), the probability variation jackpot of "Decoration 1-Decoration 1-Decoration 1" is confirmed from the combination of the jackpots of "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4". It is shown that a combination of decorative symbols indicating that is displayed.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 28 (p), the combination of the decorative symbols for which the 5R probability variation jackpot is confirmed in "Decoration 1-Decoration 1-Decoration 1" is stopped and displayed. Further, the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 shown in FIG. 28 (p) is stopped and displayed by "◯", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed by the combination of "111". Eventually, in FIG. 28 (q), as a big hit game start effect, a character display of "battle chance big hit" is made together with a background image (omitted here) celebrating the big hit. In addition, since this big hit is a big hit that has occurred continuously from the first big hit through the battle mode, it is replaced with the characters "Right-handed!" To indicate that it is the second consecutive chan. Character is displayed. On the other hand, as a result of the re-lottery effect shown in FIG. 28 (n), as described above with reference to FIG. In some cases, the characters "Challenge Jackpot" may be displayed to indicate the possibility of shifting to the mode. That is, it may be produced that the re-lottery has failed.

FIG. 29 shows an example of an effect performed following the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot shown in FIG. 28 (q). That is, FIG. 29 (a) is an effect that continues after the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot shown in FIG. 28 (q), and in FIG. 29 (a), the round number display is subsequently erased and the battle mode is resumed. The production is being performed. At this time, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "second time" are updated as the number of consecutive chans from the first big hit at the lower left of the display screen, and the display of the total number of prize balls won is also acquired in the big hit game. The number of prize balls (300 balls) has been added, and it has been updated to "600pt" indicating that a total of 600 balls have been acquired.

FIG. 29B shows how the jackpot game related to the first jackpot has ended and the battle mode has been entered. In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 29 (b), "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1", which is a combination of jackpot decorative symbols, is stopped and displayed in the lower right portion of the display screen. In addition, in the center of the display screen, you can see that the character HDS of the lord and the character KNG of the swordsman are facing each other, and the characters "Kill the swordsman!" As an explanation of the mission in the battle mode are displayed. ing. Along with the life gauge on the right side of the swordsman character KNG, "300" is displayed as the remaining life value above the life gauge, and the initial value of the remaining physical strength of the swordsman is 300, as shown in FIG. 29 (b). At the timing shown, it shows that the physical strength is full. In this embodiment, the route (B route) that becomes a big hit in the electric support state (challenge mode / battle mode) and shifts to the battle mode rather than the route (A route) that becomes a big hit in the normal game state and shifts to the battle mode. ) Is easier to get out of the electric support in the battle mode, and even in the production of the mission, the initial value of the life value tends to be small, and the physical strength of the swordsman character KNG tends to decrease, so the mission Is performed so that it is easy to achieve. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 29 (b), a fourth symbol / hold number display area 284 is provided in the upper right corner of the display screen. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable icon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d. In addition, in the upper left corner of the display screen, the mini symbol is stopped and displayed at "111", and below that, the number of hits (big hit, small hit) and the total number of prize balls won from the first big hit are displayed. It is displayed. At the timing shown in FIG. 29B, the character "second time" indicating that the number of hits is two is displayed, and "600pt" indicating that the total number of prize balls won is 600. Is displayed. Further, since the gaming state shown in FIG. 29B is the battle mode, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 on the left side of the variable icon display area 280.

In the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, the hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 1 is displayed. In FIG. 29B, four hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 are displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1, and the hold icons h11 to h14 of the four special figures 1 are eventually displayed. Is also displayed in the default display mode (round, non-patterned and white display mode). On the other hand, no hold icon is displayed in the hold icon display area of the special figure 2. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears in the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

FIG. 29 (c) shows how the symbol variation display has started in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. It is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started the variable display. In addition, above the character HDS of the lord and the character KNG of the swordsman, the characters "in battle mode" indicating that the game state is in the battle mode are displayed to notify that fact. The display mode of the variable icon h0 is the same as the display mode of the digested hold icon h11, but may be different.

FIG. 29 (d) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. As shown in FIG. 29 (d), during the battle mode, the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 is shorter than the fluctuation time of the special figure 2, and in the special figure 1, all the hits other than the big hit are small hits. When the small hit symbol is displayed in 1, the special figure 2 in the variable display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 8" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 29 (d), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is reduced by 10 and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 1 will be started.

FIG. 29 (e) shows how the small hit game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h13 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "2", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started.

FIG. 29 (f) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "541" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least two game balls enter the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 29 (e) and the timing shown in FIG. 28 (f), and the special drawing 1 The hold of the special figure 2 is full (4), one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232, and the hold of the special figure 2 is three. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 29 (f), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is reduced by 50 and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 1 is started.

FIG. 29 (g) shows a state in which the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. It is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "3", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started.

FIG. 29 (h) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. In this production example, one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 29 (g) and the timing shown in FIG. 29 (h), and the holding of special drawing 2 is 3. It has become one. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 29 (h), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is reduced by 40 and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 1 is started. Then, when the small hit game is completed, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started.

After that, the battle mode is continuously performed, and at the timing shown in FIG. 29 (i), it is shown that the symbol variation display is performed in each of the special figures 1 and 2. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is performed, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 1 is "4". , The number of reservations in Special Figure 2 is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is also performed. In addition, the life value indicating the remaining physical strength of the swordsman is "50", and the life gauge is also reduced accordingly. Further, in the production example shown in FIG. 29 (i), the character GLG of the Gol grandfather who smokes a cigarette appears in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208 together with the characters "High setting!", And is set high. A display suggesting that is displayed.

FIG. 29 (j) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of "decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "417" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 29 (j), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is reduced by 40, the life value is reduced to 10, and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 1 is started.

FIG. 29 (k) shows how the small hit game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. It is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "3", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started.

FIG. 29 (l) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 4-decoration 5-decoration 1" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "451" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least one game ball enters the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 29 (k) and the timing shown in FIG. 28 (l), and the special drawing 1 The hold of the special figure 2 is full (4), one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232, and the hold of the special figure 2 is three. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 29 (l), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is reduced by 5 and the remaining life value is reduced to 5, and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 1 is started.

FIG. 29 (m) shows how the small hit game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. It is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "3", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. Further, in the effect example shown in FIG. 29 (m), it is shown that the characters "chance!" Are displayed in the center of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208. This suggests that the mission may be accomplished by digesting the symbol variation display, and there is a possibility of shifting to a small hit rush.

After that, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 29 (n), it is shown that the character HDS of the lord slashes the character KNG of the swordsman. At this time, the life value of the swordsman character KNG is reduced by 5, the remaining life value becomes 0, and the life gauge also indicates that there is no gauge remaining. After that, as shown in FIG. 29 (o), the state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed is shown. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of "decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "417" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least one game ball enters the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 29 (n) and the timing shown in FIG. 29 (o), and the special drawing 1 The hold of the special figure 2 is full (4), at least two game balls are inserted into the special figure 2 starting port 232, and the hold of the special figure 2 is full (4). Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 29 (o), the swordsman character KNG is defeated, and the character HDS of the lord decides the victory pose. Is informed that has been achieved. That is, it can be said that since the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 of the predetermined variation display number is executed in the battle mode, it is notified that the electric support is removed and the transition to the small hit rush is started. In addition, it can be said that the character display of "chance!" In FIG. 29 (m) is off and it is foretold that the electric support will be omitted.

FIG. 29 (p) shows how the small hit game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. In the production example shown in FIG. 29 (p), when the symbol variation display of the number of times specified for each jackpot symbol is started after shifting to the battle mode, the electric support is removed and the small hit rush (special figure height) is performed from the battle mode. It shifts to the probability normal state (low probability state). As described above, since the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 and the fluctuation time of the special figure 2 when shifting from the battle mode to the small hit rush are the fluctuation times that can be selected in the battle mode, the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 is shortened. Special figure 2 is a long fluctuation. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, when the small hit rush is entered, the display result is more easily displayed in the symbol variation display of the special diagram 2 than in the symbol variation display of the special diagram 1, so that the special symbol displayed is displayed. The hold icon display area 281 of 1 is erased, and the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 is displayed. In the special figure 2 hold icon display area 282, three hold icons h21 to h23 are displayed, and all of them are displayed in the default display mode. The display mode may be different between the hold icon of the special figure 1 and the hold icon of the special figure 2. Further, at the upper part of the display screen, the display of the characters "Small hit rush rush!" Is displayed to notify that the small hit rush has been started. In addition, the swordsman character KNG has been defeated, and the production of the lord's character HDS deciding the victory pose continues. Further, the life gauge and the life value are also erased, the display position of the decorative symbol is also moved from the lower right portion to the lower left portion, and the variable display of the decorative symbol is performed in accordance with the variable display of the special figure 2.

FIG. 29 (q) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of "Decoration 5-Decoration 1-Decoration 4" according to the result of the omission of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "514" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. At the timing shown in FIG. 29 (q), the characters "Small hit rush rush!" Are continuously displayed, and the swordsman character KNG is defeated, and the character HDS of the lord wins. The production that decides the pose of is continuing. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 1 is started. As described above, in the present embodiment, in the first symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 executed when the battle mode is changed to the small hit rush, the symbol variation display according to the variation time that can be selected in the battle mode is displayed. As a result, the display result is displayed earlier in the special figure 1 than in the special figure 2. Since the special figure 1 is a small hit except for the big hit, the long fluctuation of the special figure 2 is always discarded. Since the fluctuation time can be changed (that is, the special figure 1 is an ultra-long fluctuation and the special figure 2 is a shortened fluctuation), a smooth transition of the gaming state may be realized.

In addition, in this embodiment, if the electric support is removed in the battle mode, the game shifts to the small hit rush that is more advantageous to the player than the battle mode. Then, the variable time of the special figure may be shifted to the ultra-shortened variable mode shorter than the battle mode. As a result, the digestion efficiency of the symbol variation display is improved, which may be advantageous to the player.

FIG. 30 shows an example of continuous notice during the battle mode. FIG. 30A shows how the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is performed in the battle mode. At the timing shown in FIG. 30A, the decorative symbol display device 208 variablely displays the decorative symbol in the lower right portion of the display screen and the mini symbol in the upper left corner. In addition, the display of the number of consecutive chans displayed below the mini symbol is displayed as "first time", and the display of the total number of winning prize balls below it is displayed as "300pt". In addition, the life value of the swordsman character KNG is "780", and the life gauge is also reduced accordingly. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 30A, since there is no hold of the special figure 1, the hold icon is not displayed in the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears in the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

FIG. 30B shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 8" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. In this production example, three game balls enter the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 30 (a) and the timing shown in FIG. 30 (b), and the special drawing 1 shows. There are three holds. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 30 (b), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is reduced by 30 and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 1 is started.

FIG. 30C shows how the small hit game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h13 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "2", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. Further, in the effect example shown in FIG. 30 (c), the continuous notice is started, and the characters "3 consecutive attacks!" Are displayed in the center of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208. This continuous notice is to notify that the hold of Special Figure 1 does not include at least a big hit that will shift (fall) to a disadvantageous gaming state (for example, a big hit that shifts to challenge mode). Is. In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 30 (c), by displaying "3 consecutive attacks!", At least 3 symbol fluctuation displays do not include a big hit to shift to the challenge mode. It is suggested that the symbol variation display is also off (special figure 1 small hit), and the player may be relieved.

FIG. 30D shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "541" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least two game balls enter the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 30 (c) and the timing shown in FIG. 30 (d), and the special drawing 1 The hold of the special figure 2 is full (4), one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232, and the hold of the special figure 2 is three. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 30 (d), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. The state of bearing is shown. However, in this production example, since it is predicted that a total of 3 attacks will be performed, the life value will not be reduced here. Instead, the life value will be reduced by 30 in the upper center of the display screen. By doing so, "30 dmg" indicating that the cumulative damage value is 30, is displayed, and the cumulative value of the reduced life value at the end of the continuous attack is collectively subtracted. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 1 is started.

FIG. 30E shows how the small hit game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. It is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "3", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. In addition, "2 more times!" Is displayed in the center of the display screen, suggesting that the result of the loss will continue at least 2 more times.

FIG. 30 (f) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of "decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "417" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least one game ball enters the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 30 (e) and the timing shown in FIG. 30 (f), and the special drawing 1 The hold of the special figure 2 is full (4), at least two game balls are inserted into the special figure 2 starting port 232, and the hold of the special figure 2 is full (4). Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 30 (f), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. The state of bearing is shown. However, even in this production example, since it is predicted that a total of 3 attacks will be performed, the life value will not be reduced here either. Instead, the life value will be reduced by 50 in the upper center of the display screen. By doing so, "80 dmg" indicating that the cumulative damage value has reached 80 is displayed, and the cumulative value of the reduced life value at the end of the continuous attack is collectively subtracted. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 1 is started.

FIG. 30 (g) shows a state in which the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. It is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "3", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. In addition, "Last!" Is displayed in the center of the display screen, suggesting that the result of the loss will continue at least once.

FIG. 30 (h) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 5-decoration 1-decoration 4" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "514" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least one game ball enters the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 30 (g) and the timing shown in FIG. 30 (h), and the special figure 1 The hold is full (4). Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 30 (h), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. The state of bearing is shown. In the production example shown in FIG. 30 (h), "Total 200dmg" is displayed in the center of the display screen as the damage value given to the swordsman character KNG so far, including this time, and above the life gauge. It is shown that the displayed life value is counting down. That is, in this production example, it is shown that the damage value up to this time is subtracted from the life value in the final production of the continuous notice. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 1 is started.

FIG. 30 (i) shows a state in which the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. It is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "3", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 30 (l), since the continuous notice has ended, the characters "Total 200 dmg" have been erased, and the countdown of the life value has ended and the cumulative value of the damage value has increased. The subtracted value "550" is displayed as a life value.

FIG. 31 shows an example of a hold notice during the battle mode. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 31 (a) to 31 (f) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 29 (a) to 29 (f), the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 31 (g) shows how the battle mode is continuously performed. At the timing shown in FIG. 31 (g), it is shown that the symbol variation display is performed in each of the special figures 1 and 2. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is performed, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 1 is "3". , The number of reservations in Special Figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is also performed. In addition, the life value indicating the remaining physical strength of the swordsman is "120", and the life gauge is also reduced accordingly. Further, in the effect example shown in FIG. 30 (g), when the third hold of the special figure 1 occurs, the display mode of the third hold icon h13 is different from the default display mode. That is, it is shown that the display mode is red. In the present embodiment, this hold notice (red hold notice) is not a big hit notice, but a notice of confirmation of loss, and is missed in FIG. 1 due to the digestion of the hold corresponding to the red display mode (red hold notice). It is a notice in advance that it will be a small hit) and the electric support will be removed, and the battle mode will shift to the small hit rush. In addition, in this embodiment, it is assumed in advance that the transition to the small hit rush will be confirmed due to the occurrence of this hold notice, but the transition to the small hit rush will not occur (that is, the battle mode will continue). It may be a so-called hold notice of Gase. In this case, the reliability of shifting to the small hit rush may be different depending on the mode of the hold notice (color, shape, animation, etc.).

FIG. 31 (h) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. In this production example, one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 31 (g) and the timing shown in FIG. 31 (h), and the holding of special drawing 2 is 3. It has become one. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 31 (h), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is reduced by 20 and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 1 is started.

FIG. 31 (i) shows a state in which the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h13 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "2", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started.

FIG. 31 (j) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of "decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "417" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least two game balls enter the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 31 (i) and the timing shown in FIG. 31 (j), and the special drawing 1 The hold of the special figure 2 is full (4), one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232, and the hold of the special figure 2 is three. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 31 (j), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is reduced by 60 and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 1 is started.

FIG. 31 (k) shows how the small hit game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. It is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "3", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started.

FIG. 31 (l) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 4-decoration 5-decoration 1" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "451" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least one game ball enters the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 between the timing shown in FIG. 31 (k) and the timing shown in FIG. 31 (l), and the special drawing 1 The hold of the special figure 2 is full (4), one game ball enters the special figure 2 starting port 232, and the hold of the special figure 2 is three. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 31 (l), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is reduced by 10 to "30" and the life gauge is also decreasing. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 1 is started.

FIG. 31 (m) shows a state in which the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. It is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "3", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. Further, in the effect example shown in FIG. 31 (m), it is shown that the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 which is the object of the hold notice is performed, and the symbol variation display is performed and the pattern is missed (small hit). ), The mission is accomplished and there is a sense of expectation that it will shift to a small hit rush. As shown in FIG. 29 (m), the characters "chance!" May be displayed to announce that the mission has been completed and the game will shift to the small hit rush.

After that, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 31 (n), it is shown that the character HDS of the lord slashes the character KNG of the swordsman. At this time, the life value of the swordsman character KNG is reduced by 30 and the remaining life value becomes 0, and the life gauge also indicates that there is no gauge remaining. After that, the effects shown in FIGS. 31 (o) to 31 (q) are performed. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 31 (o) to 31 (q) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 29 (o) and 29 (q), the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 32 shows an example of a hold notice during the battle mode. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 32 (a) to 32 (e) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 28 (a) to 28 (e), the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 32 (f) shows how the battle mode is continuously performed. At the timing shown in FIG. 32 (f), it is shown that the symbol variation display is performed in each of the special figures 1 and 2. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is performed, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 1 is "3". , The number of reservations in Special Figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is also performed. In addition, the life value indicating the remaining physical strength of the swordsman is "650", and the life gauge is also reduced accordingly. Further, in the effect example shown in FIG. 32 (f), when the third hold of the special figure 1 occurs, the display mode of the third hold icon h13 is displayed in a rainbow-colored display mode. It is shown. In the present embodiment, this hold notice (rainbow-colored hold notice) is a big hit notice, and is a notice that the big hit will be a probable change super big hit that will shift to a small hit rush after the big hit game is completed. be. In addition, in this embodiment, it is assumed that the 10R probable change super jackpot will be announced in advance due to the occurrence of this hold notice, but it is a hold notice of the Gase that will not be the 10R probable change super jackpot. In some cases, it may at least give advance notice that another type of jackpot will be confirmed.

FIG. 32 (g) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. In this production example, one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 32 (f) and the timing shown in FIG. 32 (g), and the holding of special drawing 2 is 3. It has become one. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 32 (g), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is reduced by 50, the remaining life value is "600", and the life gauge is also decreasing. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit of the special figure 1 is started, and the symbol variation display is performed as described above.

FIG. 32 (h) shows how the battle mode is continuously performed. At the timing shown in FIG. 32 (h), it is shown that the symbol variation display is performed in each of the special figures 1 and 2. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is performed, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 1 is "4". , The number of reservations in Special Figure 2 is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is also performed. In addition, the life value indicating the remaining physical strength of the swordsman is "360", and the life gauge is also reduced accordingly.

FIG. 32 (i) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. In the special figure 1, the small hit symbol is displayed, and in the special figure 2, the symbol variation display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed because the special figure 1 becomes a small hit. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 1. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "541" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 32 (i), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 1, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is reduced by 10 and the life value is reduced to "350" and the life gauge is also reduced. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 1 is started.

FIG. 32 (j) shows how the small hit game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h11 to h14 of the special figure 1 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h11 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h12 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h11, and is displayed as the first hold icon h11. The third hold icon h13 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h12 and is displayed as the second hold icon h12, and the fourth hold icon h14 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h13. It is displayed as the third hold icon h13. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 1 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "3", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. Further, in the production example shown in FIG. 32 (j), it is shown that the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 which is the object of the hold notice is performed, and the symbol variation display is performed and the probability variation super jackpot is obtained. , The expectation is that the game will shift to the small hit rush after the big hit game related to the big hit is completed.

After that, in FIG. 32 (k), the decorative symbols of "decoration 7" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, respectively, to form a reach state, and the reach effect is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. Since the big hit by the decorative symbol of "Decoration 7" shifts to the small hit rush after the end of the big hit game, as shown in FIG. 32 (l), in the decorative symbol display device 208, "Big chance!" Is displayed in the center of the display screen. Is displayed, suggesting that the game status will be promoted from the battle mode to the small hit rush.

After that, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 32 (m), it is shown that the character HDS of the lord slashes the character KNG of the swordsman. At this time, the life value of the swordsman character KNG decreases by 350 at once, the remaining life value becomes 0, and the life gauge also shows that there is no gauge remaining. At this time, the decorative pattern is reduced and moved to the lower right portion of the display screen. After that, as shown in FIG. 32 (n), the character HDS of the lord defeats the character KNG of the swordsman, and the character "Yeah!" Is displayed at the upper center of the display screen to congratulate the player. In addition, the decorative symbol displayed in the lower right portion of the display screen also fluctuates depending on the combination of the decorative symbols of "Decoration 7-Decoration 7-Decoration 7" in which the probability change super jackpot is confirmed. After that, as shown in FIG. 32 (o), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the combination of the decorative symbols of "decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7" for which the 10R probability variation super jackpot is confirmed is stopped and displayed, and the special figure 1 is displayed. The fourth symbol of is stopped and displayed by "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed by the combination of "777". Eventually, in FIG. 32 (p), as a big hit game start effect, the characters "Big Chance Big Hit" are displayed together with the background image (omitted here) celebrating the big hit. In addition, since this big hit is a big hit that has occurred continuously from the first big hit through the battle mode, it is replaced with the characters "Right-handed!" To indicate that it is the second consecutive chan. Character is displayed.

In this embodiment, when a hold notice is given for a symbol change display that is a 10R probability variation super jackpot, the effect achieved by the mission is performed in the symbol change display that is the target of the hold notice. , The effect that the mission has been achieved may not be performed, and it may be notified that the game shifts to the small hit rush in the big hit game. Further, in the present embodiment, an example in which a hold notice for a symbol variation display that is a 10R probability variation super big hit is shown, but a hold notice for a symbol variation display that is a special small hit, which will be described later, is given. It may be done.

Next, the production in the small hit rush will be described with reference to FIGS. 33 to 44. Here, FIG. 33 is a diagram showing a stepwise example of an effect in a small hit rush centered on a decorative symbol display device, and FIG. 34 is a diagram for another effect example following the effect shown in FIG. 33 (n). It is a figure which shows step by step, FIG. 35 is a figure which shows the appearance that the continuous notice is performed in a small hit rush step by step, and FIG. 36 is another production example of the continuous notice which is performed in a small hit rush. 37 is a diagram showing step by step, FIG. 37 is a diagram showing a continuation of an example of the effect shown in FIG. 36 step by step, and FIG. 38 is a diagram showing another effect example following the effect shown in FIG. 37 (22). It is a figure which shows step by step, FIG. 39 is a figure which shows stepwise about another effect example following the effect shown in FIG. 36 (11), and FIG. 40 is another continuous notice performed in a small hit rush. FIG. 41 is a diagram showing a stepwise example of the effect, FIG. 41 is a diagram showing a continuation of the example of the effect shown in FIG. 40 step by step, and FIG. 42 is a diagram showing another effect following the effect shown in FIG. 40 (11). It is a figure which shows the example step by step, FIG. 43 is a figure which shows the other effect example of the continuous notice performed in a small hit rush step by step, and FIG. 44 is a continuation of an example of the effect shown in FIG. 43. It is a figure which shows step by step. In addition, also in FIGS. 33 to 44, only the decorative symbol display device 208 is shown, and the first special symbol display device 212, the second special symbol display device 214, the ordinary symbol display device 210, the special diagram 1 hold lamp 218, and the special diagram 2 are shown. The holding lamp 220 and the normal drawing holding lamp 216 are not shown.

33 (a) is an effect performed following the effect shown in FIG. 29 (p), and is the same effect as the effect shown in FIG. 29 (q), so the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 33 (b) shows how the gaming state shifts to the small hit rush and the shortening fluctuation of the special figure 2 (for example, the shortening fluctuation of 5.5 seconds) starts. It should be noted that the shortened variation of the special figure 2 is a symbol variation display that is out of the question. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations (for example, long fluctuations of 500 seconds) are also started. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started the variable display. In addition, in the central part of the display screen of the decorative pattern display device 208, the character TDR of the bancho appears in place of the character HDS of the lord and the character KNG of the swordsman, and "in a small hit rush" above the character TDR of the bancho. "Is displayed, and it is notified that the current game state is a small hit rush. In addition, below the mini symbol, the number of hits and the total number of prize balls won are still displayed.

FIG. 33 (c) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, the symbol variation display continues. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7" according to the result of the omission of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "417" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, an “x” indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment is displayed, and the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is still displaying the fluctuation. The indicated "-" is blinking.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started as shown in FIG. 33 (d). The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a shortened variation that is a small hit (for example, a shortened variation of 8.5 seconds). On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations are still continuing. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h22 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. .. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the number of the reserved figure 2 is reduced by 1. The four symbols have also started to be displayed in a variable manner. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 33 (d), a balloon of the character TDR of the Bancho is displayed on the right side of the center of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the character "chance!" Is displayed in this balloon. As a result, it is foretold that there is a possibility that the symbol variation display will be a hit (big hit / small hit). In the present embodiment, when the balloon "Chance!" Is displayed, the symbol variation display is always set to be a small hit, but there may be cases where the small hit or not a big hit.

FIG. 33 (e) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the small hit decorative symbols of "Decoration 1-Decoration 2-Decoration 3" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. In this production example, one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 33 (d) and the timing shown in FIG. 33 (e), and the holding of special drawing 2 is 2. It has become one. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 33 (e), the character "small hit!" Is added to the right side of the character TDR of the bancho in response to the stop display of the small hit symbol in the special figure 2. A balloon is displayed to inform the player that a small hit has been made. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 2 will be started.

FIG. 33 (f) shows a state in which the small hit game is performed after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of the special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game ball is easily entered into the second variable winning opening 235 and the prize ball can be expected to be acquired. At the timing shown in FIG. 33 (f), 30 prize balls are paid out because three game balls have entered the second variable winning opening 235 after the small hit game has started, and in the lower right part of the display screen. , The characters "30/100 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls won. The display of the total number of prize balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the characters "SMALL Bonus!", Which indicates that a small hit game is in progress, are displayed superimposed on the character TDR of the Bancho, informing the player that the small hit game is in progress. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times), or when a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hit game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 33 (g), it is shown that the small hit game is completed by the entry of 10 game balls into the second variable winning opening 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "100/100 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and 100 prize balls are displayed in this small hit game. Is informed that has been paid out.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33 (h), it is shown that the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 and h22 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. .. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "1", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "1". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 33 (h), it is shown that an animation is displayed in which the number of prize balls acquired in this small hit game is added to the total number of prize balls acquired. After that, as shown in FIG. 33 (i), the number of prize balls for 100 pieces acquired in this small hit game is added to the total number of prize balls that was set to "600pt", and the number is updated to "700pt". ing. In this production example, at least three game balls enter the special drawing 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 33 (h) and the timing shown in FIG. 33 (i), and the special drawing 2 is held. It is full (4). Further, in the present embodiment, as shown in FIG. 33 (i), a balloon with the characters "Maybe setting 4 or more!" May be displayed on the right side of the character TDR of the Bancho. In the present embodiment, when the setting is high (for example, setting 4 to 6), a balloon "Maybe setting 4 or more!" Appears to indicate that the setting is high. In this embodiment, it is suggested that the settings are 4 to 6, but any of the suggested settings may be used. For example, the settings may be suggested to be the setting 6 or the settings 2 to 6. It may suggest that it is 6 (denying setting 1).

FIG. 33 (j) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, the symbol variation display continues. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5" according to the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, an “x” indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment is displayed, and the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is still displaying the fluctuation. The indicated "-" is blinking.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started as shown in FIG. 33 (k). The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a shortened variation that becomes a big hit (for example, a shortened reach variation of 15 seconds). On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations are still continuing. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. It is displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the number of the reserved figure 2 is reduced by 1. The four symbols have also started to be displayed in a variable manner.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33 (l), the decorative symbols of "decoration 4" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, respectively, to form a reach state, and the reach effect is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. Since the jackpot by the decorative symbol of "decoration 4" may fall into the challenge mode after the jackpot game is completed, as shown in FIG. 33 (l), the decorative symbol display device 208 has a "pinch" in the center of the display screen. The text "!!" is displayed, suggesting that there is a possibility of falling from the small hit rush to the challenge mode.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33 (m), "decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b, and the combination of the jackpot decorative symbols of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4" is displayed and shakes. Is started. As described above, the combination of the decorative symbols of the jackpot of "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4" is a combination of the decorative symbols indicating the possibility of being a normal jackpot, so "Sorry!" As a message to comfort the player. Character is displayed. After that, as shown in FIG. 33 (n), the display of the variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 281 of the special figure 1 is erased. It should be noted that only the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the mini symbol, the number of consecutive chans, and the total number of prize balls won are displayed. As for the mini-symbols, the variable display is continuously performed for all the symbols until the symbols are confirmed and displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33 (o), the decorative symbols start to change again with the display of the characters "re-lottery !!", and the combination of the jackpot decorative symbols that is more advantageous to the player is finally displayed. It fuels expectations for things.

After that, as shown in FIG. 33 (p), as a result of the re-lottery effect, the combination of the decorative symbols did not change from that before the re-lottery, and the effect that the re-lottery failed was performed. As shown in, the combination of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4" is confirmed and displayed, and the mini-design is also stopped and displayed at "444" accordingly. Further, the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed by "○", and the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 is stopped and displayed by "x". At this time, the characters "I'm really sorry ..." are displayed to comfort the player. However, as described above, even if the combination of decorative symbols indicating that the probability variation jackpot is confirmed is not stopped and displayed, for example, the promotion effect in the jackpot effect can be given a sense of expectation, so that the player can have a sense of expectation. In some cases, expectations can be sustained. Then, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, in FIG. 33 (r), as a big hit game start effect, a character display of "challenge big hit" is made together with a background image (omitted here) celebrating the big hit. Since the big hit this time is the 4th hit (big hit / small hit) from the first big hit, the character "4th" indicating this is displayed. In addition, a display of the total number of prize balls won is displayed in the lower right corner of the display screen.

On the other hand, as shown in FIG. 34 (o') following FIG. 33 (n), the decorative design starts to change and display again with the display of the characters "re-lottery !!", and then in FIG. 34 (p'). ), The combination of decorative symbols indicates that the 5R probability variation jackpot of "Decoration 1-Decoration 1-Decoration 1" is confirmed from the combination of "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4" jackpot. Combinations may be displayed. In this case, as shown in FIG. 33 (q'), the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed with "○", and the special figure 1 being displayed in the variable manner is discarded and the fourth symbol is out of alignment. A stop display is displayed with an "x" indicating that. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed by the combination of "111". Further, in the present embodiment, the probability variation jackpot is determined from the combination of the jackpot decorative symbols of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4" indicating the possibility of a normal jackpot of "decoration 1-decoration 1-decoration 1". The words "Yeah! Great reversal!" Are displayed to congratulate you on being promoted to a big hit decorative design. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, in FIG. 34 (r'), as a big hit game start effect, a background image celebrating the big hit (omitted here) and a small hit rush after the big hit game is completed. The characters "Small hit rush continuation big hit!" Are displayed. Further, below this character display, the character "fourth time" indicating the number of hits from the first big hit is displayed. In addition, a display of the total number of prize balls won is displayed in the lower right corner of the display screen. Further, as shown in FIG. 34 (r'-2), the total number of prize balls won may be displayed in decorative characters, and this display suggests a high setting (for example, a suggestion that the setting is 5 or more). May be done. In addition, it is possible not to suggest a high setting by displaying the total number of prize balls.

Further, following FIG. 33 (j), the effects shown in FIGS. 34 (k ″) to FIG. 34 (r ″) may be performed. That is, FIG. 34 (k ″) shows how the symbol display time of the special figure 2 has elapsed, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a shortened variation that becomes a big hit (for example, a shortened reach variation of 15 seconds). On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations are still continuing. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. It is displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the number of the reserved figure 2 is reduced by 1. The four symbols have also started to be displayed in a variable manner.

After that, in FIG. 34 (l ″), the decorative symbols of “Decoration 1” are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, respectively, to form a reach state, and the reach effect is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. The big hit with the decorative pattern of "Decoration 1" is a probable change big hit, and since the game shifts to the small hit rush again after the big hit game ends, the characters "Chance has arrived!" Are displayed in the center of the display screen, and the small hit rush continues. Suggests to do. After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 34 (p ″), “decoration 1” is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208, and the shaking is changed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 34 (q''), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the combination of the decorative symbols of “Decoration 1-Decoration 1-Decoration 1” with the 5R probability variation jackpot confirmed is stopped and displayed, and the special feature is displayed. The fourth symbol in FIG. 2 is stopped and displayed by "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed by the combination of "111". On the other hand, the special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded due to the big hit of the special figure 4, and the fourth symbol is stopped and displayed by "x". In addition, the decorative pattern display device 208 also displays the characters "I did it!" To congratulate the big hit. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the big hit start effect is started as shown in FIG. 34 (r ″). Since the effect shown in FIG. 34 (r ″) is the same as the effect shown in FIG. 34 (r ″), the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 35 shows an example of continuous notice during the small hit rush.

FIG. 35A shows how the shortening variation of the special figure 2 (for example, the shortening variation of 5.5 seconds) is performed in the small hit rush. It should be noted that the shortened variation of the special figure 2 is a symbol variation display that is out of the question. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations (for example, long fluctuations of 500 seconds) are also performed. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 also performs variable display of the decorative symbol related to the special figure 2, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is also changed and displayed. Is also done. In addition, the character TDR of the bancho appears in the center of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the characters "small hit rushing" are displayed above the character TDR of the bancho. Is informed that is a small hit rush. In addition, below the mini symbol, the number of hits and the total number of prize balls won are still displayed, and at the timing shown in FIG. 35 (a), eight hits (big hit / small hit) from the first big hit. ) Has occurred, and the display of the number of consecutive chans in the "8th" indicating this and the display of the total number of winning prize balls of "1700pt" indicating that the total number of winning prize balls from the first big hit is 1700. It is displayed.

FIG. 35B shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, the symbol variation display continues. In this production example, at least two game balls enter the special drawing 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 35 (a) and the timing shown in FIG. 35 (b), and the special drawing 2 is held. It is full (4). Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7" according to the result of the omission of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "417" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, an “x” indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment is displayed, and the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is still displaying the fluctuation. The indicated "-" is blinking.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In the effect example shown in FIG. 35 (c), the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a shortened variation (for example, a shortened variation of 5.5 seconds) that is out of alignment. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations are still continuing. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. It is displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 has also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the special figure 2 The fourth symbol of No. 4 has also started variable display. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 35 (c), a large number "3" is displayed on the right side of the character TDR of the Bancho, indicating that the continuous advance notice of the countdown has started. This continuous notice suggests that the player is in an advantageous state in the symbol variation display in which the number is "0". In addition, in the symbol variation display before the symbol variation display in which "0" is displayed in this continuous notice, the symbol variation display is determined to be out of order. It may be possible to give the player a sense of security that the hit rush will continue. That is, it can be said that the continuous advance notice of this countdown suggests to the player the timing at which the symbol variation display, which is the target of the pre-reading advance notice, is started. In the present embodiment, when the continuous notice of the countdown is started, it is continuously performed until the number becomes "0", but the countdown ends before the number becomes "0". There may be a case where a continuous notice of the mess is given. Further, in this production example, the countdown is performed by continuous advance notice for each symbol change display, but it may be a look-ahead notice by a time countdown, or a look-ahead notice by a mode in which the numerical value or the meter decreases. You may.

FIG. 35 (d) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, the symbol variation display continues. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of "Decoration 5-Decoration 1-Decoration 4" according to the result of the omission of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "514" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, an “x” indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment is displayed, and the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is still displaying the fluctuation. The indicated "-" is blinking.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In the effect example shown in FIG. 35 (e), the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a shortened variation (for example, a shortened variation of 5.5 seconds) that is out of alignment. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations are still continuing. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 has also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the special figure 2 The fourth symbol of No. 4 has also started variable display. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 35 (c), a large number "2" is displayed on the right side of the character TDR of the Bancho, indicating that the continuous advance notice is continuing.

FIG. 35 (f) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, the symbol variation display continues. In this production example, one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 35 (e) and the timing shown in FIG. 35 (f), and the holding of special drawing 2 is 3. It has become one. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 4-decoration 5-decoration 1" according to the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "451" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, an “x” indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment is displayed, and the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is still displaying the fluctuation. The indicated "-" is blinking.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In the effect example shown in FIG. 35 (g), the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a shortened variation (for example, a shortened variation of 5.5 seconds) that is out of alignment. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations are still continuing. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 has also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the special figure 2 The fourth symbol of No. 4 has also started variable display. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 35 (g), a large number "1" is displayed on the right side of the character TDR of the Bancho, indicating that the continuous advance notice is continuing.

FIG. 35 (h) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, the symbol variation display continues. In this production example, at least two game balls enter the special drawing 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 35 (g) and the timing shown in FIG. 35 (h), and the special drawing 2 is held. It is full (4). Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5" according to the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, an “x” indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment is displayed, and the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is still displaying the fluctuation. The indicated "-" is blinking.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In the effect example shown in FIG. 35 (i), the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a shortened variation that is a small hit (for example, a shortened variation of 8.5 seconds). On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations are still continuing. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. It is displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 has also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the special figure 2 The fourth symbol of No. 4 has also started variable display. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 35 (i), a large number “0” is displayed on the right side of the character TDR of the Bancho, indicating that the continuous advance notice is continuing.

Then, at the timing shown in FIG. 35 (j), a balloon with the characters "Press the button!" Is displayed on the right side of the character TDR of the Bancho. In response to this, when the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 35 (k), the character "press the button!" In the balloon is "small hit GET" as shown in FIG. 35 (l). It may change to the character "Daze!". That is, a notice suggesting that there is a possibility of a small hit is given in the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 being executed. In addition, in this embodiment, when the effect of prompting the operation of the effect button 136 is performed in the continuous notice, a small hit is always made in the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 being executed, but the effect button 136 is used. When there is an operation, another display may be performed. For example, one of a plurality of displays having different reliability to be a small hit is displayed, and even if the small hit is not obtained, the effect button is displayed. An effect that encourages the operation of 136 may be performed.

After that, at the timing shown in FIG. 35 (m), the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, the special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded, and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the small hit decorative symbols of "Decoration 1-Decoration 2-Decoration 3" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 35 (m), in response to the stop display of the small hit symbol in the special figure 2 as a result of the continuous advance notice, "Yosha" is displayed on the right side of the character TDR of the chief. A balloon with the characters "!" Is displayed to notify the player that a small hit has occurred. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 2 will be started. After that, the effects shown in FIGS. 35 (m) to 35 (p) are performed. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 35 (m) to 35 (p) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 33 (f) to 33 (i) (excluding the suggestion of high setting), the description thereof will be omitted.

36 to 39 show another example of the continuous advance notice during the small hit rush. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 36 (1) to 36 (6) are the same as those shown in FIGS. 35 (a) to 35 (f), the description thereof will be omitted.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In the effect example shown in FIG. 36 (7), the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a shortened variation (for example, a shortened variation of 5.5 seconds) that is out of alignment. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations are still continuing. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 has also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the special figure 2 The fourth symbol of No. 4 has also started variable display. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 36 (7), the number "1" of the decorative character is displayed on the right side of the character TDR of the Bancho, indicating that the continuous notice is continuing, and suggesting the setting. There is. The timing of suggesting the setting may be any timing in the continuous notice, and the range of the suggestion may be different depending on the timing in the continuous notice. For example, if the number "3" is a decorative character, it suggests that the setting is 5 or 6, and if the number "0" is a decorative character, it suggests that setting 1 is denied. There may be. After that, the effects shown in FIGS. 36 (8) to 36 (11) are performed. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 36 (8) to (11) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 35 (h) to (k), the description thereof will be omitted.

In this production example, when the player operates the production button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 36 (11), as shown in FIG. 36 (12), the character TDR of the bancho becomes huge and the clothes are torn. In addition, a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" May be displayed on the right side of the character TDR of the Bancho whose display mode has changed. That is, a small hit is made in the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 being executed, and a notice is given to suggest that the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 whose start is suspended further includes two small hits. It has been. That is, the notice regarding the symbol change display being executed in the symbol change display subject to the continuous notice (the change notice) may include a look-ahead notice regarding the symbol change display of the special figure 2 whose start is suspended. It is shown. By seeing this notice, the player may expect to pay out a large number of prize balls.

FIG. 36 (13) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the small hit decorative symbols of "Decoration 1-Decoration 2-Decoration 3" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 36 (13), the characters "Yosha! First!" A balloon with a mark is displayed to notify the player that a small hit has been made. In other words, it is directing that it was the first small hit out of the three small hits on hold. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 2 will be started.

FIG. 36 (14) shows how the small hit game is performed after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of the special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game ball is easily entered into the second variable winning opening 235 and the prize ball can be expected to be acquired. At the timing shown in FIG. 36 (14), 60 prize balls are paid out because 6 game balls have entered the second variable winning opening 235 after the small hit game has started, and in the lower right part of the display screen. , The characters "60/100 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls won. The display of the total number of prize balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the characters "SMALL Bonus!", Which indicates that a small hit game is in progress, are displayed superimposed on the character TDR of the Bancho, informing the player that the small hit game is in progress. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times), or when a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hit game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 36 (15), it is shown that the small hit game is completed by the entry of 10 game balls into the second variable winning opening 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "100/100 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and 100 prize balls are displayed in this small hit game. Is informed that has been paid out.

After that, as shown in FIG. 36 (16), it is shown that the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "1", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. Further, in the production example shown in FIG. 36 (16), since the reserved consecutive chan of the small hit is announced, the animation in which the number of prize balls acquired in this small hit game is added to the total number of prize balls won is Reserved. Further, on the right side of the character TDR of the Bancho, a balloon with the characters "two more!" Is displayed, which suggests that two small hits are held in the hold of the special figure 2, and FIG. 36. It can be said that at least a part of the display mode is different from the display mode shown in (12). That is, as shown in FIGS. 36 (12) to 16 (16), when the display mode of the character TDR of the Bancho displayed in the case of the first small hit is the second small hit. It can be said that the display mode of the character TDR of the Bancho is changed.

FIG. 36 (17) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the small hit decorative symbols of "Decoration 1-Decoration 2-Decoration 3" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 36 (17), the characters “Yosha! Second!” Are displayed on the right side of the Bancho character TDR in response to the stop display of the small hit symbol in Special Figure 2. A balloon with a mark is displayed to notify the player that a small hit has been made. In other words, it is directing that it was the second small hit out of the three small hits on hold. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 2 will be started.

FIG. 36 (18) shows how the small hit game is performed after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of the special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game ball is easily entered into the second variable winning opening 235 and the prize ball can be expected to be acquired. At the timing shown in FIG. 36 (18), 30 prize balls are paid out because three game balls have entered the second variable winning opening 235 after the small hit game has started, and in the lower right part of the display screen. , The characters "130/200 get!" Are displayed including the number of prize balls won in the previous small hit game. The display of the total number of prize balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the characters "SMALL Bonus!", Which indicates that a small hit game is in progress, are displayed superimposed on the character TDR of the Bancho, informing the player that the small hit game is in progress. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times), or when a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hit game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 37 (19), it is shown that the small hit game is completed by the entry of 10 game balls into the second variable winning opening 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "200/200 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and in this small hit game, the previous small hit game is displayed. It is informed that 200 prize balls have been paid out in total.

After that, as shown in FIG. 37 (20), it is shown that the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h22 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. .. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "0", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "1". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. Further, in the production example shown in FIG. 37 (20), since the reserved consecutive chan of the small hit is announced, the animation in which the number of prize balls acquired in this small hit game is added to the total number of prize balls won is also available. Reserved. In addition, on the right side of the Bancho character TDR, a balloon with the characters "One more!" Is displayed, suggesting that one more small hit is reserved in the hold of Special Figure 2. ..

FIG. 37 (21) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, the symbol variation display continues. In this production example, two game balls enter the special drawing 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 37 (20) and the timing shown in FIG. 37 (21), and the holding of special drawing 2 is 3. It has become one. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5" according to the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, an “x” indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment is displayed, and the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is still displaying the fluctuation. The indicated "-" is blinking.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started as shown in FIG. 37 (22). The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a shortened variation that is a small hit (for example, a shortened variation of 8.5 seconds). On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, long fluctuations are still continuing. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the number of the reserved figure 2 is reduced by 1. The four symbols have also started to be displayed in a variable manner. In addition, the balloon with the characters "one more!" On the right side of the Bancho character TDR is continuously displayed.

FIG. 37 (23) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the small hit decorative symbols of "Decoration 1-Decoration 2-Decoration 3" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 37 (23), the characters "Yosha! Third!" Are displayed on the right side of the Bancho character TDR in response to the stop display of the small hit symbol in Special Figure 2. A balloon with a mark is displayed to notify the player that a small hit has been made. In other words, it is directing that it was the third small hit out of the three small hits on hold. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 2 will be started.

FIG. 37 (24) shows how the small hit game is performed after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of the special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game ball is easily entered into the second variable winning opening 235 and the prize ball can be expected to be acquired. At the timing shown in FIG. 37 (24), 40 prize balls are paid out because four game balls have entered the second variable winning opening 235 after the small hit game has started, and in the lower right part of the display screen. The characters "240/300 get!" Are displayed, including the number of prize balls won in the two small hit games. The display of the total number of prize balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the characters "SMALL Bonus!", Which indicates that a small hit game is in progress, are displayed superimposed on the character TDR of the Bancho, informing the player that the small hit game is in progress. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times), or when a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hit game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 37 (25), it is shown that the small hit game is completed by the entry of 10 game balls into the second variable winning opening 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "300/300 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and in this small hit game, the previous two small hits are displayed. It is informed that 300 prize balls have been paid out in total including the winning game.

After that, as shown in FIG. 37 (26), it is shown that the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. Since there is no reserved symbol variation display in the special figure 1, the symbol variation display is not started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 and h22 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. .. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the reserved figure 2 is reserved. The number is "1". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 has also started. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 37 (26), the character TDR of the bancho is dressed and displayed in a reduced size, and the number of prize balls acquired in the three small hit games is added to the total number of prize balls. The state of being displayed is shown. After that, as shown in FIG. 37 (27), the total number of prize balls won, which was set to "1700 pt", is added to the number of prize balls for 300 pieces obtained in the consecutive Chan of this small hit to "2000 pt". It has been updated. In addition, in this embodiment, since 2000 or more game balls with a good sharpness have been acquired, it is shown that a pattern with a large character "2000pt get !!" is displayed in the center of the display screen. ing. Further, as shown in FIG. 37 (27'), the number portion of "2000" may be displayed as decorative characters to suggest the setting. In this case, for example, when it is displayed as decorative characters, it may indicate that the setting is 4 or more.

In the present embodiment, when the hold that is the target of the continuous notice is a small hit or a big hit, the notice effect including the pre-reading notice of the above-mentioned hold consecutive Chan is executed, but for example, the target of the continuous notice is specified. It may be used as a symbol variation display (off-the-shelf SP reach, etc.), or even if the symbol variation display held after the hold that was the target of the continuous notice is a specific symbol variation display, the hold consecutive chan look-ahead notice is given. The advance notice effect including the above may be executed.

Further, in this production example, the game state of the small hit rush is maintained from the start of the continuous notice until the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice of the pending consecutive Chan is executed. The player may be released from the anxiety that the game state will fall from the small hit rush during this continuous notice and the related effects.

FIG. 38 (23a) shows another production example following FIG. 37 (22).

FIG. 38 (23a) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the small hit decorative symbols of "Decoration 1-Decoration 2-Decoration 3" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 37 (23a), the characters "Yosha! Third!" A balloon with a mark is displayed to notify the player that a small hit has been made. In other words, it is directing that it was the third small hit out of the three small hits on hold. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 2 will be started.

Subsequently, in FIG. 38 (24a), the character of the balloon displayed on the right side of the character TDR of the Bancho is changed to "There are two more!". In the present embodiment, when the last symbol variation display of the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is a small hit, the pre-reading notice regarding the reserved symbol variation display of the special figure 2 may be further performed. be. That is, in FIG. 38 (24a), when the small hit is obtained as a result of the last symbol change display of the target of the look-ahead notice after the change notice + look-ahead notice effect of the reserved triple-chan of the small hit is performed. , Furthermore, it is shown that a look-ahead notice may be given. As a result, the player may be expected to pay a larger amount of balls. In the present embodiment, the number of symbol variation displays that are small hits is notified, but a look-ahead notice may be given when some or all of the symbols are not small hits.

FIG. 38 (25a) shows a state in which the small hit game is performed after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of the special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game ball is easily entered into the second variable winning opening 235 and the prize ball can be expected to be acquired. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (25a), 40 prize balls are paid out because four game balls have entered the second variable winning opening 235 after the small hit game has started, and in the lower right portion of the display screen. The characters "240/300 get!" Are displayed, including the number of prize balls won in the two small hit games. The display of the total number of prize balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the characters "SMALL bonus!", Which indicates that the small hit game is in progress, are displayed superimposed on the character TDR of the Bancho, informing the player that the small hit game is in progress. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times), or when a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hit game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (26a), it is shown that the small hit game is completed by the entry of 10 game balls into the second variable winning opening 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "300/300 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and in this small hit game, the previous two small hits are displayed. It is informed that 300 prize balls have been paid out in total including the winning game.

After that, as shown in FIG. 38 (27a), it is shown that the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 and h22 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. .. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the reserved figure 2 is reserved. The number is "1". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 has also started. Further, in the production example shown in FIG. 38 (27a), since the reserved consecutive chans for small hits are further announced, the number of prize balls acquired in this small hit game is also added to the total number of prize balls won. Animation is reserved. Further, on the right side of the character TDR of the Bancho, a balloon with the characters "two more!" Is displayed, which suggests that two small hits are held in the hold of the special figure 2.

FIG. 38 (28a) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed and the small hit symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the small hit decorative symbols of "Decoration 1-Decoration 2-Decoration 3" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 38 (28a), the characters "Yosha! 4th!" A balloon with a mark is displayed to notify the player that a small hit has occurred. In other words, in addition to being the third small hit out of the three small hits on hold, the other small hit is a string of pending consecutive chans. ing. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 2 will be started.

FIG. 38 (29a) shows a state in which the small hit game is performed after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of the special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game ball is easily entered into the second variable winning opening 235 and the prize ball can be expected to be acquired. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (29a), 70 prize balls are paid out because seven game balls have entered the second variable winning opening 235 after the small hit game has started, and in the lower right portion of the display screen. The characters "370/400 get!" Are displayed, including the number of prize balls won in the three small hit games. The display of the total number of prize balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the characters "SMALL Bonus!", Which indicates that a small hit game is in progress, are displayed superimposed on the character TDR of the Bancho, informing the player that the small hit game is in progress. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times), or when a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hit game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (30a), it is shown that the small hit game is completed by the entry of 10 game balls into the second variable winning opening 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "400/400 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and in this small hit game, the previous three small hits are displayed. It is informed that 400 prize balls have been paid out in total including the winning game.

After that, as shown in FIG. 38 (31a), it is shown that the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icon h21 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change) at the display position of the first hold icon h21 is displayed. , Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the reserved figure 2 is reserved. The number is "0". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 has also started. Further, in the production example shown in FIG. 38 (31a), since the additional pending consecutive chans for small hits are announced, the number of prize balls acquired in this small hit game is added to the total number of prize balls won. Animation is also reserved. In addition, on the right side of the Bancho character TDR, a balloon with the characters "One more!" Is displayed, suggesting that one more small hit is reserved in the hold of Special Figure 2. ..

FIG. 38 (32a) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the small hit decorative symbols of "Decoration 1-Decoration 2-Decoration 3" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 38 (32a), the characters "Yosha! Fifth!" A balloon with a mark is displayed to notify the player that a small hit has been made. That is, it is directing that it is the 5th small hit among the reserved consecutive chans of the small hit that has been added 5 times. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 2 will be started.

FIG. 38 (33a) shows a state in which the small hit game is performed after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of the special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game ball is easily entered into the second variable winning opening 235 and the prize ball can be expected to be acquired. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (33a), 60 prize balls are paid out because 6 game balls have entered the second variable winning opening 235 after the small hit game has started, and in the lower right part of the display screen. The characters "460/500 get!" Are displayed, including the number of prize balls won in the four small hit games. The display of the total number of prize balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the characters "SMALL bonus!", Which indicates that the small hit game is in progress, are displayed superimposed on the character TDR of the Bancho, informing the player that the small hit game is in progress. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times), or when a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hit game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 38 (34a), it is shown that the small hit game is completed by the entry of 10 game balls into the second variable winning opening 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "500/500 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and in this small hit game, the previous four small hits are displayed. It is informed that 500 prize balls have been paid out in total including the winning game. In this production example, one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 38 (33a) and the timing shown in FIG. 38 (34a), and the holding of special drawing 2 is 1. It has become one.

After that, as shown in FIG. 38 (35a), it is shown that the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icon h21 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change) at the display position of the first hold icon h21 is displayed. , Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the reserved figure 2 is reserved. The number is "0". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 has also started. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 38 (35a), the character TDR of the bancho is dressed and displayed in a reduced size, and the number of prize balls acquired in the five small hit games is added to the total number of prize balls. The state of being displayed is shown. After that, as shown in FIG. 38 (36a), the number of prize balls for 500 pieces acquired in this small hit consecutive chan is added to the total number of prize balls that was set to "1700 pt" to become "2200 pt". It has been updated. In addition, in this embodiment, since 2000 or more game balls with a good sharpness have been acquired, it is shown that a pattern with a large character "2000pt get !!" is displayed in the center of the display screen. ing.

FIG. 39 (12b) shows another production example following FIG. 36 (11).

When the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 36 (11), as shown in FIG. 39 (12b), the character TDR of the bancho becomes huge, the clothes are torn, and the loincloth is exposed. Is changed to a tricolor color display mode, and a loincloth with the characters "Tricolor !! One small hit and something Kita!" Is displayed on the right side of the character TDR of the Bancho whose display mode has changed. There is. That is, a small hit is made in the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 being executed, and a notice is given to suggest that the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 whose start is suspended further includes a probability variation big hit. There is. That is, the notice regarding the symbol change display being executed in the symbol change display subject to the continuous notice (the change notice) may include a look-ahead notice regarding the symbol change display of the special figure 2 whose start is suspended. It is shown. By seeing this notice, the player may expect to pay out a large number of prize balls. The character display of the balloon may be another character display. For example, when the result of the symbol change is a small hit and the symbol change display held after the symbol change includes one small hit and a big hit. By displaying the characters "Get one small hit!" And displaying the balloon of the Bancho character TDR in tricolor color, you may give a look-ahead notice of the big hit. Alternatively, a character display different from the normal display, such as "Get a lot of small hits!", May suggest that a big hit pending consecutive chan occurs. Further, in the present embodiment, when a probability change big hit occurs in the small hit rush, the game shifts to the small hit rush again (loop), but a part of the probability change big hit may fall into the battle mode. That is, there may be a probable big hit that falls from the small hit rush to the battle mode.

FIG. 39 (13b) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the small hit decorative symbols of "Decoration 1-Decoration 2-Decoration 3" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 39 (13b), the characters "Yosha! First!" A balloon with a mark is displayed to notify the player that a small hit has occurred. That is, it is produced that it is the first small hit among the pending consecutive chans including multiple hits (big hit, small hit). After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 2 will be started.

FIG. 39 (14b) shows a state in which the small hit game is performed after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of the special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game ball is easily entered into the second variable winning opening 235 and the prize ball can be expected to be acquired. At the timing shown in FIG. 39 (14b), 60 prize balls are paid out because 6 game balls have entered the second variable winning opening 235 after the small hit game has started, and in the lower right part of the display screen. , The characters "60/100 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls won. The display of the total number of prize balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the characters "SMALL Bonus!", Which indicates that a small hit game is in progress, are displayed superimposed on the character TDR of the Bancho, informing the player that the small hit game is in progress. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times), or when a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hit game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 39 (15b), it is shown that the small hit game is completed by the entry of 10 game balls into the second variable winning opening 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "100/100 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and 100 prize balls are displayed in this small hit game. Is informed that has been paid out.

After that, as shown in FIG. 39 (16b), it is shown that the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "1", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. Further, in the production example shown in FIG. 39 (16b), since the reserved consecutive chan (big hit or small hit) is announced, the number of prize balls acquired in this small hit game is added to the total number of prize balls won. Animation is reserved. Further, on the right side of the character TDR of the Bancho, a balloon with the characters "Something is coming!" Is displayed, which suggests that the hit is held in the hold of the special figure 2. In this embodiment, when the reserved symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, the character TDR of the tricolor loincloth bancho is displayed, but the present invention is not limited to this. For example, it may be displayed when both the small hit reserved chain and the big hit reserved chain are included, or may be displayed when only the small hit reserved chain is included.

After that, in FIG. 39 (17b), the decorative symbols of "decoration 1" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, respectively, a reach state is formed, and the characters "reach!" Are displayed. Reach production starts. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 39 (18b), "decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208, and the shaking is changed. At this time, the character TDR of the Bancho is reduced and displayed in the lower left part of the display screen, and a balloon with the characters "Kitakore!" Is displayed to notify that the probability variation jackpot has been confirmed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 39 (19b), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the combination of the decorative symbols of "Decoration 1-Decoration 1-Decoration 1" with the 5R probability variation jackpot confirmed is stopped and displayed, and the special figure 2 is displayed. The fourth symbol of is stopped and displayed by "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed by the combination of "111". On the other hand, the special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded due to the big hit of the special figure 2, and the fourth symbol is stopped and displayed with "x". In addition, the decorative pattern display device 208 also displays the characters "I did it!" To congratulate the big hit. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the big hit start effect is started as shown in FIG. 39 (20b). The effect shown in FIG. 39 (20b) is the same as the effect shown in FIG. 34 (r') except that the display of the number of consecutive chans and the display of the total number of prize balls won are different, and thus the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 39 (21b) shows that the fifth round of the 5R probability variation jackpot is completed and the jackpot end effect is being performed. When the big hit end effect starts, the characters "Big hit end small hit rush continue!" Are displayed in the center of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state) can be resumed. Be notified. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 39 (21b), the display of the total number of winning prize balls displayed at the lower right of the display screen is "1700 + 100 + 300pt", and 100 balls in the previous small hit and 100 balls in the current big hit. It has been announced that 300 prize balls have been won and these will be added to the 1700 balls previously won.

After that, as shown in FIG. 39 (22b), it is shown that the jackpot game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. At this time, the characters "Continue small hit rush!" Are displayed in the center of the display screen, and it is notified that the small hit rush has been resumed. After that, the character display of "Small hit rush continues!" Is erased at the timing shown in FIG. 39 (23b). Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "0", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. Further, as shown in FIGS. 39 (22b) to (23b), the character TDR of the bancho is dressed and displayed in a reduced size, and the number of prize balls acquired in one small hit game and one big hit game. An animation is displayed in which is added to the total number of prize balls won. After that, as shown in FIG. 39 (24b), the total number of prize balls won, which was set to "1700 pt", is added to the number of prize balls for 400 pieces won in this consecutive chan, and the number is updated to "2100 pt". There is. In addition, in this embodiment, since 2000 or more game balls with a good sharpness have been acquired, it is shown that a pattern with a large character "2000pt get !!" is displayed in the center of the display screen. ing.

40 to 42 show another example of the continuous advance notice during the small hit rush. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 40 (1) to (11) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 35 (a) to (k), the description thereof will be omitted.

In this production example, when the player operates the production button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 40 (11), as shown in FIG. 40 (12), "Congratulations! Big hit!" A balloon with the words "There is also a bonus!" May be displayed. That is, a big hit is made in the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 being executed, and a notice is given to suggest that the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 whose start is suspended includes at least one small hit. ing. That is, the notice regarding the symbol change display being executed in the symbol change display subject to the continuous notice (the change notice) may include a look-ahead notice regarding the symbol change display of the special figure 2 whose start is suspended. It is shown. By seeing this notice, the player may expect to pay out a large number of prize balls.

After that, in FIG. 40 (13), the decorative symbols of "decoration 1" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, respectively, a reach state is formed, and the characters "reach!" Are displayed. Reach production starts. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. On the other hand, Miss Machiko's character MCK shrinks and moves to the lower left part of the display screen, and a balloon with the characters "Kuruwayo!" Is displayed on the right side, with the expectation that it will be a big hit. There is. After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 40 (14), "decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208, and the shaking is changed. At this time, the character of the balloon displayed on the right side of the character MCK of Mr. Machiko changed to "I did it!", Notifying that it was a probable change jackpot.

After that, as shown in FIG. 40 (15), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the combination of the decorative symbols of "Decoration 1-Decoration 1-Decoration 1" with the 5R probability variation jackpot confirmed is stopped and displayed, and the special figure 2 is displayed. The fourth symbol of is stopped and displayed by "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed by the combination of "111". On the other hand, the special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded due to the big hit of the special figure 4, and the fourth symbol is stopped and displayed by "x". In addition, on the decorative symbol display device 208, the character display of "I did it!" To congratulate the success of the big hit is also displayed above the decorative symbol. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the big hit start effect is started as shown in FIG. 40 (16). The effect shown in FIG. 40 (16) is the same as the effect shown in FIG. 34 (r') except that the display of the number of consecutive chans and the display of the total number of prize balls won are different, and thus the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 40 (17) shows how the 5th round of the 5R probability variation jackpot is completed and the jackpot end effect is being performed. When the big hit end effect starts, the characters "Big hit end small hit rush continue!" Are displayed in the center of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state) can be resumed. Be notified. In addition, at the timing shown in FIG. 40 (17), the display of the total number of prize balls displayed at the lower right of the display screen is "1700 + 300 pt", and 300 prize balls were won in this big hit. , It is reported that these will be added to the 1700 balls acquired before that. In addition, Machiko-sensei's character MCK will reappear at the bottom left of the display screen, and a balloon with the characters "There are still more!" Will be displayed on the right side, indicating that a winning ream will occur. We are giving notice. In the present embodiment, the advance notice is given on the condition that the winning consecutive chan is generated, but if there is no winning pending consecutive chan, the notice of the ghost may be given. Further, in this production example, at least one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 40 (16) and the timing shown in FIG. 40 (17), and the special drawing 2 is held. It is full (4).

In FIG. 41 (18) following FIG. 40 (17), it is shown that the jackpot game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. It is displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "1", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 41 (18), the character MDK of Mr. Machiko is displayed on the left side of the center of the display screen, and a balloon with the characters "There is a bonus!" Is displayed. It has been given a sense of expectation for the pending Ren Chan. In addition, in the production example shown in FIG. 41 (18), since the pending consecutive chan of the hit is announced, the animation in which the number of prize balls acquired in this big hit game is added to the total number of prize balls won is reserved. ing.

FIG. 41 (19) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the small hit decorative symbols of "Decoration 1-Decoration 2-Decoration 3" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 41 (19), the characters "bonus!" Are added to the right side of the character MCK of Mr. Machiko in response to the stop display of the small hit symbol in the special figure 2. A balloon is displayed to inform the player that a small hit pending consecutive chan has occurred. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 2 will be started.

FIG. 41 (20) shows a state in which the small hit game is performed after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of the special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game ball is easily entered into the second variable winning opening 235 and the prize ball can be expected to be acquired. At the timing shown in FIG. 41 (20), 20 prize balls are paid out because two game balls have entered the second variable winning opening 235 after the small hit game has started, and in the lower right part of the display screen. , The characters "320/400 get!" Are displayed including the number of prize balls won in the previous big hit game. The display of the total number of prize balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the characters "SMALL bonus!", Which indicates that the small hit game is in progress, are displayed superimposed on the character MCK of Mr. Machiko, informing the player that the small hit game is in progress. is doing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times), or when a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hit game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 41 (21), it is shown that the small hit game is completed by the entry of 10 game balls into the second variable winning opening 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "400/400 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and in this small hit game, it is the same as the previous big hit game. It is informed that a total of 400 prize balls have been paid out.

After that, as shown in FIG. 41 (22), it is shown that the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "0", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 41 (22), the character TDR of the dressed Bancho is displayed, and an animation is displayed in which the number of prize balls acquired in the big hit game and the small hit game is added to the total number of prize balls won. It is shown that it is. After that, as shown in FIG. 41 (23), the number of prize balls for 400 pieces acquired in this small hit consecutive chan is added to the total number of prize balls that was set to "1700 pt" to become "2100 pt". It has been updated. In addition, in this embodiment, since 2000 or more game balls with a good sharpness have been acquired, it is shown that a pattern with a large character "2000pt get !!" is displayed in the center of the display screen. ing.

FIG. 42 (12a) shows another production example following FIG. 40 (11).

When the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 40 (11), the character KPD of the copanda appears as shown in FIG. 42 (12a), and the characters "Big hit hold ream" appear on the right side. A balloon with is may be displayed. Further, in FIG. 42 (12a), the first hold icon h21 is displayed in the hold notice display mode (gold). That is, in this production example, a notice is given that a big hit will occur in the fluctuation that is the target of the continuous notice, and a notice is given that suggests that a large number of pending consecutive chans will occur. That is, the notice regarding the symbol change display being executed in the symbol change display subject to the continuous notice (the change notice) may include a look-ahead notice regarding the symbol change display of the special figure 2 whose start is suspended. It is shown. By seeing this notice, the player may expect to pay out a large number of prize balls. In this production example, the hold icon is displayed at the time when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 which is the target of the hold notice is held (when the entry of the game ball into the second special figure start opening 232 is detected). The mode is displayed in the display mode of the hold notice. That is, for the look-ahead notice based on the hold that occurs after the symbol change display that is the target of the continuous notice, a look-ahead notice of a different type from the continuous notice is performed. The display mode of the hold icon may be changed at the time when the symbol variation display is held, or when the hold occurs, the display mode is displayed in the default display mode, and then the display mode changes. May be good. Further, the display mode of the hold icon may be changed step by step.

After that, in FIG. 42 (13a), the decorative symbols of "decoration 1" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, respectively, a reach state is formed, and the characters "reach!" Are displayed. Reach production starts. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. On the other hand, the character KPD of Copanda is reduced and moved to the lower left part of the display screen, and a balloon with the characters "Kitayo" is displayed on the right side, which is expected to be a big hit. After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 42 (14a), "decoration 1" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208, and the shaking is changed. At this time, the character of the balloon displayed on the right side of the character KPD of Copanda changes to "Yeah!", Notifying that it is a probable change jackpot. Further, in the production example shown in FIG. 42 (13a), it is shown that a large number of star symbols are blinking around the swaying and fluctuating decorative symbols. The effect of blinking the symbol of the star is an effect of suggesting a high setting, for example, an effect of suggesting that the setting is 4 or more. Needless to say, the suggested settings are not limited to the above and can be appropriately set.

After that, as shown in FIG. 42 (15a), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the combination of the decorative symbols of "Decoration 1-Decoration 1-Decoration 1" for which the 5R probability variation jackpot is confirmed is stopped and displayed, and the special figure 2 is displayed. The fourth symbol of is stopped and displayed by "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed by the combination of "111". On the other hand, the special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded due to the big hit of the special figure 4, and the fourth symbol is stopped and displayed by "x". In addition, on the decorative symbol display device 208, the character display of "I did it!" To congratulate the success of the big hit is also displayed above the decorative symbol. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the big hit start effect is started as shown in FIG. 42 (16a). The effect shown in FIG. 42 (16a) is the same as the effect shown in FIG. 34 (r') except that the display of the number of consecutive chans and the display of the total number of prize balls won are different, and thus the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 42 (17a) shows how the 5th round of the 5R probability variation jackpot is completed and the jackpot end effect is being performed. When the big hit end effect starts, the characters "Big hit end small hit rush continue!" Are displayed in the center of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state) can be resumed. Be notified. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 42 (17a), the display of the total number of prize balls displayed at the lower right of the display screen is "1700 + 300 pt", and 300 prize balls were won in this big hit. , It is reported that these will be added to the 1700 balls acquired before that. In addition, the character KPD of Copanda will reappear at the bottom left of the display screen, and a balloon with the characters "Holding Ren Chan" will be displayed on the right side, foretelling that a big hit holding Ren Chan will occur. I am informing you. In the present embodiment, the advance notice is given on the condition that the big hit pending consecutive chan is generated, but if there is no big hit reserved consecutive chan, the notice of the ghost may be given. It may also be performed when a small hit pending consecutive chan occurs instead of a big hit reserved consecutive chan. Further, in this production example, at least one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port 232 between the timing shown in FIG. 42 (16a) and the timing shown in FIG. 42 (17a), and the special drawing 2 is held. It is full (4).

FIG. 42 (18a) shows how the jackpot game has ended and the symbol variation display has started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. It is displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "1", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 42 (18a), the character KPD of the copanda is displayed on the left side of the center of the display screen, giving a feeling of expectation for the pending consecutive chan of the big hit. In addition, in the production example shown in FIG. 42 (18a), since the pending consecutive chan of the big hit is announced, the animation in which the number of prize balls acquired in this big hit game is added to the total number of prize balls is reserved. ing.

After that, in FIG. 42 (19a), the decorative symbols of "decoration 5" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, respectively, a reach state is formed, and the characters "reach!" Are displayed. Reach production starts. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. At this time, Copanda's character KPD moves while shrinking to the lower right part, and a balloon with the characters "Matakitayo" is displayed on the right side, giving expectation for a big hit by Hold Ren Chan. .. After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 42 (20a), "decoration 5" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208, and the shaking is changed. At this time, a balloon with the characters "I did it!" Is displayed in the balloon displayed on the right side of the character KPD of Copanda, and it is notified that the probability variation jackpot has been confirmed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 42 (21a), the decorative symbol display device 208 stops and displays the combination of the decorative symbols of "Decoration 5-Decoration 5-Decoration 5" with the 5R probability variation jackpot confirmed, and also displays the special figure 2. The fourth symbol of is stopped and displayed by "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed by the combination of "555". On the other hand, the special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded due to the big hit of the special figure 4, and the fourth symbol is stopped and displayed by "x". In addition, the decorative pattern display device 208 also displays the characters "I did it!" To congratulate the big hit. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the big hit start effect is started as shown in FIG. 42 (22a). Since the effect shown in FIG. 42 (22a) is the same as the effect shown in FIG. 39 (20b), the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 42 (23a) shows that the fifth round of the 5R probability variation jackpot is completed and the jackpot end effect is being performed. When the big hit end effect starts, the characters "Big hit end small hit rush continue!" Are displayed in the center of the decorative symbol display device 208, and the small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state) can be resumed. Be notified. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 42 (23a), the display of the total number of prize balls displayed at the lower right of the display screen is "1700 + 300 + 300 pt", and 300 prize balls are each for two big hits. It is reported that these will be added to the previously acquired 1700 balls.

After that, as shown in FIG. 42 (24a), it is shown that the jackpot game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. At this time, the characters "Continue small hit rush!" Are displayed in the center of the display screen, and it is notified that the small hit rush has been resumed. The text display of "Continue small hit rush!" Is subsequently erased. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "0", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 42 (24a), the character TDR of the dressed bancho is displayed, and an animation is displayed in which the number of prize balls acquired in the two big hit games is added to the total number of prize balls acquired. It is shown that it is. After that, as shown in FIG. 42 (25a), the total number of prize balls won, which was set to "1700 pt", is added to the number of prize balls for 600 pieces won in this consecutive chan, and the number is updated to "2300 pt". There is. In addition, in this embodiment, since 2000 or more game balls with a good sharpness have been acquired, it is shown that a pattern with a large character "2000pt get !!" is displayed in the center of the display screen. ing.

43 to 44 show another example of the continuous advance notice during the small hit rush. The effects shown in FIGS. 43 (1) to (17) are the same as those shown in FIGS. 35 (a) to (p), and FIGS. 43 (18) to 44 (24). The effect shown in FIG. 33 is the same as that of FIGS. 33 (l) to 33 (r) except that the display of the number of big hits and the display of the total number of prize balls won are different, and thus the description thereof will be omitted. In this production example, as shown in FIG. 43 (7), the display mode of the countdown number (number “1”) is different from the display mode shown in FIG. 35 (g), and the decorative characters are displayed. It may be displayed in a mode. In this way, the countdown number may be displayed as a decorative character, suggesting that the setting is high. Here, the number displayed as the decorative character is not limited to "1", and other numbers may be displayed, and the decorative character is displayed with all the numbers "3" to "0". You may do so. In this case, the larger the countdown number displayed in the decorative characters, the higher the possibility that the setting is high.

In the present embodiment, in the effect example of FIGS. 43 to 44, an effect of prompting the operation of the effect button 136 is performed in the symbol variation display which is the target of continuous advance notice, and when the effect button 136 is operated, the symbol change is related. If a hit (big hit, small hit) is included in the symbol variation display that is reserved after the symbol variation display that is the target of the continuous notice is suspended together with the notice, the effect including the look-ahead notice is performed. Of the jackpots, if the jackpot is a jackpot (normal jackpot) that is disadvantageous to the player, the pre-reading notice regarding the jackpot is not given. As a result, although the pre-reading notice is given, the player may be discouraged due to a big hit that shifts to a gaming state that is disadvantageous to the player, and the reliability of the notice may not be impaired. In addition, when the symbol fluctuation display which is the target of continuous notice is suspended and then the reserved symbol fluctuation display includes a normal big hit and a small hit, and the normal big hit is obtained after the small hit. , The notice effect including the change notice and the look-ahead notice regarding the small hit (for example, the look-ahead notice suggesting the number of small hits before the normal big hit) is performed, but the symbol change which is the target of the continuous notice If the symbol variation display held after the display is suspended includes a normal big hit, even if a small hit is included before that, an effect that does not include a look-ahead notice may be performed.

Next, another embodiment applicable to the present invention will be described with reference to FIGS. 45 to 59. In the embodiment shown in FIGS. 45 to 59, the display result of the second special figure display device 214 is higher than that of the first special figure display device 212 in the special figure high probability normal figure high probability state (probability variation state). It is easy to display, and in the probabilistic state, most of the game balls heading for the second special figure start port (variable) 233, which will be described later, enter the second special figure start port (variable) 233 that opens and closes by the electric support. , It is difficult to reach the variable winning openings 234 and 235, and in the probabilistic state, the game is configured so that the game progresses while the holding ball is almost maintained as it is.

In addition, in the effect example described below, it can be applied to the embodiment described with reference to FIGS. 1 to 44, and the embodiment shown in FIGS. 1 to 44 is shown in FIGS. 45 to 59. Needless to say, it can also be applied to the embodiments shown. Further, although the setting suggestion effect is not particularly mentioned in the following description, as described in FIGS. 1 to 44, the setting suggestion effect may also be performed in the embodiments described below.

FIG. 45 is a modification of the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 3, and is a perspective view showing a state in which the attacker front plate 2301 is removed from the attacker unit 23.

The attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 45 is different from the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4 in that the special drawing 1 starting port (variable) 231 is changed to the special drawing 2 starting port (variable) 233. That is, the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 45 is structurally the same as the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 4, but the special drawing 2 starting port (variable) 231 shown in FIG. 4 is functionally the same as the special drawing 2 starting port. An example of (variable) 233 is shown.

More specifically, in the special drawing 2 starting port (variable) 233, the size of the starting port is variable by the shutter member 2331, and the shutter member 2331 shown in FIG. 45 advances to the front side. In the state where the shutter member 2331 is advanced to the front side in this way, the game ball passes over the advanced shutter member 2331. That is, in FIG. 45, the game ball passes from the left side to the right side of the figure. The ball detection sensor 2332 of the special drawing 2 starting port (variable) 233 is arranged below the shutter member 2331 and on the downstream side facing the upstream side. Therefore, it is difficult for the game ball to pass through the ball detection sensor 2332 in the special figure 2 starting port (variable) 233 shown in FIG. 45, and it is difficult to win the prize in the special drawing 2 starting port (variable) 233 shown in FIG. 45. It is a state. On the other hand, when the shutter member 2331 of the special figure 2 start port (variable) 233 retracts to the rear side and the special figure 2 start port (variable) 233 is in the open state, the downstream side of the special figure 2 start port (variable) 233. The game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port (variable) 233 and passes through the ball detection sensor 2332 of the special drawing 2 starting port (variable) 233 without rolling. The game ball that has passed through the ball detection sensor 2332 is guided to the back side of the pachinko machine 100 through the fourth guide port 2333 and then discharged to the game island side.

Since the attacker unit 23 shown in FIG. 45 is configured in this way, as will be described later, in the normal gaming state, the symbol variation of the special figure 2 is discarded by displaying the result of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1. Therefore, the possibility that the second variable winning opening 235 will be opened is extremely low, and it is difficult to capture only the opening timing of the second variable winning opening 235. In addition, in the time saving state (challenge mode; special figure low probability normal figure high probability state) and probability change state (battle mode; special figure high probability state normal figure high probability state), the special figure 2 start port (variable) 233 is opened. Since it is easier and the interval is shortened, most of the game balls do not go downstream from the special figure 2 starting port (variable) 233, and it is difficult to reach the second variable winning opening 235. Therefore, even if a small hit is made in Special Figure 2, the game ball rarely enters the second variable winning opening 235, and it is difficult to acquire the game ball by the small hit in the time saving state and the probability change state. There is.

46 (a) to 46 (d) show the special figure and the normal figure displayed by the first special figure display device 212, the second special figure display device 214, the decorative symbol display device 208, and the normal figure display device 210 of the pachinko machine 100. Another example of the figure type is shown. The example shown in FIG. 46 is the same as that of FIG. 11 except that the large hit symbol and the small hit symbol shown in FIG. 11 are partially different. In the following description, only the parts different from the example shown in FIG. 11 will be described, and the description of the same parts will be omitted.

In this production example, the special figure 1 variable game is started on condition that the first start port sensor, which is a ball detection sensor, detects that the ball has entered the special figure 1 start port 230, and the special figure 2 start port is started. (Fixed) 232, The special figure 2 variable game is started on condition that the second start port sensor, which is a ball detection sensor, detects that the ball has entered the special figure 2 start port (variable) 233.

FIG. 46A shows an example of the stop symbol mode of the special figure 1. In FIG. 46 (a), 13 types of special figures from "special figure A" to "special figure M" are shown. That is, in this production example, the special figures N to Q in FIG. 11 (a) are different in that they are not included in the stop symbol, but the other points are the same as the example shown in FIG. 11 (a). be. Further, in the example shown in FIG. 11A, when a big hit is made in "Special Figure E" to "Special Figure M", the battle mode is entered after the end of the big hit, but the symbols of Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2 are displayed. It is the same as the example shown in FIG. 11 (a) in that when the total number of variable display starts reaches 100, the battle mode shifts to the small hit rush. It differs from FIG. 11 (a) in that it shifts from the battle mode to the small hit rush even when the variable display is started. When the big hit game is completed and the battle mode is started, and then the 46th symbol variation display is started in the special figure 2 without starting the big hit, the small hit rush is started.

FIG. 46 (b) shows an example of the stop symbol mode of the special figure 2. FIG. 46 (b) shows nine types of special figures, from "special figure a" to "special figure h" and "special figure z". That is, in this production example, "special figure z" which is a special small hit is added, and when a big hit is made in "special figure f", it does not shift to the small hit rush and the electric support is 50 times. It differs from the example shown in FIG. 11A in that it shifts to the battle mode.

"Special figure f" is a 5R probability variable big hit symbol that shifts to the battle mode, and when "Special figure f" is stopped and displayed, it shifts to the big hit game state in which the first variable winning opening 234 opens, and the big hit game ends. After that, the control state becomes the special figure high probability normal figure high probability state (battle mode). If you make a big hit with "Special Figure f", the battle mode is until the 100th symbol change display is started in Special Figure 1 and 2 or the 51st symbol change display is started in Special Figure 2. Is continued. When the battle mode ends without a big hit, it shifts to a small hit rush.

"Special figure z" is a special small hit symbol. When a small hit is made with "special figure z" in the electric support state (normal figure high probability state), the state shifts from the normal figure high probability state to the normal figure low probability state after the symbol is stopped. That is, if a small hit is made with "special figure z" in the battle mode, the electric support state ends, so the game shifts to a small hit rush, and on the other hand, if a small hit is made with "special figure z" in the challenge mode. Since the electric support state ends, it will shift to the normal game state. Further, even when a small hit is made with the "special figure z", the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 opens for 0.2 seconds after the symbol is stopped, as in the case of the small hit with the "special figure g". Do it up to 12 times. It should be noted that the opening / closing mode of the variable winning openings 234 and 235 may be different depending on whether the small hit is made with the “special figure g” or the small hit is made with the “special figure z”.

FIG. 46 (c) shows an example of a decorative pattern. In this production example, since the variation display result of the special figure 2 is more likely to be displayed in the electric support state than in the special figure 1, in the electric support state (challenge mode / battle mode), the variation display of the special figure 2 is matched. The decorative pattern is displayed in a variable manner. Further, in this production example, the small hit symbol may be displayed in the special figure 2 in the challenge mode and the battle mode, but in the battle mode, the special figure 2 starting port (variable) 233 causes the second variable winning device 235 to display. Since it is difficult to reach, it is virtually out of reach. Therefore, in the case of a small hit in the challenge mode and the battle mode, the combination of decorative symbols that is out of the combination of decorative symbols is displayed. In this production example as well, a combination of small hit decorative symbols may be displayed when a small hit occurs in the challenge mode or the battle mode.

FIG. 47A shows another example of the special figure 1 jackpot symbol determination distribution table. In the special figure 1 big hit symbol determination distribution table shown in FIG. 15 (a), the distribution rate of the big hit symbol is made different depending on whether or not the game state at the time of the big hit is the electric support state. It is configured to make it easier to select the one with the smaller number of electric support in the battle mode when the probability change big hit in the support state, but in the table shown in FIG. 47 (a), whether or not it is in the electric support state. Regardless, the distribution rate of the jackpot symbols is the same. In this production example, a table as shown in FIG. 15A may be used.

FIG. 47 (b) shows another example of the special figure 2 big hit symbol determination distribution table. In the distribution table shown in FIG. 47 (b), the distribution rate of the jackpot symbol is different from that of the distribution table shown in FIG. 15 (b). That is, if the result of the special figure 2 hit / miss determination is a big hit, any one of "special figure a" to "special figure f" is selected. That is, the 10R normal jackpot (special figure low probability normal figure high probability jackpot) opened by the first variable winning opening 234 is 23/100, and the 10R super-probability variable jackpot opened by the second variable winning opening 235. "Special figure b" which is a (special figure high probability normal figure low probability big hit) is 33/100, and the 6R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability normal figure low probability big hit) opened by the second variable winning opening 235 is "special figure high probability normal figure low probability big hit". "Fig. C" is 12/100, "Special figure d" which is an 8R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability normal figure low probability big hit) opened by the second variable winning opening 235 is 5/100, and the second variable winning opening 235 is "Special figure e" which is a 10R probability variable big hit (special figure high probability normal figure low probability big hit) to open is 2/100, the first variable winning opening 234 is opened, and the battle mode (special figure high probability) after the big hit game is over. The "special figure f", which is a 5R probability variation big hit that shifts to the normal high probability big hit), is 25/100. The number of times of electric support in the battle mode that shifts after the end of the big hit game related to the big hit in "Special Figure f" is 50 times.

FIG. 47 (c) shows an example of a distribution table for determining a special figure 2 small hit symbol. In this effect example, when the special figure 2 is a small hit, the special figure 2 small hit symbol determination distribution table is used, and either "special figure g" or "special figure z" is selected. That is, if the result of the special figure 2 hit / miss judgment is a small hit, the special small hit symbol "special figure z" is selected with a probability of 39/40 and the electric support state ends. It is selected with a probability of 1/40. In the present embodiment, since the small hit is won at 1/10, the probability that "special figure z" is displayed and the small hit is obtained is 1/400. That is, in the present embodiment, the probability of a small hit in "Special Figure z" is set lower than the probability of a big hit. It should be noted that the probability of a small hit in the "special figure z" may be set higher than the probability of a big hit, and the probability of a small hit in the "special figure z" may be set higher than the probability of a big hit by the selected probability setting. The probability of winning may be high or low.

FIG. 48 is a diagram illustrating a game flow in this production example.

In this production example, first, the game starts from the normal game state (special figure low probability normal figure low probability state). Then, in the normal game state, if a big hit is obtained with the 5R normal big hit symbol "special figure A" as a result of the variable display of the special figure, the challenge is the special figure low probability normal figure high probability state after the big hit game is completed. Move to mode. In the challenge mode, the so-called "electric support omission" occurs when the 100th symbol variation display is started by the special figures 1 and 2, or the 51st symbol variation display is started by the special figure 2, and the normal gaming state is restored (. Fall down).

In addition, in the normal game state, if a big hit is obtained with the "special figure B" which is a 10R probability variation super big hit symbol as a result of the fluctuation display of the special figure, it is a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state after the big hit game is completed. Move to a small hit rush. In the small hit rush, the result of the variation display of the special figure 2 is more easily displayed than the special figure 1.

In addition, in the normal game state, if a big hit is obtained in the 5R probability variable big hit symbols "Special Figure E" to "Special Figure M" as a result of the variable display of the special figure, the special figure high probability normal figure is obtained after the big hit game is completed. It shifts to the battle mode, which is a high probability state. In the battle mode, as described above with reference to FIG. 20, when the symbol variation display of the number of electric support times set by the big hit symbol is started, the electric support is omitted and the game shifts to the small hit rush. In addition, in the case of a big hit in "Special Figure B", after the big hit game is completed, the game shifts to the small hit rush without shifting to the battle mode or the challenge mode.

In the battle mode and the challenge mode, the result of the special figure 2 is displayed with priority. Therefore, as a result of the fluctuation display of the special figure 2, if a big hit is obtained with the 5R probability variable big hit symbol "special figure f", the battle mode shifts to the special figure high probability normal figure high probability state after the big hit game is completed. .. In addition, when a big hit occurs in "Special Figure b" to "Special Figure e", the game shifts to a small hit rush after the big hit game is completed. If a big hit is made in "Special Figure a" in either the battle mode or the challenge mode, the game shifts to the challenge mode after the big hit game is completed.

Similarly, in the small hit rush, if a big hit is obtained with the 5R probability variation big hit symbol "special figure f" as a result of the fluctuation display of the special figure 2, the special figure high probability is high probability after the big hit game is completed. It shifts to the battle mode which is the state. That is, it falls from the small hit rush to the battle mode. In addition, when a big hit occurs in "Special Figure b" to "Special Figure e", the game shifts to the small hit rush again after the big hit game is completed. If a big hit is made in "Special Figure a", the game shifts to the challenge mode after the big hit game is completed. That is, it is usually a big hit, and after the end of the big hit game, the small hit rush falls to the challenge mode.

Further, in this production example, in the battle mode or the challenge mode, there is a case where it is a special small hit in which "special figure z" is displayed in special figure 2. In this case, since it shifts from the normal high probability state to the low probability state, it will shift (promote) to the small hit rush if it is in battle mode, and it will be in the normal game state if it is in challenge mode. It will be a transition (fall).

Next, with reference to FIG. 49, an example of the variation display of the special figures 1 and 2 in the pachinko machine 100 configured as described above will be described. Here, FIG. 49 (a) is a timing chart for explaining an example of the operation in each symbol display device in the battle mode or the challenge mode, and FIG. 49 (b) is a special small hit in the battle mode. It is a timing chart explaining an example of the operation in each symbol display device in the case of shifting to a small hit rush.

As shown in FIG. 49 (a), the symbol variation display is performed in both the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. It should be noted that the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 being executed is a symbol variation display in which the small hit symbol is finally confirmed, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 being executed is a symbol variation display in which the missed symbol is finally confirmed and displayed. It is a symbol variation display. In addition, the electric support function is effective, that is, it is in the electric support state (normal high probability state). After the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 starts, when the symbol variation time of the special figure 2 (for example, 2.5 seconds) elapses and the timing of t101 is reached, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, the symbol variation is continuously displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 (for example, 0.5 seconds) elapses and the timing of t102 is reached, one of the reserved symbol variation displays of the special figure 2 is digested and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is displayed. Is started. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a symbol variation display in which the small hit symbol is finally confirmed and displayed. On the other hand, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is continuously performed. After that, when the symbol fluctuation time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t103 is reached, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Also in this effect example, if either one of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 becomes a small hit or a big hit, even if the other symbol variation display is in the middle of the variation display, it is discarded at that point and the missing symbol is displayed. To. Therefore, in the special figure 1, the special figure 2 is discarded at the timing of t103 where the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed, and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t104 is reached, the small hit game is started and the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed. As described above, in this production example, the game ball that has entered the attacker unit 23 flows down on the special figure 2 start port (variable) 233, and the special figure 2 start port (variable) 233 opens and closes frequently. Most of the game balls fall into the special figure 2 starting port (variable) 233 due to the opening / closing operation of the shutter member 2331, which makes it difficult to reach the second variable winning opening 235, and the battle mode and In the challenge mode, even if a small hit is made in the special figure 2, it is difficult to win a game ball in the second variable winning opening 235, so that it is substantially out of the question.

After that, when the predetermined waiting time (for example, (0.5 seconds) elapses after the small hit game is completed at the timing of t105, the symbol variation display of both Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2 is suspended. Both the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are started. In the present embodiment, as described above, the special figure 2 state update process is executed and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed. Since the sequence is such that the special figure 2 state update process is first executed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started at the timing of t106, the special figure 1 state update process is subsequently executed. The symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing of t107. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 started here is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds in which the missing symbol is finally confirmed and displayed. The symbol variation display in FIG. 1 is a long variation of 500 seconds in which the small hit symbol is finally confirmed and displayed.

After that, when the symbol fluctuation time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t108 is reached, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, the symbol variation is continuously displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t109 is reached, one of the reserved symbol variation displays of the special figure 2 is digested and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a shortened variation of 2.5 seconds that is finally confirmed and displayed as a small hit symbol. After that, when the symbol fluctuation time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t110 is reached, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, in the special figure 1, the special figure 2 is discarded at the timing of t110 where the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed, and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t111 is reached, the small hit game is started and the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed.

The example shown in FIG. 49B shows an operation example in each symbol display device when the special small hit symbol becomes a small hit and shifts to the small hit rush in the battle mode.

As shown in FIG. 49 (b), the symbol variation display is performed in both the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. It should be noted that the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 being executed is a symbol variation display in which the small hit symbol is finally confirmed, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 being executed is a symbol variation display in which the missed symbol is finally confirmed and displayed. It is a symbol variation display. In addition, the electric support function is effective, that is, it is in the electric support state (normal high probability state). When the symbol variation time of the special figure 2 (for example, 2.5 seconds) elapses after the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 starts and the timing of t121 is reached, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol. On the other hand, in Special Figure 1, the symbol variation is continuously displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 (for example, 0.5 seconds) elapses and the timing of t122 is reached, one of the reserved symbol variation displays of the special figure 2 is digested and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is displayed. Is started. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a symbol variation display in which the special small hit symbol is finally confirmed and displayed. On the other hand, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is continuously performed. After that, when the symbol fluctuation time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t123 is reached, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a special small hit symbol. Also in this effect example, if either one of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 becomes a small hit or a big hit, even if the other symbol variation display is in the middle of the variation display, it is discarded at that point and the missing symbol is displayed. To. Therefore, in the special figure 1, the special figure 2 is discarded at the timing of t123 when the small hit symbol is stopped and displayed, and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed. Further, in this production example, when the stop display is displayed with the special small hit symbol, this is terminated when the electric support state is in effect. Therefore, the electric support function is switched from the electric support state to the non-electric support state at the timing of t123 when the special small hit symbol is stopped and displayed in the special figure 2, and the electric support state ends. That is, at this point, the battle mode is shifted to the small hit rush.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t124 is reached, the small hit game is started and the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed. In this production example, since the special small hit symbol is a small hit, the electric support state is terminated. Therefore, since the special drawing 2 starting port (variable) 233 is difficult to open and close, the game ball entering the attacker unit 23 flows down on the shutter member 2331 of the special drawing 2 starting port 8 (variable) 233, and is the first. 2 It becomes easier to reach the variable winning opening 235. Therefore, after the special small hit symbol is stopped and displayed as a small hit, the prize ball can be easily obtained by winning the game ball to the second variable winning opening 235 opened by the small hit. That is, it becomes a small hit rush state.

After that, when a predetermined waiting time (for example, 0.5 seconds) elapses after the small hit game is completed at the timing of t125, the special figure 2 state update process is executed first and the timing of t126 is performed according to the above-mentioned procedure. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started, and then the special figure 1 state update process is executed, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started at the timing of t127. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 started here is a 2.5-second off-shortening variation, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is a long variation of 500 seconds in which the small hit symbol is finally stopped and displayed. .. After that, when the symbol fluctuation time of the special figure 2 elapses and the t128 timing is reached, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a missed symbol. At this time, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is continuously performed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t129 is reached, one of the reserved symbol variation displays of the special figure 2 is digested and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a symbol variation display in which the small hit symbol is finally stopped and displayed. On the other hand, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is continuously performed.

After that, when the symbol fluctuation time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t130 is reached, the special figure 2 is stopped and displayed as a small hit symbol. Therefore, the special figure 1 in the variable display is also discarded at the timing of the symbol stop display of the special figure 2 (that is, the timing of t130), and the out-of-order symbol is stopped and displayed. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses and the timing of t131 is reached, the small hit game related to the small hit of the special figure 2 is started.

Next, a specific example of the effect executed in the pachinko machine 100 according to the present embodiment will be described with reference to FIGS. 50 to 59. Here, FIG. 50 is a diagram showing a stepwise example of another effect in the battle mode centered on the decorative symbol display device, and FIG. 51 is a diagram showing another example of the effect in the battle mode centered on the decorative symbol display device. 52 is a diagram showing stepwise another effect example in the battle mode centered on the decorative symbol display device, and FIG. 53 is a diagram showing stepwise another effect example in the battle mode centered on the decorative symbol display device, and FIG. 53 is a battle centered on the decorative symbol display device. FIG. 54 is a diagram showing a stepwise example of another effect in the mode, FIG. 54 is a diagram showing another example of the effect in a battle mode centered on a decorative symbol display device, and FIG. 55 is a diagram showing a decorative symbol display. It is a figure which shows the other production example in a battle mode centered on a device step by step, and FIG. 56 is a figure which shows the other production example in a battle mode centering on a decorative symbol display device step by step. 57 is a diagram showing stepwise another effect example in the battle mode centered on the decorative symbol display device, and FIG. 58 is a diagram stepwise showing another effect example in the battle mode centered on the decorative symbol display device. It is a figure which shows, and FIG. 59 is a figure which shows the other effect example of the continuous notice performed in a small hit rush step by step. Also in FIGS. 50 to 59, only the decorative symbol display device 208 is shown, and the first special symbol display device 212, the second special symbol display device 214, the ordinary symbol display device 210, the special diagram 1 hold lamp 218, and the special diagram 2 are shown. The holding lamp 220 and the normal drawing holding lamp 216 are not shown.

FIG. 50 (a) shows an example of an effect following the effect shown in FIG. 26 (d). In FIG. 50 (a), the round number display is subsequently erased, and an effect of shifting to the battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state) is performed.

FIG. 50B shows a state in which the big hit game related to the first big hit is completed and the battle mode is entered. In the battle mode in this production example, the decorative symbol is variablely displayed in accordance with the symbol variable display of the special figure 2.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 50 (b), "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4", which is a combination of jackpot decorative symbols, is stopped and displayed in the lower left portion of the display screen. In addition, in this production example, the character HDS of the lord is displayed in the center of the display screen, and the characters "Find and defeat the swordsman!" As an explanation of the mission in the battle mode are displayed. It is displayed. That is, it is shown that in the battle mode, a mission occurs when a swordsman appears, and the mission is completed by defeating the swordsman. At the time shown in FIG. 50 (b), the mission has not yet started. In some cases, a swordsman may appear and the mission may start when the battle mode is entered. Further, a fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284 is provided in the upper right corner of the decorative symbol display device 208. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable accon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d. In addition, the mini symbol is stopped and displayed at "444" in the upper left corner of the display screen, and below that, the number of hits (big hit, small hit) and the total number of prize balls won from the first big hit are displayed. It is displayed. At the timing shown in FIG. 50B, the character "first time" indicating that the number of hits is one is displayed, and "300pt" indicating that the total number of prize balls won is 300. Is displayed.

Further, the control state (game state) shown in FIG. 50 is a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state). In the decorative symbol display device 208 in this battle mode, the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 is provided on the right side of the variable icon display area 280. In the decorative symbol display device 208 in the battle mode, although the designation of the hold icon display area of the special figure 1 is omitted, the hold icon display area of the special figure 1 may be provided.

In the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2, the hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 2 is displayed. In FIG. 50B, four hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 are displayed in the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2, and the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 are all displayed. It is displayed in the default display mode (round, non-patterned and white display mode).

On the other hand, no hold icon is displayed in the hold icon display area of the special figure 1. In this production example, as described above, since the control state (game state) shown in FIG. 50 is the battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), most of the variable display time of special figure 1 is. This is because it is extremely long (for example, 500 seconds) and the winning of the special figure 2 starting port 232 does not make much sense.

Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears in the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

FIG. 50 (c) shows how the symbol variation display has started in each of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, and the hold icon at the display position of the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21. The hold icon displayed as the hold icon h21 of the third hold icon h23 is moved to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and displayed as the second hold icon h22. The hold icon at the display position of the hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23 and is displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started the variable display. In addition, above the character HDS of the lord, the characters "in battle mode" indicating that the game state is in battle mode are displayed, and this is notified. The display mode of the variable icon h0 is the same as the display mode of the digested hold icon h21, but may be different.

FIG. 50 (d) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols of the "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 8" according to the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. In this production example, one or more game balls enter the special drawing 2 starting port (variable) 233 between the timing shown in FIG. 50 (c) and the timing shown in FIG. 50 (d), and the special drawing 2 There are four holds. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "-" indicating that the symbol is changing is displayed in the 4th symbol of the special figure 1, indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment. "X" is displayed.

FIG. 50 (e) shows a state in which the symbol variation display has started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In the special figure 1, the symbol variation display is continuously performed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. It is displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the reserved figure 2 is reserved. The number is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 has also started.

FIG. 50 (f) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. As shown in FIG. 50 (f), during the battle mode in this production example, since the fluctuation time of the special figure 2 is shorter than the fluctuation time of the special figure 1, when the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, the small hit symbol is displayed. The special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 8" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. In this production example, one or more game balls enter the special drawing 2 starting port (variable) 233 between the timing shown in FIG. 50 (e) and the timing shown in FIG. 50 (f), and the special drawing 1 There are four holds. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 2 will be started. However, as described above, in the battle mode, since the special figure 2 start port (variable) 233 opens and closes frequently, most of the game balls enter the special figure 2 start port (variable) 233. Since the game ball rarely reaches the second variable winning opening 235, even if it is a small hit, the result is substantially off.

After that, the swordsman character KNG appears at the timing shown in Fig. 50 (g), and the appearance of the lord's character HDS and the swordsman character KNG facing each other is displayed, and the "swordsman" that informs that the mission has started is displayed. The text "Kill me!" Is displayed. A life gauge is displayed on the right side of the swordsman's character KNG, which indicates the remaining physical strength of the swordsman. "1000" is displayed as the remaining life value above the life gauge, indicating that the initial value of the remaining physical strength of the swordsman is 1000, and that the physical strength is full at the timing shown in FIG. 50 (g). ing. In the present embodiment, when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is performed, the character HDS of the lord may attack the character KNG of the swordsman to reduce the life. It should be noted that the life may be reduced for each symbol change display, or the life of the swordsman character KNG may not be reduced without any effect. That is, in this embodiment, the life of the swordsman character KNG is reduced by executing the symbol variation display in the battle mode, and the mission is achieved (successful in the mission) when the life finally becomes "0". It has become.

FIG. 50 (h) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. At the timing shown in FIG. 50 (h), it is shown that the out-of-order symbol is displayed in the special figure 2. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5" according to the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, an “x” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 50 (h), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 2, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is reduced by 250 and the life gauge is also reduced. In other words, it is directing that the transition to the small hit rush is approaching in the battle mode.

FIG. 50 (i) shows how the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 has started. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. It is displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the reserved figure 2 is reserved. The number is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 has also started.

FIG. 50 (j) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 2, a small hit symbol is displayed. Further, in the battle mode, as described above, the small hit of the special figure 2 is substantially out of alignment. Therefore, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is out of "decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1". It is stopped and displayed by the combination of decorative patterns. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "541" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port (variable) 233 between the timing shown in FIG. 50 (i) and the timing shown in FIG. 50 (j), and the special drawing 2 The hold is full (4). Then, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 50 (j), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 2, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is decreasing by 650 and the life gauge is also decreasing. Further, as shown in FIG. 50 (j), since the amount of damage to the swordsman character KNG is large, the character "Critical hit!" Is displayed in the center of the display screen. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 2 is started.

FIG. 50 (k) shows a state in which the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. It is displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the reserved figure 2 is reserved. The number is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 has also started.

After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 50 (l), the characters "Farewell!" Are displayed in the center of the display screen, and the swordsman character KNG escapes. In other words, in this mission, it is shown that the lord's character HDS does not win the swordsman character KNG, and the pattern is being produced that ends without being defeated by the swordsman character KNG. In this case, it is suggested that no privilege is given to the player. In other words, it is shown that mission production that is neither success nor failure may be performed. In this embodiment, the mission effect may be performed only once or twice or more in one battle mode. In addition, the two missions may be performed at the same time. For example, a mission to defeat another enemy panda character may be started while a mission to defeat the enemy swordsman character KNG is being performed. .. Such an effect may be, for example, a case where a mission that becomes a small hit with a special small hit is started during the execution of a mission that reaches the number of ceilings.

After that, FIG. 50 (m) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5" according to the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. In this production example, one or more game balls enter the special drawing 2 starting port (variable) 233 between the timing shown in FIG. 50 (l) and the timing shown in FIG. 50 (m), and the special drawing 2 There are four holds. Then, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, an “x” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 50 (m), the swordsman character KNG completely escapes, and the characters “Continued ...” are displayed to indicate that the mission is completed.

After that, FIG. 50 (n) shows that the symbol variation display has started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. It is displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the reserved figure 2 is reserved. The number is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 has also started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 50 (n), it is shown that the character HDS of the lord has moved to the center and the battle mode is continued.

FIG. 51 shows an example of an effect performed following the effect shown in FIG. 50 (e). In this production example, it is shown that the mission production is started during the battle mode, and the production that succeeds in the mission is performed to notify that the number of ceilings is reached and the small hit rush is started. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 51 (a) to 51 (f) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 50 (f) to 50 (k), the description thereof will be omitted.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 51 (g), the character "chance!" Is displayed in the center of the display screen, and the mission may be completed by the symbol variation display, and there is a possibility of shifting to a small hit rush. It suggests.

After that, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 51 (h), it is shown that the character HDS of the lord slashes the character KNG of the swordsman. At this time, the life value of the swordsman character KNG is reduced by 100 and the remaining life value becomes 0, and the life gauge also indicates that there is no gauge remaining. After that, as shown in FIG. 51 (i), the state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed is shown. In the special figure 2, the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7" according to the result of the omission of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "417" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, an “x” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment is displayed. Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 51 (i), the swordsman character KNG is defeated, and the character HDS of the lord decides the victory pose. Has been achieved (successful mission). That is, in this production example, since the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 of the predetermined variation display number is executed in the battle mode, the pattern variation display reaches the ceiling and the electric support is removed, so that the mode shifts to the small hit rush. Can be said to have been notified. In addition, it can be said that the character display of "chance!" In FIG. 51 (i) is off and it is foretold that the electric support will be omitted.

FIG. 51 (j) shows that the symbol variation display has started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In the production example shown in FIG. 51 (j), when the symbol variation display of the number of times specified for each jackpot symbol is started after shifting to the battle mode, the electric support is removed and the small hit rush (special figure height) is performed from the battle mode. It shifts to the probability normal state (low probability state). Further, at the upper part of the display screen, the display of the characters "Small hit rush rush!" Is displayed to notify that the small hit rush has been started. In addition, the swordsman character KNG has been defeated, and the production of the lord's character HDS deciding the victory pose continues. In addition, the life gauge and life value have also been deleted.

FIG. 52 shows an example of an effect performed following the effect shown in FIG. 50 (e). In this production example, it is shown that the mission production is started during the battle mode, the production that succeeds in the mission is performed because it becomes a special small hit, and the state of notifying the transition to the small hit rush is shown. In other words, in this production example, it can be said that a pre-reading notice production of a special small hit is performed. The effect shown in FIGS. 52 (a) to 52 (d) is the same as the effect shown in FIGS. 50 (f) to (i), but the effect example shown in FIG. 52 (a) is special. The symbol variation display, which is a small hit, is reserved in the fourth position, and the fourth hold icon h24 is hatched for convenience of explanation, but it is actually displayed in the default display mode. The same applies to the other figures in FIG. 52. Here, the display mode of the special small hit may be set to a display mode different from the default (for example, a red display mode, etc.), and the look-ahead notice by the hold icon may also be performed.

FIG. 52 (e) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 2, a small hit symbol is displayed. Further, in the battle mode, as described above, the small hit of the special figure 2 is substantially out of alignment. Therefore, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is out of "decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1". It is stopped and displayed by the combination of decorative patterns. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "541" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 52 (e), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 2, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value has decreased to 250. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 2 is started. At the timing shown in FIG. 52 (e), the symbol variation display, which is a special small hit, is reserved for the first time.

FIG. 52 (f) shows a state in which the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. As shown in FIG. 52 (f), the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 started this time is a symbol variation display which is a special small hit, and the electric support state ends when the special small hit is displayed. Will be. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. It is displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the reserved figure 2 is reserved. The number is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 has also started.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 52 (g), the character "chance!" Is displayed in the center of the display screen, and the mission may be completed by the symbol variation display, and there is a possibility of shifting to a small hit rush. It suggests.

After that, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 52 (h), it is shown that the character HDS of the lord slashes the character KNG of the swordsman. At this time, the life value of the swordsman character KNG decreases by 250 and the remaining life value becomes 0, and the life gauge also indicates that there is no gauge remaining. After that, as shown in FIG. 52 (i), the state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed is shown. In special figure 2, a special small hit symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, according to the result of the special small hit of the special figure 2, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the small hit decorative symbols of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3". .. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed. Further, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 52 (i), the swordsman character KNG is defeated, and the character HDS of the lord decides the victory pose. Has been achieved (successful mission). That is, in this production example, it can be said that it is notified that the battle mode shifts to the small hit rush due to the end of the electric support state due to the special small hit. Further, it can be said that the character display of "chance!" In FIG. 52 (i) becomes a special small hit and foretells the transition to the small hit rush.

FIG. 52 (j) shows how the small hit game is performed after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. At the timing shown in FIG. 52 (j), since the electric support state ends and the game shifts to the small hit rush, it becomes difficult for the game ball to enter the special figure 2 starting port (variable) 235, and the second variable winning opening. It becomes easier to flow down to 235, and as a result, when it comes to the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 2, the game ball becomes easy to enter into the second variable winning opening 235, and the small hit that can be expected to win the prize ball. It will be a game. At the timing shown in FIG. 52 (j), 30 prize balls are paid out because three game balls have entered the second variable winning opening 235 after the small hit game has started, and in the upper center of the display screen, The characters "30/100 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls won. The display of the total number of prize balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the characters "SMALL Bonus!", Which indicates that the small hit game is in progress, are superimposed on the character HDS of the lord and the character KNG of the swordsman, and the player is playing the small hit. I am informing you that there is.

FIG. 52 (k) shows a state in which the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. In the effect example shown in FIG. 52 (k), the character "small hit rush rush!" Is displayed at the upper part of the display screen to notify that the small hit rush has been started. In addition, the swordsman character KNG has been defeated, and the production of the lord's character HDS deciding the victory pose continues. Further, the life gauge and the life value are also erased, the display position of the decorative symbol is also moved from the lower right portion to the lower left portion, and the variable display of the decorative symbol is performed in accordance with the variable display of the special figure 2. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 52 (k), it is shown that an animation is displayed in which the number of prize balls acquired in this small hit game is added to the total number of prize balls acquired. After that, for example, as shown in FIG. 33 (b), the character TDR of the Bancho appears and the production during the small hit rush is started.

FIG. 53 is a diagram stepwise showing another production example in the battle mode centered on the decorative symbol display device. In this production example, it is shown that the mission production is not started during the battle mode and the special small hit is performed and the battle mode is changed to the small hit rush. In other words, it is shown that the battle mode shifts to the small hit rush without the production of successful missions being performed. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 53 (a) to 53 (d) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 50 (a) and 50 (d), the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 53 (e) shows a state in which the symbol variation display is performed in the special figure 2. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also performed, and the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is also performed in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284. ing. Further, the variable icon h0 is displayed in the variable icon display area 280, and the four reserved icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 are displayed in the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2, and these variable icons h0 and h0 are displayed. The hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 are all displayed in the default display mode (round, non-patterned and white display mode). At the timing shown in FIG. 53 (e), the symbol variation display, which is a special small hit, is being executed, but the mission has not started. In FIG. 53 (e), the variable icon h0 is displayed in the default display mode, but is hatched for convenience of explanation.

FIG. 53 (f) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 2, a special small hit symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, according to the result of the special small hit of the special figure 2, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the small hit decorative symbols of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3". .. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed. After that, as shown in FIG. 53 (g), the display character was changed from the character HDS of the lord to the character TDR of the bancho, and the characters "Surprise !!" were displayed, suggesting that it was a special small hit. is doing. At this time, as shown in FIG. 53 (g), the characters "0/100 get!" Are displayed in the lower right portion of the display screen, and the number of winning prize balls in the small hit game is displayed.

FIG. 53 (h) shows how the small hit game is completed. When the small hit game is completed, the characters "It's a small hit rush!" Are displayed, and it is notified that the small hit rush will be started. Further, in the lower right portion of the display screen, the characters "100/100 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls won. The display of the total number of prize balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated.

After that, as shown in FIG. 53 (i), it is shown that the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. It is displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the reserved figure 2 is reserved. The number is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 has also started. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 53 (i), it is shown that an animation is displayed in which the number of prize balls acquired in this small hit game is added to the total number of prize balls acquired. After that, although not shown, the result of adding the number of prize balls for 100 pieces acquired in this small hit game to the total number of prize balls won is displayed.

As described above, in this production example, it is shown that the battle mode is changed to the small hit rush as a special small hit without the successful production of the mission.

FIG. 54 shows an example of an effect performed following the effect shown in FIG. 50 (e), and is a diagram showing a stepwise example of another effect in a battle mode centered on a decorative symbol display device. Further, in this production example, it is shown that another production is performed in which the mission production is not started during the battle mode and the battle mode is changed to the small hit rush as a special small hit. In other words, it is shown that the battle mode shifts to the small hit rush without the production of successful missions being performed.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 54 (a), "decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1", which is a combination of misaligned decorative symbols, is stopped and displayed in the lower left portion of the display screen. Further, in this production example, a state in which the character HDS of the lord is running is displayed in the central portion of the display screen. At the time shown in FIG. 54 (a), the mission has not been performed. Further, a fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284 is provided in the upper right corner of the decorative symbol display device 208. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable icon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d. In addition, in the upper left corner of the display screen, the mini symbol is stopped and displayed at "541", and below that, the number of hits (big hit, small hit) and the total number of prize balls won from the first big hit are displayed. It is displayed. At the timing shown in FIG. 54 (a), the character "first time" indicating that the number of hits is one is displayed, and "300 pt" indicating that the total number of prize balls won is 300. Is displayed.

Further, the control state (game state) shown in FIG. 54 is a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state). In the decorative symbol display device 208 in this battle mode, the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 is provided on the right side of the variable icon display area 280. In the decorative symbol display device 208 in the battle mode, although the designation of the hold icon display area of the special figure 1 is omitted, the hold icon display area of the special figure 1 may be provided.

In the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2, the hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 2 is displayed. In FIG. 54 (a), four hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 are displayed in the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2, and all of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 are displayed. It is displayed in the default display mode (round, non-patterned and white display mode). In this production example, the symbol variation display, which is a special small hit, is reserved for the second time, and the second hold icon h22 is hatched for convenience of explanation, but in reality, the default display mode is used. It is displayed in. The same applies to the other figures in FIG. 54.

Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears in the lower center of the effect display area 208d.

FIG. 54 (b) shows that the symbol variation display has started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, and the hold icon at the display position of the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21. The hold icon displayed as the hold icon h21 of the third hold icon h23 is moved to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and displayed as the second hold icon h22. The hold icon at the display position of the hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23 and is displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the number of the reserved figure 2 is reduced by 1. The four symbols have also started to be displayed in a variable manner.

FIG. 54 (c) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols of the "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 8" according to the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "448" in accordance with this. In this production example, one or more game balls enter the special drawing 2 starting port (variable) 233 between the timing shown in FIG. 54 (b) and the timing shown in FIG. 54 (c), and the special drawing 2 There are four holds. Then, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, an “x” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment is displayed.

FIG. 54 (d) shows how the symbol variation display has started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. It is displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the reserved figure 2 is reserved. The number is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 has also started.

After that, as shown in FIG. 54 (e), the decorative screen display device 208 shows that a freeze effect for producing a state in which the screen is erased has been started. This freeze effect is a short freeze effect, and is an example of a notice effect regarding the display of pattern fluctuations being executed. During this period as well, the mini symbol is displayed in a variable manner, and the fourth symbol / hold number display area 284 is displayed.

After that, the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 54 (f) shows a state when the short freeze effect is completed and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 2, a special small hit symbol is displayed. Therefore, the electric support state ends. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, according to the result of the special small hit of the special figure 2, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the small hit decorative symbols of "decoration 1-decoration 2-decoration 3". .. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed. At this time, the display character has been changed from the character HDS of the lord, which was displayed before the start of the short freeze effect, to the character TDR of the bancho, and the characters "Surprise !!" are displayed, and a special small hit. It suggests that it became. In addition, the characters "0/100 get!" Are displayed in the lower right portion of the display screen, and the number of winning prize balls in the small hit game is displayed. After that, as shown in FIG. 54 (g), the small hit game is started. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 54 (g) to 54 (i) are the same as those shown in FIGS. 53 (g) to 53 (i), the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 55 shows an example of an effect performed following the effect shown in FIG. 50 (e), and is a diagram stepwise showing another example of the effect in the battle mode centered on the decorative symbol display device. Further, in this production example, a 10R probability variable big hit that shifts to a small hit rush without starting a mission production during the battle mode is performed, and a production that shifts from the battle mode to a small hit rush through a big hit game is performed. The situation is shown. In other words, it is shown that the battle mode shifts to the small hit rush without the production of successful missions being performed.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 55 (a), "decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1", which is a combination of misaligned decorative symbols, is stopped and displayed in the lower left portion of the display screen. Further, in this production example, a state in which the character HDS of the lord is running is displayed in the central portion of the display screen. At the time shown in FIG. 55 (a), the mission has not been performed. Further, a fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284 is provided in the upper right corner of the decorative symbol display device 208. Further, the decorative symbol display device 208 is provided with a variable icon display area 280 at the lower center of the effect display area 208d. In addition, in the upper left corner of the display screen, the mini symbol is stopped and displayed at "541", and below that, the number of hits (big hit, small hit) and the total number of prize balls won from the first big hit are displayed. It is displayed. At the timing shown in FIG. 55 (a), the character "first time" indicating that the number of hits is one is displayed, and "300 pt" indicating that the total number of prize balls won is 300. Is displayed.

Further, the control state (game state) shown in FIG. 55 is a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state). In the decorative symbol display device 208 in this battle mode, the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 is provided on the right side of the variable icon display area 280. In the decorative symbol display device 208 in the battle mode, although the designation of the hold icon display area of the special figure 1 is omitted, the hold icon display area of the special figure 1 may be provided.

In the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2, the hold icon representing the hold of the special figure 2 is displayed. In FIG. 55 (a), four hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 are displayed in the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2, and all of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 are displayed. It is displayed in the default display mode (round, non-patterned and white display mode). In this production example, the symbol variation display, which is a 10R probability variation jackpot that shifts to the small hit rush after the end of the jackpot game, is reserved for the second time, and is crossed to the second hold icon h22 for convenience of explanation. Although it is hatched, it is actually displayed in the default display mode. The same applies to the other figures in FIG. 55. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, a variable icon display area 280 appears in the lower center of the effect display area 208d. The effects shown in FIGS. 55 (b) to 55 (d) are the same except that the reserved symbol variation display is not a special small hit but a 10R probability variation big hit that shifts to a small hit rush. , The description is omitted.

In the decorative screen display device 208 shown in FIG. 55 (e), a state in which a freeze effect for producing a state in which the screen is erased is started is shown. This freeze effect is a long freeze effect, and is an example of a notice effect regarding the display of pattern fluctuations being executed. During this period as well, the mini symbol is displayed in a variable manner, and the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284 is displayed.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 55 (f), the long freeze effect continues, and various onomatopoeic words, mimetic words, and lines are displayed on the display screen. It should be noted that audio may be output according to these displays.

After that, in the decorative pattern display device 208 shown in FIG. 55 (g), the characters "Right press!" Are displayed in the center of the display screen, and the characters "Please press from the right" are displayed at the bottom of the display screen. After that, "decoration 7" is stopped in the right symbol display area 208c of the left symbol display area 208a, the middle symbol display area 208b, and the right symbol display area 208c, and then, as shown in FIG. 55 (h), the middle. The "decoration 7" is stopped in the symbol display area 208b, and finally, as shown in FIG. 55 (i), the effect of stopping the "decoration 7" is displayed in the left symbol display area 208a.

After that, after the long freeze effect is completed, in the decorative symbol display device shown in FIG. 55 (j), a combination of decorative symbols, which is a 10R probability variation jackpot, shifts to a small hit rush of "decoration 7-decoration 7-decoration 7". Then, as shown in FIG. 55 (j), as a big hit game start effect, a character display of "Big Chance Big Hit" is made together with a background image (omitted here) celebrating the big hit.

As described above, in this production example, an example of a production that becomes a big hit that shifts to a small hit rush without performing a production that succeeds in the mission is shown.

FIG. 56 shows an example of an effect performed following the effect shown in FIG. 50 (e), and is a diagram stepwise showing another example of the effect in the battle mode centered on the decorative symbol display device. Further, in this production example, it is shown that a mission production is started during the battle mode, and a special small hit is performed during the mission production to shift from the battle mode to the small hit rush. That is, it is shown that the mission is started, but the transition from the battle mode to the small hit rush is performed without a successful production. Since the effect shown in FIG. 56 (a) is the same as the effect shown in FIG. 54 (a), the description thereof will be omitted. Further, in this production example, the symbol variation display, which is a special small hit, is reserved for the second time, and the second hold icon h22 is hatched for convenience of explanation, but in reality, the default display mode is used. It is displayed in. The same applies to the other figures in FIG. 56.

After that, the swordsman character KNG appears at the timing shown in Fig. 56 (b), and the appearance of the lord's character HDS and the swordsman character KNG facing each other is displayed, and the "swordsman" that informs that the mission has started is displayed. The text "Kill me!" Is displayed. A life gauge is displayed on the right side of the swordsman's character KNG, which indicates the remaining physical strength of the swordsman. "1000" is displayed as the remaining life value above the life gauge, indicating that the initial value of the remaining physical strength of the swordsman is 1000, and that the physical strength is full at the timing shown in FIG. 56 (b). ing.

FIG. 56 (c) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. At the timing shown in FIG. 56 (c), it is shown that the out-of-order symbol is displayed in the special figure 2. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 1-decoration 4-decoration 5" according to the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "145" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, an “x” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 56 (c), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 2, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is reduced by 250 and the life gauge is also reduced. In other words, it is directing that the transition to the small hit rush is approaching in the battle mode.

FIG. 56 (d) shows how the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 has started. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h24 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22, and the fourth hold icon h24 moves to the display position of the third hold icon h23. It is displayed as the third hold icon h23. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the reserved figure 2 is reserved. The number is "3". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 has also started.

After that, as shown in FIG. 56 (e), the decorative screen display device 208 shows that the short freeze effect suddenly starts during the execution of the mission. During this period as well, the mini symbol is displayed in a variable manner, and the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284 is displayed. In this production example, one or more game balls enter the special drawing 2 starting port (variable) 233 between the timing shown in FIG. 56 (d) and the timing shown in FIG. 56 (e), and the special drawing 2 There are four holds. After that, the effects shown in FIGS. 56 (f) to 56 (i) are performed. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 56 (f) to 56 (i) are the same as those shown in FIGS. 54 (f) to 54 (i), the description thereof will be omitted.

As described above, in this production example, it is shown that the battle mode is changed to the small hit rush as a special small hit without the successful production of the mission.

FIG. 57 shows an example of an effect performed following the effect shown in FIG. 50 (e). In this production example, it is shown that the mission production is started during the battle mode, and the production that fails the mission suggests or informs that it will be a normal big hit to shift to the challenge mode. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 57 (a) to 57 (f) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 50 (f) to 50 (k), the description thereof will be omitted. Further, in this production example, the symbol variation display, which is usually a big hit, is reserved in the third position, and the third hold icon h23 is cross-hatched for convenience of explanation, but in reality, the default display mode is used. It is displayed in. The same applies to the other figures in FIG. 57.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 57 (g), the decorative symbol of "Decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, respectively, to form a reach state, and the reach effect is started. To. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. Since the jackpot by the decorative symbol of "Decoration 4" may fall into the challenge mode after the jackpot game is completed, as shown in FIG. 57 (h), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the "pinch" is in the center of the display screen. The text "!!" is displayed, suggesting that there is a possibility of falling from battle mode to challenge mode. It should be noted that at least one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port (variable) 233 between the timing shown in FIG. 57 (f) and the timing shown in FIG. 57 (g), and the holding of special drawing 2 is full. It is (4).

After that, as shown in FIG. 57 (i), the swordsman character KNG slashes at the lord's character HDS, the lord's character HDS is defeated, and the characters "Sorry !!" indicating that the mission has failed are displayed. The effect is displayed, the decorative symbol of "decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b, and the shaking fluctuation is started by the combination of the decorative symbols of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4". At this time, the decorative pattern is reduced and displayed while moving to the lower right portion. After that, as shown in FIG. 57 (j), the decorative symbol expands and moves to the center, and the shaking fluctuation in the combination of the decorative symbols of "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4" is continued. At this time, the display of the variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 is erased, and the fourth symbol / hold number display area 284, the mini symbol, the number of consecutive chans, and the total number of prize balls won. Only are displayed. As for the mini-symbols, the variable display is continuously performed for all the symbols until the symbols are confirmed and displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 57 (k), the decorative symbols start to change again with the display of the characters "re-lottery !!", and the combination of the jackpot decorative symbols that is more advantageous to the player is finally displayed. It fuels expectations for things.

After that, as shown in FIG. 57 (l), it is suggested that the combination of decorative symbols does not change from the combination of jackpots of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4" and may be a normal jackpot. The situation is shown. That is, it is shown that the promotion production has failed. In addition, for example, there may be a case where a promotion effect is performed during the jackpot game to later notify that the jackpot is a probable change jackpot.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 57 (m), the combination of the decorative symbols of the 10R normal jackpot of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4" is stopped and displayed. Further, the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 shown in FIG. 57 (m) is stopped and displayed by "◯", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed by the combination of "444". Eventually, in FIG. 57 (n), as a big hit game start effect, a character display of "challenge big hit" is made together with a background image (omitted here) celebrating the big hit. In addition, since this big hit is a big hit that occurred continuously from the first big hit through the battle mode, it is replaced with the character "Right-handed!" To indicate that it is the second consecutive chan. Character is displayed.

FIG. 58 is a diagram stepwise showing another effect example in the battle mode centered on the decorative symbol display device, in which the symbol variation display that is a big hit to the symbol variation display held after the mission is started is displayed. An example of the production when it is included is shown. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 58 (a) to 58 (c) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 50 (g) to 50 (i), the description thereof will be omitted.

FIG. 58 (d) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. In special figure 2, a small hit symbol is displayed. Further, in the battle mode, as described above, the small hit of the special figure 2 is substantially out of alignment. Therefore, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is out of "decoration 5-decoration 4-decoration 1". It is stopped and displayed by the combination of decorative patterns. In addition, the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed at "541" in accordance with this. In this production example, at least one game ball enters the special drawing 2 starting port (variable) 233 between the timing shown in FIG. 58 (c) and the timing shown in FIG. 58 (d). The hold is full (4). In addition, the hold of the added symbol change display is a big hit symbol change display, and the fourth hold icon h24 is cross-hatched for convenience of explanation, but it is actually displayed in the default display mode. Has been done. The same applies to the other figures in FIG. 58. Then, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 58 (d), a mysterious ray is output from the cutting edge of the sword possessed by the character HDS of the lord in response to the symbol stop display of the special figure 2, and the swordsman character KNG is damaged. It is shown that the life value is decreasing by 650 and the life gauge is also decreasing. Further, as shown in FIG. 58 (d), since the amount of damage to the swordsman character KNG is large, the character "Critical hit!" Is displayed in the center of the display screen. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in FIG. 2 is started. After that, the effects shown in FIGS. 58 (e) to 58 (h) are performed. Since the effects shown in FIGS. 58 (e) to 58 (h) are the same as the effects shown in FIGS. 50 (k) to 50 (n), the description thereof will be omitted.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 58 (i), after the effect shown in FIG. 58 (h) is performed, three symbol variation displays of special figure 2 are digested, and a symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is executed. It is shown that it is. That is, it is shown that the symbol variation display, which is a big hit held after the mission is started, is being executed.

After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 58 (j), the decorative symbol of "decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, respectively, to form a reach state, and a reach effect is produced. It will be started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. Since the jackpot by the decorative symbol of "Decoration 4" may fall into the challenge mode after the jackpot game is completed, as shown in FIG. 58 (k), the decorative symbol display device 208 has a "pinch" in the center of the display screen. The text "!!" is displayed, suggesting that there is a possibility of falling from battle mode to challenge mode.

After that, as shown in FIG. 58 (l), the decorative symbol of "decoration 4" is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208b, and the shaking fluctuation starts with the combination of the decorative symbols of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4". At the same time, the characters "Sorry !!" are displayed. At this time, the display of the variable icon display area 280 and the hold icon display area 282 of the special figure 2 is erased, and the fourth symbol / hold number display area 284, the mini symbol, the number of consecutive chans, and the total number of prize balls won. Only are displayed. As for the mini-symbols, the variable display is continuously performed for all the symbols until the symbols are confirmed and displayed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 58 (m), the decorative symbols start to change again with the display of the characters "re-lottery !!", and the combination of the jackpot decorative symbols that is more advantageous to the player is finally displayed. It fuels expectations for things.

After that, as shown in FIG. 58 (n), it is suggested that the combination of decorative symbols does not change from the combination of jackpots of "decoration 4-decoration 4-decoration 4" and may be a normal jackpot. The situation is shown. That is, it is shown that the promotion production has failed.

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 58 (o), the combination of the decorative symbols of the 10R normal jackpot of "Decoration 4-Decoration 4-Decoration 4" is stopped and displayed. Further, the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 shown in FIG. 58 (o) is stopped and displayed by "◯", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed by the combination of "444". Eventually, in FIG. 58 (p), as a big hit game start effect, a character display of "challenge big hit" is made together with a background image (omitted here) celebrating the big hit. In addition, since this big hit is a big hit that occurred continuously from the first big hit through the battle mode, it is replaced with the character "Right-handed!" To indicate that it is the second consecutive chan. Character is displayed.

In this way, in this production example, even if the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit (or special small hit, etc.) is suspended after the mission is started, the mission production is performed until the initially determined mission ends. Is performed, and after that, it is shown that the symbol variation display, which is a big hit, is executed. If the symbol variation display such as a big hit is suspended after the mission is started, the mission effect may be extended until the symbol variation display is performed.

In addition, in the production example shown in FIGS. 52 to 58, for example, the hold notice shown in FIGS. 31 and 32 may be performed together.

FIG. 59 is a diagram showing stepwise another effect example of the continuous notice performed in the small hit rush, and shows an example of the effect performed following the effect shown in FIG. 36 (9).

In the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 59 (10a), a balloon with the characters “Press the button!” Is displayed on the right side of the character TDR of the Bancho. In response to this, when the player operates the effect button 136 at the timing shown in FIG. 59 (11a), as shown in FIG. 59 (12a), the character TDR of the bancho becomes huge and the clothes are torn. In addition, a balloon with the characters "Two small hits GET!" May be displayed on the right side of the character TDR of the Bancho whose display mode has changed. That is, a small hit is made in the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 being executed, and a notice is given to suggest that one small hit is further included in the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 whose start is suspended. It has been. That is, the notice regarding the symbol change display being executed in the symbol change display subject to the continuous notice (the change notice) may include a look-ahead notice regarding the symbol change display of the special figure 2 whose start is suspended. It is shown. By seeing this notice, the player may expect to pay out a large number of prize balls. In this effect example, the symbol variation display being executed and the symbol variation display held in the first position are small hits, and the symbol variation display held in the third position is a big hit. It is a symbol variation display. In this effect example, the target of the pre-reading notice shown in FIG. 59 (12a) does not include the symbol variation display which is a big hit, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is the symbol variation display which is held at the time of giving the pre-reading notice. If is included, it is shown that a look-ahead notice is being performed for the symbol variation display that was reserved before the symbol variation display that is the big hit. That is, in the effect example shown in FIG. 59 (12a), the first and second reserved symbol variation displays are subject to the look-ahead notice, and the third reserved symbol variation display is the jackpot. It is excluded from the target of the look-ahead notice. In the advance notice effect shown in FIG. 59 (12a), since the running symbol variation display and the reserved symbol variation display include two small hits, the character of the bancho is "two small hits GET". On the other hand, in the notice effect shown in FIG. 36 (12), the running symbol variation display and the reserved symbol variation display include three small hits. , The character of the Bancho is said to have a display mode of "3 small hits GET!", So at least a part of the display mode is different depending on the number of symbols that are small hits. You may be able to.

FIG. 59 (13a) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the small hit decorative symbols of "Decoration 1-Decoration 2-Decoration 3" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 59 (13a), the characters "Yosha! First!" A balloon with a mark is displayed to notify the player that a small hit has occurred. In other words, it is directing that it was the first small hit out of the two small hits on hold. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 2 will be started.

FIG. 59 (14a) shows a state in which the small hit game is performed after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of the special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game ball is easily entered into the second variable winning opening 235 and the prize ball can be expected to be acquired. At the timing shown in FIG. 59 (14a), 60 prize balls are paid out because 6 game balls have entered the second variable winning opening 235 after the small hit game has started, and in the lower right part of the display screen. , The characters "60/100 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls won. The display of the total number of prize balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the characters "SMALL Bonus!", Which indicates that a small hit game is in progress, are displayed superimposed on the character TDR of the Bancho, informing the player that the small hit game is in progress. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times), or when a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hit game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 59 (15a), it is shown that the small hit game is completed by the entry of 10 game balls into the second variable winning opening 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "100/100 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and 100 prize balls are displayed in this small hit game. Is informed that has been paid out.

After that, as shown in FIG. 59 (16a), it is shown that the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in each of the special figures 1 and 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 1 and the hold of the special figure 2 are exhausted, and the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 to h23 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Is moved to the variable icon display area 280 and displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 is moved to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. The third hold icon h23 moves to the display position of the second hold icon h22 and is displayed as the second hold icon h22. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved numbers of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 are each reduced by 1. The number of holdings of the special figure 1 is "1", and the number of holdings of the special figure 2 is "2". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 has also started. Further, in the production example shown in FIG. 59 (16a), since the reserved consecutive chan of the small hit is announced, the animation in which the number of prize balls acquired in this small hit game is added to the total number of prize balls won is Reserved. Further, on the right side of the character TDR of the Bancho, a balloon with the characters "one more!" Is displayed, which suggests that one small hit is held in the hold of the special figure 2.

FIG. 59 (17a) shows a state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 and the special figure 2 is completed. That is, the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2, and therefore the special figure 1 in the variable display is discarded and the out-of-order symbol is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the small hit decorative symbols of "Decoration 1-Decoration 2-Decoration 3" according to the result of the small hit of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "123" in accordance with this. Then, in the 4th symbol / reserved number display area 284, "Δ" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 2 is a small hit is displayed, and "△" indicating that the 4th symbol of the special figure 1 is out of alignment. X ”is displayed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 59 (17a), the characters "Yosha! Second!" A balloon with a mark is displayed to notify the player that a small hit has occurred. In other words, it is directing that it was the second small hit out of the two small hits on hold. After that, the small hit game related to the small hit in Special Figure 2 will be started.

FIG. 59 (18a) shows a state in which the small hit game is performed after the symbol display time (for example, 0.5 seconds) of the special figure 2 has elapsed. As described above, the small hit game related to the small hit of the special figure 2 is a small hit game in which the game ball is easily entered into the second variable winning opening 235 and the prize ball can be expected to be acquired. At the timing shown in FIG. 59 (18a), 30 prize balls are paid out because three game balls have entered the second variable winning opening 235 after the small hit game has started, and in the lower right part of the display screen. , The characters "130/200 get!" Are displayed including the number of prize balls won in the previous small hit game. The display of the total number of prize balls displayed below the mini symbol has not been updated. In addition, in the center of the display screen, the characters "SMALL Bonus!", Which indicates that a small hit game is in progress, are displayed superimposed on the character TDR of the Bancho, informing the player that the small hit game is in progress. ing.

After that, when the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed a predetermined number of times (12 times), or when a predetermined number (for example, 10) of game balls enter the second variable winning opening 235, the small hit game ends. At the timing shown in FIG. 59 (19a), it is shown that the small hit game is completed by the entry of 10 game balls into the second variable winning opening 235. At this time, in the lower right part of the display screen of the decorative symbol display device 208, the characters "200/200 get!" Are displayed according to the number of prize balls acquired, and in this small hit game, the previous small hit game. It is informed that 200 prize balls have been paid out in total.

After that, as shown in FIG. 59 (20a), it is shown that the small hit game is completed and the symbol variation display is started in the special figure 2. That is, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started. Since there is no reserved symbol variation display in the special figure 1, the symbol variation display is not started. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icons h21 and h22 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon at the display position of the first hold icon h21 (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change). ) Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0, the second hold icon h22 moves to the display position of the first hold icon h21, and is displayed as the first hold icon h21. .. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the reserved figure 2 is reserved. The number is "1". Further, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the variable display of the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 has also started. Further, at the timing shown in FIG. 59 (20a), the character TDR of the bancho is dressed and displayed in a reduced size, and the number of prize balls acquired in the two small hit games is added to the total number of prize balls. The state of being displayed is shown. After that, as shown in FIG. 59 (21a), the total number of prize balls acquired in the two small hit games is added to the total number of prize balls that was set to "1700 pt", and the number is updated to "1900 pt". Has been done. Further, the timing shown in FIG. 59 (j) shows the state when the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is completed. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the decorative symbol is stopped and displayed by the combination of the decorative symbols that are out of the "decoration 4-decoration 1-decoration 7" according to the result of the deviation of the special figure 2. In addition, the mini design is also stopped and displayed at "417" in accordance with this. Then, in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, an “x” indicating that the fourth symbol of the special figure 2 is out of alignment is displayed.

After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, the hold of the special figure 2 is exhausted and the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started as shown in FIG. 59 (22a). The symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is a shortened variation that becomes a big hit (for example, a shortened reach variation of 15 seconds). Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the movement animation of the hold icon h21 of the special figure 2 is performed, and the hold icon (the hold icon that is the target of the current symbol change) at the display position of the first hold icon h21 is displayed. , Moves to the variable icon display area 280 and is displayed as the variable icon h0. Further, in the decorative symbol display device 208, the variable display of the decorative symbol according to the special figure 2 is also started, and in the fourth symbol / reserved number display area 284, the reserved number of the special figure 2 is decremented by 1, and the number of the reserved figure 2 is reduced by 1. The four symbols have also started to be displayed in a variable manner.

After that, in FIG. 59 (23a), the decorative symbols of "decoration 1" are stopped and displayed in the left symbol display area 208a and the right symbol display area 208c, respectively, to form a reach state, and the reach effect is started. At this time, the decorative pattern is enlarged and displayed while moving to the center. The big hit with the decorative pattern of "Decoration 1" is a probable change big hit, and since the game shifts to the small hit rush again after the big hit game ends, the characters "Chance has arrived!" Are displayed in the center of the display screen, and the small hit rush continues. Suggests to do. After that, in the decorative symbol display device 208 shown in FIG. 59 (24a), the “special symbol” is stopped and displayed in the middle symbol display area 208, and the shaking is changed.

After that, as shown in FIG. 59 (25a), in the decorative symbol display device 208, the combination of the decorative symbols for which the rank-up bonus of "Decoration 1-Special-Decoration 1" is confirmed is stopped and displayed, and the combination of the decorative symbols is stopped and displayed. The fourth symbol is stopped and displayed by "○", and the mini symbol is also stopped and displayed by the combination of "1 special 1". In addition, the decorative pattern display device 208 also displays the characters "I did it!" To congratulate the probable big hit that shifts to the small hit rush. After that, when the symbol display time of the special figure 2 elapses, as shown in FIG. 59 (26a), the characters "Rank up bonus!" And "Small hit rush continuous big hit!" Are displayed, and the big hit start effect is started. .. Since the big hit this time is the 11th hit (big hit / small hit) from the first big hit, the character "11th" indicating this is displayed. In addition, a display of the total number of prize balls won is displayed in the lower right corner of the display screen.

It should be noted that the embodiments described above are only a part, and the effect to be executed is not limited to these. In addition, some productions may be performed or some productions may not be performed in consideration of the production effect and the like. For example, in the case of a special small hit in the battle mode and shifting to the small hit rush, the mission may not be performed, and even if it is performed, the battle will be performed without the effect that the character HDS of the lord wins. You may want to shift from the mode to the small hit rush. In addition, regarding the hold notice that the display mode of the hold icon changes, when the hold notice is performed in the battle mode, the symbol variation display that is the target of the hold notice (the target of the look-ahead notice) becomes a big hit that shifts to the small hit rush. While it is executed when it is a symbol variation display, when it is a symbol variation display where the number of fits is the number of ceilings, and when it is a symbol variation display which is a special small hit, in the mission production, When the symbol variation display or the special small hit symbol variation display is executed, the character HDS of the lord will win, and the symbol will be a big hit that shifts to the small hit rush. In the variable display, the mission effect may not be executed, or even if the mission effect is executed, the effect that the character HDS of the lord wins may not be performed (for example, a long freeze is executed). In addition, both the mission production and the reservation notice may be executed.

Further, in the above-described embodiment, in the case of a special small hit, a production that succeeds in the mission is performed, the production becomes a small hit, and the battle mode shifts to the small hit rush, and a production that succeeds in the mission. Although the effect of shifting from the battle mode to the small hit rush as a small hit without being performed is shown, only one of them may be implemented.

In the above description,
"A game control means [for example, a main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states.
A symbol display means [for example, a first special symbol display device 212, a second special symbol display device 214, etc.] capable of executing a symbol variation display, and
It is a game table equipped with
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal drawing low probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The second gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state.
When the jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, there is a case where the game shifts to the second gaming state after the end of the jackpot game (hereinafter, referred to as "first case") [for example, FIG. 20]. As shown in, when a 5R probability variable jackpot is reached in a normal game state, the battle mode is entered after the jackpot game related to the jackpot is completed],.
In the first case, there is a case where the symbol variation display that is out of alignment is executed to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state (hereinafter referred to as "second case"). Yes [For example, as shown in FIG. 20, in the case of shifting from the normal game state to the battle mode, when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is executed a predetermined number of times (for example, 50 times) and the electric support is removed, the big hit game is performed. Shift from battle mode to small hit rush without starting],
When the jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, there is a case where the game shifts to the second gaming state after the end of the jackpot game (hereinafter referred to as "third case") [for example, FIG. 20]. As shown in, when the 5R probability variation jackpot is reached in the battle mode, the battle mode is resumed after the jackpot game related to the jackpot is completed],.
In the third case, there is a case where the symbol variation display that is out of alignment is executed to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state (hereinafter referred to as "fourth case"). Yes [For example, as shown in FIG. 20, when the battle mode is switched to the battle mode again, when the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is executed a predetermined number of times (for example, the 30th time) and the electric support is removed, a big hit game is played. Shift from battle mode to small hit rush without starting],
In the fourth case, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state is more likely to occur in a smaller number of executions of the symbol variation display that is out of alignment than in the second case [for example, As shown in FIG. 20, the average number of times of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 in which the electric support is removed is smaller in the case of shifting to the battle mode by the B route than in the case of shifting to the battle mode by the A route. It is easy to shift from battle mode to small hit rush, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the game control means.

Further, according to this game table, there is a case where the unfortunate feeling can be alleviated even if the big hit is not satisfied with the symbol variation display sufficient to shift to the third game state.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the symbol display means may be capable of executing only the symbol variation display, or may be capable of executing a display other than the symbol variation display. Further, the symbol display means may be one that always executes the symbol variation display, or may be capable of executing a display other than the symbol variation display.

Further, the game control means may be capable of shifting only to the first game state, the second game state, and the third game state, or the first game state, the second game state, and the third game state. It may be possible to shift to a gaming state other than the gaming state of. Further, the game control means may be one that always shifts to the first game state, the second game state, and the third game state, or the first game state, the second game state, and the third game state. It may not shift to the gaming state of.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may shift only to the second game state after the end of the big hit game, or the big hit game is started in the first game state. Then, after the end of the big hit game, there may be a case where the game state shifts to a game state other than the second game state. Further, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may always shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game, and when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the big hit game may be started. There may be a case where the game does not shift to the second gaming state after the jackpot game is completed.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may shift to the second game state only after the end of the big hit game, or the big hit game is started in the first game state. Then, there may be a case where the game shifts to the second game state other than after the end of the big hit game.

Further, in the first case, there may be a case where only the second gaming state is shifted to the third gaming state by executing the symbol variation display that is out of alignment, and in the first case, the outlier is lost. It may be possible to shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state by executing the symbol variation display. Further, in the first case, it is possible to always shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by executing the symbol variation display that is out of order, and in the first case, the symbol that is out of order may be executed. It may not be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by executing the variable display.

Further, in the first case, there may be a case where only the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state by executing the symbol variation display that is out of alignment, and in the first case, the outlier is lost. By executing the symbol variation display, the game state other than the second game state may be changed to the third game state. In addition, only in the first case, there may be a case where the symbol variation display that is out of alignment is executed, and the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state, or other than the first case. Even in this case, it may be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by executing the symbol variation display that is out of alignment.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the second game state, the game may shift only to the second game state after the end of the big hit game, or the big hit game is started in the second game state. Then, after the end of the big hit game, there may be a case where the game state shifts to a game state other than the second game state. Further, when the big hit game is started in the second game state, the game may always shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game, and when the big hit game is started in the second game state, the big hit game may be started. There may be a case where the game does not shift to the second gaming state after the jackpot game is completed.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the second game state, the game may shift to the second game state only after the end of the big hit game, or the big hit game is started in the second game state. Then, there may be a case where the game shifts to the second game state other than after the end of the big hit game. Further, if the big hit game is started only in the second game state, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game, or the big hit may be made in a game state other than the second game state. When the game is started, the game may shift to the second game state after the big hit game is completed.

Further, in the third case, there may be a case where only the third gaming state is shifted from the second gaming state by executing the symbol variation display that is out of alignment, and in the third case, the outlier is lost. It may be possible to shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state by executing the symbol variation display. Further, in the third case, the symbol variation display that is out of order may be executed so that the second gaming state may be changed to the third gaming state without fail, and in the third case, the symbol that is out of order may be executed. It may not be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by executing the variable display.

In addition, only in the third case, there may be a case where the symbol variation display that is out of alignment is executed to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state, and in cases other than the third case. However, there may be a case where the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state by executing the symbol variation display that is out of alignment.

Further, in the fourth case, it may be easier to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only with a smaller number of executions of the symbol variation display that is out of alignment than in the second case. In the fourth case, it may be easier to shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state by the number of times that the symbol variation display that is out of alignment is executed less than in the second case. .. Further, in the fourth case, it may be easier to shift from the second game state to the third game state by the number of times that the symbol variation display that is out of alignment is executed less frequently than in the second case. In the fourth case, it may not be easy to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by the number of times that the symbol variation display that is out of alignment is executed less than in the second case.

Further, in the fourth case, it may be easier to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only when the number of executions of the symbol variation display that is out of alignment is smaller than in the second case. In the fourth case, it may be easier to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state in addition to the number of times the symbol variation display that is out of alignment is executed less frequently than in the second case.

Further, "The game control means is a means capable of selecting one type of fit count from a plurality of types of fit counts when shifting to the second game state after the end of the jackpot game [for example, FIG. 15]. As shown in (a), the control unit 300 selects the number of times of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 in which the electric support is removed by the big hit symbol based on the special figure 1 big hit symbol determination distribution table],.
The number of fittings is the number of times the symbol variation display is executed, which is necessary to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without starting the jackpot game.
The average number of fits selected in the third case is smaller than the average number of fits selected in the first case [for example, as shown in FIG. 20, battle mode by route A. The average number of times the symbol fluctuation display of Special Figure 1 that misses the electric support is smaller when shifting to battle mode by route B than when shifting to, and it is easier to shift from battle mode to small hit rush.] ,
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may be possible to always have the expectation of shifting to the third game state.

Here, the game control means may be capable of selecting only one type of fit from a plurality of types of fits when shifting to the second game state after the end of the jackpot game, or the jackpot game. When shifting to the second gaming state after the end of, the number of times other than the number of times of fitting of one type may be selected from the number of times of fitting of a plurality of types. Further, the game control means may always select one type of fit from a plurality of types of fits when shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game, or the end of the big hit game. When shifting to the second gaming state later, one type of fit count may not be selected from a plurality of types of fit counts.

Further, the game control means may be capable of selecting one type of fit count from a plurality of types of fit counts only when the game shifts to the second game state after the jackpot game ends, or the jackpot game. In cases other than the case of shifting to the second gaming state after the end, one type of fit count may be selectable from a plurality of types of fit counts.

Further, only the average number of fits selected in the third case may be smaller than the average number of fits selected in the first case, and the number of fits selected in the first case may be smaller. There may be less than the average of the number of fits selected in the third case. In addition, the average number of fits selected in the third case may always be smaller than the average number of fits selected in the first case, and the number of fits selected in the first case may be smaller. In some cases, the average number of fits selected in the third case is not less than the average.

Further, the average number of fits selected in the third case may be smaller than the average number of fits selected in the first case, and the number of fits selected in the first case may be smaller. The average number of fits selected in the third case may be less than the non-average.

In addition, "as a result of executing the symbol variation display, when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, the jackpot game is started.
Each of the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is associated with the number of fittings [for example, as shown in FIG. 15A, the number of symbol variation displays of special figure 1 in which the electric support is removed by the jackpot symbol is selected. Ru etc.],
The jackpot symbol of one of the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is the first jackpot symbol [for example, "special symbol E" etc.].
One type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is a second jackpot symbol [for example, "special symbol I" etc.].
The number of fittings associated with the first jackpot symbol is the first number of times [for example, 50 times, etc.].
The number of fittings associated with the second jackpot symbol is the second number [for example, 30 times, etc.].
The first number of times is more than the second number of times.
The probability that the first jackpot symbol will be displayed when a jackpot is obtained in the first gaming state [for example, the probability that "special figure E" is selected in non-electric support is 35/100, etc.]. The probability that the second jackpot symbol is displayed when a jackpot is obtained in the second gaming state [for example, the probability that "special figure I" is selected in the electric support is 35/100, etc.] is the same.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

The first number and the third number less than the second number (for example, 10 times) may be selected as the number of fits in the case of a big hit in the first gaming state, but the second number. If a big hit is made in the gaming state, it may be easier to select than in the first gaming state.

Here, as a result of executing the symbol variation display, when the jackpot symbol of one of a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, only the jackpot game may be started, or the symbol variation display is executed. As a result, when a jackpot symbol of one of a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, a game other than the jackpot game may be started. Further, as a result of executing the symbol variation display, the jackpot game may always be started when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the result of executing the symbol variation display. , When a jackpot symbol of one of a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, the jackpot game may not be started.

Further, as a result of executing the symbol variation display, the jackpot game may be started only when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the result of executing the symbol variation display. , The jackpot game may be started even in cases other than the case where one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed. Further, the jackpot game may be started when the jackpot symbol of one of a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed only as a result of executing the symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display is executed. Even if the result is other than the result, the jackpot game may be started when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed.

Further, each of the plurality of types of jackpot symbols may be associated with only the number of fits, and the plurality of types of jackpot symbols may be associated with something other than the number of fits. Further, the plurality of types of jackpot symbols may always be associated with the number of fits, and the plurality of types of jackpot symbols may not be associated with the number of fits.

Further, the plurality of types of jackpot symbols may be only the first jackpot symbol and the second jackpot symbol, or may have jackpot symbols other than the first jackpot symbol and the second jackpot symbol. Further, the first jackpot symbol and the second jackpot symbol may always be present, or the first jackpot symbol and the second jackpot symbol may not be present.

Further, the number of fittings associated with the first jackpot symbol may be only the first number and the second number, or may be a number other than the first number and the second number. .. Further, the number of fittings associated with the first large value symbol may always be the first number and the second number, or may not be the first number and the second number. good.

Further, the first number of times may be more than only the second number of times, or may be more than the number of times other than the second number of times. Further, the first number of times may be always larger than the second number of times, or may be less than the second number of times.

Also, only the probability that the first jackpot symbol will be displayed when the jackpot is in the first gaming state and the probability that the second jackpot symbol will be displayed when the jackpot is in the second gaming state are the same. There may be, and the probability that the first jackpot symbol will be displayed when the jackpot is in the first gaming state and the probability that the second jackpot symbol will be displayed when the jackpot is in the second gaming state. Other probabilities may be the same. In addition, the probability that the first jackpot symbol will be displayed when a jackpot is achieved in the first gaming state and the probability that the second jackpot symbol will be displayed when a jackpot is achieved in the second gaming state are always the same. There may be, and the probability that the first jackpot symbol will be displayed when the jackpot is in the first gaming state and the probability that the second jackpot symbol will be displayed when the jackpot is in the second gaming state. May not be the same.

In addition, "when the big hit game is started in the third game state, the game may shift to the third game state after the end of the big hit game [for example," special figure b "during the small hit rush". If a big hit is made with "Special Figure f", after the big hit game related to the big hit is completed, the game shifts to the small hit rush again, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, once the player shifts to the third game state, he / she may be able to play while expecting a big hit.

Here, when the big hit game is started in the third game state, the game may shift only to the third game state after the end of the big hit game, or the big hit game is started in the third game state. Then, after the end of the big hit game, there may be a case where the game state shifts to a game state other than the third game state. Further, when the big hit game is started in the third game state, the game may always shift to the third game state after the end of the big hit game, or when the big hit game is started in the third game state, There may be a case where the game does not shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game is completed.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the third game state, the game may shift to the third game state only after the end of the big hit game, or the big hit game is started in the third game state. Then, there may be a case where the game shifts to a third game state other than after the end of the big hit game. Further, if the big hit game is started only in the third game state, the game may shift to the third game state after the end of the big hit game, or the big hit may be made in a game state other than the third game state. When the game is started, the game may shift to the third game state after the big hit game is completed.

In addition, "when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may shift to the third game state after the end of the big hit game [for example, in the normal game state, the big hit in" Special Figure B ". Then, after the big hit game related to the big hit is completed, the game shifts to the small hit rush, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may be possible to give the player a feeling of further expectation by having a big hit that is possible in the transition to the third game state which is advantageous at once.

Here, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may shift only to the third game state after the end of the big hit game, or the big hit game is started in the first game state. Then, after the end of the big hit game, there may be a case where the game state shifts to a game state other than the third game state. Further, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may always shift to the third game state after the end of the big hit game, and when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the big hit game may be started. There may be a case where the game does not shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game is completed.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may shift to the third game state only after the end of the big hit game, or the big hit game is started in the first game state. Then, there may be a case where the game shifts to a third game state other than after the end of the big hit game.

When the big hit game is started in the second game state, the game may shift to the third game state after the big hit game is completed.

In addition, "the first starting winning means [for example, special drawing 1 starting opening (variable) 231 etc.] and
Second start winning means [for example, special figure 2 start opening 232, etc.],
The symbol display means is a means including a first symbol display means [for example, a first special symbol display device 212 or the like] and a second symbol display means [for example, a second special symbol display device 214 or the like].
The first symbol display means can execute the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol variation display") when a game ball is entered into the first start winning means. It is a design display means,
The second symbol display means can execute the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") when a game ball is entered into the second start winning means. It is a design display means,
The first start winning means is a start winning means that can be changed into a first state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2311 is closed] and a second state [for example, a state in which the shutter 2311 is open]. ,
The second state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first starting winning means than the first state.
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a probability variation state and an electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state, etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state including the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state, etc.].
In the electric support state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the low probability state of the normal figure, the hit probability is 0%, and the normal is normal. In the high probability state, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter 2311 tends to be open, etc.],
In the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the second symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIG. 21B, in the battle mode, the symbol variation of the special figure 1 is likely to occur. The display is shortened variation, the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is long variation, and the result of the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is more likely to be a big hit than special figure 2.],
In the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display [for example, in the small hit rush as shown in FIG. 21B, the symbol of special figure 2 is used. The variation display is a shortened variation, the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a long variation, and the result of the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is more likely to be a big hit than the special figure 2.],
As a result of executing the second symbol variation display, when a small hit symbol [for example, "special symbol g" or the like] is displayed, the second small hit game [for example, the second variable winning opening 235 is opened. Small hit games, etc.] will start,
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the symbol display means may include only the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, or the symbol display means other than the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means. May also be included. Further, the symbol display means may always include the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, or may not include the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means. It may be a thing.

Further, the first symbol display means may be capable of executing only the symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the first start winning means, or the first start winning means. It may be feasible to perform something other than the symbol variation display when a game ball enters the ball. Further, the first symbol display means may always execute the symbol variation display when the game ball enters the first start winning means, or the first start winning means. There may be a case where the symbol variation display is not executed when the game ball of the above is entered.

Further, the first symbol display means may be capable of executing the symbol variation display only when the game ball is entered into the first start winning means, or the first start winning means. It may be possible to execute the symbol variation display even when the game ball is not entered into the ball.

Further, the second symbol display means may be capable of executing only the symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the second start winning means, or the second start winning means. It may be feasible to perform something other than the symbol variation display when a game ball enters the ball. Further, the second symbol display means may always execute the symbol variation display when the game ball enters the second start winning means, or the second start winning means. There may be a case where the symbol variation display is not executed when the game ball of the above is entered.

Further, the second symbol display means may be capable of executing the symbol variation display only when the game ball is entered into the second start winning means, or the second start winning means. It may be possible to execute the symbol variation display even when the game ball is not entered into the ball.

Further, the first starting winning means may be one that can be changed only to the first state and the second state, or one that can be changed to a state other than the first state and the second state. May be. Further, the first starting winning means may be one that always changes to the first state and the second state, or may not change to the first state and the second state. May be good.

Further, the second state may be only a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first start winning means than the first state, or the game ball is the first start than the first state. It may be in a state other than the state in which it is easy to enter the winning means. Further, in the second state, the game ball may be in a state in which it is easier for the game ball to enter the first start winning means than in the first state, or the game ball is in the first start than in the first state. It may not be easy to enter the winning means.

Further, the second gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state.

Further, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, it may be the first than the non-electric support state. The starting winning means may be in a state other than the second state. Further, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, it may be the first than the non-electric support state. The starting winning means may not be likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state alone, and in the electric support state, it may be in a state other than the non-electric support state. The first starting winning means may be in a state in which the second state is likely to occur.

Further, in the second gaming state, it may be easier to make a big hit only in the first symbol variation display than in the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, it is the first than the second symbol variation display. It may be easy to make a big hit even with a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display of. Further, in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display is higher than the second symbol variation display. It may not be easy to make a big hit with the symbol variation display of.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the second symbol variation display, and the second symbol variation display may be performed even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. It may be easier to make a big hit with the first symbol variation display.

Further, in the third gaming state, the big hit may be more likely to occur only in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely than the first symbol variation display. It may be easy to make a big hit even with a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display of. Further, in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely than the first symbol variation display. It may not be easy to make a big hit with the symbol variation display of.

Further, only in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display, and the first symbol variation display may be performed even in a gaming state other than the third gaming state. It may be more likely to be a big hit in the second symbol variation display.

Further, as a result of executing the second symbol variation display, only the second small hit game may be started when the small hit symbol is displayed, or as a result of executing the second symbol variation display, as a result, When the small hit symbol is displayed, a game other than the second small hit game may be started. Further, as a result of executing the second symbol variation display, the second small hit game may be always started when the small hit symbol is displayed, or as a result of executing the second symbol variation display, as a result, When the small hit symbol is displayed, the second small hit game may not be started.

Further, as a result of executing the second symbol variation display, the second small hit game may be started only when the small hit symbol is displayed, or as a result of executing the second symbol variation display, as a result, A second small hit game may be started other than when the small hit symbol is displayed.

In addition, "In some cases, both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display may be executed.
In the second gaming state, it is more advantageous to hit right than to hit left [for example, as shown in FIG. 7B, in the electric support state, by hitting right. Since it is easy to win a prize in the special figure 1 starting port (variable) 231, it is easy to execute the symbol variation display of the special figure 1, and right-handed is more likely to be a big hit than left-handed],.
In the third gaming state, the right-handed hitting is more advantageous than the left-handed hitting state [for example, as shown in FIG. 4A, in the small hit rush, the right-handed hitting is performed. As a result, the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 executed by winning the game ball to the special figure 2 starting port 232, which can be won, is easier to display the result than the symbol variation display of the special figure 1, so right-handed. It's easier to get a big hit, etc.],
The first symbol variation display can be executed with a selected variation time among a plurality of types of variation times.
The second symbol variation display can be executed with a selected variation time among a plurality of types of variation times.
In the second gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display is longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected [for example, in the battle mode, the variation of the special figure 2 Since a long fluctuation of 450 to 500 seconds is selected for the time, it is longer than the fluctuation time in Special Figure 1 etc.],
As a result of executing the first symbol variation display, when a small hit symbol [for example, "special figure C" or the like] is displayed, the first small hit game [for example, the first variable winning opening 234 is opened. Small hit games, etc.] has started.
At least in the probability variation state, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed [for example, as shown in FIG. 14 (b), special figure 1 Then all except big hits will be small hits, etc.],
If either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded. A misaligned symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means [for example, as shown in FIG. 21 (b), during the symbol variation display of the special figure 2, if a small hit or a big hit is obtained in the special figure 1, the execution is being executed. The symbol variation display of special figure 2 is discarded and the out-of-design symbol is displayed, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, there may be a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are executed, or both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are executed. There may be cases other than the case where is in the executed state. Further, both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display may be executed without fail, and both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are executed. It may be in a non-existent state.

In addition, there may be a case where only the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are executed, or other than both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display. In some cases, the symbol variation display of is also executed.

Further, only in the second game state, the right-handed state may be more advantageous than the left-handed case, and the game state other than the second game state may be more advantageous than the left-handed case. It may be in a more advantageous gaming state when hitting to the right. Further, in the second gaming state, the right-handed case may be more advantageous than the left-handed case, and in the second game state, the right-handed case may be more advantageous than the left-handed case. The case may not be a more advantageous gaming state.

Further, only in the third game state, the right-handed state may be more advantageous than the left-handed case, and the game state other than the third game state may be more advantageous than the left-handed case. It may be in a more advantageous gaming state when hitting to the right. Further, in the third game state, the right-handed case may be more advantageous than the left-handed case, and in the third game state, the right-handed case may be more advantageous than the left-handed case. The case may not be a more advantageous gaming state.

Further, the first symbol variation display may be executed only in the selected one variation time among the plurality of types of variation times, or the selected one variation time among the plurality of types of variation times may be executed. It may be possible to execute the first symbol variation display at a variation time other than. Further, the first symbol variation display may be executed without fail at the selected one variation time among the plurality of types of variation times, or the first variation time at the selected one variation time among the plurality of types of variation times. It may not be possible to execute one symbol variation display.

Further, the second symbol variation display may be executed only in the selected one variation time among the plurality of types of variation times, or the selected one variation time among the plurality of types of variation times may be executed. It may be possible to execute the second symbol variation display at a variation time other than. Further, the second symbol variation display may always be executed at the selected one variation time among the plurality of types of variation times, or the second symbol variation display may be executed at the selected one variation time among the plurality of types of variation times. There may be a case where the second symbol variation display is not executed.

Further, in the second gaming state, only the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display may be longer than the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected, and in the second gaming state, it may be longer. , The fluctuation time other than the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display may be longer than the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected. Further, in the second gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display may always be longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected, and in the second gaming state, the variation time may be longer. , The variation time of the second symbol variation display may not be longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected.

Further, the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display may be longer than the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected only in the second gaming state, and other than the second gaming state. Even in the gaming state of, the variation time of the second symbol variation display may be longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected.

Further, as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, only the first small hit game may be started when the small hit symbol is displayed, or as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, as a result, When the small hit symbol is displayed, a game other than the first small hit game may be started. Further, as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, the first small hit game may be always started when the small hit symbol is displayed, or as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, as a result, When the small hit symbol is displayed, the first small hit game may not be started.

Further, as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, the first small hit game may be started only when the small hit symbol is displayed, or as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, as a result, The first small hit game may be started even when the small hit symbol is not displayed. Further, the first small hit game may be started when the small hit symbol is displayed only as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, or the result of executing the first symbol variation display. Even if the result is other than the above, the first small hit game may be started when the small hit symbol is displayed.

Further, at least in the probabilistic state, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, only one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol may be displayed, and at least in the probabilistic state, the first symbol variation may be displayed. When the display result is displayed, a symbol other than either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol may be displayed. Further, at least in the probabilistic state, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol may be displayed without fail, and at least in the probabilistic state, the first symbol variation When the display result is displayed, either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol may not be displayed.

Further, at least in the probabilistic state, either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol may be displayed only when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, and at least in the probabilistic state, the first symbol may be displayed. In cases other than the case where the result of the variable display is displayed, either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol may be displayed. Further, at least in the probabilistic state, when only the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol may be displayed, and at least in the probabilistic state, the first symbol variation is displayed. When a result other than the display result is displayed, either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol may be displayed.

Further, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed only in the probabilistic state, either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol may be displayed, or the first symbol may be displayed even in a state other than the probabilistic state. When the result of the variable display is displayed, either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol may be displayed.

Further, if either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is executed. Only the misaligned symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means, or when either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display. , The second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and a symbol other than the misaligned symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means. Further, if either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is executed. The misaligned symbol may always be displayed on the second symbol display means, or when either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display. , The second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and the misaligned symbol may not be displayed on the second symbol display means.

Further, if either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is executed. The out-of-order symbol may be displayed only on the second symbol display means, or when either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display. , The second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and the off-designed symbol may be displayed on the symbol display means other than the second symbol display means. Further, if either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, only the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded. A misaligned symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means, or when either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display. , The symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and the misaligned symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means.

Further, only when either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded. The second symbol display means may display a misaligned symbol, or during the execution of the second symbol variation display, either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means. In cases other than the case, the second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and the misaligned symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means. Further, if either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means only during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded. A misaligned symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means, and one of a large hit symbol and a small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means other than during execution of the second symbol variation display. In this case, the second symbol variation display being executed may be discarded and the misaligned symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means.

In addition, "the first variable winning means [for example, the first variable winning opening 234, etc.] and
A second variable winning means [for example, a second variable winning opening 235, etc.],
Equipped with
When a small hit symbol [for example, "special symbol C" or the like] is displayed in the first symbol display means, the first variable winning means is opened.
When a small hit symbol [for example, "special symbol g" or the like] is displayed in the second symbol display means, the second variable winning means is opened.
The small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means and the second is displayed, as compared with the case where the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is opened. The prize ball is more likely to be paid out when the variable winning means of No. 1 is in the open state. The variable winning opening 234 makes a maximum of two short openings, but it is practically difficult to enter the first variable winning opening 234, and as shown in FIG. 4 (b), a small hit in special figure 2 In the case of, the second variable winning opening 235 is short-opened up to 12 times, and the game ball flowing down on the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 234 is easily dropped. Prize balls are easy to be paid out, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may be possible to increase the number of game balls only in the third game state.

Here, when the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, only the first variable winning means may be in the open state, or when the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means. Variable winning means other than the first variable winning means may be open. Further, when the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the first variable winning means may be always in the open state, and when the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the first variable winning symbol may be opened. One variable winning means may not be open.

Further, when only the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the first variable winning means may be opened, or a symbol other than the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means. Then, the first variable winning means may be opened.

Further, when the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means, only the second variable winning means may be opened, and when the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means, the second variable winning symbol may be opened. Variable winning means other than the second variable winning means may be in the open state. Further, when the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means, the second variable winning means may be in the open state without fail, and when the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means, the second variable winning symbol is displayed. The second variable winning means may not be open.

Further, when only the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means, the second variable winning means may be opened, and the symbol other than the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means. Then, the second variable winning means may be opened.

Further, the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means and the second variable is displayed, as compared with the case where the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in the open state. When the winning means is in the open state, it may be easier for only the prize balls to be paid out, or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in the open state. It may be easier to pay out anything other than the prize ball when the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means and the second variable winning means is in the open state than in the case where the prize ball is displayed. .. Further, the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means and the second variable is displayed, as compared with the case where the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in the open state. When the winning means is in the open state, the prize balls may be more easily paid out, or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in the open state. Even if the prize ball is not easy to be paid out when the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means and the second variable winning means is opened, it may not be easier to pay out. good.

Further, the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means and the second variable is displayed, as compared with the case where the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in the open state. The prize ball may be easily paid out only when the winning means is in the open state, or when the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is opened. Rather, the prize ball may be easily paid out even in cases other than the case where the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means and the second variable winning means is in the open state.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, in the above description,
"Holding means that can hold the start of symbol variation display [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] and
A look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] capable of executing a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, and
It is a game table equipped with
The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is the first look-ahead notice [for example, continuous shown in FIGS. 35 (a) to 35 (n) and FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25). Notice, etc.]
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") that is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended [for example. As shown in FIGS. 36 (2) to 36 (3), the look-ahead notice is started after the symbol variation display related to the fourth hold icon h24 of the special figure 2 which is the target of the look-ahead notice is put on hold. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may start the first effect while the first symbol variation display is being executed [for example, shown in FIGS. 36 (11) to (12). As you can see, when the production button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the Bancho becomes huge and the clothes are torn, and a balloon with the words "3 small hits GET!" Is displayed. The effect display may be executed, etc.],
The first effect is information on a symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") suspended after the first symbol variation display is suspended and the first symbol variation. It is the production of the content based on the information including at least the information about the display [For example, as shown in FIG. 36 (12), the character TDR of the bancho becomes huge and the clothes are torn, and the display mode is changed to "small". In the production display where a balloon with the characters "3 GETs per hit!" Is displayed, the result of the symbol variation display that is the target of continuous notice is a small hit, and the reserved symbol of special figure 2 is displayed. It suggests that the variable display contains two small hits, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the look-ahead notice means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the look-ahead notice means.

Further, according to this game console, there are cases where a plurality of benefits can be expected in the symbol variation display subject to the pre-reading notice.

Here, the holding means may be capable of holding only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be capable of holding anything other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may be one that always holds the symbol variation display, or may not hold the symbol variation display.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may be capable of executing other than a plurality of types of look-ahead notices. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of look-ahead notices.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only the first look-ahead notice, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes the first look-ahead notice, or may not carry out the first look-ahead notice.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started even after the display is suspended. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always started after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be something that may not start after the display has been put on hold.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or may start only during the execution of the first symbol variation display. Productions other than the first production may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always start the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or may be the first during the execution of the first symbol variation display. It may not start the production.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start the first effect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or may start other than during the execution of the first symbol variation display. However, the first production may be started.

Further, "The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may be executed when the first symbol variation display is a specific symbol variation display [for example, a symbol variation display that is a small hit]. ,
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the first look-ahead notice may be executed only when the first symbol variation display is a specific symbol variation display, or the first symbol variation display may be specific. It may be executed in a case other than the case of the symbol variation display. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be executed whenever the first symbol variation display is a specific symbol variation display, or the first symbol variation display is a specific symbol variation display. It may not be executed in some cases.

In addition, "the specific symbol variation display is a symbol variation display to which a certain privilege [for example, small hit, etc.] is given.
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may execute the first effect when the second symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is to be granted is suspended [for example, the first look-ahead notice]. As shown in FIG. 36 (12), the character TDR of the Bancho became huge and the clothes were torn, and a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" Was displayed. The effect display may be started when the reserved symbol variation display of Special Figure 2 includes a small hit, etc.],
The first look-ahead notice is the first in the execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display to which the certain privilege is to be granted is not reserved. A second effect different from the effect [For example, as shown in FIG. 35 (l), an effect display in which a balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed together with the character TDR of the bancho] It is a look-ahead notice to start [For example, as shown in FIG. 35 (l), if the symbol variation display held after the symbol variation display that is the target of the continuous notice does not include a small hit, the bancho A balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed along with the character TDR.],
The second effect is a notice effect for notifying that a certain privilege will be granted as a result of the first symbol variation display being executed.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, the player may be pleased when the first look-ahead notice is started.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that only the first effect may be executed when the second symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is to be granted is suspended. , When the second symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is to be granted is suspended, an effect other than the first effect may be executed. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be one that always executes the first effect when the second symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is to be granted is suspended. The first effect may not be executed when the second symbol variation display to which the privilege is granted is suspended.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the first effect may be executed only when the second symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is to be granted is suspended. , The first effect may be executed even in cases other than the case where the second symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is to be granted is suspended.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that only the first effect may be executed when the second symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is to be granted is not reserved. , When the second symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is to be granted is not reserved, an effect other than the first effect may be executed. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be one that always executes the first effect when the second symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is to be granted is not reserved. The first effect may not be executed when the second symbol variation display to which the privilege is to be granted is not reserved.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the first effect may be executed only when the second symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is to be granted is not reserved. , The first effect may be executed other than the case where the second symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is to be granted is not reserved.

In addition, "the symbol variation display in which the certain privilege is given to the symbol variation display held after the first effect is started (hereinafter," third symbol variation display [for example, FIG. 37]. As shown in (21), as the Bancho character TDR becomes huge, the clothes are torn and the display mode is changed, and a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" Is displayed. The symbol variation display related to the second hold icon h22 and the third hold icon h23, which is suspended after the start of the operation, and includes a small hit, etc.] ”is included. If so, the first effect may continue until the granting of the certain privilege related to the third symbol variation display is started [for example, FIGS. 37 (12) to 38 (22). And, as shown in FIGS. 39 (23a) to (32a), the character TDR of the bancho became huge and the clothes changed to a torn display mode, and the characters "3 small hits GET!" If the symbol variation display that is a small hit is suspended after the effect display in which the balloon is displayed is started, it continues until the symbol variation display related to the hold results in a small hit, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, when a symbol variation display for which a certain privilege is to be given is included in the symbol variation display reserved after the first effect is started, a certain privilege related to the symbol variation display is included. Only the second look-ahead notice may continue until the grant of the first effect is started, or a certain privilege is granted to the symbol variation display held after the first production is started. When the symbol variation display is included, the look-ahead notice other than the second look-ahead notice may be continued until the granting of a certain privilege related to the symbol variation display is started. In addition, when the symbol variation display reserved after the first effect is started includes a symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is to be given, a certain privilege related to the symbol variation display is included. The second look-ahead notice may always continue until the grant is started, or the symbol variation display that is reserved after the first effect is started will be granted a certain privilege. If is included, the second look-ahead notice may not continue until the granting of a certain privilege related to the symbol variation display is started.

In addition, a certain privilege related to the symbol variation display is included only when the symbol variation display that is reserved after the first effect is started includes a symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is given. The second look-ahead notice may continue until the grant of the first effect is started, and a certain privilege will be granted to the symbol variation display held after the first effect is started. In cases other than the case where the symbol variation display is included, the second look-ahead notice may continue until the granting of a certain privilege related to the symbol variation display is started.

In addition, "at least the first jackpot [for example, a jackpot on which" special figure a "is displayed] and the second jackpot [for example," special figure b "to" special figure f "are displayed as the above-mentioned privilege." Big hits to be made, etc.]
The first jackpot is a jackpot in which the game state changes before and after the jackpot game after the end of the jackpot game related to the first jackpot. After the game is over, it will switch to challenge mode, etc.],
The second jackpot is a jackpot in which the game state does not change before and after the jackpot game after the end of the jackpot game related to the second jackpot [for example, when a jackpot is made with "special figure b" to "special figure f". , After the end of the big hit game related to the big hit, the game shifts to the small hit rush again],
The first look-ahead notice is to start the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display, which is the second big hit, is suspended. There is a look-ahead notice [For example, as the character TDR of the Bancho shown in Fig. 39 (12b) becomes huge, the clothes change to a torn display mode, and the characters "Tricolor !! Production display, etc. where the attached balloon is displayed],
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead that starts the second effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display, which is the first jackpot, is suspended. It is a notice [For example, as shown in FIGS. 43 (12) to (24), a symbol variation display that is usually a big hit for the symbol variation display that is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the target of the continuous notice is suspended. If is included, a balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Will be displayed along with the Bancho character TDR.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may not be possible to expect the player excessively.

Here, a certain privilege may include only the first jackpot and the second jackpot, or may include jackpots other than the first jackpot and the second jackpot. Further, a certain privilege may always include at least the first jackpot and the second jackpot, or may not include at least the first jackpot and the second jackpot. ..

Further, the first jackpot may be such that only the gaming state changes before and after the jackpot game related to the first jackpot after the jackpot game is completed, or after the jackpot game related to the first jackpot is completed. Things other than the gaming state may change before and after the jackpot game. Further, the first jackpot may be such that the game state always changes before and after the jackpot game related to the first jackpot, or after the jackpot game related to the first jackpot is completed. The game state may not change before and after the big hit game.

Further, the first jackpot may be such that the game state changes before and after the jackpot game only after the jackpot game related to the first jackpot is completed, or after the jackpot game related to the first jackpot is completed. In addition, the game state may change before and after the big hit game.

Further, the second jackpot may be such that only the gaming state does not change before and after the jackpot game related to the second jackpot, or after the jackpot game related to the second jackpot is completed. Before and after the big hit game, things other than the game state may not change. Further, the second jackpot may be such that the gaming state does not always change before and after the jackpot game related to the second jackpot, or after the jackpot game related to the second jackpot is completed. The game state may change before and after the big hit game.

Further, the second big hit may be such that the game state does not change before and after the big hit game only after the end of the big hit game related to the second big hit, or after the end of the big hit game related to the second big hit. In addition, the game state may not change before and after the big hit game.

In addition, the first look-ahead notice may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display, which is the second jackpot, is suspended. It may be a thing, or when the second symbol variation display which is the second big hit is suspended, the effect other than the first effect is started during the execution of the first symbol variation display. There may be. In addition, the first look-ahead notice always starts the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display, which is the second jackpot, is suspended. Alternatively, if the second symbol variation display, which is the second jackpot, is suspended, the first effect may not be started during the execution of the first symbol variation display. good.

In addition, the first look-ahead notice may start the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display only when the second symbol variation display, which is the second jackpot, is suspended. It may be a thing, and even when the second symbol variation display, which is the second jackpot, is not held, only the first effect is started during the execution of the first symbol variation display. It may be something that may happen.

In addition, the first look-ahead notice is to start only the second effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display, which is the first jackpot, is suspended. Alternatively, if the second symbol variation display, which is the first jackpot, is suspended, the effects other than the second effect may be started during the execution of the first symbol variation display. good. In addition, the first look-ahead notice always starts the second effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display, which is the first jackpot, is suspended. Alternatively, if the second symbol variation display, which is the first jackpot, is suspended, the second effect may not be started during the execution of the first symbol variation display. good.

In addition, the first look-ahead notice starts the second effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display only when the second symbol variation display, which is the first jackpot, is suspended. Alternatively, even when the second symbol variation display, which is the first jackpot, is suspended, the second effect is started during the execution of the first symbol variation display. May be good.

Further, "a game control means [for example, a control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states is provided.
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal drawing low probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
Some of the benefits include small hits
The third game state is a small hit game in which the prize ball is easily paid out [for example, a small hit game in which the second variable winning opening 235 is opened and closed up to 12 times as a small hit in "Special Figure g"]. Is a game state that is easy to start,
When the first look-ahead notice is started in the third gaming state, the symbol variation display until the first symbol variation display is started is missed [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to 35 (c) to the same figure. As shown in (h), the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous notice to the time before the start of the symbol variation display that is the target of the continuous notice is out of order],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, the third game state does not end during the execution of the first look-ahead notice, so that the player may be relieved.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control for shifting to the first game state and the third game state, or the control for shifting to the first game state and the third game state. Controls other than those may be feasible. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to the first gaming state and the third gaming state, or control to shift to the first gaming state and the third gaming state. It may not be executed.

Further, the game control means may be capable of executing control to shift only to the first game state and the third game state, or a game state other than the first game state and the third game state. It may also be feasible to control the transition.

Further, the third gaming state may be a gaming state that is more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be a gaming state that is more advantageous than the gaming states other than the first gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be a gaming state that is always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may not be a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.

Further, a certain privilege may include only a small hit or may include a non-small hit. In addition, certain benefits may or may not include small hits.

Further, in the third game state, only the small hit game in which the prize ball is easily paid out may be easily started, or the game other than the small hit game in which the prize ball is easily paid out may be easily started. May be. Further, in the third game state, the small hit game in which the prize ball is easily paid out may be easily started, or the small hit game in which the prize ball is easily paid out may not be easily started. It may be a thing.

Further, when the first look-ahead notice is started in the third gaming state, only the symbol variation display until the first symbol variation display is started may be missed, or in the third gaming state. When the first look-ahead notice is started, the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display until the first symbol variation display is started may be omitted. Further, when the first look-ahead notice is started in the third gaming state, the symbol variation display until the first symbol variation display is started may always be off, and in the third gaming state. When the first look-ahead notice is started, the symbol variation display until the first symbol variation display is started may not be missed.

Further, when the first look-ahead notice is started in the third gaming state, the symbol variation display until only the first symbol variation display is started may be off, and in the third gaming state, the symbol variation display may be off. When the first pre-reading notice is started, the symbol variation display until the symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display is started may be missed. Further, if only the first look-ahead notice is started in the third gaming state, the symbol variation display until the first symbol variation display is started may be off, and in the third gaming state. When a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice is started, the symbol variation display until the first symbol change display is started may be missed. Further, if the first pre-reading notice is started only in the third gaming state, the symbol variation display may be off until the first symbol variation display is started, and the symbol variation display may be off, other than the third gaming state. When the first look-ahead notice is started in the game state, the symbol change display until the first symbol change display is started may be off. Also, "one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices. The look-ahead notice is a second look-ahead notice [for example, a hold notice shown in FIG. 42 (12a)].
The second pre-reading notice is a pre-reading notice that may be started when the second symbol variation display to which the certain privilege [for example, probability variation jackpot, etc.] is to be granted is suspended. For example, as shown in FIG. 42 (12a), when the symbol variation display that is the target of continuous advance notice is suspended and then the symbol variation display that is suspended includes the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit, the hold notice is started. Etc.],
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice different from the first look-ahead notice.
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is not a continuous notice.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the second look-ahead notice may be started only when the second symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is to be granted is suspended, or a certain privilege may be started. It may be started other than the case where the second symbol variation display to which is given is suspended. Further, the second look-ahead notice may be started without fail when the second symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is to be granted is suspended, or the second pre-reading notice is to be granted. It may not be started when the second symbol variation display is suspended.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, in the above description,
"A game control means [for example, a control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states.
The first starting winning means [for example, special figure 1 starting opening (variable) 231 etc.] and
Second start winning means [for example, special figure 2 start opening 232, etc.],
A first symbol display means [for example, a first special symbol display device 212, etc.] capable of executing a first symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the first start winning means.
A second symbol display means [for example, a second special symbol display device 214, etc.] capable of executing a second symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the second start winning means.
It is a game table equipped with
In some cases, both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being executed.
One of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state different from the second gaming state.
The first start winning means is a start winning means that can be changed into a first state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2311 is closed] and a second state [for example, a state in which the shutter 2311 is open]. ,
The second state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first starting winning means than the first state.
The second gaming state is a gaming state including an electric support state [for example, a high probability state in a normal figure].
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a non-electric support state [for example, a low probability state in a normal figure].
In the electric support state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the low probability state of the normal figure, the hit probability is 0%, and the high probability of the normal figure is high. In the state, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter 2311 tends to be open, etc.],
In the second gaming state, a gaming ball may enter the second starting winning means.
In the third gaming state, the gaming ball may enter the second starting winning means.
In the second gaming state, the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display [for example, in the battle mode as shown in FIG. 21 (b), the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter. The symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a shortened variation, the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is a long variation, and the time of the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is shorter than the time of the symbol variation display of special figure 2. etc],
In the third gaming state, the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display is shorter than the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display [for example, in the small hit rush as shown in FIG. 21 (b). , The symbol variation display of special figure 2 is a shortened variation, the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a long variation, and the time of the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is longer than the time of the symbol variation display of special figure 1. Short etc.],
When the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, the big hit symbol [for example, "special figure A", "special figure B", "special figure E" to "special figure Q", etc.] and the small hit symbol [for example, One of "Special Figure C" etc.] is displayed [For example, as shown in FIG. 14 (b), in Special Figure 1, all hits other than the big hit are small hits, etc.],
As a result of the second symbol variation display, a small hit symbol [for example, "special symbol g" etc.] may be displayed.
The small hit game in which the small hit symbol is displayed and executed in the second symbol variation display is better than the small hit game in which the small hit symbol is displayed and executed in the first symbol variation display. The ball is easy to be paid out [For example, as shown in FIG. 4A, when a small hit is made in the special figure 1, the first variable winning opening 234 performs a maximum of two short openings. It is practically difficult to enter the first variable winning opening 234, and as shown in FIG. 4 (b), when a small hit is made in the special figure 2, the second variable winning opening 235 is the maximum. Twelve short openings are performed, and the game ball flowing down on the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 234 is easily dropped, so that the prize ball is easily paid out, etc.],
If a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is executed. A misaligned symbol is displayed on the symbol display means [for example, as shown in FIG. 21 (b), during the symbol variation display of the special figure 2, if a small hit or a big hit is obtained in the special figure 1, the symbol of the special figure 2 being executed is being executed. Fluctuation display is discarded and out-of-order symbols are displayed, etc.],
When the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times [for example, 51 times, etc.] after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. death,
The variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when the first symbol variation display is started and the transition to the third gaming state is the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed. Shorter than
When the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display is discarded and the misaligned symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means [for example, FIG. 22]. As shown in (b), the fluctuation time of the special figure 1 and the fluctuation time of the special figure 2 at the start of the 51st symbol fluctuation display of the special figure 1 are the fluctuation times that can be selected in the battle mode. The fluctuation time of special figure 1 is shorter than the fluctuation time of FIG. 2, so that the small hit symbol is displayed first in special figure 1, the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is discarded, and the missing symbol is displayed. etc],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the symbol display means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the symbol display means.

Further, according to this game table, since the condition for shifting from the second gaming state to the third gaming state is the start of the first symbol variation display for a certain number of times, the transition to the third gaming state is made. Since the second symbol variation display at the time point can be reliably discarded by displaying the result of the first symbol variation display, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state can be smoothed. You may be able to do it.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may execute control for always shifting to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control for shifting to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the first symbol display means may be capable of executing only the first symbol variation display when the game ball is entered into the first start winning means, or the first one. When a game ball is entered into the starting winning means, a symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display may be feasible. Further, the first symbol display means may always execute the first symbol variation display when the game ball enters the first start winning means, or the first start. When a game ball is entered into the winning means, the first symbol variation display may not be executed.

Further, the first symbol display means may be capable of executing the first symbol variation display only when the game ball is entered into the first start winning means, or the first one. It may be possible to execute the first symbol variation display even in cases other than the case where the game ball is entered into the starting winning means.

Further, the second symbol display means may be capable of executing only the second symbol variation display when the game ball is entered into the second start winning means, or the second symbol display means. When a game ball is entered into the starting winning means, a symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display may be feasible. Further, the second symbol display means may always execute the second symbol variation display when the game ball enters the second start winning means, or the second start. When a game ball is entered into the winning means, the second symbol variation display may not be executed.

Further, the second symbol display means may be capable of executing the second symbol variation display only when the game ball is entered into the second start winning means, or the second symbol display means may be capable of executing the second symbol variation display. It may be possible to execute the second symbol variation display even in cases other than the case where the game ball is entered into the starting winning means.

Further, there may be a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are executed, and both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display may be executed. It may be a case other than the case where it is in the executed state. In addition, there may always be a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are executed, and both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are executed. It may not be in the running state.

In addition, there may be a case where both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are executed, or both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are executed. It may be in a state other than the executed state.

Further, the game control means may be capable of shifting only to the second gaming state and the third gaming state, or may shift to a gaming state other than the second gaming state and the third gaming state. It may be anything. Further, the game control means may always shift to the second gaming state and the third gaming state, or may not shift to the second gaming state and the third gaming state. You may.

Further, the first starting winning means may be one that can be changed only to the first state and the second state, or one that can be changed to a state other than the first state and the second state. May be. Further, it may be one that always changes to the first state and the second state, or may not change to the first state and the second state.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter only in the first start winning means than in the first state, or the game ball is the first start than in the first state. It may be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. Further, in the second state, the game ball may be in a state in which it is easier for the game ball to enter the first start winning means than in the first state, or the game ball is in the first start than in the first state. It may be a case where it is not easy to enter the winning means.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first starting winning means than in the first state alone, or the game ball is in a state other than the first state. It may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first starting winning means.

Further, the second gaming state may include only the electric support state or may include a state other than the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may be a state that always includes the electric support state, or may be a state that may not include the electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the non-electric support state, or may include a state other than the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may be a state that always includes a non-electric support state, or may be a state that may not include a non-electric support state.

Further, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely than in the non-electric support state. May be likely to be in a state other than the second state. Further, in the electric support state, the first start winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first start winning means may be more likely than in the non-electric support state. May not be likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the electric support state, only the first start winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first start winning means may be more likely than in the non-electric support state. Other winning means may also be likely to be in the second state. Further, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state alone, and in the electric support state, the first state is higher than in the non-electric support state. The starting winning means may be likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the second gaming state, the game ball may enter only the second starting winning means, and in the second gaming state, the winning means other than the second starting winning means may also be entered. A game ball may enter. Further, in the second gaming state, the game ball may always enter the second starting winning means, and in the second gaming state, the gaming ball may not enter the second starting winning means. There may be.

Further, the game ball may enter the second starting winning means only in the second gaming state, and even in the gaming state other than the second gaming state, the second starting winning means may be entered. A game ball may enter.

Further, in the third gaming state, the game ball may enter only the second starting winning means, and in the third gaming state, the winning means other than the second starting winning means may also be entered. A game ball may enter. Further, in the third gaming state, the game ball may always enter the second starting winning means, and in the third gaming state, the gaming ball may not enter the second starting winning means. There may be.

Further, the game ball may enter the second starting winning means only in the third gaming state, and even in the gaming state other than the third gaming state, the second starting winning means may be entered. A game ball may enter.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display may be shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display, or even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. The fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display may be shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display. Further, in the second gaming state, the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display may always be shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the second symbol may be shorter. The fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display may not be shorter than the fluctuation time of the variation display.

Further, only in the third gaming state, the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display may be shorter than the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display, or even in a gaming state other than the third gaming state. The fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display may be shorter than the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display. Further, in the third gaming state, the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display may always be shorter than the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the first symbol may be shorter. The fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display may not be shorter than the fluctuation time of the variation display.

Further, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, only one of the big hit symbol and the small hit symbol may be displayed, and when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, the jackpot symbol is displayed. Designs other than the design and the small hit symbol may also be displayed. Further, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol may be displayed without fail, and when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, the jackpot symbol is displayed. Either one of the symbol and the small hit symbol may not be displayed.

Further, only when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol may be displayed, and the result of the first symbol variation display is not displayed. In the case of, either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol may be displayed.

Further, as a result of the second symbol variation display, only the small hit symbol may be displayed, or as a result of the second symbol variation display, a symbol other than the small hit symbol may be displayed. May be good. Further, the small hit symbol may be always displayed as a result of the second symbol variation display, or the small hit symbol may not be displayed as a result of the second symbol variation display.

Further, the small hit symbol may be displayed only in the result of the second symbol variation display, or the small hit symbol may be displayed in the result other than the result of the second symbol variation display. There may be.

In addition, the small hit game in which the small hit symbol is displayed and executed in the second symbol variation display is better than the small hit game in which the small hit symbol is displayed and executed in the first symbol variation display. Only the ball may be easily paid out, or the small hit symbol is displayed and executed in the second symbol variation display rather than the small hit game in which the small hit symbol is displayed and executed in the first symbol variation display. The small hit game to be played may be easier to pay out other than the prize ball. In addition, the small hit game in which the small hit symbol is displayed and executed in the second symbol variation display is better than the small hit game in which the small hit symbol is displayed and executed in the first symbol variation display. The ball may be easy to be paid out, and the small hit symbol is displayed and executed in the second symbol variation display rather than the small hit game in which the small hit symbol is displayed and executed in the first symbol variation display. The small hit game to be played may not be easier to pay out the prize ball.

Also, only the small hit game in which the small hit symbol is displayed and executed in the second symbol variation display is better than the small hit game in which the small hit symbol is displayed and executed in the first symbol variation display. The prize ball may be easily paid out, or the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol variation display even if the player is not a small hit game in which the small hit symbol is displayed and executed in the first symbol variation display. It may be easier for the prize ball to be paid out in the small hit game that is performed and executed.

Further, if the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the running second symbol variation display is discarded and the second symbol is discarded. Only the misaligned symbol may be displayed on the display means, or when the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol being executed. The symbol variation display of is discarded, and a symbol other than the misaligned symbol may be displayed in the second symbol display means. Further, if the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the running second symbol variation display is discarded and the second symbol is discarded. The misaligned symbol may always be displayed on the display means, and if the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol being executed is being executed. In some cases, the symbol variation display of the above is discarded and the misaligned symbol is not displayed in the second symbol display means.

Further, if the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the running second symbol variation display is discarded and the second symbol is discarded. The misaligned symbol may be displayed only on the display means, or when the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol being executed. The symbol variation display of is discarded, and the misaligned symbol may be displayed on the symbol display means other than the second symbol display means. Further, if a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, only the running second symbol variation display is discarded and the second symbol is discarded. A misaligned symbol may be displayed on the symbol display means, and if a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol being executed is being executed. The symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display of the above may be discarded and a misaligned symbol may be displayed in the second symbol display means.

Further, if only the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is discarded. A misaligned symbol may be displayed on the symbol display means, or if a symbol other than the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, it is being executed. The second symbol variation display may be discarded and a misaligned symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means. Further, if the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed only by the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is executed. A misaligned symbol may be displayed on the symbol display means, or if a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol is displayed on a symbol display means other than the first symbol display means during execution of the second symbol variation display, it is executed. The second symbol variation display in the second symbol may be discarded and a misaligned symbol may be displayed in the second symbol display means.

Further, if the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means only during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded and the second symbol variation display is discarded. A misaligned symbol may be displayed on the symbol display means, and when a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means other than during execution of the second symbol variation display, the running symbol is displayed. The second symbol variation display may be discarded and a misaligned symbol may be displayed on the second symbol display means.

Further, when the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after the transition to the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to only the third gaming state may be performed, or the second When the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after shifting to the gaming state of, the second gaming state may be shifted to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Further, when the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after the transition to the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed without fail, or the second When the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after shifting to the gaming state of, the second gaming state may not shift to the third gaming state.

Further, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed only when the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after the transition to the second gaming state. The transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed even when the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after the transition to the second gaming state. Further, when the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after shifting only to the second gaming state, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state, or the second When the first symbol variation display is started a certain number of times after shifting to the gaming state other than the gaming state of, the second gaming state may be shifted to the third gaming state.

Further, the variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when the first symbol variation display is started and the transition to the third gaming state is larger than the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed. Shortly, by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the first symbol display device, only the second symbol variation display may be discarded, or the first symbol variation display is started and the third game. The fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display being executed when the state is changed is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol fluctuation display being executed, and the first symbol display device has a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol. By being displayed, the symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display may be discarded. Further, the variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when the first symbol variation display is started and the transition to the third gaming state is larger than the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed. Short, the second symbol variation display may be always discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the first symbol display device, or the first symbol variation display is started and the third game. The fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display being executed when the state is changed is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol fluctuation display being executed, and the first symbol display device has a big hit symbol or a small hit symbol. There may be a case where the second symbol variation display is not discarded by being displayed.

Further, the variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when the first symbol variation display is started and the transition to the third gaming state is larger than the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed. The second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying only the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the first symbol display device for a short time, or the first symbol variation display is started and the third game. The fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display that is being executed when the state is changed is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol fluctuation display that is being executed, and the first symbol display device is used for other than the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol. The second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the symbol of. Further, the variation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when the first symbol variation display is started and the transition to the third gaming state is larger than the variation time of the second symbol variation display being executed. The second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol only on the short, first symbol display device, or the first symbol variation display is started and the third game. The fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display being executed when the state is changed is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol fluctuation display being executed, and the jackpot symbol is applied to the symbol display devices other than the first symbol display device. Alternatively, the second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the small hit symbol.

Further, the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display being executed when the first symbol variation display is started and the transition to the third gaming state is based only on the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display being executed. The second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the first symbol display device, or the first symbol variation display is started and the third game. The fluctuation time of the first symbol fluctuation display being executed when the state is changed is shorter than the fluctuation time other than the fluctuation time of the second symbol fluctuation display being executed, and the jackpot symbol or the jackpot symbol is applied to the first symbol display device. The second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the small hit symbol.

Further, "after the symbol is displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are suspended. In this case, the second symbol variation display is started before the first symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIG. 21A, the second state update process is executed and then the special figure 1 Since it is a sequence for executing the state update process, the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is started first, and then the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is started, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, in the second game state, the small hit is displayed on the first symbol display means, so that the second symbol variation display can be reliably discarded.

Here, when both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are reserved after the symbol is displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, the first Only the second symbol variation display may be started before the symbol variation display of, or after the symbol is displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, the first symbol is displayed. When both the variation display and the second symbol variation display are reserved, the symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display may be started before the first symbol variation display. Further, when both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are suspended after the symbol is displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, the first The second symbol variation display may always be started before the symbol variation display, or after the symbol is displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, the first symbol variation is displayed. When both the display and the second symbol variation display are suspended, the second symbol variation display may not be started before the first symbol variation display.

Further, only when both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are suspended after the symbol is displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, the first symbol is displayed. The second symbol variation display may be started before the first symbol variation display, or after the symbol is displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, the first symbol is displayed. In cases other than the case where both the variation display and the second symbol variation display are reserved, the second symbol variation display may be started before the first symbol variation display. In addition, when both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are reserved only after the symbol is displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means, the first The second symbol variation display may be started before the first symbol variation display, and the second symbol variation display may be started other than after the symbols are displayed on both the first symbol display means and the second symbol display means. When both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are reserved, the second symbol variation display may be started before the first symbol variation display.

Further, "In the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is determined regardless of the number of pending numbers of the first symbol variation display.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, when the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state is performed, for example, the shortened variation is executed quickly regardless of the number of pending numbers of the first symbol variation display. By discarding the symbol variation display of, it may be possible to smoothly shift the game state.

Here, in the second gaming state, only the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display may be determined regardless of the number of pending numbers of the first symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the first Regardless of the number of holdings of the symbol variation display, it may be determined other than the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display. Further, in the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display may always be determined regardless of the number of pending numbers of the first symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the first symbol may be determined. In some cases, the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display may not be determined regardless of the number of holdings of the variation display.

Further, in the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display may be determined regardless of only the number of reserved numbers of the first symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the first symbol may be determined. The fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display may be determined regardless of the number of holdings of the variation display. Further, only in the second gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display may be determined regardless of the number of pending numbers of the first symbol variation display, and even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. , The fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display may be determined regardless of the number of pending numbers of the first symbol variation display.

Further, "one of the plurality of types of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The second gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
In the first gaming state, the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display, and the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is attached to the first symbol display means. By displaying the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display is discarded. [For example, as shown in FIG. 21 (a), in the normal gaming state, the variation time of the symbol variation display of the special figure 2 is as long as 450 to 500 seconds. Since it is a fluctuation and the time for displaying the symbol variation of the special figure 1 is shorter than the time for displaying the symbol variation of the special figure 2, the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 1 and the symbol variation of the special figure 2 is displayed. Display is discarded, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, even if there is a possibility of a small hit in the second symbol variation display, it can be reliably discarded by the first symbol variation display, so that the second symbol variation in the first game state It may be possible to prevent an unintended ball from being obtained by making a small hit on the display.

Here, in the first gaming state, the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display, and the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. By doing so, only the second symbol variation display may be discarded, and in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display. By displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the first symbol display means, the symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display may be discarded. Further, in the first gaming state, the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display, and the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. Therefore, the second symbol variation display may be discarded without fail, and in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display. Since the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means, the second symbol variation display may not be discarded.

Further, in the first gaming state, the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display, and only the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. By doing so, the second symbol variation display may be discarded, and in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display. The second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying a symbol other than the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the first symbol display means. Further, in the first gaming state, the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display, and the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed only on the first symbol display means. By doing so, the second symbol variation display may be discarded, and in the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the variation time of the second symbol variation display. The second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the symbol display means other than the first symbol display means.

Further, only in the first gaming state, the fluctuation time of the first symbol variation display is shorter than the fluctuation time of the second symbol variation display, and the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the first symbol display means. By doing so, the second symbol variation display may be discarded, or even in a gaming state other than the first gaming state, the variation time of the first symbol variation display is longer than the variation time of the second symbol variation display. The second symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the first symbol display means.

Further, "In the third gaming state, the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means, so that the first symbol variation display is discarded [for example, FIG. 22 (b)). As shown in, in the small hit rush, the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is a shortened variation, the variation time of the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a long variation of 450 to 500 seconds, and the symbol variation of special figure 1 is shown. Since the time for displaying the symbol variation of the special figure 2 is shorter than the display time, the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is discarded when the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the special figure 2.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, in the third gaming state, only the first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the second symbol display means, and in the third gaming state. By displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the second symbol display means, the symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display may be discarded. Further, in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be always discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the second symbol display means, and in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be discarded. There may be a case where the first symbol variation display is not discarded because the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means.

Further, in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying only the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the second symbol display means, and in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be discarded. The first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying a symbol other than the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the second symbol display means. Further, in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol only on the second symbol display means, and in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be discarded. The first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the symbol display means other than the second symbol display means.

Further, only in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the second symbol display means, or other than the third gaming state. Even in the gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be discarded by displaying the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol on the second symbol display means.

In addition, "the first variable winning means [for example, the first variable winning opening 234, etc.] and
A second variable winning means [for example, a second variable winning opening 235, etc.]
Equipped with
The first variable winning means is a variable winning means that can be changed into a third state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2341 is retracted] and a fourth state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2341 is projected]. can be,
The fourth state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first variable winning means than the third state.
The second variable winning means is a variable winning means that can be changed into a fifth state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2351 is projected] and a sixth state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2351 is retracted]. can be,
The sixth state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the second variable winning means than the fifth state.
When the small hit symbol [for example, "special figure C" or the like] is displayed in the first symbol display means, the first variable winning means is in the fourth state (hereinafter, "first". Small hit game [for example, a small hit game in which the first variable winning opening 234 is short-opened up to two times] ") is started.
When the small hit symbol [for example, "special symbol g" or the like] is displayed in the second symbol display means, the second variable winning means is in the sixth state (hereinafter, "second"). Small hit game [for example, a small hit game in which the second variable winning opening 235 is short-opened up to 12 times] ") is started.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may be possible to easily obtain a payout only when a small hit is made in the second symbol variation display of the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display. ..

Here, the first variable winning means may be one that can be changed only to the third state and the fourth state, or can be changed to a state other than the third state and the fourth state. It may be a thing. Further, the first variable winning means may be one that always changes to the third state and the fourth state, or may not change to the third state and the fourth state. May be good.

Further, the fourth state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter only in the first variable winning means than in the third state, or the game ball is the first variable than in the third state. It may be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. Further, the fourth state may be a state in which the game ball is always easier to enter the first variable winning means than the third state, and the game ball is the first variable than the third state. It may not be easy to enter the winning means.

Further, the fourth state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first variable winning means than only in the third state, and the game ball is the first state than in the states other than the third state. It may be in a state where it is easy to enter one variable winning means.

Further, the second variable winning means may be one that can be changed only to the fifth state and the sixth state, or one that can be changed to a state other than the fifth state and the sixth state. May be. Further, the second variable winning means may be one that always changes to the fifth state and the sixth state, or may not change to the fifth state and the sixth state. May be good.

Further, the sixth state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter only in the second variable winning means than in the fifth state, or the game ball is the second variable than in the fifth state. It may be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. Further, the sixth state may be a state in which the game ball is always easier to enter the second variable winning means than the fifth state, and the game ball is the second variable than the fifth state. It may not be easy to enter the winning means.

Further, the sixth state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the second variable winning means than only in the fifth state, and the game ball may be in a state other than the fifth state. It may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means.

Further, only the small hit game in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state when the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means may be started, or the small hit game may be started in the first symbol display means. When the winning symbol is displayed, a game other than the small hit game in which the first variable winning means becomes the fourth state may be started. Further, when the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the small hit game in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state may be started without fail, or the small hit game may be started in the first symbol display means. When the winning symbol is displayed, the small hit game in which the first variable winning means becomes the fourth state may not be started.

Further, when the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the small hit game in which only the first variable winning means is in the fourth state may be started, or the small hit game may be started in the first symbol display means. When the winning symbol is displayed, the small hit game may be started in which the winning means other than the first variable winning means becomes the fourth state. Further, when only the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the small hit game in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state may be started, or the small hit game may be started in the first symbol display means. Even if a symbol other than the winning symbol is displayed, the small hit game may be started in which the first variable winning means becomes the fourth state. Further, when the small hit symbol is displayed only in the first symbol display means, the small hit game in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state may be started, and the small hit game may be started other than the first symbol display means. When the small hit symbol is displayed in the symbol display means, the small hit game may be started in which the first variable winning means becomes the fourth state.

Further, only the small hit game in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state when the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means may be started, or the small hit game may be started in the second symbol display means. When the winning symbol is displayed, a game other than the small hit game in which the second variable winning means becomes the sixth state may be started. Further, when the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means, the small hit game in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state may be started without fail, or the small hit game may be started in the second symbol display means. When the winning symbol is displayed, the small hit game in which the second variable winning means becomes the sixth state may not be started.

Further, when the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means, the small hit game in which only the second variable winning means is in the sixth state may be started, or the small hit game may be started in the second symbol display means. When the winning symbol is displayed, the small hit game may be started in which the winning means other than the second variable winning means becomes the sixth state. Further, a small hit game may be started in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state when only the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means, or the small hit game may be started in the second symbol display means. Even if a symbol other than the winning symbol is displayed, the small hit game may be started in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state. Further, when the small hit symbol is displayed only in the second symbol display means, the small hit game in which the second variable winning means becomes the sixth state may be started, and other than the second symbol display means, When the small hit symbol is displayed in the symbol display means, the small hit game may be started in which the second variable winning means becomes the sixth state.

Further, "the second is more than the total time in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state in the first small hit game [for example, a short opening of 0.2 seconds x a maximum of two times, etc.]. In the small hit game, the total time during which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state [for example, a short opening of 0.2 seconds x a maximum of 12 times] is longer.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may be possible to easily obtain a payout only when a small hit is made in the second symbol variation display of the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display. ..

Here, the total time in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state in the second small hit game is larger than the total time in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state in the first small hit game. Only may be longer, and the second variable winning means in the second small hit game is second than the total time in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state in the first small hit game. The time other than the total time in which the six states are reached may be longer. Further, the total time during which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state in the second small hit game is longer than the total time during which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state in the first small hit game. It may be longer, and the second variable winning means is the sixth in the second small hit game than the total time in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state in the first small hit game. The total time to be in the state of may not be longer.

Further, the total time in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state only in the second small hit game is longer than the total time in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state in the first small hit game. May be longer, and the second variable winning in games other than the second small hit game is longer than the total time in which the first variable winning means becomes the fourth state in the first small hit game. The total time for which the means are in the sixth state may be longer. Further, the total time in which the second variable winning means is in the sixth state in the second small hit game is larger than the total time in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state only in the first small hit game. May be longer, and even in games other than the first small hit game, the second variable winning in the second small hit game is longer than the total time in which the first variable winning means is in the fourth state. The total time for which the means are in the sixth state may be longer.

In addition, "deceleration means for reducing the flow speed of the game ball [for example, rear side first rib 23r1, rear side lateral rib 23r2, rear side second rib 23r3, front side first rib 23f1, front side lateral rib 23f2, front side second". Ribs 23f3, ball guide ribs 23f6 to 23f8, etc.]
In the second gaming state, a big hit is more likely to occur when hitting to the right than when hitting to the left [For example, as shown in FIG. 7 (b), in the electric support state, hitting to the right causes special figure 1 Since it is easier to win a prize in the starting port (variable) 231, it is easier to execute the symbol variation display in Special Figure 1, and right-handed is more likely to be a big hit than left-handed.],
In the third gaming state, the right-handed hit is more likely to be a big hit than the left-handed hit [for example, as shown in FIG. 4A, in the small hit rush, a right-handed hit wins a prize. Since the result is easier to display in the symbol variation display of special figure 2 executed by winning the game ball to the possible special figure 2 starting port 232 than the symbol variation display of special figure 1, right-handed is a big hit. Easy, etc.],
The first variable winning means is a variable winning means having a first shutter member [for example, a shutter member 2341 or the like] capable of advancing and retreating in the front-rear direction.
The third state is a state in which the first shutter member is retracted backward.
The fourth state is a state in which the first shutter member protrudes forward.
The second variable winning means is a variable winning means having a second shutter member [for example, a shutter member 2351 or the like] capable of advancing and retreating in the front-rear direction.
The fifth state is a state in which the second shutter member protrudes forward.
The sixth state is a state in which the second shutter member is retracted rearward.
The first variable winning means is a variable winning means capable of entering a game ball that has rolled from one end to the other end of the first shutter member in the fourth state [for example, FIG. 7 (a). ), A game ball that has rolled from one end to the other end of the protruding shutter member 2341 enters the first variable winning opening 234, etc.],.
The second variable winning means is a variable winning means capable of winning by dropping a game ball rolling on the second shutter member when the fifth state is changed to the sixth state. [For example, as shown in FIG. 4B, when the shutter member 2351 is retracted from the protruding state, the game ball rolling on the shutter member 2351 falls and the second variable prize is won. Enter the ball in the mouth 235, etc.],
The second variable winning means is arranged on the upstream side in the flow direction of the game ball with respect to the first variable winning means, and the game ball that does not enter the second variable winning means is the first. Guided by the variable winning means [for example, as shown in FIG. 7A, the second variable winning opening 235 is arranged on the upstream side of the first variable winning opening 234 in the flow direction of the game ball, and the shutter member 2351. The game ball that did not enter the second variable winning opening 235 in the protruding state is guided to the first variable winning opening 234, etc.],
The deceleration means is a means for reducing the flow speed of the game ball rolling on at least the second shutter member [for example, as shown in FIG. 6, the rear first rib 23r1 and the rear lateral rib 23r2. , Rear second rib 23r3, front first rib 23f1, front lateral rib 23f2, front second rib 23f3, ball guide ribs 23f6 to 23f8 to decelerate the game ball rolling on the shutter member 2351, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the deceleration means may reduce only the flow speed of the game ball, or may reduce the speed other than the flow speed of the game ball. Further, the deceleration means may be one that always reduces the flow speed of the game ball, or may be one that does not reduce the flow speed of the game ball.

Also, in the second gaming state, it may be easier to get a big hit only when hitting right than when hitting left, and in the second gaming state, when hitting right than when hitting left. May be more likely than a big hit. Also, in the second game state, it may be easier to get a big hit when hitting right than when hitting left, and in the second game state, when hitting right than when hitting left. May not be a big hit.

Also, only in the second gaming state, it may be easier to make a big hit when hitting right than when hitting left, and even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, hitting right than when hitting left. It may be easier to get a big hit if you do.

Also, in the third gaming state, it may be easier to get a big hit only when hitting right than when hitting left, and in the third gaming state, when hitting right than when hitting left. May be more likely than a big hit. Also, in the third game state, it may be easier to get a big hit when hitting right than when hitting left, and in the third game state, when hitting right than when hitting left. May not be a big hit.

Also, only in the third gaming state, it may be easier to make a big hit when hitting right than when hitting left, and even in a gaming state other than the third gaming state, hitting right than when hitting left. It may be easier to get a big hit if you do.

Further, the first variable winning means may have only the first shutter member capable of advancing and retreating in the front-rear direction, or may have a member other than the first shutter member capable of advancing and retreating in the front-rear direction. There may be. Further, the first variable winning means may always have a first shutter member capable of advancing and retreating in the front-rear direction, or may not have a first shutter member capable of advancing and retreating in the front-rear direction. May be.

Further, the third state may be a state in which the first shutter member is retracted only to the rear, or a state in which the first shutter member is retracted to other than the rear. Further, the third state may be a state in which the first shutter member is always retracted backward, or may be a state in which the first shutter member may not retract rearward.

Further, the fourth state may be a state in which the first shutter member protrudes only forward, or a state in which the first shutter member protrudes other than the front. Further, the fourth state may be a state in which the first shutter member always protrudes forward, or a state in which the first shutter member may not protrude forward.

Further, the second variable winning means may have only a second shutter member capable of advancing and retreating in the front-rear direction, or may have a member other than the second shutter member capable of advancing and retreating in the front-rear direction. There may be. Further, the second variable winning means may always have a second shutter member capable of advancing and retreating in the front-rear direction, or may not have a second shutter member capable of advancing and retreating in the front-rear direction. May be.

Further, the fifth state may be a state in which the second shutter member protrudes only forward, or a state in which the second shutter member protrudes other than the front. Further, the fifth state may be a state in which the second shutter member always protrudes forward, or a state in which the second shutter member may not protrude forward.

Further, the sixth state may be a state in which the second shutter member is retracted only to the rear, or a state in which the second shutter member is retracted to other than the rear. Further, the sixth state may be a state in which the second shutter member is always retracted backward, or may be a state in which the second shutter member may not retract rearward.

Further, the first variable winning means may be such that only the game ball in which the game ball rolls from one end to the other end of the first shutter member in the fourth state can enter the ball. A game ball other than the game ball in which the game ball rolls from one end to the other end of the first shutter member in the fourth state may also be able to enter. Further, the first variable winning means may be such that the game ball in which the game ball rolls from one end to the other end of the first shutter member in the fourth state does not always enter the ball. In the fourth state, the game ball may not enter the game ball in which the game ball rolls from one end to the other end of the first shutter member.

Further, the first variable winning means may be one in which the game ball in which the game ball rolls from one end to the other end of the first shutter member can enter the ball only in the fourth state. Even in a state other than the four states, the game ball may be capable of entering the game ball in which the game ball rolls from one end to the other end of the first shutter member.

Further, the second variable winning means can be entered only by the game ball rolling on the second shutter member falling when the fifth state is changed to the sixth state. Alternatively, the ball may be capable of entering the ball other than the falling game ball rolling on the second shutter member when the fifth state is changed to the sixth state. Further, even if the second variable winning means changes from the fifth state to the sixth state, the game ball rolling on the second shutter member always falls to enter the ball. Alternatively, when the state changes from the fifth state to the sixth state, the game ball rolling on the second shutter member may fall and may not enter the ball.

Further, the second variable winning means is capable of entering a ball by dropping a game ball rolling on the second shutter member only when the fifth state is changed to the sixth state. Alternatively, the game ball that rolls on the second shutter member may be able to enter the ball by falling, other than when the state changes from the fifth state to the sixth state.

Further, the second variable winning means is arranged on the upstream side in the flow direction of the game ball from the first variable winning means, and the game ball that does not enter the second variable winning means is the first variable winning means. It may be guided only by the means, or the second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the flow direction of the game ball and does not enter the second variable winning means. The game ball may be guided to other than the first variable winning means. Further, the second variable winning means is arranged on the upstream side in the flow direction of the game ball from the first variable winning means, and the game ball that does not enter the second variable winning means is the first variable winning means. The means may always be guided, or the second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the flow direction of the game ball and does not enter the second variable winning means. The game ball may not be guided to the first variable winning means.

Further, the second variable winning means is arranged on the upstream side in the flow direction of the game ball from the first variable winning means, and only the game ball that does not enter the second variable winning means is the first variable. The winning means may be guided, or the second variable winning means is arranged upstream of the first variable winning means in the flow direction of the game ball and does not enter the second variable winning means. A game ball other than the game ball may also be guided to the first variable winning means. Further, the second variable winning means is arranged only on the upstream side in the flow direction of the game ball from the first variable winning means, and the game ball that does not enter the second variable winning means is the first variable. It may be guided to the winning means, or the second variable winning means is arranged other than the upstream side in the flow direction of the game ball than the first variable winning means, and the ball enters the second variable winning means. The missing game ball may be guided to the first variable winning means.

Further, only the second variable winning means is arranged on the upstream side in the flow direction of the game ball from the first variable winning means, and the game ball that did not enter the second variable winning means is the first variable. The winning means may be guided to the winning means, or the winning means other than the second variable winning means is arranged on the upstream side in the flow direction of the game ball from the first variable winning means and enters the second variable winning means. The game ball that did not ball may be guided to the first variable winning means.

Further, the deceleration means may be at least one that reduces only the flow speed of the game ball rolling on the second shutter member, or other than the flow speed of the game ball rolling on the second shutter member. It may also reduce the speed of. Further, at least the flow speed of the game ball rolling on the second shutter member may be reduced without fail, or at least the flow speed of the game ball rolling on the second shutter member may not be reduced. It may be something that has.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, in the above description,
"A game control means [for example, a main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states.
An effect means capable of executing a plurality of effects [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] and
It is a game table equipped with
One of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush] (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state.
One of the plurality of effects is the first effect [for example, the effect of a mission to set the life of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIGS. 29 (b) to 0 and defeat it]. ,
One of the plurality of effects is a second effect [for example, an effect of determining a victory pose by the character HDS of the lord shown in FIG. 29 (o)], and the first effect is. It is an effect that may be started in the second gaming state.
The first production is a mission production.
The second effect is an effect that starts when the mission is achieved.
When the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game [for example, FIGS. 29 (o) to 29 (p). ), When the production that decides the victory pose by the character HDS of the lord is performed, it shifts to a small hit rush etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the game control means.

In addition, according to this game table, it may be possible to pay attention to the movement of the mission even if it is not a big hit.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the effect means may be capable of executing only a plurality of effects, or may be capable of executing a process other than the plurality of effects. Further, the effect means may be one that always executes a plurality of effects, or may not execute a plurality of effects.

Further, the first effect may be started only in the second gaming state, or may be started in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. May be good. Further, the first effect may be always started in the second gaming state, or may not be started in the second gaming state.

Further, the second effect may be started only when the mission is completed, or may be started even when the mission is not achieved. Further, the second effect may be always started when the mission is completed, or may not be started when the mission is completed.

Further, when the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second game state to only the third game state without executing the jackpot game, or the second effect is started. In some cases, the game may shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game. Further, when the second effect is started, the game may always shift from the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, and when the second effect is started, the second effect is started. There may be a case where the game state of the above is not changed to the third game state without the big hit game being executed.

Further, when the second effect is started, the game may shift from only the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, or the second effect is started. And there may be a case where the game state other than the second game state shifts to the third game state without executing the jackpot game. Further, only when the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, or the second effect is started. In cases other than the above, there may be a case where the game shifts from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game.

In addition, "when the second gaming state starts, the first effect is started, and the second effect may be started in connection with the end of the second gaming state [for example," As shown in FIGS. 29 (b) to (o), when the battle mode is entered, the mission production is started, and when the electric support is removed, the mission is completed and the victory pose by the character HDS of the lord is decided. Is started, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may be possible to draw attention to the entire period of the second game state by the production by the mission.

Here, when the second gaming state starts, the first effect may be started, and in connection with the end of the second gaming state, only the second effect may be started, or the second effect. When the second gaming state starts, the first effect is started, and in connection with the end of the second gaming state, an effect other than the second effect may be started. Further, when the second gaming state starts, the first effect is started, and the second effect may always be started in connection with the end of the second gaming state, or the second gaming state may be started. When it starts, the first effect may be started, and the second effect may not be started in connection with the end of the second gaming state.

Further, when the second gaming state starts, the first effect may be started, and the second effect may be started only in connection with the end of the second gaming state. When the gaming state of is started, the first effect is started, and the second effect may be started in connection with the end of the second gaming state. Further, when the second gaming state starts, the first effect may be started, and the second effect may be started in connection with the end of only the second gaming state, or the second. The first effect may be started when the game state of the above is started, and the second effect may be started in connection with the end of the game state other than the second game state.

Further, when the second gaming state starts, only the first effect may be started, and the second effect may be started in connection with the end of the second gaming state. When the gaming state of is started, the effects other than the first effect are also started, and the second effect may be started in connection with the end of the second game state. Further, when the second gaming state starts, the first effect is always started, and the second effect may be started in connection with the end of the second gaming state, or the second effect. When the gaming state of is started, the first effect may not be started, and the second effect may be started in connection with the end of the second gaming state.

Further, when only the second gaming state starts, the first effect may be started, and the second effect may be started in connection with the end of the second gaming state. The first effect may be started when a game state other than the game state of is started, and the second effect may be started in connection with the end of the second game state.

Further, it is provided with "design display means [for example, first special symbol display device 212, second special symbol display device 214, etc.] capable of executing symbol variation display.
The third gaming state is a gaming state in which prize balls are more likely to be paid out by a small hit game than in the second gaming state [for example, in a small hit rush, prize balls are more likely to be paid out than in battle mode. "Special figure g" tends to be a small hit, etc.],
The game control means has a plurality of types of fitting times after shifting to the second game state [for example, the number of times of electric support in FIG. 1 (10 times, 15 times, 20 times, 25 times, 30 times, 35 times). , 40 times, 45 times, 50 times), etc.]
The number of fittings is the number of times the symbol variation display is executed, which is necessary to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without starting the jackpot game.
When the symbol variation display of the selected number of fits among the plurality of types of fits is executed after the second gaming state starts (hereinafter referred to as "fifth case"), the second game state is started. It shifts from the second gaming state to the third gaming state [For example, when the number of electric support times of special figure 1 is selected 50 times, when the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is executed 50 times, the battle mode is small. Shift to a hit rush, etc.],
In the fifth case, the mission is achieved and the second effect is started [for example, as shown in FIGS. 29 (b) to 29 (o), the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is performed 50 times. When it is executed, the production that the character HDS of the lord decides the victory pose as if the mission has been completed will be started],,
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may be possible to draw attention to the trend of mission production while expecting that the number of fits is small.

Here, the symbol display means may be capable of executing only the symbol variation display, or may be capable of executing a display other than the symbol variation display. Further, the symbol display means may be one that always executes the symbol variation display, or may not execute the symbol variation display.

Further, in the third game state, only the prize ball may be more easily paid out by the small hit game than in the second game state, or other than the prize ball by the small hit game than in the second game state. Things may also be easy to pay out. Further, in the third game state, the prize ball may be more easily paid out by the small hit game than in the second game state, or the prize ball may be paid out by the small hit game than in the second game state. It may not be easy to pay out.

Further, the game control means may be capable of selecting only one type of fit count among a plurality of types of fit counts after shifting to the second game state, or may be in the second game state. It may be possible to select a number of times other than the number of fits of one of a plurality of types of fits after the transition. Further, the game control means may always select one type of fit count among a plurality of types of fit counts after shifting to the second game state, or shift to the second game state. Then, one of a plurality of types of fitting times may not be selected.

In addition, when the symbol variation display of the selected number of fits among a plurality of types of fits is executed after the second game state starts, only the second game state is changed to the third game state. Alternatively, when the symbol variation display of the selected number of fits among a plurality of types of fits is executed after the second game state starts, the second game state to other than the third game state is executed. You may also shift to the game state of. In addition, when the symbol variation display of the selected number of fits among a plurality of types of fits is executed after the second game state starts, the state always shifts from the second game state to the third game state. Alternatively, when the symbol variation display of the selected number of fits among a plurality of types of fits is executed after the second game state starts, the second game state is changed to the third game state. It may not migrate.

In addition, only when the symbol variation display of the selected number of fits among a plurality of types of fits is executed after the second game state starts, the state shifts from the second game state to the third game state. Alternatively, it may be the third from the second gaming state even in cases other than the case where the symbol variation display of the selected fitting count among the plurality of fitting counts is executed after the second gaming state starts. You may shift to the game state of. In addition, only after the second game state has started, when the symbol variation display of the selected number of fits among the plurality of types of fits is executed, the state shifts from the second game state to the third game state. Alternatively, even after the second gaming state has started, when the symbol variation display of the selected fitting count among a plurality of types of fitting counts is executed, the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be executed. You may move to.

Further, in the fifth case, the mission may be achieved and only the second effect may be started, or in the fifth case, the mission may be achieved and the effects other than the second effect may be started. Further, in the fifth case, the mission may be achieved and the second effect may be started without fail, or in the fifth case, the mission may be achieved and the second effect may not be started.

Further, the mission may be completed and the second effect may be started only in the fifth case, or the mission may be completed and the second effect may be started in cases other than the fifth case.

In addition, "a look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] capable of executing a plurality of types of look-ahead notices] is provided.
The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is the first look-ahead notice [for example, the continuous notice in which the continuous attack shown in FIGS. 30 (c) to 30 (h) is produced].
The first pre-reading notice is a continuous notice in which the effect is executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed [for example, as shown in FIGS. 30 (c) to 30 (h). In addition, continuous advance notice production by continuous attack that damages the swordsman character KNG every time the symbol change display of Special Figure 1 is performed],
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may be started when any of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays in the second gaming state has a different result from the jackpot [. For example, as shown in FIGS. 30 (c) to 30 (h), a continuous notice effect may be performed when all of the reserved symbol variation displays of the special figure 1 are small hits],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

The conventional game table that gives a look-ahead notice is expected to be a big hit, but according to this game table, the game state changes, for example, as a big hit that changes the game state by performing the look-ahead notice. In some cases, it is possible to have a feeling of expectation from the second gaming state to the third gaming state, and to have a feeling of expectation different from the conventional one, without having to worry about doing so.

Here, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may be capable of executing notices other than a plurality of types of look-ahead notices. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of look-ahead notices.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be a continuous notice in which only the effect is executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed, or the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed. It may be a continuous notice in which something other than directing is executed in the direction. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be a continuous notice in which the effect is always executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed, or the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed. It may be a continuous notice that the effect may not be executed in the direction.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only when any of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays is different from the jackpot in the second gaming state. Alternatively, in the second gaming state, any of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays may be started in cases other than the case where the result is different from the jackpot. .. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always started when any of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays is different from the jackpot in the second gaming state. , In the second gaming state, any of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays may not be started if the result is different from the jackpot.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only in the second gaming state when any of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays has a different result from the jackpot. Alternatively, even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, even if any of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays may be started when the result is different from the jackpot. good.

Further, "The pre-reading notice of one of the plurality of types of pre-reading notices is the second pre-reading notice [for example, the hold notice shown in FIGS. 31 (g) to (n) and the hold notice shown in FIGS. 32 (f) to 32 (f) to the same. Hold notice, etc. shown in Fig. (N)].
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice different from the first look-ahead notice.
When the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the process shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process.
The first game process is a game process in which a big hit game is executed in the second game state, and after the end of the big hit game, the game shifts to the third game state [for example, in the battle mode, "" In the case of a big hit with the probabilistic super big hit of "Special Figure B", the game shifts to the small hit rush after the big hit game related to the big hit is completed],.
The second gaming process is a gaming process in which the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state in the fifth case [for example, special figure 1 after shifting to the battle mode. When the symbol fluctuation display of is executed a predetermined number of times and the electric support is removed, the battle mode shifts to the small hit rush, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, by giving a second look-ahead notice, it is possible to have a sense of expectation for the transition to the third game state, and also to have an expectation for the possibility of a big hit. In some cases.

Here, if the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, then only the third gaming state is entered in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, then in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process, other than the third gaming state. It may also shift to the game state. In addition, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it always shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it does not shift to the third gaming state in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process thereafter. There may be cases.

In addition, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the process shifts to the third gaming state only in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second game state, the third game is also performed in a game process other than the first game process or the second game process. You may move to the state. Further, when the second look-ahead notice is started only in the second gaming state, the game shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second look-ahead notice is started in a game state other than the second game state, then the third game is performed in either the first game process or the second game process. You may move to the state.

In addition, "a look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] capable of executing a plurality of types of look-ahead notices] is provided.
The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is the second look-ahead notice [for example, the hold notice shown in FIGS. 31 (g) to (n) and the hold notice shown in FIGS. 32 (f) to (n). ) Shown on hold, etc.]
When the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the process shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process.
The first game process is a game process in which a big hit game is executed in the second game state, and after the end of the big hit game, the game shifts to the third game state [for example, in the battle mode, "" In the case of a big hit with the probabilistic super big hit of "Special Figure B", the game shifts to the small hit rush after the big hit game related to the big hit is completed],.
The second gaming process is a gaming process in which the jackpot game is not started in the second gaming state and the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state [for example, a battle]. After shifting to the mode, when the symbol variation display of Special Figure 1 is executed a predetermined number of times and the electric support is removed, the battle mode shifts to the small hit rush, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, by giving a second look-ahead notice, it is possible to have a sense of expectation for the transition to the third game state, and also to have an expectation for the possibility of a big hit. In some cases.

Here, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may be capable of executing notices other than a plurality of types of look-ahead notices. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of look-ahead notices.

In addition, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it shifts only to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, then in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process, a game other than the third gaming state is started. It may also shift to the state. In addition, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it always shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it does not shift to the third gaming state in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process thereafter. There may be cases.

In addition, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the process shifts to the third gaming state only in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second game state, the third game is also performed in a game process other than the first game process or the second game process. You may move to the state. Further, when the second look-ahead notice is started only in the second gaming state, the game shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second look-ahead notice is started in a game state other than the second game state, then the third game is performed in either the first game process or the second game process. You may move to the state.

In addition, "one of the plurality of effects is a third effect [for example, an effect in which the character HDS of the lord shown in FIG. 28 (l) is defeated].
The third effect is an effect of notifying that the mission has failed.
When the third effect is started, a certain big hit [for example, a normal big hit of "Special Figure A", a 5R probability variation big hit of "Special Figure E" to "Special Figure Q", etc.] becomes.
After the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed, the game state shifts to a game state different from the third game state.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the third effect may be to notify only that the mission has failed, or may be to notify other things other than the failure of the mission. Further, the third effect may be one that always notifies that the mission has failed, or may be one that does not notify that the mission has failed.

Further, when the third effect is started, only a certain big hit may be made, or when the third effect is started, a big hit other than a certain big hit may be made. Further, when the third effect is started, a certain big hit may be made, or when the third effect is started, a certain big hit may not be obtained.

Further, if only the third effect is started, it may be a big hit, or if an effect other than the third effect is started, it may be a big hit.

Further, after the big hit game related to a certain big hit is finished, the game state may be changed only to a game state different from the third game state, or after the big hit game related to a certain big hit is finished, the third game state may be changed. It may shift to a game state other than the game state different from the game state. Further, after the big hit game related to a certain big hit is finished, the game state may be changed to a game state different from the third game state, or after the big hit game related to a certain big hit is finished, the third game state may be started. It may not shift to a gaming state different from the gaming state.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability, usually low probability), etc.].
The second gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
When the big hit game is started in the first game state, after the end of the big hit game, the game shifts to the second game state and the first effect is started (hereinafter, "the first case [" For example, as shown in FIG. 28, when a 5R probability variable jackpot is reached in a normal game state, the battle mode is entered and the mission production is started after the jackpot game related to the jackpot is completed.] " .) There is
When the big hit game is started in the second gaming state, after the end of the big hit game, the game shifts to the second gaming state and the first effect is started (hereinafter, "the third case []. For example, as shown in FIG. 29, when a 5R probability variable jackpot is reached in the battle mode, the mission mode is started again after the jackpot game related to the jackpot is completed.] " .) There is
The mission is more likely to be achieved in the third case than in the first case [for example, as shown in FIG. 20, 5R in the battle mode than in the case of a 5R probability variation jackpot in the normal gaming state. In the case of a probable change jackpot, the average number of electric support is smaller, so it is easier to miss the electric support, the mission is easier to accomplish, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game and only the first effect may be started. When the big hit game is started in one game state, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game, and the effects other than the first effect may be started. Further, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game and the first effect may be always started, or in the first game state. When the big hit game is started, it may shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game and the first effect may not be started.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the first effect may be started by shifting to only the second game state after the end of the big hit game. When the big hit game is started in the game state of the above, the first effect may be started by shifting to the game state other than the second game state after the end of the big hit game. Further, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may shift to the second game state and the first effect may be started only after the end of the big hit game. When the big hit game is started in the game state of the above, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state other than after the end of the big hit game.

Further, only when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game. In cases other than the case where the big hit game is started in one game state, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game. Further, if the big hit game is started only in the first game state, the game may shift to the second game state and the first effect may be started after the end of the big hit game. If the big hit game is started even in a game state other than the game state of the above, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the second game state, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game and only the first effect may be started. When the big hit game is started in the game state of, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game, and the effects other than the first effect may be started. Further, when the big hit game is started in the second game state, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game and the first effect may be always started, or in the second game state. When the big hit game is started, it may shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game and the first effect may not be started.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the second game state, the first effect may be started by shifting to only the second game state after the end of the big hit game. When the big hit game is started in the game state of the above, the first effect may be started by shifting to the game state other than the second game state after the end of the big hit game. Further, when the big hit game is started in the second game state, the game may shift to the second game state and the first effect may be started only after the end of the big hit game. When the big hit game is started in the game state of the above, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state other than after the end of the big hit game.

Further, only when the big hit game is started in the second game state, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game. In cases other than the case where the big hit game is started in the second game state, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game. Further, if the big hit game is started only in the second game state, the game may shift to the second game state and the first effect may be started after the end of the big hit game. When the big hit game is started in a game state other than the game state of the above, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game.

In addition, the third case may be easier to accomplish only the mission than the first case, and the third case may be easier to accomplish other than the mission than the first case. .. Also, the mission may always be easier to complete in the third case than in the first case, and it may not be easier to complete the mission in the third case than in the first case. You may.

Also, the mission may be easier to complete only in the third case than in the first case, and it is easier to complete the mission in cases other than the third case than in the first case. May be good.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, in the above description,
"A game control means [for example, a main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states.
A symbol display means [for example, a first special symbol display device 212, a second special symbol display device 214, etc.] capable of executing a symbol variation display, and
An effect means capable of executing a plurality of effects [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] and
A look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] capable of executing a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, and
It is a game table equipped with
One of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush] (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state in which prize balls are more likely to be paid out by a small hit game than in the second gaming state [for example, in a small hit rush, prize balls are more likely to be paid out than in battle mode. "Special figure g" tends to be a small hit, etc.],
One of the plurality of effects is the first effect [for example, the effect of a mission to set the life of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIGS. 29 (b) to 0 and defeat it]. ,
One of the plurality of effects is a second effect [for example, an effect of determining a victory pose by the character HDS of the lord shown in FIG. 29 (o)].
The first effect is an effect that may be started in the second gaming state.
The first production is a mission production.
The second effect is an effect that starts when the mission is achieved.
When the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game [for example, FIGS. 29 (o) to 29 (p). ), When the production that decides the victory pose by the character HDS of the lord is performed, it shifts to a small hit rush etc.],
After the second gaming state starts, when the symbol variation display that is lost without starting the jackpot game is executed a certain number of times (hereinafter, referred to as "a certain number of fits") (hereinafter, referred to as "a certain number of fits"). In the "fifth case"), the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state.
In the fifth case, the mission is achieved and the second effect is started [for example, as shown in FIGS. 29 (b) to 29 (o), the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 is executed 50 times. Then, the production that the character HDS of the lord decides the victory pose as the mission is completed will be started],,
The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is the first look-ahead notice [for example, the continuous notice in which the continuous attack shown in FIGS. 30 (c) to 30 (h) is produced].
The first pre-reading notice is a continuous notice in which the effect is executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed [for example, as shown in FIGS. 30 (c) to 30 (h). In addition, continuous advance notice production by continuous attack that damages the swordsman character KNG every time the symbol change display of Special Figure 1 is performed],
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may be started when any of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays is different from the jackpot in the second gaming state [. For example, as shown in FIGS. 30 (c) to 30 (h), a continuous notice effect may be performed when all of the reserved symbol variation displays of the special figure 1 are small hits],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Explained.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the symbol display means may be capable of executing only the symbol variation display, or may be capable of executing a display other than the symbol variation display. Further, the symbol display means may be one that always executes the symbol variation display, or may not execute the symbol variation display.

Further, the effect means may be capable of executing only a plurality of effects, or may be capable of executing a method other than the plurality of effects. Further, the effect means may be one that always executes a plurality of effects, or may not execute a plurality of effects.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the plurality of types of look-ahead notices. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of look-ahead notices.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the second gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Further, the third game state may be one in which the prize ball is more likely to be paid out only by the small hit game than in the second game state, or by a game other than the small hit game than in the second game state. The prize ball may be easily paid out. Further, in the third game state, the prize ball may be more easily paid out by the small hit game than in the second game state, or the prize ball may be paid out by the small hit game than in the second game state. It may not be easy to pay out.

Further, the first effect may be started only in the second gaming state, or may be started in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. May be good. Further, the first effect may be always started in the second gaming state, or may not be started in the second gaming state.

Further, the second effect may be started only when the mission is completed, or may be started even when the mission is not achieved. Further, the second effect may be started whenever the mission is completed, or may be started even when the mission is not completed.

Further, when the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second game state to only the third game state without executing the jackpot game, or the second effect is started. In some cases, the game may shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game. Further, when the second effect is started, the game may always shift from the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, and when the second effect is started, the second effect is started. There may be a case where the game state of the above is not changed to the third game state without the big hit game being executed.

Further, if only the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, and the effects other than the second effect may be performed. When it is started, it may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game.

In addition, after the second game state has started, if the symbol variation display that is out of order without starting the jackpot game is executed a certain number of times, the second game state is changed to the third game state only. Alternatively, after the second game state has started, if the symbol variation display that is out of order is executed a certain number of times without starting the jackpot game, the second game state to the third game may be executed. It may shift to a gaming state other than the state. In addition, after the second game state has started, if the symbol variation display that is out of order without starting the jackpot game is executed a certain number of times, the second game state is always changed to the third game state. Alternatively, after the second game state has started, if the symbol variation display that is out of order is executed a certain number of times without starting the jackpot game, the second game state to the third game may be executed. It may not transition to the state.

In addition, after the second game state starts, the second game state shifts to the third game state only when the symbol variation display that is out of order without starting the big hit game is executed a certain number of times. Alternatively, after the second game state has started, the symbol variation display that is out of order without the start of the jackpot game has been executed a certain number of times from the second game state. It may shift to the third gaming state.

In addition, after the second gaming state has started, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state is made when the symbol variation display that is out of order without starting the jackpot game is executed only a certain number of times. Alternatively, after the second game state has started, if the symbol variation display that is out of order without starting the jackpot game is executed a number of times other than a certain number of times, the second game state is changed from the second game state. You may shift to the third gaming state.

In addition, only after the second game state has started, the game shifts from the second game state to the third game state when the symbol variation display that is lost without starting the jackpot game is executed a certain number of times. Alternatively, even after the second game state has not started, the symbol variation display that is out of order without the start of the jackpot game is executed a certain number of times from the second game state. It may shift to the third gaming state.

Further, in the fifth case, the mission may be achieved and only the second effect may be started, or in the fifth case, the mission may be achieved and the effects other than the second effect may be started. Further, in the fifth case, the mission may be achieved and the second effect may be started without fail, or in the fifth case, the mission may be achieved and the second effect may not be started.

Further, the mission may be completed and the second effect may be started only in the fifth case, or the mission may be completed and the second effect may be started in cases other than the fifth case.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be a continuous notice in which only the effect is executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed, or the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed. It may be a continuous notice in which something other than directing is executed in the direction. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be a continuous notice in which the effect is always executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed, or the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed. It may be a continuous notice that the effect may not be executed in the direction.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be a continuous notice in which the effect is executed only in the direction in which the mission is achieved each time the symbol change display is executed, or the mission is achieved each time the symbol change display is executed. It may be a continuous notice that the effect is executed in a direction other than the direction.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be a continuous notice in which the effect is executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved only each time the symbol change display is executed, or the mission may be performed in a case other than each execution of the symbol change display. It may be a continuous notice that the effect is executed in the direction in which is achieved.

Further, even if the first look-ahead notice may be started only when any of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays is different from the jackpot in the second gaming state. Alternatively, in the second gaming state, any of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays may be started in cases other than the case where the result is different from the jackpot. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always started when any of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays is different from the jackpot in the second gaming state. In the second gaming state, none of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays may be started if the result is different from the jackpot.

Further, even if the first look-ahead notice may be started only in the second gaming state when any of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays has a different result from the jackpot. Alternatively, even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, any of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays may be started when the result is different from the jackpot.

Further, "The game control means has a plurality of types of fitting times since the transition to the second game state [for example, the number of times of electric support in FIG. 1 (10 times, 15 times, 20 times, 25 times, 30 times). , 35 times, 40 times, 45 times, 50 times), etc.]
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the game control means may be capable of selecting only one type of fit count among a plurality of types of fit counts as a certain fit count after shifting to the second gaming state. After shifting to the second gaming state, the number of fits other than the number of fits of one of the plurality of types of fits may be selectable as a certain number of fits. Further, the game control means may always select the number of fits of one of a plurality of types of fits as a certain number of fits after shifting to the second game state, or the second In some cases, the number of fits of one of a plurality of types of fits may not be selected as a certain number of fits after the transition to the gaming state of.

Further, "The pre-reading notice of one of the plurality of types of pre-reading notices is the second pre-reading notice [for example, the hold notice shown in FIGS. 31 (g) to (n) and the hold notice shown in FIGS. 32 (f) to 32 (f) to the same. Hold notice, etc. shown in Fig. (N)].
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice different from the first look-ahead notice.
When the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the process shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process.
The first game process is a game process in which a big hit game is executed in the second game state, and after the end of the big hit game, the game shifts to the third game state [for example, in the battle mode, "" In the case of a big hit with the probabilistic super big hit of "Special Figure B", the game shifts to the small hit rush after the big hit game related to the big hit is completed],.
The second gaming process is a gaming process that shifts from the second gaming state to the third gaming state in the fifth case [for example, after shifting to the battle mode, special figure 1 When the symbol fluctuation display of is executed a predetermined number of times and the electric support is removed, the battle mode shifts to the small hit rush, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, then only the third gaming state shifts to in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, then in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process, other than the third gaming state. It may also shift to the game state. In addition, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it always shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it does not shift to the third gaming state in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process thereafter. There may be cases.

In addition, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the process shifts to the third gaming state only in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second game state, the third game is also performed in a game process other than the first game process or the second game process. You may move to the state.

In addition, only when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the game shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, even in cases other than the case where the second look-ahead notice is started in the second game state, the third game process in either the first game process or the second game process is performed thereafter. You may shift to the game state of.

Further, when the second look-ahead notice is started only in the second gaming state, the game shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second look-ahead notice is started in a game state other than the second game state, then the third game is performed in either the first game process or the second game process. You may move to the state.

Further, "a game control means [for example, a main control unit 300 or the like] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states".
An effect means capable of executing a plurality of effects [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] and
A look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] capable of executing a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, and
It is a game table equipped with
One of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush] (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state.
One of the plurality of effects is the first effect [for example, the effect of a mission to set the life of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIGS. 29 (b) to 0 and defeat it]. ,
One of the plurality of effects is a second effect [for example, an effect of determining a victory pose by the character HDS of the lord shown in FIG. 29 (o)].
The first effect is an effect that may be started in the second gaming state.
The first production is a mission production.
The second effect is an effect that starts when the mission is achieved.
When the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game [for example, FIGS. 29 (o) to 29 (p). ), When the production that decides the victory pose by the character HDS of the lord is performed, it shifts to a small hit rush etc.],
The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is the second look-ahead notice [for example, the hold notice shown in FIGS. 31 (g) to (n) and the hold notice shown in FIGS. 32 (f) to (n). ) Shown on hold, etc.]
When the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the process shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process.
The first game process is a game process in which a big hit game is executed in the second game state, and after the end of the big hit game, the game shifts to the third game state [for example, in the battle mode, "" In the case of a big hit with the probabilistic super big hit of "Special Figure B", the game shifts to the small hit rush after the big hit game related to the big hit is completed],.
The second gaming process is a gaming process in which the jackpot game is not started in the second gaming state and the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state [for example, a battle]. After shifting to the mode, when the symbol variation display of Special Figure 1 is executed a predetermined number of times and the electric support is removed, the battle mode shifts to the small hit rush, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the effect means may be capable of executing only a plurality of effects, or may be capable of executing a method other than the plurality of effects. Further, the effect means may be one that always executes a plurality of effects, or may not execute a plurality of effects.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the plurality of types of look-ahead notices. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of look-ahead notices.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the second gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Further, the first effect may be started only in the second gaming state, or may be started in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. May be good. Further, the first effect may be always started in the second gaming state, or may not be started in the second gaming state.

Further, the second effect may be started only when the mission is completed, or may be started even when the mission is not achieved. Further, the second effect may be started whenever the mission is completed, or may be started even when the mission is not completed.

Further, when the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second game state to only the third game state without executing the jackpot game, or the second effect is started. In some cases, the game may shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game. Further, when the second effect is started, the game may always shift from the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, and when the second effect is started, the second effect is started. There may be a case where the game state of the above is not changed to the third game state without the big hit game being executed.

Further, if only the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, and the effects other than the second effect may be performed. When it is started, it may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game.

In addition, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, then only the third gaming state shifts to in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, then in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process, a game other than the third gaming state is started. It may also shift to the state. In addition, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it always shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it does not shift to the third gaming state in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process thereafter. There may be cases.

In addition, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the process shifts to the third gaming state only in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second game state, the third game is also performed in a game process other than the first game process or the second game process. You may move to the state.

In addition, only when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the game shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, even in cases other than the case where the second look-ahead notice is started in the second game state, the third game process in either the first game process or the second game process is performed thereafter. You may shift to the game state of.

Further, when the second look-ahead notice is started only in the second gaming state, the game shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second look-ahead notice is started in a game state other than the second game state, then the third game is performed in either the first game process or the second game process. You may move to the state.

In addition, "when the second gaming state starts, the first effect is started, and the second effect may be started in connection with the end of the second gaming state [for example," As shown in FIGS. 29 (b) to (o), when the battle mode is entered, the mission production is started, and when the electric support is removed, the mission is completed and the victory pose by the character HDS of the lord is decided. Is started, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, when the second gaming state starts, the first effect may be started, and in connection with the end of the second gaming state, only the second effect may be started, or the second effect. When the second gaming state starts, the first effect is started, and in connection with the end of the second gaming state, an effect other than the second effect may be started. Further, when the second gaming state starts, the first effect is started, and the second effect may always be started in connection with the end of the second gaming state, or the second gaming state may be started. When it starts, the first effect may be started, and the second effect may not be started in connection with the end of the second gaming state.

Further, when the second gaming state starts, the first effect may be started, and the second effect may be started only in relation to the end of the second gaming state. When the gaming state of is started, the first effect is started, and the second effect may be started in relation to something other than the end of the second gaming state.

Further, when the second gaming state starts, only the first effect may be started, and the second effect may be started in connection with the end of the second gaming state. When the gaming state of is started, an effect other than the first effect is started, and the second effect may be started in connection with the end of the second game state.

Further, when only the second gaming state starts, the first effect may be started, and the second effect may be started in connection with the end of the second gaming state. The first effect may be started when a game state other than the game state of is started, and the second effect may be started in connection with the end of the second game state.

In addition, "one of the plurality of effects is a third effect [for example, an effect in which the character HDS of the lord shown in FIG. 28 (l) is defeated].
The third effect is an effect of notifying that the mission has failed.
When the third effect is started, a certain big hit [for example, a normal big hit of "Special Figure A", a 5R probability variation big hit of "Special Figure E" to "Special Figure Q", etc.] becomes.
After the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed, the game state shifts to a game state different from the third game state.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the third effect may be to notify only that the mission has failed, or may be to notify other things other than the failure of the mission. Further, the third effect may be one that always notifies that the mission has failed, or may be one that does not notify that the mission has failed.

Further, when the third effect is started, only a certain big hit may be made, or when the third effect is started, a big hit other than a certain big hit may be made. Further, when the third effect is started, a certain big hit may be made, or when the third effect is started, a certain big hit may not be obtained.

Further, when only the third effect is started, it may be a big hit, or when an effect other than the third effect is started, it may be a big hit.

Further, after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot is completed, the game state may be changed only to a game state different from the third gaming state, or after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot is completed, the third gaming state may be entered. It may shift to a gaming state other than the gaming state different from the above. Further, after the big hit game related to a certain big hit is completed, the game state may be changed to a game state different from the third game state, or after the big hit game related to a certain big hit is finished, the third game state may be changed. It may not shift to a different gaming state.

Further, the game state may be changed to a game state different from the third game state only after the big hit game related to a certain big hit is completed, or the third game may be performed even after the big hit game related to a certain big hit is finished. You may shift to a gaming state different from the state.

Further, after only the big hit game related to a certain big hit is completed, the game state may be changed to a game state different from the third gaming state, or after the big hit game other than the big hit game related to a certain big hit is completed, the third game state may be changed. You may shift to a game state different from the third game state.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability, usually low probability), etc.].
The second gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
When the big hit game is started in the first game state, after the end of the big hit game, the game shifts to the second game state and the first effect is started (hereinafter, "the first case [" For example, as shown in FIG. 28, when a 5R probability variable jackpot is reached in a normal game state, the battle mode is entered and the mission production is started after the jackpot game related to the jackpot is completed.] " .) There is
When the big hit game is started in the second gaming state, after the end of the big hit game, the game shifts to the second gaming state and the first effect is started (hereinafter, "the third case []. For example, as shown in FIG. 29, when a 5R probability variable jackpot is reached in the battle mode, the mission mode is started again after the jackpot game related to the jackpot is completed.] " .) There is
The mission is more likely to be achieved in the third case than in the first case [for example, as shown in FIG. 20, 5R in the battle mode than in the case of a 5R probability variation jackpot in the normal gaming state. In the case of a probable change jackpot, the average number of electric support is smaller, so it is easier to miss the electric support, the mission is easier to accomplish, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the first gaming state. Further, the second gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the first gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game and only the first effect may be started. When the big hit game is started in the game state of, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game, and the effects other than the first effect may be started. Further, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game and the first effect may be always started, or in the first game state. When the big hit game is started, it may shift to the second game state after the end of the big hit game and the first effect may not be started.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the first effect may be started by shifting to only the second game state after the end of the big hit game. When the big hit game is started in the game state of the above, the first effect may be started by shifting to the game state other than the second game state after the end of the big hit game.

Further, when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may shift to the second game state and the first effect may be started only after the end of the big hit game. When the big hit game is started in the game state of the above, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state other than after the end of the big hit game.

Further, only when the big hit game is started in the first game state, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game. In cases other than the case where the big hit game is started in one game state, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game.

Further, if the big hit game is started only in the first game state, the game may shift to the second game state and the first effect may be started after the end of the big hit game. When the big hit game is started in a game state other than the game state of the above, the first effect may be started by shifting to the second game state after the end of the big hit game.

Also, the mission may be easier to complete in the third case than in the first case, and it is easier to complete the mission in cases other than the third case than in the first case. May be good. In addition, the mission may always be easier to complete in the third case than in the first case, and it may not be easier to complete the mission in the third case than in the first case. You may.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, a pachinko machine 100, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, in the above description,
"A game control means [for example, a main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states.
The first starting winning means [for example, special drawing 1 starting port 230, etc.] and
Second starting winning means [for example, special drawing 2 starting opening 232, special drawing 2 starting opening (variable) 233, etc.]
A first symbol display means [for example, a first special symbol display device 212, etc.] capable of executing a first symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the first start winning means.
A second symbol display means [for example, a second special symbol display device 214, etc.] capable of executing a second symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the second start winning means.
The first variable winning means [for example, the first variable winning opening 234, etc.] and
A second variable winning means [for example, a second variable winning opening 235, etc.]
It is a game table equipped with
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal drawing low probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The second gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state.
When the number of fits in the second gaming state becomes the first number [for example, 50 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.
In the second gaming state, when the number of fittings becomes the second number [for example, 30 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.
The first number of times and the second number of times are different times.
A state in which a game ball is likely to enter the first variable winning means in response to the display of a small hit symbol [for example, "special figure C" or the like] in the first symbol display means (hereinafter, "first". It is said to be in three states [for example, a small hit game state in which the first variable winning opening 234 opens and closes] ").
A game ball is likely to enter the second variable winning means in response to the display of a small hit symbol [for example, "special symbol g", "special symbol z", etc.] in the second symbol display means. It becomes a state (hereinafter, referred to as "fourth state [for example, a small hit game state in which the second variable winning opening 235 opens and closes]").
In the fourth state, it is easier to obtain a prize ball than in the third state [for example, as shown in FIG. 4A, when a small hit is obtained in the special figure 1, the first The variable winning opening 234 makes a maximum of two short openings, but it is practically difficult to enter the first variable winning opening 234, and as shown in FIG. 4 (b), a small hit in special figure 2 In the case of, the second variable winning opening 235 is short-opened up to 12 times, and the game ball flowing down on the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 is easily dropped. Prize balls are easy to be paid out, etc.],
In the first game state, the first big hit game [for example, "special figure B" is displayed on the first special figure display device 212 and the big hit (10R probability variation big hit that shifts to the small hit rush after the big hit game ends). When the transferred big hit game, etc.] is started, the state shifts to the third game state after the end of the first big hit game.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the game control means.

Further, according to this game table, by providing a pattern that directly connects to the third game state via the big hit, it may be possible to expect a big ball to be put out together with the prize ball acquired by the big hit.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the first symbol display means may be capable of executing the first symbol variation display only when the game ball is entered into the first start winning means, or the first one. It may be possible to execute the first symbol variation display even in cases other than the case where the game ball is entered into the starting winning means. Further, the first symbol display means may be one that always executes the first symbol variation display when the game ball enters the first start winning means, or the first start. When a game ball is entered into the winning means, the first symbol variation display may not be executed.

Further, the second symbol display means may be capable of executing the second symbol variation display only when the game ball is entered into the second start winning means, or the second symbol display means may be capable of executing the second symbol variation display. It may be possible to execute the second symbol variation display even in cases other than the case where the game ball is entered into the starting winning means. Further, the second symbol display means may be one that always executes the second symbol variation display when the game ball enters the second start winning means, or the second start. When a game ball is entered into the winning means, the second symbol variation display may not be executed.

Further, the second gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the first gaming state. Further, the second gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the second gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be the first number, so that the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be possible, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state by setting the first number of times. Further, since the number of fits is the first number in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made without fail, and the number of fittings is the first in the second gaming state. It may not be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state depending on the number of times.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be changed from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only when the number of fittings becomes the first number, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state other than the fact that is the first number of times.

In addition, there may be a case where the number of fits becomes the first number of times only in the second gaming state, so that the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state, or a game other than the second gaming state. Even in the state, when the number of fits becomes the first number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be the second number, so that the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be possible, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state by setting the second number of times. Further, since the number of fittings in the second gaming state becomes the second number, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made without fail, and the number of fittings in the second gaming state is the second. It may not be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state depending on the number of times.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be changed from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only when the number of fittings becomes the second number, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state other than the fact that is the second number of times.

In addition, there may be a case where the number of fits becomes the second number of times only in the second gaming state, so that the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state, or a game other than the second gaming state. Even in the state, when the number of fittings becomes the second number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.

The number of fits may be the number of fits based only on the number of fluctuations in Special Figure 1, the number of fits based only on the number of fluctuations in Special Figure 2, or the sum of Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2. It may be the number of fits according to the total number of fluctuations.

Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter only the first variable winning means according to the small hit symbol displayed in the first symbol display means, or the first symbol display means may be in a state where it is easy to enter the ball. Depending on the display of the small hit pattern, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the first variable winning means. Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means according to the small hit symbol being displayed in the first symbol display means, or the first symbol display means may be in a state where it is easy to enter the ball. Depending on the display of the small hit pattern, the game ball may not be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means.

Further, the game ball may be easily entered into the first variable winning means only when the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, or the first symbol display means may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means. The game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means according to a matter other than the small hit symbol being displayed.

Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means in response to the small hit symbol being displayed only in the first symbol display means, or other than the first symbol display means. The game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means according to the display of the small hit symbol in the symbol displaying means of.

Further, the game ball may be easily entered only in the second variable winning means in response to the small hit symbol being displayed in the second symbol display means, or the second symbol display means may be in a state where it is easy to enter the ball. Depending on the display of the small hit pattern, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the second variable winning means. Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy for the game ball to enter the second variable winning means according to the small hit symbol being displayed in the second symbol display means, or the second symbol display means may be in a state where it is easy to enter the ball. Depending on the display of the small hit pattern, the game ball may not be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means.

Further, the game ball may be easily entered into the second variable winning means only when the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means, or the second symbol display means may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means. The game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means according to a matter other than the small hit symbol being displayed.

Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means in response to the small hit symbol being displayed only in the second symbol display means, and other than the second symbol display means. The game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means according to the display of the small hit symbol in the symbol displaying means of.

Further, the prize ball may be obtained more easily in the fourth state than in the third state, and the prize ball can be obtained in the state other than the fourth state than in the third state. It may be easy. In addition, the prize ball may be obtained more easily in the fourth state than in the third state, and the prize ball may not be obtained more easily in the fourth state than in the third state. There may be.

Further, when the first big hit game is started in the first game state, it may shift only to the third game state after the end of the first big hit game, or the first in the first game state. When the big hit game is started, it may shift to a game state other than the third game state after the end of the first big hit game. Further, when the first big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may always shift to the third game state after the end of the first big hit game, or the first in the first game state. When the big hit game is started, it may not shift to the third game state after the end of the first big hit game.

Further, when the first big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may shift to the third game state only after the end of the first big hit game, or the first game state may be changed to the first game state. When the big hit game is started, the game may shift to the third game state other than after the end of the first big hit game.

Further, only when the first big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may shift to the third game state after the end of the first big hit game, or the first in the first game state. In cases other than the case where the big hit game of is started, the game may shift to the third game state after the end of the first big hit game.

Further, if the first big hit game is started only in the first game state, the game may shift to the third game state after the end of the first big hit game, or the game state other than the first game state. When the first big hit game is started in, the game may shift to the third game state after the end of the first big hit game.

In addition, "the second big hit game in the first game state [for example," special figure E "is displayed on the first special figure display device 212 and a big hit (5R probability variation big hit that shifts to the battle mode after the big hit game ends). When the big hit game, etc. that has shifted to is started], the game shifts to the second game state after the end of the second big hit game.
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, when the second big hit game is started in the first game state, it may shift only to the second game state after the end of the second big hit game, or the second in the first game state. When the big hit game of is started, the game state may be changed to a game state other than the second game state after the end of the second big hit game. Further, when the second big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may always shift to the second game state after the end of the second big hit game, or the second big hit game may be started in the first game state. When the big hit game is started, it may not shift to the second game state after the end of the second big hit game.

Further, when the second big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may shift to the second game state only after the end of the second big hit game, or the second game state may be changed to the second game state. When the big hit game is started, the game may shift to the second game state other than after the end of the second big hit game.

Further, only when the second big hit game is started in the first game state, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the second big hit game, or the second game state may be changed to the second game state. In cases other than the case where the big hit game of is started, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the second big hit game.

Further, if the second big hit game is started only in the first game state, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the second big hit game, or the game state other than the first game state. When the second big hit game is started in, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the second big hit game.

Further, "In the second game state, the second big hit game [for example, as shown in FIG. 11A," special figure I "is displayed on the first special figure display device 212 and the big hit (big hit game). The jackpot game that shifts to the battle mode after the end (5R probability variation jackpot), and as shown in FIG. 46 (b), "special figure f" is displayed on the second special figure display device 214 and the jackpot (big hit). After the end of the game, the 5R jackpot that shifts to the battle mode) and the transitioned jackpot game, etc.] is started, and after the end of the second jackpot game, the transition to the second gaming state is performed.
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, when the second big hit game is started in the second game state, it may shift only to the second game state after the end of the second big hit game, or the second in the second game state. When the big hit game of is started, the game state may be changed to a game state other than the second game state after the end of the second big hit game. Further, when the second big hit game is started in the second game state, the game may always shift to the second game state after the end of the second big hit game, or the second game state may be changed to the second game state. When the big hit game is started, it may not shift to the second game state after the end of the second big hit game.

Further, when the second big hit game is started in the second game state, the game may shift to the second game state only after the end of the second big hit game, or the second game state may be changed to the second game state. When the big hit game is started, the game may shift to the second game state other than after the end of the second big hit game.

Further, only when the second big hit game is started in the second game state, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the second big hit game, or the second game state may be changed to the second game state. In cases other than the case where the big hit game of is started, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the second big hit game.

Further, if the second big hit game is started only in the second game state, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the second big hit game, or the game state other than the second game state. When the second big hit game is started in, the game may shift to the second game state after the end of the second big hit game.

Further, "In the third game state, the third big hit game [for example," special figure b "is displayed on the second special figure display device 214 and the big hit (10R probability variation big hit that shifts to the small hit rush after the big hit game is completed). ), The transition to the third jackpot game, etc.] is started, and after the completion of the third jackpot game, the transition to the third gaming state is performed.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, when the third big hit game is started in the third game state, it may shift only to the third game state after the end of the third big hit game, or the third in the third game state. When the big hit game of is started, the game state may be changed to a game state other than the third game state after the end of the third big hit game. Further, when the third big hit game is started in the third game state, the game may always shift to the third game state after the end of the third big hit game, or the third big hit game may be started in the third game state. When the big hit game is started, it may not shift to the third game state after the end of the third big hit game.

Further, when the third big hit game is started in the third game state, the game may shift to the third game state only after the end of the third big hit game, or the third game state may be changed to the third game state. When the big hit game is started, the game may shift to the third game state other than after the end of the third big hit game.

Further, only when the third big hit game is started in the third game state, the game may shift to the third game state after the end of the third big hit game, or the third game state may be changed to the third game state. In cases other than the case where the big hit game of is started, the game may shift to the third game state after the end of the third big hit game.

Further, if the third big hit game is started only in the third game state, the game may shift to the third game state after the end of the third big hit game, or the game state other than the third game state. When the third big hit game is started in, the game may shift to the third game state after the end of the third big hit game.

In addition, "Multiple types of jackpot games can be executed,
The third big hit game is a big hit game with the largest number of balls in theory among the plurality of types of big hit games [for example, as shown in FIGS. 11 (b) and 46 (b), the second big hit game. When "special figure b" is displayed on the special figure display device 214 and a big hit is made, a 10R big hit game in which the second variable winning opening 235 is opened is executed, and theoretically 1000 balls can be obtained. It is a possible jackpot game, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, only a plurality of types of jackpot games may be feasible, or games other than the plurality of types of jackpot games may also be feasible. Further, a plurality of types of jackpot games may always be executed, or a plurality of types of jackpot games may not be executed.

It should be noted that a certain jackpot game that may be started in the first gaming state may also be a jackpot game with the largest number of balls in theory among a plurality of types of jackpot games. Further, a certain jackpot game that may be started in the first gaming state may be a jackpot game with the smallest number of balls in theory among a plurality of types of jackpot games.

Further, "When the third big hit game is started in the second game state, the game shifts to the third game state after the end of the third big hit game.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, when the third jackpot game is started in the second gaming state, the game may be shifted to only the third gaming state after the end of the third jackpot game, or the third jackpot game may be entered in the second gaming state. When the big hit game of is started, the game state may be changed to a game state other than the third game state after the end of the third big hit game. Further, when the third big hit game is started in the second game state, the game may always shift to the third game state after the end of the third big hit game, or the third big hit game may be started in the second game state. When the big hit game is started, it may not shift to the third game state after the end of the third big hit game.

Further, when the third big hit game is started in the second game state, the game may shift to the third game state only after the end of the third big hit game, or the third big hit state in the second game state. When the big hit game is started, the game may shift to the third game state other than after the end of the third big hit game.

Further, only when the third big hit game is started in the second game state, the game may shift to the third game state after the end of the third big hit game, or the third game state may be changed to the third game state. In cases other than the case where the big hit game of is started, the game may shift to the third game state after the end of the third big hit game.

Further, if the third big hit game is started only in the second game state, the game may shift to the third game state after the end of the third big hit game, or the game state other than the second game state. When the third big hit game is started in, the game may shift to the third game state after the end of the third big hit game.

Further, "In the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display [for example, in the small hit rush as shown in FIG. 21B, a special figure is used. The symbol variation display of 2 is a shortened variation, the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a long variation, and the result of the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is more likely to be a big hit than the special figure 2.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, in the third gaming state, the big hit may be more likely to occur only in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display is higher than the first symbol variation display. A symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display may be likely to be a big hit. Further, in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely than the first symbol variation display. It may not be easy to make a big hit with the symbol variation display of.

Further, only in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display, and the first symbol variation display may be performed even in a gaming state other than the third gaming state. It may be more likely to be a big hit in the second symbol variation display.

In addition, "the second gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and an electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state, etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state.

Further, "the first start winning means is in a first state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2311 is closed] and a second state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2311 is opening and closing]. It ’s a variable starting prize,
The second state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first starting winning means than the first state.
In the electric support state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the low probability state of the normal figure, the hit probability is 0%, and the normal is normal. In the high probability state, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter 2311 tends to be open, etc.],
In the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the second symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIG. 21B, in the battle mode, the symbol variation of the special figure 1 is likely to occur. The display is shortened variation, the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is long variation, and the result of the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is more likely to be a big hit than special figure 2.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the first starting winning means may be one that can be changed only to the first state and the second state, or can be changed to a state other than the first state and the second state. It may be a thing. Further, it may be one that always changes to the first state and the second state, or may not change to the first state and the second state.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter only in the first start winning means than in the first state, or the game ball is the first start than in the first state. It may be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. Further, in the second state, the game ball may be in a state in which it is easier for the game ball to enter the first start winning means than in the first state, or the game ball is in the first start than in the first state. It may be a case where it is not easy to enter the winning means.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first starting winning means than in the first state alone, or the game ball is in a state other than the first state. It may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first starting winning means.

Further, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely than in the non-electric support state. May be likely to be in a state other than the second state. Further, in the electric support state, the first start winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first start winning means may be more likely than in the non-electric support state. May not be likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the electric support state, only the first start winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first start winning means may be more likely than in the non-electric support state. Other winning means may also be likely to be in the second state. Further, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state alone, and in the electric support state, the first state is higher than in the non-electric support state. The starting winning means may be likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the second gaming state, it may be easier to make a big hit only in the first symbol variation display than in the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, it is the first than the second symbol variation display. It may be easy to make a big hit even with a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display of. Further, in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display is higher than the second symbol variation display. It may not be easy to make a big hit with the symbol variation display of.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the second symbol variation display, and the second symbol variation display may be performed even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. It may be easier to make a big hit with the first symbol variation display.

Further, "the second starting winning means [for example, the second variable winning opening (variable) 233 or the like shown in FIG. 45] is in the first state [for example, the state in which the shutter member 2331 is closed] and the second. It is a start winning means that can be changed to a state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2331 is opening and closing].
The second state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the second starting winning means than the first state.
In the electric support state, the second starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the low probability state of the normal figure, the hit probability is 0%, and the normal is normal. In the high probability state, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter member 2331 tends to open and close], etc.
In the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIG. 49 (a), in the battle mode, the symbol variation of the special figure 2 is likely to occur. The display is shortened variation, the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is long variation, and the result of the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is more likely to be a big hit than special figure 1.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the second starting winning means may be one that can be changed only to the first state and the second state, or can be changed to a state other than the first state and the second state. It may be a thing. Further, it may be one that always changes to the first state and the second state, or may not change to the first state and the second state.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter only in the second start winning means than in the first state, or the game ball is in the second start than in the first state. It may be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. Further, in the second state, the game ball may be in a state where it is easier for the game ball to enter the second start winning means than in the first state, and the game ball may be in the second start than in the first state. It may be a case where it is not easy to enter the winning means.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the second starting winning means than in the first state alone, or the game ball is in a state other than the first state. It may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second starting winning means.

Further, in the electric support state, the second start winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the second start winning means may be more likely than in the non-electric support state. May be likely to be in a state other than the second state. Further, in the electric support state, the second start winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the second start winning means may be more likely than in the non-electric support state. May not be likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the electric support state, only the second start winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the second start winning means may be more likely than in the non-electric support state. Other winning means may also be likely to be in the second state. Further, in the electric support state, the second starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state alone, and in the electric support state, it is the second state than in the non-electric support state. The starting winning means may be likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the second gaming state, it may be easier to make a big hit only in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, it is second than the first symbol variation display. It may be easy to make a big hit even with a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display of. Further, in the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely than the first symbol variation display. It may not be easy to make a big hit with the symbol variation display of.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display, and the first symbol variation display may be performed even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. It may be more likely to be a big hit in the second symbol variation display.

In addition, "the third gaming state is the second variable winning means in which a small hit symbol [for example," special symbol g "," special symbol z ", etc.] is displayed on the second symbol display means. Is a small hit rush state in which a prize ball is easily obtained by the small hit game in the fourth state.
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

Further, "as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols [for example," special symbol A "and" special symbol B shown in FIG. 11A). , "Special figure E" to "Special figure Q", "Special figure A", "Special figure B", "Special figure E" to "Special figure M", etc. shown in FIG. 46 (a)] are displayed. In that case, the big hit game is started,
The jackpot symbol of one of the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is the first jackpot symbol [for example, "special symbol E" etc.].
One type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is a second jackpot symbol [for example, "special symbol I" etc.].
The jackpot symbol of one of the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is a third jackpot symbol [for example, "special symbol B" etc.].
In the case of a big hit in the first big hit symbol, when the number of fittings becomes the first number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state. Migrate and
In the case of a big hit in the second big hit symbol, when the number of fittings becomes the second number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state. Migrate and
If the third jackpot symbol is a jackpot, the first jackpot game is started.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, the jackpot game may be started only when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the first symbol may be started. As a result of executing the variable display, the jackpot game may be started even in cases other than the case where one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed. Further, as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, the jackpot game may be started whenever one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the first symbol variation may be started. As a result of the display being executed, the jackpot game may not be started when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed.

Further, as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, the jackpot game may be started when only one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the first symbol variation may be started. As a result of the display being executed, the jackpot game may be started even when a symbol other than one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed.

Further, as a result of executing only the first symbol variation display, the jackpot game may be started when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the first symbol variation may be started. As a result of executing the symbol variation display other than the display, the jackpot game may be started when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed.

In addition, in the case of a big hit with the first big hit symbol, if the number of fits becomes the first number after shifting to the second gaming state, only the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. Also, if the first jackpot symbol is a jackpot, and the number of fits is the first after shifting to the second gaming state, the game other than the second gaming state to the third gaming state. It may also shift to the state. In addition, in the case of a big hit with the first big hit symbol, if the number of fits becomes the first number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state always shifts to the third gaming state. Alternatively, if the first jackpot symbol is a jackpot and the number of fits is the first after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state does not shift to the third gaming state. There may be cases.

In addition, when the first jackpot symbol is a jackpot, the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state only when the number of fits becomes the first number after shifting to the second gaming state. You may shift, and if you get a big hit with the first big hit symbol, even if the number of fits is not the first number after shifting to the second game state, the second game You may shift from the state to the third gaming state.

In addition, when the first jackpot symbol becomes a jackpot and the number of fits becomes the first number only after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. Also, if the first jackpot symbol is a jackpot, and the number of fits is the first, even after the transition to the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. You may.

In addition, only when the first jackpot symbol becomes a jackpot, when the number of fits becomes the first number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. Alternatively, even in cases other than the case where the first jackpot symbol is a jackpot, if the number of fits becomes the first number after shifting to the second gaming state, the third from the second gaming state. You may shift to the game state of.

In addition, in the case of a big hit with the second big hit symbol, if the number of fits becomes the second number after shifting to the second gaming state, only the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. Also, if the second jackpot symbol is a jackpot, and the number of fits is the second after shifting to the second gaming state, the game other than the second gaming state to the third gaming state. It may also shift to the state. In addition, in the case of a big hit with the second big hit symbol, if the number of fits becomes the second number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state is sure to shift to the third gaming state. Alternatively, if the second jackpot symbol is a jackpot and the number of fits reaches the second after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state does not shift to the third gaming state. There may be cases.

In addition, when a big hit is made in the second big hit symbol, the second game state is changed to the third game state only when the number of fits becomes the second number after shifting to the second game state. You may shift, and if you get a big hit with the second big hit symbol, even if the number of fits is not the second number after shifting to the second game state, the second game You may shift from the state to the third gaming state.

In addition, when the second jackpot symbol is a jackpot and the number of fits becomes the second number only after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. Also, if the second jackpot symbol is a jackpot, and the number of fits is the second, even after the transition to the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. You may.

In addition, only when the second jackpot symbol becomes a jackpot, when the number of fits becomes the second number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. Alternatively, even in cases other than the case where the second jackpot symbol is a jackpot, if the number of fits becomes the second number after shifting to the second gaming state, the third from the second gaming state. You may shift to the game state of.

Further, if the third jackpot symbol is a jackpot, only the first jackpot game may be started, and if the third jackpot symbol is a jackpot, a jackpot game other than the first jackpot game is started. May be started. In addition, if the third jackpot symbol is a jackpot, the first jackpot game may be started without fail, and if the third jackpot symbol is a jackpot, the first jackpot game may not be started. There may be.

Further, the first jackpot game may be started only when the jackpot is achieved by the third jackpot symbol, and the first jackpot may be started except when the jackpot is achieved by the third jackpot symbol. The game may be started.

In addition, "the number of times of fitting is the number of times that the first symbol variation display is continuously missed without becoming a big hit.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, "the number of times of fitting is the number of times that the second symbol variation display is continuously missed without becoming a big hit.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, "the number of fittings is the total number of times that the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are continuously missed without becoming a big hit.
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

A game control means [for example, a main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states, and
The first starting winning means [for example, special drawing 1 starting port 230, etc.] and
Second starting winning means [for example, special drawing 2 starting opening 232, special drawing 2 starting opening (variable) 233, etc.]
A first symbol display means [for example, a first special symbol display device 212, etc.] capable of executing a first symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the first start winning means.
A second symbol display means [for example, a second special symbol display device 214, etc.] capable of executing a second symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the second start winning means.
The first variable winning means [for example, the first variable winning opening 234, etc.] and
A second variable winning means [for example, a second variable winning opening 235, etc.]
It is a game table equipped with
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal drawing low probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The second gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state.
When the number of fits in the second gaming state becomes the first number [for example, 50 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.
In the second gaming state, when the number of fittings becomes the second number [for example, 30 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.
The first number of times and the second number of times are different times.
A state in which a game ball is likely to enter the first variable winning means in response to the display of a small hit symbol [for example, "special figure C" or the like] in the first symbol display means (hereinafter, "first". It is said to be in three states [for example, a small hit game state in which the first variable winning opening 234 opens and closes] ").
A game ball is likely to enter the second variable winning means in response to the display of a small hit symbol [for example, "special symbol g", "special symbol z", etc.] in the second symbol display means. It becomes a state (hereinafter, referred to as "fourth state [for example, a small hit game state in which the second variable winning opening 235 opens and closes]").
In the fourth state, it is easier to obtain a prize ball than in the third state [for example, as shown in FIG. 4A, when a small hit is obtained in the special figure 1, the first The variable winning opening 234 makes a maximum of two short openings, but it is practically difficult to enter the first variable winning opening 234, and as shown in FIG. 4 (b), a small hit in special figure 2 In the case of, the second variable winning opening 235 is short-opened up to 12 times, and the game ball flowing down on the shutter member 2351 of the second variable winning opening 235 is easily dropped. Prize balls are easy to be paid out, etc.],
In the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state is performed in response to the display of a certain small hit symbol [for example, "special figure z" or the like].
A game table featuring that.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the game control means.

Further, according to this game table, it may be possible to shift to a small hit rush without repeating the number of misses and without becoming a big hit, and it may be possible to expect a player.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the first symbol display means may be capable of executing the first symbol variation display only when the game ball is entered into the first start winning means, or the first one. It may be possible to execute the first symbol variation display even in cases other than the case where the game ball is entered into the starting winning means. Further, the first symbol display means may be one that always executes the first symbol variation display when the game ball enters the first start winning means, or the first start. When a game ball is entered into the winning means, the first symbol variation display may not be executed.

Further, the second symbol display means may be capable of executing the second symbol variation display only when the game ball is entered into the second start winning means, or the second symbol display means may be capable of executing the second symbol variation display. It may be possible to execute the second symbol variation display even in cases other than the case where the game ball is entered into the starting winning means. Further, the second symbol display means may be one that always executes the second symbol variation display when the game ball enters the second start winning means, or the second start. When a game ball is entered into the winning means, the second symbol variation display may not be executed.

Further, the second gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the first gaming state. Further, the second gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the second gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be the first number, so that the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be possible, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state by setting the first number of times. Further, since the number of fits is the first number in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made without fail, and the number of fittings is the first in the second gaming state. It may not be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state depending on the number of times.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be changed from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only when the number of fittings becomes the first number, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state other than the fact that is the first number of times.

In addition, there may be a case where the number of fits becomes the first number of times only in the second gaming state, so that the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state, or a game other than the second gaming state. Even in the state, when the number of fits becomes the first number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be the second number, so that the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be possible, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state by setting the second number of times. Further, since the number of fittings in the second gaming state becomes the second number, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made without fail, and the number of fittings in the second gaming state is the second. It may not be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state depending on the number of times.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be changed from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only when the number of fittings becomes the second number, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state other than the fact that is the second number of times.

In addition, there may be a case where the number of fits becomes the second number of times only in the second gaming state, so that the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state, or a game other than the second gaming state. Even in the state, when the number of fittings becomes the second number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.

The number of fits may be the number of fits based only on the number of fluctuations in Special Figure 1, the number of fits based only on the number of fluctuations in Special Figure 2, or the sum of Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2. It may be the number of fits according to the total number of fluctuations.

Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter only the first variable winning means according to the small hit symbol displayed in the first symbol display means, or the first symbol display means may be in a state where it is easy to enter the ball. Depending on the display of the small hit pattern, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the first variable winning means. Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means according to the small hit symbol being displayed in the first symbol display means, or the first symbol display means may be in a state where it is easy to enter the ball. Depending on the display of the small hit pattern, the game ball may not be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means.

Further, the game ball may be easily entered into the first variable winning means only when the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, or the first symbol display means may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means. The game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means according to a matter other than the small hit symbol being displayed.

Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means in response to the small hit symbol being displayed only in the first symbol display means, or other than the first symbol display means. The game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first variable winning means according to the display of the small hit symbol in the symbol displaying means of.

Further, the game ball may be easily entered only in the second variable winning means in response to the small hit symbol being displayed in the second symbol display means, or the second symbol display means may be in a state where it is easy to enter the ball. Depending on the display of the small hit pattern, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the second variable winning means. Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy for the game ball to enter the second variable winning means according to the small hit symbol being displayed in the second symbol display means, or the second symbol display means may be in a state where it is easy to enter the ball. Depending on the display of the small hit pattern, the game ball may not be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means.

Further, the game ball may be easily entered into the second variable winning means only when the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means, or the second symbol display means may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means. The game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means according to a matter other than the small hit symbol being displayed.

Further, the game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means in response to the small hit symbol being displayed only in the second symbol display means, and other than the second symbol display means. The game ball may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second variable winning means according to the display of the small hit symbol in the symbol displaying means of.

Further, the prize ball may be obtained more easily in the fourth state than in the third state, and the prize ball can be obtained in the state other than the fourth state than in the third state. It may be easy. In addition, the prize ball may be obtained more easily in the fourth state than in the third state, and the prize ball may not be obtained more easily in the fourth state than in the third state. There may be.

Further, in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed only in response to the display of a certain small hit symbol, or in the second gaming state, or Depending on the display of the small hit symbol, the second gaming state may be changed to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Further, in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made without fail depending on the display of a certain small hit symbol, or in the second gaming state, or There may be a case where the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state does not occur depending on the display of the small hit symbol.

Further, in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed only when a certain small hit symbol is displayed, or in the second gaming state, or The transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made according to a matter other than the display of the small hit symbol.

Further, in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed depending on the display of only a certain small hit symbol, or in the second gaming state, or Depending on the display of a symbol other than the small hit symbol, the second gaming state may be changed to the third gaming state.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed according to the display of a certain small hit symbol, or a game other than the second gaming state. Also in the state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed according to the display of a certain small hit symbol.

Further, "the probability of a small hit in the second gaming state [for example, 1/10 or the like] is the same as the probability of a small hit in the third gaming state [for example, 1/10 or the like].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, only the probability of a small hit in the second gaming state and the probability of a small hit in the third gaming state may be the same, or the probability of a small hit in the second gaming state. The probability other than the probability of a small hit in the third gaming state may be the same. Further, the probability of a small hit in the second gaming state and the probability of a small hit in the third gaming state may always be the same, and the probability of a small hit in the second gaming state and the second. There may be cases where the probabilities of small hits are not the same in the three gaming states.

Further, "the probability that the certain small hit symbol is displayed and becomes a small hit [for example, 1/10 x 1/40 = 1/400, etc.] is the probability that the second gaming state becomes a big hit [. For example, setting 1 is lower than 1 / 29.9 etc.]
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may be possible to function as an extra unexpected element.

Here, the probability that a certain small hit symbol is displayed and becomes a small hit may be lower than only the probability that a certain small hit symbol is displayed and becomes a big hit, or a certain small hit symbol is displayed and becomes small. The probability of winning may be lower than the probability other than the probability of winning in the second gaming state. Further, the probability that a certain small hit symbol is displayed and becomes a small hit may always be lower than the probability that a certain small hit symbol is displayed and becomes a small hit, or a certain small hit symbol is displayed and becomes a small hit. The probability of becoming a big hit may not be lower than the probability of becoming a big hit in the second gaming state.

Further, in response to "a certain big hit in the second gaming state [for example, a big hit in which" special figure b "is displayed on the second special figure display device 214"], the certain big hit is related. After the end of the jackpot game, the state shifts to the third game state,
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, depending on the fact that a certain jackpot has occurred in the second gaming state, the game may be shifted to only the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot, or in the second gaming state. Depending on the fact that a certain big hit has occurred, the game may be changed to a game state other than the third game state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. Further, in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state, the game may always shift to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot, or in the second gaming state. Depending on the jackpot, there may be cases where the game does not shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot is completed.

Further, in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state, the game may shift to the third gaming state only after the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot, or in the second gaming state. Depending on the big hit, the game may shift to a third game state other than after the big hit game related to a certain big hit is completed.

Further, only in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot, or in the second gaming state. Depending on things other than the big hit, the game may shift to the third game state after the big hit game related to a certain big hit is completed.

Further, depending on the fact that a certain jackpot is obtained only in the second gaming state, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot, or the game may be changed to a third gaming state other than the second gaming state. Depending on the fact that a certain jackpot has been achieved in the gaming state, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot is completed.

Further, "In the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display [for example, in the small hit rush as shown in FIG. 21B, a special figure is used. The symbol variation display of 2 is a shortened variation, the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a long variation, and the result of the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is more likely to be a big hit than the special figure 2.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, in the third gaming state, the big hit may be more likely to occur only in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display is higher than the first symbol variation display. A symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display may be likely to be a big hit. Further, in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely than the first symbol variation display. It may not be easy to make a big hit with the symbol variation display of.

Further, only in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display, and the first symbol variation display may be performed even in a gaming state other than the third gaming state. It may be more likely to be a big hit in the second symbol variation display.

In addition, "the second gaming state is a gaming state including a probability change state and an electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state, etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state.

Further, "the first start winning means is in a first state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2311 is closed] and a second state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2311 is opening and closing]. It ’s a variable starting prize,
The second state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first starting winning means than the first state.
In the electric support state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the low probability state of the normal figure, the hit probability is 0%, and the normal is normal. In the high probability state, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter 2311 tends to be open, etc.],
In the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the second symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIG. 21B, in the battle mode, the symbol variation of the special figure 1 is likely to occur. The display is shortened variation, the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is long variation, and the result of the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is more likely to be a big hit than special figure 2.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the first starting winning means may be one that can be changed only to the first state and the second state, or can be changed to a state other than the first state and the second state. It may be a thing. Further, it may be one that always changes to the first state and the second state, or may not change to the first state and the second state.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter only in the first start winning means than in the first state, or the game ball is the first start than in the first state. It may be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. Further, in the second state, the game ball may be in a state in which it is easier for the game ball to enter the first start winning means than in the first state, or the game ball is in the first start than in the first state. It may be a case where it is not easy to enter the winning means.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first starting winning means than in the first state alone, or the game ball is in a state other than the first state. It may be in a state where it is easy to enter the first starting winning means.

Further, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely than in the non-electric support state. May be likely to be in a state other than the second state. Further, in the electric support state, the first start winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first start winning means may be more likely than in the non-electric support state. May not be likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the electric support state, only the first start winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first start winning means may be more likely than in the non-electric support state. Other winning means may also be likely to be in the second state. Further, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state alone, and in the electric support state, the first state is higher than in the non-electric support state. The starting winning means may be likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the second gaming state, it may be easier to make a big hit only in the first symbol variation display than in the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, it is the first than the second symbol variation display. It may be easy to make a big hit even with a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display of. Further, in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display is higher than the second symbol variation display. It may not be easy to make a big hit with the symbol variation display of.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the second symbol variation display, and the second symbol variation display may be performed even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. It may be easier to make a big hit with the first symbol variation display.

Further, "the second starting winning means [for example, the second variable winning opening (variable) 233 or the like shown in FIG. 45] is in the first state [for example, the state in which the shutter member 2331 is closed] and the second. It is a start winning means that can be changed to a state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2331 is opening and closing].
The second state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the second starting winning means than the first state.
In the electric support state, the second starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the low probability state of the normal figure, the hit probability is 0%, and the normal is normal. In the high probability state, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter member 2331 tends to open and close], etc.
In the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIG. 49 (a), in the battle mode, the symbol variation of the special figure 2 is likely to occur. The display is shortened variation, the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is long variation, and the result of the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is more likely to be a big hit than special figure 1.],
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the second starting winning means may be one that can be changed only to the first state and the second state, or can be changed to a state other than the first state and the second state. It may be a thing. Further, it may be one that always changes to the first state and the second state, or may not change to the first state and the second state.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter only in the second start winning means than in the first state, or the game ball is in the second start than in the first state. It may be in a state where it is easy to enter a winning means other than the winning means. Further, in the second state, the game ball may be in a state where it is easier for the game ball to enter the second start winning means than in the first state, and the game ball may be in the second start than in the first state. It may be a case where it is not easy to enter the winning means.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the second starting winning means than in the first state alone, or the game ball is in a state other than the first state. It may be in a state where it is easy to enter the second starting winning means.

Further, in the electric support state, the second start winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the second start winning means may be more likely than in the non-electric support state. May be likely to be in a state other than the second state. Further, in the electric support state, the second start winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the second start winning means may be more likely than in the non-electric support state. May not be likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the electric support state, only the second start winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the second start winning means may be more likely than in the non-electric support state. Other winning means may also be likely to be in the second state. Further, in the electric support state, the second starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state alone, and in the electric support state, it is the second state than in the non-electric support state. The starting winning means may be likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the second gaming state, it may be easier to make a big hit only in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, it is second than the first symbol variation display. It may be easy to make a big hit even with a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display of. Further, in the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely than the first symbol variation display. It may not be easy to make a big hit with the symbol variation display of.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display, and the first symbol variation display may be performed even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. It may be more likely to be a big hit in the second symbol variation display.

In addition, "the third gaming state is the second variable winning means in which a small hit symbol [for example," special symbol g "," special symbol z ", etc.] is displayed on the second symbol display means. Is a small hit rush state in which a prize ball is easily obtained by the small hit game in the fourth state.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Further, "as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols [for example," special symbol A "and" special symbol B shown in FIG. 11A). , "Special figure E" to "Special figure Q", "Special figure A", "Special figure B", "Special figure E" to "Special figure M", etc. shown in FIG. 46 (a)] are displayed. In that case, the big hit game is started,
The jackpot symbol of one of the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is the first jackpot symbol [for example, "special symbol E" etc.].
One type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is a second jackpot symbol [for example, "special symbol I" etc.].
In the case of a big hit in the first big hit symbol, when the number of fits becomes the first number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state. Migrate and
In the case of a big hit in the second big hit symbol, when the number of fittings becomes the second number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state. Transition,
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, the jackpot game may be started only when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the first symbol may be started. As a result of executing the variable display, the jackpot game may be started even in cases other than the case where one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed. Further, as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, the jackpot game may be started whenever one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the first symbol variation may be started. As a result of the display being executed, the jackpot game may not be started when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed.

Further, as a result of executing the first symbol variation display, the jackpot game may be started when only one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the first symbol variation may be started. As a result of the display being executed, the jackpot game may be started even when a symbol other than one type of jackpot symbol among the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed.

Further, as a result of executing only the first symbol variation display, the jackpot game may be started when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, or the first symbol variation may be started. As a result of executing the symbol variation display other than the display, the jackpot game may be started when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed.

In addition, in the case of a big hit with the first big hit symbol, if the number of fits becomes the first number after shifting to the second gaming state, only the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. Also, if the first jackpot symbol is a jackpot, and the number of fits is the first after shifting to the second gaming state, the game other than the second gaming state to the third gaming state. It may also shift to the state. In addition, in the case of a big hit with the first big hit symbol, if the number of fits becomes the first number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state always shifts to the third gaming state. Alternatively, if the first jackpot symbol is a jackpot and the number of fits is the first after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state does not shift to the third gaming state. There may be cases.

In addition, when the first jackpot symbol is a jackpot, the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state only when the number of fits becomes the first number after shifting to the second gaming state. You may shift, and if you get a big hit with the first big hit symbol, even if the number of fits is not the first number after shifting to the second game state, the second game You may shift from the state to the third gaming state.

In addition, when the first jackpot symbol becomes a jackpot and the number of fits becomes the first number only after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. Also, if the first jackpot symbol is a jackpot, and the number of fits is the first, even after the transition to the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. You may.

In addition, only when the first jackpot symbol becomes a jackpot, when the number of fits becomes the first number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. Alternatively, even in cases other than the case where the first jackpot symbol is a jackpot, if the number of fits becomes the first number after shifting to the second gaming state, the third from the second gaming state. You may shift to the game state of.

In addition, in the case of a big hit with the second big hit symbol, if the number of fits becomes the second number after shifting to the second gaming state, only the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. Also, if the second jackpot symbol is a jackpot, and the number of fits is the second after shifting to the second gaming state, the game other than the second gaming state to the third gaming state. It may also shift to the state. In addition, in the case of a big hit with the second big hit symbol, if the number of fits becomes the second number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state is sure to shift to the third gaming state. Alternatively, if the second jackpot symbol is a jackpot and the number of fits reaches the second after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state does not shift to the third gaming state. There may be cases.

In addition, when a big hit is made in the second big hit symbol, the second game state is changed to the third game state only when the number of fits becomes the second number after shifting to the second game state. You may shift, and if you get a big hit with the second big hit symbol, even if the number of fits is not the second number after shifting to the second game state, the second game You may shift from the state to the third gaming state.

In addition, when the second jackpot symbol is a jackpot and the number of fits becomes the second number only after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. Also, if the second jackpot symbol is a jackpot, and the number of fits is the second, even after the transition to the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. You may.

In addition, only when the second jackpot symbol becomes a jackpot, when the number of fits becomes the second number after shifting to the second gaming state, the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state. Alternatively, even in cases other than the case where the second jackpot symbol is a jackpot, if the number of fits becomes the second number after shifting to the second gaming state, the third from the second gaming state. You may shift to the game state of.

In addition, "the number of times of fitting is the number of times that the first symbol variation display is continuously missed without becoming a big hit.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, "the number of times of fitting is the number of times that the second symbol variation display is continuously missed without becoming a big hit.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, "the number of fittings is the total number of times that the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are continuously missed without becoming a big hit.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, in the above description,
"A game control means [for example, a main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states.
An effect means capable of executing a plurality of effects [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] and
A look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] capable of executing a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, and
It is a game table equipped with
One of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state.
One of the plurality of effects is the first effect [for example, the effect of a mission to set the life of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIGS. 29 (b) to 0 and defeat it]. ,
One of the plurality of effects is a second effect [for example, an effect of determining a victory pose by the character HDS of the lord shown in FIG. 29 (o)].
The first effect is an effect that may be started for at least a part of the period in the second gaming state.
The first production is a mission production.
The second effect is an effect that is started in connection with the achievement of the mission.
When the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game [for example, FIGS. 29 (o) to 29 (p). ) And, as shown in FIGS. 52 (i) to 52 (k), when the effect of deciding the winning pose by the character HDS of the lord is performed, the big hit game is not executed and the small hit rush is started. Etc.],
The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is the first look-ahead notice [for example, the continuous notice in which the continuous attack shown in FIGS. 30 (c) to (h) is produced, or FIG. 51 ( The mission production started at the timing of b), the mission production started at the timing of FIG. 52 (b), etc.].
The first look-ahead notice is a notice that the effect is executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved in the symbol variation display on which the first look-ahead notice is executed [for example, FIGS. 30 (c) to FIG. As shown in FIG. 1 (h), a continuous advance notice effect by a continuous attack that damages the swordsman character KNG each time the symbol variation display of Special Figure 1 is performed, and as shown in FIGS. 51 (c) and 52 (c). In addition, continuous notice production that damages the swordsman character KNG every time the symbol variation display of Special Figure 2 ends],
The first look-ahead notice starts when the result of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays is different from the big hit [for example, a miss, a special small hit, etc.] in the second gaming state. It is a look-ahead notice that may be done,
A game table featuring that. 』\
Explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the look-ahead notice means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the look-ahead notice means.

Further, according to this game table, there is a case where a new game property that does not expect to be a big hit game can be given by the look-ahead notice.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the effect means may be capable of executing only a plurality of effects, or may be capable of executing a process other than the plurality of effects. Further, the effect means may be one that always executes a plurality of effects, or may not execute a plurality of effects.

Here, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may be capable of executing notices other than a plurality of types of look-ahead notices. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of look-ahead notices.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the second gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Further, the first effect may be started only in at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or in a period other than at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. May also be started. Further, the first effect may be always started in at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may not be started in at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. May be.

The first effect may be started in a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may be started in the whole period in the second gaming state. May be.

Also, the second rendition may be started only in connection with the achievement of the mission, or it may be started in relation to something other than the achievement of the mission. It may be one. In addition, the second production may be started in connection with the achievement of the mission, or may be started in connection with the failure of the mission to be completed. There may be.

Further, when the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second game state to only the third game state without executing the jackpot game, or the second effect is started. In some cases, the game may shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game. Further, when the second effect is started, the game may always shift from the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, and when the second effect is started, the second effect is started. There may be a case where the game state of the above is not changed to the third game state without the big hit game being executed.

Further, if only the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, and the effects other than the second effect may be performed. When it is started, it may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be one in which the effect is executed only in the direction in which the mission is achieved in the symbol variation display in which the first look-ahead notice is executed, or the first look-ahead notice is executed. The effect may be executed in a direction other than the direction in which the mission is achieved in the executed symbol variation display. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the effect is always executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved in the symbol variation display in which the first look-ahead notice is executed, or the first look-ahead notice is executed. In the executed symbol variation display, the effect may not be executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be one in which the effect is executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved only in the symbol variation display in which the first look-ahead notice is executed, or the first look-ahead notice is executed. In the symbol variation display other than the executed symbol variation display, the effect may be executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved.

Further, even if the first look-ahead notice may be started only when the result of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays is different from the jackpot in the second gaming state. Alternatively, in the second gaming state, the result of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays may be started in a case other than the case where the result is different from the jackpot. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started without fail when the result of the plurality of reserved symbol fluctuation displays is different from the jackpot in the second game state, or the second game. In the state, it may not be started when the result of the plurality of reserved symbol variation display is different from the big hit.

Further, even if the first look-ahead notice may be started only in the second gaming state when the result of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays is different from the big hit. Alternatively, even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, the result of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays may be started when the result is different from the jackpot.

In addition, "notifying the progress until the mission is completed [for example, the life gauge and life value of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIG. 30A informs the progress until the mission is completed. Etc.], provided with a notification means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the notification means may notify only the progress status until the mission is completed, or may notify the status other than the progress status until the mission is completed. Further, the notification means may always notify the progress status until the mission is completed, or may not notify the progress status until the mission is completed.

In addition, "even if the mission is not achieved, the game may shift to the third gaming state [for example, FIGS. 53 (e) to (g) and 54 (d) to FIG. i) and, as shown in Fig. 56 (d) to Fig. 56 (i), even if the mission is not achieved, it is shifting to a small hit rush, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, even if the mission is not achieved, it may shift to only the third gaming state, and even if the mission is not achieved, it may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. May be done. Further, even if the mission is not achieved, it may always shift to the third gaming state, and even if the mission is not achieved, it may not shift to the third gaming state.

Further, "in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state is performed in response to the display of a certain small hit symbol [for example," special figure z "etc.]. [For example, in the battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), the electric support state ends when the special small hit symbol "special figure z" is stopped and displayed, so the special figure high probability normal figure is low. Transition to a stochastic state (ie, small hit rush), etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, for example, by making a small hit with a certain small hit symbol even if the number of fits is one type, it is not known when to shift to the third game state, so expect a small hit in the second game state. You may be able to play the game while holding.

Here, in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed only in response to the display of a certain small hit symbol, or in the second gaming state, Depending on the display of a certain small hit symbol, the second gaming state may be changed to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Further, in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made without fail depending on the display of a certain small hit symbol, or in the second gaming state, or There may be a case where the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state does not occur depending on the display of the small hit symbol.

Further, in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed only when a certain small hit symbol is displayed, or in the second gaming state, or The transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made according to a matter other than the display of the small hit symbol.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed according to the display of a certain small hit symbol, or a game other than the second gaming state. Also in the state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed according to the display of a certain small hit symbol.

In addition, "during the execution of the first effect, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of the certain small hit symbol, and the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state. Transition [For example, as shown in FIGS. 56 (d) to (i), when a special small hit symbol is displayed during a mission and a small hit occurs, the small hit is performed after the short freeze effect is performed. Shifting to rush, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, even if the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol during the execution of the first effect, only the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state. Also, during the execution of the first effect, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and the game state changes from the second game state to a game state other than the third game state. You may migrate. Further, during the execution of the first effect, the second gaming state may be changed to the third gaming state without fail without completing the mission in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol. However, during the execution of the first effect, the mission may not be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and the second gaming state may not shift to the third gaming state. May be good.

Further, during the execution of the first effect, only the second gaming state may be changed to the third gaming state without the mission being achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol. However, during the execution of the first effect, the game state shifts from the game state other than the second game state to the third game state without completing the mission in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol. You may.

Further, during the execution of the first effect, the second gaming state may be changed to the third gaming state without the mission being achieved only in relation to the display of a certain small hit symbol. However, during the execution of the first effect, the mission is not achieved in connection with anything other than the display of a certain small hit symbol, and the state shifts from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. You may.

Further, only during the execution of the first effect, the second gaming state may be changed to the third gaming state without the mission being achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol. However, even during the execution of an effect other than the first effect, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and the state shifts from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. You may.

Further, "During the execution of the first effect, the mission is accomplished in connection with the display of the certain small hit symbol, and the second effect is started [for example, FIG. 52 (g). )-As shown in the figure (k), when a special small hit symbol is displayed during the mission and it becomes a small hit, the swordsman character KNG is defeated and the victory pose by the character HDS of the lord is decided. Has started, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, during the execution of the first effect, the mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and only the second effect may be started, or the execution of the first effect. In the inside, the mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and an effect other than the second effect may be started. Further, during the execution of the first effect, the mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and the second effect may always be started, or the first effect is being executed. In the case where the mission is accomplished and the second effect is not started in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol.

Further, during the execution of the first effect, the mission may be accomplished and the second effect may be started only in relation to the display of a certain small hit symbol, or the first effect is being executed. In the mission may be accomplished and a second effect may be initiated in connection with something other than the display of a small hit symbol.

Further, only during the execution of the first effect, the mission may be accomplished and the second effect may be started in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, or the effect other than the first effect may be started. The mission may be accomplished and the second effect may be started in connection with the display of a small hit symbol even during the execution of.

Further, "In the second gaming state, when the number of fits becomes the first number [for example, 50 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.
In the second gaming state, when the number of fittings becomes the second number [for example, 30 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.
The number of times of fitting is the number of times that the symbol variation display is continuously missed without becoming a big hit.
The first number and the second number are different times.
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, since the number of fits in the second gaming state becomes the first number, there may be a case where the transition from the second gaming state to only the third gaming state may occur, or the fitting in the second gaming state may occur. When the number of times becomes the first number of times, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Further, since the number of fits is the first number in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made without fail, and the number of fittings is the first in the second gaming state. It may not be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state depending on the number of times.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be changed from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only when the number of fittings becomes the first number, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state other than the fact that is the first number of times.

In addition, there may be a case where the number of fits becomes the first number of times only in the second gaming state, so that the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state, or a game other than the second gaming state. Even in the state, when the number of fits becomes the first number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be the second number, so that the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be possible, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state by setting the second number of times. Further, since the number of fittings in the second gaming state becomes the second number, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made without fail, and the number of fittings in the second gaming state is the second. It may not be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state depending on the number of times.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be changed from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only when the number of fittings becomes the second number, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state other than the fact that is the second number of times.

In addition, there may be a case where the number of fits becomes the second number of times only in the second gaming state, so that the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state, or a game other than the second gaming state. Even in the state, when the number of fittings becomes the second number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.

The number of fits may be the number of fits based only on the number of fluctuations in Special Figure 1, the number of fits based only on the number of fluctuations in Special Figure 2, or the sum of Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2. It may be the number of fits according to the total number of fluctuations.

Further, "The game control means is a means capable of selecting the number of fittings after shifting to the second gaming state from a plurality of types of fittings [for example, FIG. 15A or FIG. 47]. As shown in (a), the control unit 300 selects the number of times of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 in which the electric support is removed by the big hit symbol based on the special figure 1 big hit symbol determination distribution table],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the game control means may be able to select the number of fits after shifting to the second gaming state only from a plurality of types of fittings, or shifts to the second gaming state. The number of fits after the start may be selectable from other than a plurality of types of fits. Further, the game control means may always select the number of fits after shifting to the second gaming state from among a plurality of types of fittings, or the number of fittings after shifting to the second gaming state. May not be selected from a plurality of types of fits.

Further, "The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is a third look-ahead notice [for example, the hold icon shown in FIGS. 32 (f) to (i) is displayed in a rainbow-colored display mode. Hold notice, etc.]
The third look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that the result of the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead may be a certain big hit [for example, a big hit in which "special figure B" is displayed].
When the certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game shifts to the third gaming state after the end of the big hit game related to the certain big hit [for example, FIG. 32 (Fig. 32). f) As shown in the figure (p), the hold icon of the hold which is the target of the look-ahead is displayed in a rainbow-colored display mode, and the result of the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead is "Special Figure B". If the displayed 10R probability variation jackpot symbol is a jackpot, the game shifts to a small hit rush after the jackpot game related to the jackpot is completed],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, if a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game may be shifted to only the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. When a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game state may be changed to a game state other than the third game state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. In addition, when a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game may always shift to the third game state after the end of the big hit game related to the certain big hit. If a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the look-ahead notice, the game may not shift to the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed.

Further, when a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state only after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. If a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the look-ahead notice, the game may shift to a third game state other than after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed.

Further, only when a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. In cases other than the case where a certain jackpot is obtained in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot is completed.

Further, when a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of only the third look-ahead notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. When a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the look-ahead notice other than the look-ahead notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed.

In addition, "the second gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and an electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state, etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state,
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Further, "The third gaming state is a small hit rush state in which a prize ball is easily obtained by a small hit game.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, "one of the plurality of effects is a third effect [for example, an effect in which the character HDS of the lord shown in FIG. 28 (l) is defeated].
The third effect is an effect of notifying that the mission has failed.
In connection with the start of the third effect, the game state shifts to a game state different from that of the third game state [for example, as shown in FIG. 11A, the normal jackpot of "Special Figure A". Then, it shifts to the challenge mode (special figure low probability normal figure high probability state), or it shifts to the battle mode as a 5R probability variation jackpot of "special figure E" to "special figure Q"],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the third effect may be to notify only that the mission has failed, or may be to notify other things other than the failure of the mission. Further, the third effect may be one that always notifies that the mission has failed, or may be one that does not notify that the mission has failed.

In addition, the game state may be changed to a different game state from the third game state only in relation to the start of the third effect, or it may be related to something other than the start of the third effect. It may shift to a gaming state different from the third gaming state. In addition, the game state may be changed to a different game state from the third game state in connection with the start of the third effect, or the third effect may be started in connection with the start of the third effect. It may not shift to a gaming state different from the gaming state.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, in the above description,
"A game control means [for example, a main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states.
An effect means capable of executing a plurality of effects [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] and
A look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] capable of executing a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, and
It is a game table equipped with
One of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state.
One of the plurality of effects is the first effect [for example, the effect of a mission to set the life of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIGS. 29 (b) to 0 and defeat it]. ,
One of the plurality of effects is a second effect [for example, an effect of determining a victory pose by the character HDS of the lord shown in FIG. 29 (o)].
The first effect is an effect that may be started for at least a part of the period in the second gaming state.
The first production is a mission production.
The second effect is an effect that is started in connection with the achievement of the mission.
When the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game [for example, FIGS. 29 (o) to 29 (p). ) And, as shown in FIGS. 52 (i) to 52 (k), when the effect of deciding the winning pose by the character HDS of the lord is performed, the big hit game is not executed and the small hit rush is started. Etc.],
The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is the second look-ahead notice [for example, the hold notice shown in FIGS. 31 (g) to (n) and the hold notice shown in FIGS. 32 (f) to (n). ) Shown on hold, etc.]
When the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the process shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process.
The first game process is a game process in which a big hit game is executed in the second game state, and after the end of the big hit game, the game shifts to the third game state [for example, in the battle mode, "" In the case of a big hit with the probabilistic super big hit of "Special Figure B", the game shifts to the small hit rush after the big hit game related to the big hit is completed],.
The second gaming process is a gaming process in which the jackpot game is not started in the second gaming state and the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state [for example, a battle]. After shifting to the mode, when the symbol variation display of Special Figure 1 is executed a predetermined number of times and the electric support is removed, the battle mode shifts to the small hit rush, or the battle mode becomes a special small hit and the battle mode is started. Shift to a small hit rush, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the game control means.

Further, according to this game table, it may be possible to expect the possibility that the privilege beyond the transition to the third game state will be given when the first effect is performed.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the effect means may be capable of executing only a plurality of effects, or may be capable of executing a process other than the plurality of effects. Further, the effect means may be one that always executes a plurality of effects, or may not execute a plurality of effects.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may be capable of executing notices other than a plurality of types of look-ahead notices. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of look-ahead notices.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the second gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Further, the first effect may be started only in at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or in a period other than at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. May also be started. Further, the first effect may be always started in at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may not be started in at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. May be.

The first effect may be started in a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may be started in the whole period in the second gaming state. May be.

Also, the second rendition may be started only in connection with the achievement of the mission, or it may be started in relation to something other than the achievement of the mission. It may be one. In addition, the second production may be started in connection with the achievement of the mission, or may be started in connection with the failure of the mission to be completed. There may be.

Further, when the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second game state to only the third game state without executing the jackpot game, or the second effect is started. In some cases, the game may shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game. Further, when the second effect is started, the game may always shift from the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, and when the second effect is started, the second effect is started. There may be a case where the game state of the above is not changed to the third game state without the big hit game being executed.

Further, if only the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, and the effects other than the second effect may be performed. When it is started, it may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game.

In addition, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it shifts only to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, then in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process, a game other than the third gaming state is started. It may also shift to the state. In addition, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it always shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it does not shift to the third gaming state in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process thereafter. There may be cases.

In addition, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the process shifts to the third gaming state only in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second game state, the third game is also performed in a game process other than the first game process or the second game process. You may move to the state.

In addition, only when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the game shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, even in cases other than the case where the second look-ahead notice is started in the second game state, the third game process in either the first game process or the second game process is performed thereafter. You may shift to the game state of.

Further, when the second look-ahead notice is started only in the second gaming state, the game shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second look-ahead notice is started in a game state other than the second game state, then the third game process in either the first game process or the second game process is performed. It may shift to the game state.

In addition, "notifying the progress until the mission is completed [for example, the life gauge and life value of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIG. 30A informs the progress until the mission is completed. Etc.], provided with a notification means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.].
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the notification means may notify only the progress status until the mission is completed, or may notify the status other than the progress status until the mission is completed. Further, the notification means may always notify the progress status until the mission is completed, or may not notify the progress status until the mission is completed.

In addition, "even if the mission is not achieved, the game may shift to the third gaming state [for example, FIGS. 53 (e) to (g) and 54 (d) to FIG. i) and, as shown in Fig. 56 (d) to Fig. 56 (i), even if the mission is not achieved, it is shifting to a small hit rush, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, even if the mission is not achieved, it may shift to only the third gaming state, and even if the mission is not achieved, it may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. May be done. Further, even if the mission is not achieved, it may always shift to the third gaming state, and even if the mission is not achieved, it may not shift to the third gaming state.

In addition, "in the second gaming state, the second gaming state is changed to the first by the second gaming process in response to the display of a certain small hit symbol [for example," special figure z "and the like]. Shift to the third game state [For example, in the battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), the special small hit symbol "special figure z" is stopped and displayed, so that the electric support state ends. Special figure high probability normal figure low probability state (that is, small hit rush) transition to],,
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, for example, by making a small hit with a certain small hit symbol even if the number of fits is one type, it is not known when to shift to the third game state, so expect a small hit in the second game state. You may be able to play the game while holding.

Here, in the second gaming state, depending on the display of a certain small hit symbol, the second gaming state may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only, or the second gaming state may be performed. In the second gaming state, depending on the display of a certain small hit symbol, the second gaming state may shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Further, in the second gaming state, depending on the display of a certain small hit symbol, the second gaming state may always shift to the third gaming state by the second gaming process, or the second In the gaming state of, there may be a case where the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state does not occur due to the second gaming process in response to the display of a certain small hit symbol.

Further, in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may be changed to the third gaming state only when a certain small hit symbol is displayed, or the second gaming state may be changed. In the gaming state of, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed by the second gaming process according to a matter other than the display of a certain small hit symbol.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may be changed to the third gaming state by the second gaming process in response to the display of a certain small hit symbol, or the second Even in a gaming state other than the gaming state of, the second gaming state may be changed to the third gaming state by the second gaming process in response to the display of a certain small hit symbol.

In addition, "during the execution of the first effect, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of the certain small hit symbol, and the second gaming state is performed from the second gaming state. Transition to the third gaming state [For example, as shown in FIGS. 56 (d) to 56 (i), when a special small hit symbol is displayed during a mission and a small hit occurs, a short freeze effect is produced. After being done, it has shifted to a small hit rush, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, during the execution of the first effect, the second game state is changed to the third game state by the second game process without the mission being achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol. It may be shifted to only, or during the execution of the first effect, the second game state is caused by the second game process without the mission being achieved in connection with the display of a small hit symbol. May shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. In addition, during the execution of the first effect, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and the second game process changes from the second game state to the third game state. It may always shift, and during the execution of the first effect, the mission is not completed in connection with the display of a small hit symbol, and the second game process causes the second game state to be changed. It may not shift to the third gaming state.

In addition, during the execution of the first effect, only the second game state is changed to the third game state by the second game process without the mission being achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol. Or, during the execution of the first effect, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a small hit symbol, and the second game process causes a state other than the second game state. The game state may be changed to the third game state.

In addition, during the execution of the first effect, the mission is not achieved only in relation to the display of a certain small hit symbol, and the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state by the second gaming process. In the second game process, the mission may not be achieved in connection with anything other than the display of a small hit symbol during the execution of the first effect. The game state may be changed to the third game state.

In addition, only during the execution of the first effect, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state by the second gaming process. In addition to the first effect, the mission may not be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and the second game process may be performed. The game state may be changed to the third game state.

Further, "During the execution of the first effect, the mission is accomplished in connection with the display of the certain small hit symbol, and the second effect is started [for example, FIG. 52 (g). )-As shown in the figure (k), when a special small hit symbol is displayed during the mission and it becomes a small hit, the swordsman character KNG is defeated and the victory pose by the character HDS of the lord is decided. Has started, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, during the execution of the first effect, the mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and only the second effect may be started, or the execution of the first effect. In the inside, the mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and an effect other than the second effect may be started. Further, during the execution of the first effect, the mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and the second effect may always be started, or the first effect is being executed. In the case where the mission is accomplished and the second effect is not started in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol.

Further, during the execution of the first effect, the mission may be accomplished and the second effect may be started only in relation to the display of a certain small hit symbol, or the first effect is being executed. In the mission may be accomplished and a second effect may be initiated in connection with something other than the display of a small hit symbol.

Further, only during the execution of the first effect, the mission may be accomplished and the second effect may be started in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, or the effect other than the first effect may be started. The mission may be accomplished and the second effect may be started in connection with the display of a small hit symbol even during the execution of.

Further, "In the second gaming state, when the number of fits becomes the first number [for example, 50 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.
In the second gaming state, when the number of fittings becomes the second number [for example, 30 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.
The number of times of fitting is the number of times that the symbol variation display is continuously missed without becoming a big hit.
The first number and the second number are different times.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, since the number of fits in the second gaming state becomes the first number, there may be a case where the transition from the second gaming state to only the third gaming state may occur, or the fitting in the second gaming state may occur. When the number of times becomes the first number of times, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Further, since the number of fits is the first number in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made without fail, and the number of fittings is the first in the second gaming state. It may not be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state depending on the number of times.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be changed from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only when the number of fittings becomes the first number, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state other than the fact that is the first number of times.

In addition, there may be a case where the number of fits becomes the first number of times only in the second gaming state, so that the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state, or a game other than the second gaming state. Even in the state, when the number of fits becomes the first number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be the second number, so that the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be possible, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state by setting the second number of times. Further, since the number of fittings in the second gaming state becomes the second number, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made without fail, and the number of fittings in the second gaming state is the second. It may not be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state depending on the number of times.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be changed from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only when the number of fittings becomes the second number, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state other than the fact that is the second number of times.

In addition, there may be a case where the number of fits becomes the second number of times only in the second gaming state, so that the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state, or a game other than the second gaming state. Even in the state, when the number of fittings becomes the second number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.

The number of fits may be the number of fits based only on the number of fluctuations in Special Figure 1, the number of fits based only on the number of fluctuations in Special Figure 2, or the sum of Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2. It may be the number of fits according to the total number of fluctuations.

Further, "The game control means is a means capable of selecting the number of fittings after shifting to the second gaming state from a plurality of types of fittings [for example, FIG. 15A or FIG. 47]. As shown in (a), the control unit 300 selects the number of times of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 in which the electric support is removed by the big hit symbol based on the special figure 1 big hit symbol determination distribution table],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the game control means may be able to select the number of fits after shifting to the second gaming state only from a plurality of types of fittings, or shifts to the second gaming state. The number of fits after the start may be selectable from other than a plurality of types of fits. Further, the game control means may always select the number of fits after shifting to the second gaming state from among a plurality of types of fittings, or the number of fittings after shifting to the second gaming state. May not be selected from a plurality of types of fits.

Further, "The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is a third look-ahead notice [for example, the hold icon shown in FIGS. 32 (f) to (i) is displayed in a rainbow-colored display mode. Hold notice, etc.]
The third look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that the result of the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead may be a certain big hit [for example, a big hit in which "special figure B" is displayed].
When the certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game shifts to the third gaming state after the end of the big hit game related to the certain big hit [for example, FIG. 32 (Fig. 32). f) As shown in the figure (p), the hold icon of the hold which is the target of the look-ahead is displayed in a rainbow-colored display mode, and the result of the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead is "Special Figure B". If the displayed 10R probability variation jackpot symbol is a jackpot, the game shifts to a small hit rush after the jackpot game related to the jackpot is completed],.
A game table featuring that.

Here, if a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game may be shifted to only the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. When a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game state may be changed to a game state other than the third game state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. In addition, when a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game may always shift to the third game state after the end of the big hit game related to the certain big hit. If a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the look-ahead notice, the game may not shift to the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed.

Further, when a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state only after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. If a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the look-ahead notice, the game may shift to a third game state other than after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed.

Further, only when a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. In cases other than the case where a certain jackpot is obtained in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot is completed.

Further, when a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of only the third look-ahead notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. When a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the look-ahead notice other than the look-ahead notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed.

In addition, "the second gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and an electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state, etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state,
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

Further, "The third gaming state is a small hit rush state in which a prize ball is easily obtained by a small hit game.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, "one of the plurality of effects is a third effect [for example, an effect in which the character HDS of the lord shown in FIG. 28 (l) is defeated].
The third effect is an effect of notifying that the mission has failed.
In connection with the start of the third effect, the game state shifts to a game state different from that of the third game state [for example, as shown in FIG. 11A, the normal jackpot of "Special Figure A". Then, it shifts to the challenge mode (special figure low probability normal figure high probability state), or it shifts to the battle mode as a 5R probability variation jackpot of "special figure E" to "special figure Q"],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the third effect may be to notify only that the mission has failed, or may be to notify other things other than the failure of the mission. Further, the third effect may be one that always notifies that the mission has failed, or may be one that does not notify that the mission has failed.

In addition, the game state may be changed to a different game state from the third game state only in relation to the start of the third effect, or it may be related to something other than the start of the third effect. It may shift to a gaming state different from the third gaming state. In addition, the game state may be changed to a different game state from the third game state in connection with the start of the third effect, or the third effect may be started in connection with the start of the third effect. It may not shift to a gaming state different from the gaming state.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, in the above description,
"A game control means [for example, a main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states.
An effect means capable of executing a plurality of effects [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] and
A look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] capable of executing a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, and
It is a game table equipped with
One of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state.
One of the plurality of effects is the first effect [for example, the effect of a mission to set the life of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIGS. 29 (b) to 0 and defeat it]. ,
One of the plurality of effects is a second effect [for example, an effect of determining a victory pose by the character HDS of the lord shown in FIG. 29 (o)].
The first effect is an effect that may be started for at least a part of the period in the second gaming state.
The first production is a mission production.
The second effect is an effect that is started in connection with the achievement of the mission.
When the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game.
The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is the first look-ahead notice [for example, the continuous notice in which the continuous attack shown in FIGS. 30 (c) to (h) is produced, or FIG. 51 ( The mission production started at the timing of b), the mission production started at the timing of FIG. 52 (b), etc.].
The first look-ahead notice is a notice that the effect is executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved in the symbol variation display on which the first look-ahead notice is executed [for example, FIGS. 30 (c) to FIG. As shown in FIG. 1 (h), a continuous advance notice effect by a continuous attack that damages the swordsman character KNG each time the symbol variation display of Special Figure 1 is performed, and as shown in FIGS. 51 (c) and 52 (c). In addition, continuous notice production that damages the swordsman character KNG every time the symbol variation display of Special Figure 2 ends],
The first look-ahead notice starts when the result of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays is different from the big hit [for example, a miss, a special small hit, etc.] in the second gaming state. It is a look-ahead notice that may be given,
When a certain big hit [for example, a big hit in which "special figure B" or "special figure b" is displayed] occurs in the second gaming state (hereinafter, referred to as "first case"), the said case. After the big hit game related to a certain big hit is completed, the game shifts to the third game state [For example, if the big hit shifts to the small hit rush during the battle mode, the small hit rush is performed after the big hit game is completed. To move to],
In the first case, the jackpot game is started without the mission being achieved [for example, as shown in FIGS. 55 (d) to 55 (j), the mission is not started during the battle mode. (Without completing the mission) "Special figure b" is displayed and it becomes a big hit that shifts to the small hit rush, and then the big hit game starts etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the game control means.

In addition, according to this game table, it is expected that the mission will be achieved by the first production as a period in which the transition to the third gaming state is expected, but in addition to the achievement of the mission, the transition to the third gaming state is expected. It may be possible to make it.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the effect means may be capable of executing only a plurality of effects, or may be capable of executing a process other than the plurality of effects. Further, the effect means may be one that always executes a plurality of effects, or may not execute a plurality of effects.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may be capable of executing notices other than a plurality of types of look-ahead notices. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of look-ahead notices.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the second gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Further, the first effect may be started only in at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or in a period other than at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. May also be started. Further, the first effect may be always started in at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may not be started in at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. May be.

The first effect may be started in a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may be started in the whole period in the second gaming state. May be.

Also, the second rendition may be started only in connection with the achievement of the mission, or it may be started in relation to something other than the achievement of the mission. It may be one. In addition, the second production may be started in connection with the achievement of the mission, or may be started in connection with the failure of the mission to be completed. There may be.

Further, when the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second game state to only the third game state without executing the jackpot game, or the second effect is started. In some cases, the game may shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game. Further, when the second effect is started, the game may always shift from the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, and when the second effect is started, the second effect is started. There may be a case where the game state of the above is not changed to the third game state without the big hit game being executed.

Further, if only the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, and the effects other than the second effect may be performed. When it is started, it may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be one in which the effect is executed only in the direction in which the mission is achieved in the symbol variation display in which the first look-ahead notice is executed, or the first look-ahead notice is executed. The effect may be executed in a direction other than the direction in which the mission is achieved in the executed symbol variation display. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the effect is always executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved in the symbol variation display in which the first look-ahead notice is executed, or the first look-ahead notice is executed. In the executed symbol variation display, the effect may not be executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be one in which the effect is executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved only in the symbol variation display in which the first look-ahead notice is executed, or the first look-ahead notice is executed. In the symbol variation display other than the executed symbol variation display, the effect may be executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved.

Further, even if the first look-ahead notice may be started only when the result of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays is different from the jackpot in the second gaming state. Alternatively, in the second gaming state, the result of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays may be started in a case other than the case where the result is different from the jackpot. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started without fail when the result of the plurality of reserved symbol fluctuation displays is different from the jackpot in the second game state, or the second game. In the state, it may not be started when the result of the plurality of reserved symbol variation display is different from the big hit.

Further, even if the first look-ahead notice may be started only in the second gaming state when the result of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays is different from the big hit. Alternatively, even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, the result of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays may be started when the result is different from the jackpot.

Further, when a certain big hit occurs in the second gaming state, the game may be shifted to only the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed, or in the second gaming state. When a big hit occurs, it may shift to a game state other than the third game state after the big hit game related to a certain big hit is completed. Further, when a certain big hit occurs in the second gaming state, the game may always shift to the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed, or in the second gaming state. When a big hit occurs, it may not shift to the third game state after the big hit game related to a certain big hit is completed.

Further, when a certain big hit occurs in the second gaming state, the transition to the third gaming state may be made only after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed, or in the second gaming state, or When a big hit occurs, the game may shift to the third game state even after the big hit game related to a certain big hit is completed.

Further, only when a certain big hit occurs in the second game state, the game may shift to the third game state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed, or in the second game state, or Even in cases other than the case where a big hit occurs, the game may shift to the third game state after the big hit game related to a certain big hit is completed.

Further, when a certain big hit occurs only in the second gaming state, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed, or other than the second gaming state. If a certain big hit occurs even in the gaming state, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed.

Further, in the first case, only the jackpot game may be started without completing the mission, or in the first case, the game other than the jackpot game may be started without completing the mission. Further, in the first case, the jackpot game may be always started without the mission being completed, or in the first case, the jackpot game may not be started without the mission being completed.

Further, the jackpot game may be started without completing the mission only in the first case, or the jackpot game may be started without completing the mission in cases other than the first case.

Further, "when the first effect is executed over a plurality of consecutive symbol variation displays (hereinafter," the second case [for example, as shown in FIGS. 58 (a) to (g)). In addition, missions are being carried out across multiple consecutive symbol fluctuation displays, etc.] ”).
In the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first effect is executed. The first effect continues until the first effect is performed. [For example, as shown in FIG. 58, a mission targeting the second reserved symbol variation display in FIG. 58 (a) has been started. Even if the symbol change display that becomes a big hit later is suspended, the mission ends in the second reserved symbol variation display, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the first effect may be executed only across a plurality of consecutive symbol variation displays, or may be executed other than across a continuous plurality of symbol variation displays. It may be something that may be done. Further, the first effect may be always executed across a plurality of consecutive symbol variation displays, or may not be executed across a continuous plurality of symbol variation displays. You may.

Further, in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the symbol variation display in which the first effect is scheduled to end is executed. Only the first effect may be continued until the first effect is performed, or in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the first effect is performed. The effects other than the first effect may be continued until the symbol variation display scheduled to end the effect of is executed. Further, in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the symbol variation display in which the first effect is scheduled to end is executed. In the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the first effect may be continued until the first effect is executed. The first effect may not continue until the symbol variation display scheduled to end is executed.

Further, in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, only the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first effect is executed. The first effect may be continued until the first effect is performed, or in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the first effect is performed. The first effect may be continued until the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display scheduled to end is executed.

Further, in the second case, only when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, until the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first effect is executed. The first effect may be continued, or in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the first effect is used. The first effect may be continued until the symbol variation display scheduled to end is executed.

Further, in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended only during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first effect is executed. The first effect may be continued until the first effect is performed, or in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended other than during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the first effect is performed. The first effect may be continued until the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first effect is executed.

Further, only in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first effect is executed. The first effect may be continued until the first effect is performed, or even in cases other than the second case, the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit. However, the first effect may be continued until the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first effect is executed.

In addition, "notifying the progress until the mission is completed [for example, the life gauge and life value of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIG. 30A informs the progress until the mission is completed. Etc.], provided with a notification means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the notification means may notify only the progress status until the mission is completed, or may notify the status other than the progress status until the mission is completed. Further, the notification means may always notify the progress status until the mission is completed, or may not notify the progress status until the mission is completed.

Further, "in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state is performed in response to the display of a certain small hit symbol [for example," special figure z "etc.]. [For example, in the battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), the electric support state ends when the special small hit symbol "special figure z" is stopped and displayed, so the special figure high probability normal figure is low. Transition to a stochastic state (ie, small hit rush), etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, for example, by making a small hit with a certain small hit symbol even if the number of fits is one type, it is not known when to shift to the third game state, so expect a small hit in the second game state. You may be able to play the game while holding.

Here, in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed only in response to the display of a certain small hit symbol, or in the second gaming state, Depending on the display of a certain small hit symbol, the second gaming state may be changed to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Further, in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made without fail depending on the display of a certain small hit symbol, or in the second gaming state, or There may be a case where the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state does not occur depending on the display of the small hit symbol.

Further, in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed only when a certain small hit symbol is displayed, or in the second gaming state, or The transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made according to a matter other than the display of the small hit symbol.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed according to the display of a certain small hit symbol, or a game other than the second gaming state. Also in the state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed according to the display of a certain small hit symbol.

In addition, "during the execution of the first effect, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of the certain small hit symbol, and the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state. Transition [For example, as shown in FIGS. 56 (d) to (i), when a special small hit symbol is displayed during a mission and a small hit occurs, the small hit is performed after the short freeze effect is performed. Shifting to rush, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, even if the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol during the execution of the first effect, only the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state. Also, during the execution of the first effect, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and the game state changes from the second game state to a game state other than the third game state. You may migrate. Further, during the execution of the first effect, the second gaming state may be changed to the third gaming state without fail without completing the mission in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol. However, during the execution of the first effect, the mission may not be achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and the second gaming state may not shift to the third gaming state. May be good.

Further, during the execution of the first effect, only the second gaming state may be changed to the third gaming state without the mission being achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol. However, during the execution of the first effect, the game state shifts from the game state other than the second game state to the third game state without completing the mission in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol. You may.

Further, during the execution of the first effect, the second gaming state may be changed to the third gaming state without the mission being achieved only in relation to the display of a certain small hit symbol. However, during the execution of the first effect, the mission is not achieved in connection with anything other than the display of a certain small hit symbol, and the state shifts from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. You may.

Further, only during the execution of the first effect, the second gaming state may be changed to the third gaming state without the mission being achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol. However, even during the execution of an effect other than the first effect, the mission is not achieved in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and the state shifts from the second gaming state to the third gaming state. You may.

Further, "During the execution of the first effect, the mission is accomplished in connection with the display of the certain small hit symbol, and the second effect is started [for example, FIG. 52 (g). )-As shown in the figure (k), when a special small hit symbol is displayed during the mission and it becomes a small hit, the swordsman character KNG is defeated and the victory pose by the character HDS of the lord is decided. Has started, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, during the execution of the first effect, the mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and only the second effect may be started, or the execution of the first effect. In the inside, the mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and an effect other than the second effect may be started. Further, during the execution of the first effect, the mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and the second effect may always be started, or the first effect is being executed. In the case where the mission is accomplished and the second effect is not started in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol.

Further, during the execution of the first effect, the mission may be accomplished and the second effect may be started only in relation to the display of a certain small hit symbol, or the first effect is being executed. In the mission may be accomplished and a second effect may be initiated in connection with something other than the display of a small hit symbol.

Further, only during the execution of the first effect, the mission may be accomplished and the second effect may be started in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, or the effect other than the first effect may be started. The mission may be accomplished and the second effect may be started in connection with the display of a small hit symbol even during the execution of.

Further, "In the second gaming state, when the number of fits becomes the first number [for example, 50 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.
In the second gaming state, when the number of fittings becomes the second number [for example, 30 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.
The number of times of fitting is the number of times that the symbol variation display is continuously missed without becoming a big hit.
The first number and the second number are different times.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, since the number of fits in the second gaming state becomes the first number, there may be a case where the transition from the second gaming state to only the third gaming state may occur, or the fitting in the second gaming state may occur. When the number of times becomes the first number of times, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Further, since the number of fits is the first number in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made without fail, and the number of fittings is the first in the second gaming state. It may not be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state depending on the number of times.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be changed from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only when the number of fittings becomes the first number, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state other than the fact that is the first number of times.

In addition, there may be a case where the number of fits becomes the first number of times only in the second gaming state, so that the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state, or a game other than the second gaming state. Even in the state, when the number of fits becomes the first number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be the second number, so that the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be possible, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state by setting the second number of times. Further, since the number of fittings in the second gaming state becomes the second number, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made without fail, and the number of fittings in the second gaming state is the second. It may not be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state depending on the number of times.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be changed from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only when the number of fittings becomes the second number, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state other than the fact that is the second number of times.

In addition, there may be a case where the number of fits becomes the second number of times only in the second gaming state, so that the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state, or a game other than the second gaming state. Even in the state, when the number of fittings becomes the second number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.

The number of fits may be the number of fits based only on the number of fluctuations in Special Figure 1, the number of fits based only on the number of fluctuations in Special Figure 2, or the sum of Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2. It may be the number of fits according to the total number of fluctuations.

Further, "The game control means is a means capable of selecting the number of fittings after shifting to the second gaming state from a plurality of types of fittings [for example, FIG. 15A or FIG. 47]. As shown in (a), the control unit 300 selects the number of times of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 in which the electric support is removed by the big hit symbol based on the special figure 1 big hit symbol determination distribution table],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the game control means may be able to select the number of fits after shifting to the second gaming state only from a plurality of types of fittings, or shifts to the second gaming state. The number of fits after the start may be selectable from other than a plurality of types of fits. Further, the game control means may always select the number of fittings after shifting to the second gaming state from among a plurality of types of fittings, or the number of fittings after shifting to the second gaming state. May not be selected from a plurality of types of fits.

Further, "The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is a third look-ahead notice [for example, the hold icon shown in FIGS. 32 (f) to (i) is displayed in a rainbow-colored display mode. Hold notice, etc.]
The third look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that the result of the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead may be the certain big hit [for example, the big hit in which "special figure B" is displayed]. ,
When the certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game shifts to the third gaming state after the end of the big hit game related to the certain big hit [for example, FIG. 32 (Fig. 32). f) As shown in the figure (p), the hold icon of the hold which is the target of the look-ahead is displayed in a rainbow-colored display mode, and the result of the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead is "Special Figure B". If the displayed 10R probability variation jackpot symbol is a jackpot, the game shifts to a small hit rush after the jackpot game related to the jackpot is completed],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, if a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game may be shifted to only the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. When a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game state may be changed to a game state other than the third game state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. In addition, when a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game may always shift to the third game state after the end of the big hit game related to the certain big hit. If a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the look-ahead notice, the game may not shift to the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed.

Further, when a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state only after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. If a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the look-ahead notice, the game may shift to a third game state other than after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed.

Further, only when a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. In cases other than the case where a certain jackpot is obtained in connection with the execution of the third look-ahead notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot is completed.

Further, when a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of only the third look-ahead notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. When a certain big hit is made in connection with the execution of the look-ahead notice other than the look-ahead notice, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed.

In addition, "the second gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and an electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state, etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state,
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Further, "The third gaming state is a small hit rush state in which a prize ball is easily obtained by a small hit game.
A game table featuring that. 』\
In addition, "one of the plurality of effects is a third effect [for example, an effect in which the character HDS of the lord shown in FIG. 28 (l) is defeated].
The third effect is an effect of notifying that the mission has failed.
In connection with the start of the third effect, the game state shifts to a game state different from that of the third game state [for example, as shown in FIG. 11A, the normal jackpot of "Special Figure A". Then, it shifts to the challenge mode (special figure low probability normal figure high probability state), or it shifts to the battle mode as a 5R probability variation jackpot of "special figure E" to "special figure Q"],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the third effect may be to notify only that the mission has failed, or may be to notify other things other than the failure of the mission. Further, the third effect may be one that always notifies that the mission has failed, or may be one that does not notify that the mission has failed.

In addition, the game state may be changed to a different game state from the third game state only in relation to the start of the third effect, or it may be related to something other than the start of the third effect. It may shift to a gaming state different from the third gaming state. In addition, the game state may be changed to a different game state from the third game state in connection with the start of the third effect, or the third effect may be started in connection with the start of the third effect. It may not shift to a gaming state different from the gaming state.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, in the above description,
"A game control means [for example, a main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states.
An effect means capable of executing a plurality of effects [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] and
A look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] capable of executing a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, and
It is a game table equipped with
One of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state.
One of the plurality of effects is the first effect [for example, the effect of a mission to set the life of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIGS. 29 (b) to 0 and defeat it]. ,
One of the plurality of effects is a second effect [for example, an effect of determining a victory pose by the character HDS of the lord shown in FIG. 29 (o)].
The first effect is an effect that may be started for at least a part of the period in the second gaming state.
The first production is a mission production.
The second effect is an effect that is started in connection with the achievement of the mission.
When the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game [for example, FIGS. 29 (o) to 29 (p). ) And, as shown in FIGS. 52 (i) to 52 (k), when the effect of deciding the winning pose by the character HDS of the lord is performed, the big hit game is not executed and the small hit rush is started. Etc.],
The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is a certain look-ahead notice [for example, the hold notice shown in FIGS. 31 (g) to (n) and the hold notice shown in FIGS. 32 (f) to (n)). Hold notice, etc. shown in]
When the certain look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the process shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process.
The first game process is a game process in which a big hit game is executed in the second game state, and after the end of the big hit game, the game shifts to the third game state [for example, in the battle mode, "" In the case of a big hit with the probabilistic super big hit of "Special Figure B", the game shifts to the small hit rush after the big hit game related to the big hit is completed],.
The second gaming process is a gaming process in which the jackpot game is not started in the second gaming state and the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state [for example, a battle]. After shifting to the mode, when the symbol variation display of Special Figure 1 is executed a predetermined number of times and the electric support is removed, the battle mode shifts to the small hit rush, or the battle mode becomes a special small hit and the battle mode is started. Shift to a small hit rush, etc.],
When shifting from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by the first gaming process, the second effect is not executed [for example, in FIGS. 55 (d) to (j)). As shown, if "Special Figure b" is displayed and it becomes a big hit that shifts to a small hit rush, the mission will not start during the battle mode (without completing the mission), etc.],
When the second gaming state shifts from the second gaming state to the third gaming state, the second effect is executed [for example, as shown in FIG. 51, the number of fittings is the number of ceilings. When it reaches, the lord's character HDS defeats the swordsman's character KNG and decides the victory pose, or as shown in Fig. 52, when it becomes a special small hit during the battle mode, the lord's character HDS Will defeat the swordsman character KNG and decide the winning pose, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the production means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a characteristic in the production means.

In addition, according to this game table, the player expects the achievement of the mission as a period for expecting the transition to the third gaming state, but in addition to the achievement of the mission, the transition to the third gaming state is required. It may be possible to raise expectations for.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the effect means may be capable of executing only a plurality of effects, or may be capable of executing a process other than the plurality of effects. Further, the effect means may be one that always executes a plurality of effects, or may not execute a plurality of effects.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may be capable of executing notices other than a plurality of types of look-ahead notices. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of look-ahead notices.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the second gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Further, the first effect may be started only in at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or in a period other than at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. May also be started. Further, the first effect may be always started in at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may not be started in at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. May be.

The first effect may be started in a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may be started in the whole period in the second gaming state. May be.

Also, the second rendition may be started only in connection with the achievement of the mission, or it may be started in relation to something other than the achievement of the mission. It may be one. In addition, the second production may be started in connection with the achievement of the mission, or may be started in connection with the failure of the mission to be completed. There may be.

Further, when the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second game state to only the third game state without executing the jackpot game, or the second effect is started. In some cases, the game may shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game. Further, when the second effect is started, the game may always shift from the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, and when the second effect is started, the second effect is started. There may be a case where the game state of the above is not changed to the third game state without the big hit game being executed.

Further, if only the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, and the effects other than the second effect may be performed. When it is started, it may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game.

Further, if a certain look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, even if it shifts only to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process after that. Well, if a certain look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, then in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process, the gaming state other than the third gaming state is entered. May also migrate. Further, even if a certain look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the game always shifts to the third gaming state in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process. Well, if a certain look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it may not shift to the third gaming state in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process after that. There may be.

Further, even if a certain look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, and then the third gaming state is entered only in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Well, if a certain look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, then the third gaming state is entered in the gaming process other than the one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. You may migrate.

Further, only when a certain look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the game shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, even when a certain look-ahead notice is not started in the second game state, the third game is subsequently performed in either the first game process or the second game process. You may move to the state.

Further, if a certain look-ahead notice is started only in the second gaming state, even if it shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process after that. Well, if a certain look-ahead notice is started even in a game state other than the second game state, then a third game state is performed in either the first game process or the second game process. You may move to.

Further, when shifting from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by the first gaming process, it is not necessary to execute only the second effect, and the second gaming state by the first gaming process. When shifting from to the third gaming state, it is not necessary to execute any effect other than the second effect. Further, when shifting from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by the first gaming process, the second effect does not necessarily have to be executed, and the second gaming state by the first gaming process. When shifting from to the third gaming state, the second effect may be executed.

Further, only when the first game process shifts from the second game state to the third game state, the second effect may not be executed, and the first game process changes from the second game state. The second effect may not be executed even in cases other than the case of shifting to the third gaming state.

Further, when the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state is performed only by the first gaming process, the second effect may not be executed, and the second effect may be performed by a gaming process other than the first gaming process. When shifting from the second gaming state to the third gaming state, the second effect may not be executed.

Further, when shifting from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by the second gaming process, only the second effect may be executed, or from the second gaming state by the second gaming process. When shifting to the third gaming state, an effect other than the second effect may be executed. Further, when shifting from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by the second gaming process, the second effect may always be executed, or from the second gaming state by the second gaming process. When shifting to the third gaming state, the second effect may not be executed.

Further, the second effect may be executed only when the second gaming state shifts from the second gaming state to the third gaming state by the second gaming process, and the second gaming state may be executed by the second gaming process. The second effect may be executed even in cases other than the case of shifting to the third gaming state.

Further, when the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state is performed only by the second gaming process, the second effect may be executed, or the second effect may be executed by a gaming process other than the second gaming process. When shifting from the gaming state of the above to the third gaming state, the second effect may be executed.

Further, "when the first effect is executed over a plurality of consecutive symbol variation displays (hereinafter," the second case [for example, as shown in FIGS. 58 (a) to (g)). In addition, missions are being carried out across multiple consecutive symbol fluctuation displays, etc.] ”).
In the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first effect is executed. The first effect continues until the first effect is performed. [For example, as shown in FIG. 58, a mission targeting the second reserved symbol variation display in FIG. 58 (a) has been started. Even if the symbol change display that becomes a big hit later is suspended, the mission ends in the second reserved symbol variation display, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the first effect may be executed only across a plurality of consecutive symbol variation displays, or may be executed other than across a continuous plurality of symbol variation displays. It may be something that may be done. Further, the first effect may be always executed across a plurality of consecutive symbol variation displays, or may not be executed across a continuous plurality of symbol variation displays. You may.

Further, in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the symbol variation display in which the first effect is scheduled to end is executed. Only the first effect may be continued until the first effect is performed, or in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the first effect is performed. The effects other than the first effect may be continued until the symbol variation display scheduled to end the effect of is executed. Further, in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the symbol variation display in which the first effect is scheduled to end is executed. In the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the first effect may be continued until the first effect is executed. The first effect may not continue until the symbol variation display scheduled to end is executed.

Further, in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, only the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first effect is executed. The first effect may be continued until the first effect is performed, or in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the first effect is performed. The first effect may be continued until the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display scheduled to end is executed.

Further, in the second case, only when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, until the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first effect is executed. The first effect may be continued, or in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the first effect is used. The first effect may be continued until the symbol variation display scheduled to end is executed.

Further, in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended only during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first effect is executed. The first effect may be continued until the first effect is performed, or in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended other than during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the first effect is performed. The first effect may be continued until the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first effect is executed.

Further, only in the second case, even if the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit, the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first effect is executed. The first effect may be continued until the first effect is performed, or even in cases other than the second case, the symbol variation display whose start is suspended during the execution of the first effect includes a big hit. However, the first effect may be continued until the symbol variation display scheduled to end the first effect is executed.

In addition, "notifying the progress until the mission is completed [for example, the life gauge and life value of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIG. 30A informs the progress until the mission is completed. Etc.], provided with a notification means [for example, decorative pattern display device 208, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the notification means may notify only the progress status until the mission is completed, or may notify the status other than the progress status until the mission is completed. Further, the notification means may always notify the progress status until the mission is completed, or may not notify the progress status until the mission is completed.

Further, "in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state is performed in response to the display of a certain small hit symbol [for example," special figure z "etc.]. [For example, in the battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), the electric support state ends when the special small hit symbol "special figure z" is stopped and displayed, so the special figure high probability normal figure is low. Transition to a stochastic state (ie, small hit rush), etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, for example, by making a small hit with a certain small hit symbol even if the number of fits is one type, it is not known when to shift to the third game state, so expect a small hit in the second game state. You may be able to play the game while holding.

Here, in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed only in response to the display of a certain small hit symbol, or in the second gaming state, Depending on the display of a certain small hit symbol, the second gaming state may be changed to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Further, in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made without fail depending on the display of a certain small hit symbol, or in the second gaming state, or There may be a case where the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state does not occur depending on the display of the small hit symbol.

Further, in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed only when a certain small hit symbol is displayed, or in the second gaming state, or The transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made according to a matter other than the display of the small hit symbol.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed according to the display of a certain small hit symbol, or a game other than the second gaming state. Also in the state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be performed according to the display of a certain small hit symbol.

Further, "During the execution of the first effect, the mission is accomplished in connection with the display of the certain small hit symbol, and the second effect is started [for example, FIG. 52 (g). )-As shown in the figure (k), when a special small hit symbol is displayed during the mission and it becomes a small hit, the swordsman character KNG is defeated and the victory pose by the character HDS of the lord is decided. Has started, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, during the execution of the first effect, the mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and only the second effect may be started, or the execution of the first effect. In the inside, the mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and an effect other than the second effect may be started. Further, during the execution of the first effect, the mission may be accomplished in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, and the second effect may always be started, or the first effect is being executed. In the case where the mission is accomplished and the second effect is not started in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol.

Further, during the execution of the first effect, the mission may be accomplished and the second effect may be started only in relation to the display of a certain small hit symbol, or the first effect is being executed. In the mission may be accomplished and a second effect may be initiated in connection with something other than the display of a small hit symbol.

Further, only during the execution of the first effect, the mission may be accomplished and the second effect may be started in connection with the display of a certain small hit symbol, or the effect other than the first effect may be started. The mission may be accomplished and the second effect may be started in connection with the display of a small hit symbol even during the execution of.

Further, "In the second gaming state, when the number of fits becomes the first number of times [for example, 50 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.
In the second gaming state, when the number of fittings becomes the second number [for example, 30 times, etc.], the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.
The number of times of fitting is the number of times that the symbol variation display is continuously missed without becoming a big hit.
The first number and the second number are different times.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, since the number of fits in the second gaming state becomes the first number, there may be a case where the transition from the second gaming state to only the third gaming state may occur, or the fitting in the second gaming state may occur. When the number of times becomes the first number of times, the second gaming state may shift to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Further, since the number of fits is the first number in the second gaming state, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made without fail, and the number of fittings is the first in the second gaming state. It may not be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state depending on the number of times.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be changed from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only when the number of fittings becomes the first number, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state other than the fact that is the first number of times.

In addition, there may be a case where the number of fits becomes the first number of times only in the second gaming state, so that the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state, or a game other than the second gaming state. Even in the state, when the number of fits becomes the first number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be the second number, so that the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be possible, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state by setting the second number of times. Further, since the number of fittings in the second gaming state becomes the second number, the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state may be made without fail, and the number of fittings in the second gaming state is the second. It may not be possible to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state depending on the number of times.

Further, in the second gaming state, the number of fittings may be changed from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only when the number of fittings becomes the second number, or the number of fittings in the second gaming state may be changed. May shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state other than the fact that is the second number of times.

In addition, there may be a case where the number of fits becomes the second number of times only in the second gaming state, so that the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state, or a game other than the second gaming state. Even in the state, when the number of fittings becomes the second number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.

The number of fits may be the number of fits based only on the number of fluctuations in Special Figure 1, the number of fits based only on the number of fluctuations in Special Figure 2, or the sum of Special Figure 1 and Special Figure 2. It may be the number of fits according to the total number of fluctuations.

Further, "The game control means is a means capable of selecting the number of fittings after shifting to the second gaming state from a plurality of types of fittings [for example, FIG. 15A or FIG. 47]. As shown in (a), the main control unit 300 selects the number of times of the symbol variation display of the special figure 1 in which the electric support is removed by the big hit symbol based on the special figure 1 big hit symbol determination distribution table],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the game control means may be able to select the number of fits after shifting to the second gaming state only from a plurality of types of fittings, or shifts to the second gaming state. The number of fits after the start may be selectable from other than a plurality of types of fits. Further, the game control means may always select the number of fits after shifting to the second gaming state from among a plurality of types of fittings, or the number of fittings after shifting to the second gaming state. May not be selected from a plurality of types of fits.

In addition, "the second gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and an electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state, etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state,
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

Further, "The third gaming state is a small hit rush state in which a prize ball is easily obtained by a small hit game.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, "one of the plurality of effects is a third effect [for example, an effect in which the character HDS of the lord shown in FIG. 28 (l) is defeated].
The third effect is an effect of notifying that the mission has failed.
In connection with the start of the third effect, the game state shifts to a game state different from that of the third game state [for example, as shown in FIG. 11A, the normal jackpot of "Special Figure A". Then, it shifts to the challenge mode (special figure low probability normal figure high probability state), or it shifts to the battle mode as a 5R probability variation jackpot of "special figure E" to "special figure Q"],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the third effect may be to notify only that the mission has failed, or may be to notify other things other than the failure of the mission. Further, the third effect may be one that always notifies that the mission has failed, or may be one that does not notify that the mission has failed.

In addition, the game state may be changed to a different game state from the third game state only in relation to the start of the third effect, or it may be related to something other than the start of the third effect. It may shift to a gaming state different from the third gaming state. In addition, the game state may be changed to a different game state from the third game state in connection with the start of the third effect, or the third effect may be started in connection with the start of the third effect. It may not shift to a gaming state different from the gaming state.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, in the above description,
"A game control means [for example, a main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states.
An effect means capable of executing a plurality of effects [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] and
A look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative pattern display device 208, etc.] capable of executing a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, and
It is a game table equipped with
One of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state.
One of the plurality of effects is the first effect [for example, the effect of a mission to set the life of the swordsman character KNG shown in FIGS. 29 (b) to 0 and defeat it]. ,
One of the plurality of effects is a second effect [for example, an effect of determining a victory pose by the character HDS of the lord shown in FIG. 29 (o)].
The first effect is an effect that may be started for at least a part of the period in the second gaming state.
The first production is a mission production.
The second effect is an effect that is started in connection with the achievement of the mission.
When the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game [for example, FIGS. 29 (o) to 29 (p). ) And, as shown in FIGS. 52 (i) to 52 (k), when the effect of deciding the winning pose by the character HDS of the lord is performed, the big hit game is not executed and the small hit rush is started. Etc.],
The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is the second look-ahead notice [for example, the hold notice shown in FIGS. 31 (g) to (n) and the hold notice shown in FIGS. 32 (f) to (n). ) Shown on hold, etc.]
When the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the process shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process.
The first game process is a game process in which a big hit game is executed in the second game state, and after the end of the big hit game, the game shifts to the third game state [for example, in the battle mode, "" In the case of a big hit with the probabilistic super big hit of "Special Figure B", the game shifts to the small hit rush after the big hit game related to the big hit is completed],.
The second gaming process is a gaming process in which the jackpot game is not started in the second gaming state and the transition from the second gaming state to the third gaming state [for example, a battle]. After shifting to the mode, when the symbol variation display of Special Figure 1 is executed a predetermined number of times and the electric support is removed, the battle mode shifts to the small hit rush, or the battle mode becomes a special small hit and the battle mode is started. Shift to a small hit rush, etc.],
In the second game process, a small hit symbol [for example, "special figure z" etc.] is displayed in the second game state and the small hit is obtained. Including the case where the game is executed and the game shifts to the third game state after the end of the small hit game (hereinafter referred to as "first case").
A game table featuring that. 』\
Explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the game control means.

Further, according to this game table, there is a case where it is possible to shift to the third game state without becoming a big hit, and there is a case where the player can be expected.

Further, according to this game table, the variation of the second game process may increase.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the effect means may be capable of executing only a plurality of effects, or may be capable of executing a process other than the plurality of effects. Further, the effect means may be one that always executes a plurality of effects, or may not execute a plurality of effects.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may be capable of executing notices other than a plurality of types of look-ahead notices. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes a plurality of types of look-ahead notices, or may not execute a plurality of types of look-ahead notices.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the second gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the second gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the second gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the second gaming state.

Further, the first effect may be started only in at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or in a period other than at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. May also be started. Further, the first effect may be always started in at least a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may not be started in at least a part of the period in the second gaming state. May be.

The first effect may be started in a part of the period in the second gaming state, or may be started in the whole period in the second gaming state. May be.

Also, the second rendition may be started only in connection with the achievement of the mission, or it may be started in relation to something other than the achievement of the mission. It may be one. In addition, the second production may be started in connection with the achievement of the mission, or may be started in connection with the failure of the mission to be completed. There may be.

Further, when the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second game state to only the third game state without executing the jackpot game, or the second effect is started. In some cases, the game may shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game. Further, when the second effect is started, the game may always shift from the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, and when the second effect is started, the second effect is started. There may be a case where the game state of the above is not changed to the third game state without the big hit game being executed.

Further, if only the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second game state to the third game state without executing the jackpot game, and the effects other than the second effect may be performed. When it is started, it may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game.

In addition, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it shifts only to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, then in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process, a game other than the third gaming state is started. It may also shift to the state. In addition, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it always shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, it does not shift to the third gaming state in either the first gaming process or the second gaming process thereafter. There may be cases.

In addition, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the process shifts to the third gaming state only in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second game state, the third game is also performed in a game process other than the first game process or the second game process. You may move to the state.

In addition, only when the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the game shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, even in cases other than the case where the second look-ahead notice is started in the second game state, the third game process in either the first game process or the second game process is performed thereafter. You may shift to the game state of.

Further, when the second look-ahead notice is started only in the second gaming state, the game shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process. Alternatively, if the second look-ahead notice is started in a game state other than the second game state, then the third game process in either the first game process or the second game process is performed. It may shift to the game state.

Further, in the second game process, a small hit game related to the small hit is executed in response to a certain small hit symbol being displayed in the second game state and the small hit becomes a small hit, and the small hit game is executed. It may include only the case of shifting to the third gaming state after the end, and the second gaming process may be performed according to the fact that a certain small hit symbol is displayed and the small hit is achieved in the second gaming state. A case other than the case where the small hit game related to the small hit is executed and the game shifts to the third gaming state after the end of the small hit game may be included. Further, in the second game process, a small hit game related to the small hit is executed in response to a certain small hit symbol being displayed in the second game state and the small hit becomes a small hit, and the small hit game is executed. It may always include the case of shifting to the third gaming state after the end, and the second gaming process corresponds to the fact that a certain small hit symbol is displayed and the small hit is achieved in the second gaming state. It may not include the case where the small hit game related to the small hit is executed and the game shifts to the third gaming state after the end of the small hit game.

Further, in the second game process, a small hit game related to the small hit is executed in response to a certain small hit symbol being displayed in the second game state and the small hit becomes a small hit, and the small hit game is executed. A case may be included in which only the transition to the third gaming state is performed after the end, and the second gaming process corresponds to the fact that a certain small hit symbol is displayed and the small hit is obtained in the second gaming state. It may include the case where the small hit game related to the small hit is executed and the game state shifts to a game state other than the third game state after the end of the small hit game.

Further, in the second game process, a small hit game related to the small hit is executed in response to a certain small hit symbol being displayed in the second game state and the small hit becomes a small hit, and the small hit game is executed. It may include the case of shifting to the third gaming state only after the end, and the second gaming process is said to correspond to the fact that a certain small hit symbol is displayed in the second gaming state and becomes a small hit. It may include the case where the small hit game related to the small hit is executed and the game shifts to the third gaming state other than after the end of the small hit game.

Further, in the second game process, only the small hit game related to the small hit is executed in response to the display of a certain small hit symbol in the second game state and the small hit becomes a small hit, and the small hit game is executed. The second gaming process may include the case of shifting to the third gaming state after the end of the above, and the second gaming process corresponds to the fact that a certain small hit symbol is displayed and the small hit is achieved in the second gaming state. It may include a case where a game other than the small hit game related to the small hit is executed and the game shifts to the third game state after the end of the small hit game.

Further, in the second game process, the small hit game related to the small hit is executed only when a certain small hit symbol is displayed and the small hit is obtained in the second game state, and the small hit game is executed. It may include the case of shifting to the third gaming state after the end of, and the second gaming process is other than the fact that a certain small hit symbol is displayed and the small hit is achieved in the second gaming state. In response to this, the small hit game related to the small hit may be executed, and the case where the game shifts to the third gaming state after the end of the small hit game may be included.

Further, in the second game process, the small hit game related to the small hit is executed according to the fact that a certain small hit symbol is displayed and the small hit is obtained only in the second game state, and the small hit game is executed. It may include the case of shifting to the third gaming state after the end of the game, and in the second gaming process, a small hit symbol is displayed in a gaming state other than the second gaming state, and the result is a small hit. The small hit game related to the small hit may be executed according to the above, and the case where the game shifts to the third gaming state after the end of the small hit game may be included.

Further, "when the number of times of fitting in the second gaming state becomes a certain number of times [for example, 50 times, 30 times, etc.], the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state by the second gaming process. May move to
The number of times of fitting is the number of times that the symbol variation display is continuously missed without becoming a big hit.
The first case may occur before the number of fits reaches the certain number of times.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, in the second gaming state, when the number of fits becomes a certain number of times, the second gaming process may shift from the second gaming state to only the third gaming state, or the second In the gaming state of, when the number of fittings becomes a certain number of times, the second gaming state may shift from the second gaming state to a gaming state other than the third gaming state. Further, in the second gaming state, when the number of fittings becomes a certain number of times, the second gaming state may inevitably shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state, or the second gaming state may occur. When the number of fits in the gaming state becomes a certain number of times, the second gaming process may not shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state.

Further, in the second gaming state, when the number of fittings becomes a certain number of times, there may be a case where the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state only by the second gaming process, or the second When the number of fits in the gaming state becomes a certain number of times, there may be a case where the game transitions from the second gaming state to the third gaming state due to a gaming process other than the second gaming process.

Further, in the second gaming state, the second gaming state may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state only when the number of fits reaches a certain number of times, and the second gaming state may be performed. In addition to the fact that the number of times of fitting is a certain number in the gaming state, there may be a case where the second gaming state shifts to the third gaming state due to the second gaming process.

In addition, it may be the first case only before the number of fits reaches a certain number of times, and it may be the first case other than before the number of fits reaches a certain number of times. You may. In addition, the first case may always occur before the number of fits reaches a certain number of times, and the first case may not occur before the number of fits reaches a certain number of times. good.

Further, "the probability of a small hit in the second gaming state [for example, 1/10 or the like] is the same as the probability of a small hit in the third gaming state [for example, 1/10 or the like].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, only the probability of a small hit in the second gaming state and the probability of a small hit in the third gaming state may be the same, or the probability of a small hit in the second gaming state. The probability other than the probability of a small hit in the third gaming state may be the same. Further, the probability of a small hit in the second gaming state and the probability of a small hit in the third gaming state may always be the same, and the probability of a small hit in the second gaming state and the second. There may be cases where the probabilities of small hits are not the same in the three gaming states.

Further, "the probability that the certain small hit symbol is displayed and becomes a small hit [for example, 1/10 x 1/40 = 1/400, etc.] is the probability that the second gaming state becomes a big hit [. For example, setting 1 is lower than 1 / 29.9 etc.]
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may be possible to function as an extra unexpected element.

Here, the probability that a certain small hit symbol is displayed and becomes a small hit may be lower than only the probability that a certain small hit symbol is displayed and becomes a big hit, or a certain small hit symbol is displayed and becomes small. The probability of winning may be lower than the probability other than the probability of winning in the second gaming state. Further, the probability that a certain small hit symbol is displayed and becomes a small hit may be lower than the probability that a certain small hit symbol is displayed and becomes a big hit, or a certain small hit symbol is displayed and becomes a small hit. The probability of becoming a big hit may not be lower than the probability of becoming a big hit in the second gaming state.

Further, in response to "a certain big hit in the second gaming state [for example, a big hit in which" special figure b "is displayed on the second special figure display device 214"], the certain big hit is related. After the end of the jackpot game, the state shifts to the third game state,
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, depending on the fact that a certain jackpot has occurred in the second gaming state, the game may be shifted to only the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot, or in the second gaming state. Depending on the fact that a certain big hit has occurred, the game may be changed to a game state other than the third game state after the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed. Further, in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state, the game may always shift to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot, or in the second gaming state. Depending on the jackpot, there may be cases where the game does not shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to a certain jackpot is completed.

Further, in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state, the game may shift to the third gaming state only after the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot, or in the second gaming state. Depending on the big hit, the game may shift to a third game state other than after the big hit game related to a certain big hit is completed.

Further, only in response to a certain jackpot in the second gaming state, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot, or in the second gaming state. Depending on things other than the big hit, the game may shift to the third game state after the big hit game related to a certain big hit is completed.

Further, depending on the fact that a certain jackpot is obtained only in the second gaming state, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the end of the jackpot game related to the jackpot, or the game may be changed to a third gaming state other than the second gaming state. Depending on the fact that a certain jackpot has been achieved in the gaming state, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game related to the certain jackpot is completed.

Further, "In the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display [for example, in the small hit rush as shown in FIG. 21B, a special figure is used. The symbol variation display of 2 is a shortened variation, the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is a long variation, and the result of the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is more likely to be a big hit than the special figure 2.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, in the third gaming state, the big hit may be more likely to occur only in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the first symbol variation display is higher than the first symbol variation display. A symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display may be likely to be a big hit. Further, in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display, and in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely than the first symbol variation display. It may not be easy to make a big hit with the symbol variation display of.

Further, only in the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display, and the first symbol variation display may be performed even in a gaming state other than the third gaming state. It may be more likely to be a big hit in the second symbol variation display.

In addition, "the second gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and an electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state, etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state.

In addition, "the first starting winning means [for example, special drawing 1 starting opening (variable) 231 etc.] and
Second start winning means [for example, special figure 2 start opening 232, etc.],
A first symbol display means [for example, a first special symbol display device 212, etc.] capable of executing a first symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the first start winning means.
A second symbol display means [for example, a second special symbol display device 214, etc.] capable of executing a second symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the second start winning means.
Equipped with
The first start winning means can be changed into a first state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2311 is closed] and a second state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2311 is opening and closing]. It is a starting prize means,
The second state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first starting winning means than the first state.
In the electric support state, the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the low probability state of the normal figure, the hit probability is 0%, and the normal is normal. In the high probability state, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter 2311 tends to be open, etc.],
In the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the second symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIG. 21B, in the battle mode, the symbol variation of the special figure 1 is likely to occur. The display is shortened variation, the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is long variation, and the result of the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is more likely to be a big hit than special figure 2.],
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the first symbol display means may be capable of executing the first symbol variation display only when the game ball is entered into the first start winning means, or the first. It may be possible to execute the first symbol variation display even in cases other than the case where the game ball is entered into the starting winning means of. Further, the first symbol display means may be one that always executes the first symbol variation display when the game ball enters the first start winning means, or the first start. When a game ball is entered into the winning means, the first symbol variation display may not be executed.

Further, the second symbol display means may be capable of executing the second symbol variation display only when the game ball is entered into the second start winning means, or the second symbol display means may be capable of executing the second symbol variation display. It may be possible to execute the second symbol variation display even in cases other than the case where the game ball is entered into the starting winning means. Further, the second symbol display means may be one that always executes the second symbol variation display when the game ball enters the second start winning means, or the second start. When a game ball is entered into the winning means, the second symbol variation display may not be executed.

Further, the first starting winning means may be one that can be changed only to the first state and the second state, or one that can be changed to a state other than the first state and the second state. May be. Further, the first starting winning means may be one that always changes to the first state and the second state, or may not change to the first state and the second state. May be good.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter only in the first start winning means than in the first state, or the game ball is the first start than in the first state. In addition to the winning means, it may be in a state where it is easy to enter the ball. Further, in the second state, the game ball may be in a state in which it is easier for the game ball to enter the first start winning means than in the first state, or the game ball is in the first start than in the first state. It may be in a state where it may not be easy to enter the winning means.

Further, in the electric support state, only the first starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, it may be the first state than the non-electric support state. The winning means other than the starting winning means may also be in a state in which the second state is likely to occur. Further, in the electric support state, the first starting winning means may be in a state in which the first starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the first is higher than the non-electric support state. The starting winning means may not be likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the second gaming state, it may be easier to make a big hit only in the first symbol variation display than in the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, it is the first than the second symbol variation display. It may be easy to make a big hit by a symbol display means other than the symbol variation display of. Further, in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the second symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display is higher than the second symbol variation display. It may not be easy to make a big hit with the symbol variation display of.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the second symbol variation display, and the second symbol variation display may be performed even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. It may be easier to make a big hit with the first symbol variation display.

In addition, "the first starting winning means [for example, special drawing 1 starting port 230, etc.] and
The second starting winning means [for example, special figure 2 starting port (variable) 233, etc.] and
A first symbol display means [for example, a first special symbol display device 212, etc.] capable of executing a first symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the first start winning means.
A second symbol display means [for example, a second special symbol display device 214, etc.] capable of executing a second symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the second start winning means.
Equipped with
The second starting winning means [for example, the second variable winning opening (variable) 233 or the like shown in FIG. 45] has a first state [for example, a state in which the shutter member 2331 is closed] and a second state [for example. , The state in which the shutter member 2331 is opening and closing, etc.]
The second state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the second starting winning means than the first state.
In the electric support state, the second starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state [for example, in the low probability state of the normal figure, the hit probability is 0%, and the normal is normal. In the high probability state, the hit probability is 100%, and the shutter member 2331 tends to open and close], etc.
In the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIG. 49 (a), in the battle mode, the symbol variation of the special figure 2 is likely to occur. The display is shortened variation, the symbol variation display of special figure 1 is long variation, and the result of the symbol variation display of special figure 2 is more likely to be a big hit than special figure 1.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the first symbol display means may be capable of executing the first symbol variation display only when the game ball is entered into the first start winning means, or the first. It may be possible to execute the first symbol variation display even in cases other than the case where the game ball is entered into the starting winning means of. Further, the first symbol display means may be one that always executes the first symbol variation display when the game ball enters the first start winning means, or the first start. When a game ball is entered into the winning means, the first symbol variation display may not be executed.

Further, the second symbol display means may be capable of executing the second symbol variation display only when the game ball is entered into the second start winning means, or the second symbol display means may be capable of executing the second symbol variation display. It may be possible to execute the second symbol variation display even in cases other than the case where the game ball is entered into the starting winning means. Further, the second symbol display means may be one that always executes the second symbol variation display when the game ball enters the second start winning means, or the second start. When a game ball is entered into the winning means, the second symbol variation display may not be executed.

Further, the second starting winning means may be one that can be changed only to the first state and the second state, or can be changed to a state other than the first state and the second state. May be. Further, the second starting winning means may be one that always changes to the first state and the second state, or may not change to the first state and the second state. May be good.

Further, the second state may be a state in which the game ball is easier to enter only in the second start winning means than in the first state, or the game ball is in the second start than in the first state. In addition to the winning means, it may be in a state where it is easy to enter the ball. Further, in the second state, the game ball may be in a state where it is easier for the game ball to enter the second start winning means than in the first state, and the game ball may be in the second start than in the first state. It may be in a state where it may not be easy to enter the winning means.

Further, in the electric support state, only the second starting winning means may be more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, it may be the second state than in the non-electric support state. The winning means other than the starting winning means may also be in a state in which the second state is likely to occur. Further, in the electric support state, the second starting winning means may be in a state in which the second starting winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state, and in the electric support state, the second start winning means is more likely than in the non-electric support state. The starting winning means may not be likely to be in the second state.

Further, in the second gaming state, it may be easier to make a big hit only in the second symbol variation display than in the first symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, it is second than the first symbol variation display. It may be easy to make a big hit by a symbol display means other than the symbol variation display of. Further, in the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display, and in the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely than the first symbol variation display. It may not be easy to make a big hit with the symbol variation display of.

Further, only in the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display may be more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display, and the first symbol variation display may be performed even in a gaming state other than the second gaming state. It may be more likely to be a big hit in the second symbol variation display.

Further, "The third gaming state is a small hit rush state in which a prize ball is easily obtained by a small hit game.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, in the above description,
"Holding means that can hold the start of symbol variation display [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] and
A look-ahead notice means capable of executing the first look-ahead notice [for example, continuous notice shown in FIGS. 35 (c) to (n) and FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25)] and [for example, decoration]. Design display device 208, etc.],
It is a game table equipped with
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") that is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended [for example. As shown in FIGS. 36 (2) to 36 (3), the look-ahead notice is started after the symbol variation display related to the fourth hold icon h24 of the special figure 2 which is the target of the look-ahead notice is put on hold. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is when the effect button 136 shown in the first effect [for example, FIGS. 35 (j) to (l)) is operated during the execution of the first symbol variation display. , A balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to (12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes huge, the clothes may change to a torn display mode, and a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" May be displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, the first look-ahead notice is started [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to (m) and FIGS. 36 (3) to (3). As shown in 13), continuous notice is started when the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is a small hit],.
The result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display does not include a big hit [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to (m). ) And, as shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to (13), the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous advance notice to the start of the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is out of order. Etc.],
The first effect is a small hit in the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") in which the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended and then the start is suspended. It is an effect started in the first aspect when the symbol variation display is not included [for example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (j) to 35 (l), the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit, the display mode of the character TDR of the bancho does not change when the effect button 136 is operated. , A balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed.],
The first effect is an effect started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit [for example, FIG. 36 (10)). -As shown in the figure (12), for example, two symbol variation displays that are small hits are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. If so, when the effect button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the Bancho becomes huge and the clothes are torn, and the display mode is changed to a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" Is displayed in the manner in which is displayed],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different embodiments.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the look-ahead notice means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the look-ahead notice means.

Further, according to this game table, when the first look-ahead notice is started, it may be possible to have expectations for the first production as a notice including the hold that has been increased thereafter.

Here, the holding means may be one that can hold only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be one that can hold other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may be one that always holds the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only the first look-ahead notice, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes the first look-ahead notice, or may not carry out the first look-ahead notice.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started even after the display is suspended. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always started after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be something that may not start after the display has been put on hold.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started after only the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display. Productions other than the first production may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the first effect is always started during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the first effect is performed during the execution of the first symbol variation display. It may not start.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start the first effect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first effect may be started even during the execution of.

Further, only the first look-ahead notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first look-ahead when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. A look-ahead notice other than the notice may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first look-ahead when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. The notice may not start.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is not a small hit. The first look-ahead notice may be initiated.

In addition, even when the result of the first symbol variation display is a big hit, the first look-ahead notice may be started, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is fitted and the number of times is not the number of ceilings. The first look-ahead notice may be started.

Further, it is not necessary that only the big hit is included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead notice is The result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include anything other than the jackpot. In addition, the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display does not necessarily have to include a big hit, and the first look-ahead notice is A big hit may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Further, the jackpot does not have to be included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead notice is The jackpot may not be included in the results other than the result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started only in the embodiment, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes the symbol variation display which is a small hit. If not, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the first aspect. In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. It may be an effect that is always started in the embodiment, or a symbol variation display that is a small hit is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that may not be started in the first aspect if there is no such effect.

Further, the first effect is performed only when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started in the mode of the above, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The production may be started in the first aspect even in cases other than the absence.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include only the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started in the mode of the above, or the symbol variation other than the symbol variation display, which is a small hit in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended Even when the display is not included, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. In addition to the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended, the symbol variation display which is a small hit is included. If not, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started in the mode of Even if it is not, the production may be started in the first aspect.

Further, the first effect may be an effect that is started only in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, or the second effect. When the symbol variation display of the above includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the second aspect. Further, the first effect may be an effect that is always started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, or the second effect. It may be an effect that may not be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display which is a small hit is included in the symbol variation display of.

Further, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when only the symbol variation display that is a small hit is included in the second symbol variation display, or the second effect. Even when the symbol variation display of is included in the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display which is a small hit, the effect may be started in the second aspect.

Further, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit only, or the second effect. In addition to the symbol variation display of the above, the effect may be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display that is a small hit is included.

In addition, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, or the second symbol. When the variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, the effect may be started in a mode different from the second aspect.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially different aspects or all may be different aspects.

Further, "The first aspect and the second aspect are different in the notification mode regarding the number of small hits [for example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (j) to (l), they are subject to the pre-reading notice. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after a certain symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that is a small hit, a balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed. By being displayed, it is notified that only one small hit in the symbol variation display is included, and as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to (12), it is subject to the pre-reading notice. For example, if two symbol variation displays that are small hits are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after a certain symbol variation display is suspended, "3 small hits GET!" By displaying the balloon with letters, it is notified that a total of three small hits, which are the small hit in the symbol variation display and the two reserved small hits, are included. Etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the first aspect and the second aspect may differ only in the notification mode regarding the number of small hits, and the first aspect and the second aspect are other than the notification mode regarding the number of small hits. Aspects may also be different. Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may always have different notification modes regarding the number of small hits, and the first aspect and the second aspect have different notification modes regarding the number of small hits. It may not be possible.

In addition, each of the first aspect and the second aspect may directly notify the number of small hits, or may implicitly suggest the number of small hits. ..

Further, "a game control means [for example, a main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states is provided.
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal drawing low probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
The third gaming state is a small hit rush state in which a prize ball is easily obtained by a small hit game.
In the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, the third gaming state. Does not end [For example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25), a small hit (three small hits) relating to a notice executed in the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice after the start of the look-ahead notice. The symbol variation display during the period until all the small hit games related to (hit) are completed is a missed or small hit and does not become a big hit, so the game state has not changed, etc.],.
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the first gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

Further, in the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, only the third gaming state is available. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It is not necessary to end the game states other than the three game states. In addition, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is always in the period from the start of at least the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. The third gaming state may end.

Further, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is changed only during the period from the start of at least the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. The third gaming state does not have to end even during the period.

Further, in the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the effects other than the first effect. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

Further, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is in the period from the start of at least only the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of the effects other than the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

Further, only in the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and even in a game state other than the third game state, all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect are ended after at least the first effect is started. The third gaming state does not have to end in the period up to.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state.
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a probability variation state and an electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state, etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state.

In addition, it is equipped with a hold display means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 208, etc.] that notifies the number of symbol change displays whose start is suspended by the number of display of hold icons.
The hold display means is a means capable of displaying the hold icon in one of a plurality of display modes.
The display mode of the hold icon corresponding to the second symbol variation display is the default display mode [for example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25), the symbol variation that is the target of the look-ahead notice. The display mode of the hold icon indicating the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the display is suspended is the default display mode, etc.],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may be possible to prevent the player from having excessive expectations. That is, at the time when the first pre-reading notice is started, it is unclear whether or not the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after that can be expected, and it may be preferable to display in the default display mode.

Here, the hold display means may notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is suspended only by the number of display of the hold icon, or the number of symbol variation displays whose start is suspended may be reserved. Other than the number of displayed icons, it may be notified. Further, the hold display means may always notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is suspended by the number of display of the hold icon, or the hold icon may indicate the number of symbol variation displays whose start is pending. It may be the one that may not be left unattended depending on the number displayed in.

Further, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes, or may be a display mode other than the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes. It may be something that can display things. Further, the hold display means may always display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes, or may not display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes. It may be something that may occur.

In addition, "when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, before the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect is executed in an manner depending on the presence or absence of a symbol variation display that is a small hit in the reserved symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIGS. 59 (10a) to 25a, look-ahead. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display which is the object of the notice is suspended includes the symbol variation display which is a big hit, the symbol variation is as shown in FIG. 59 (12a). In the symbol variation display that was suspended before the display was suspended, the character TDR of the bancho of the mode corresponding to the number (for example, one) of the symbol variation display that is a small hit is performed],.
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, there is a possibility that the third game state may end due to a big hit, so the first effect does not produce a direction that lowers expectations to prevent a decline in the interest of the game. You may be able to.

Depending on the type of jackpot, the first effect including the information on the jackpot may be performed.

Here, when the second symbol variation display includes the jackpot symbol variation display, the jackpot symbol variation display of the second symbol variation display is suspended before it is suspended. Only the first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes the symbol variation display that is a big hit. If so, the first effect is based on the presence or absence of the small hit symbol variation display in the reserved symbol variation display before the large hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is suspended. Other effects may be executed. In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may always be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the variation display, and the symbol variation display that is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In this case, the first effect is performed in a manner depending on the presence or absence of the small hit symbol variation display in the symbol variation display held before the large hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is suspended. It may not be executed.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be executed only in a mode depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, the first aspect other than the aspect depending on the presence or absence of the small hit symbol variation display in the symbol variation display held before the big hit symbol variation display is suspended in the second symbol variation display is also the first. The production of may be performed.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be executed only depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, the first in the mode corresponding to other than the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display which was suspended before the symbol variation display which is a big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The production may be performed.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be executed in a manner depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit only in the variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, in the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display which was suspended before the symbol variation display which is the big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be performed.

In addition, when the second symbol variation display includes the jackpot symbol variation display, only the jackpot symbol variation display of the second symbol variation display was suspended before being suspended. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, in the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display which was suspended before the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display which is the big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be performed.

In addition, only when the second symbol variation display includes the jackpot symbol variation display, it was suspended before the jackpot symbol variation display of the second symbol variation display was suspended. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. Even in cases other than the case, in the second symbol variation display, the symbol variation display that is a big hit is held before the symbol variation display is suspended, and the symbol variation display that is a small hit is present or not. One production may be performed.

In addition, when only the big hit symbol change display is included in the second symbol change display, the big hit symbol change display in the second symbol change display is put on hold before it is put on hold. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the second symbol variation display. Even if is included, the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display that is the big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be performed at.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that is a big hit is included only in the second symbol variation display, the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended before being suspended. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display. When is included, in the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that becomes a small hit in the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display that became the big hit in the second symbol variation display was suspended. The first effect may be performed.

Further, "the pre-reading notice means is a means capable of executing a second pre-reading notice [for example, a hold notice shown in FIG. 32 (f)].
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may be started when the big hit symbol variation display is suspended [for example, as shown in FIG. 32 (f), the big hit symbol change display is displayed. When it is put on hold, the hold icon corresponding to the hold is displayed in a rainbow-colored display mode, etc.],
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice different from the first look-ahead notice.
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is not a continuous notice.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only the second look-ahead notice, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the second look-ahead notice. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes the second look-ahead notice, or may not execute the second look-ahead notice.

In addition, the second look-ahead notice may be started only when the big hit symbol change display is suspended, or when the big hit symbol change display is not held. May also be initiated. Further, the second look-ahead notice may be always started when the big hit symbol change display is suspended, or may not be started when the big hit symbol change display is put on hold. It may be a thing.

In addition, "holding means that can hold the start of symbol variation display [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] and
A look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative symbol] capable of executing the first look-ahead notice [for example, continuous notice shown in FIGS. 35 (c) to (n) and FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25)]. Display device 208, etc.]
It is a game table equipped with
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") that is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended [for example. As shown in FIGS. 36 (2) to 36 (3), the look-ahead notice is started after the symbol variation display related to the fourth hold icon h24 of the special figure 2 which is the target of the look-ahead notice is put on hold. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is when the effect button 136 shown in the first effect [for example, FIGS. 35 (j) to (l)) is operated during the execution of the first symbol variation display. , A balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to (12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes huge, the clothes may change to a torn display mode, and a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" May be displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a result of giving a privilege (hereinafter, referred to as "a certain result [for example, a small hit, a big hit, etc.]"), the first look-ahead notice is started [ For example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (c) to 35 (m) and 36 (3) to 13 (13), continuous notice is given when the symbol variation display, which is the target of the look-ahead notice, becomes a small hit. Has started, etc.],
The certain result is not included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to the same. As shown in FIG. (M) and FIGS. 36 (3) to (13), the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous advance notice to the start of the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is It is out of place, etc.],
The first effect is described in the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") in which the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended and then the start is suspended. It is an effect that is started in the first aspect when the resulting symbol variation display is not included [for example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (j) to (l), the symbol that is the target of the look-ahead notice. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that is a small hit, when the effect button 136 is operated, the display mode of the character TDR of the bancho changes. Instead, a balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed.],
The first effect is an effect started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display [for example, FIG. 36 ( 10) As shown in Fig. (12), for example, two symbol variation displays that are small hits are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. In this case, when the effect button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the Bancho becomes huge and the clothes are torn, and the characters "3 small hits GET!" Are added. The effect is displayed in such a way that the balloon is displayed],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different embodiments.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the look-ahead notice means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the look-ahead notice means.

Further, according to this game table, when the first look-ahead notice is started, it may be possible to have expectations for the first production as a notice including the hold that has been increased thereafter.

Here, the holding means may be one that can hold only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be one that can hold other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may be one that always holds the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only the first look-ahead notice, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes the first look-ahead notice, or may not carry out the first look-ahead notice.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started even after the display is suspended. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always started after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be something that may not start after the display has been put on hold.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started after only the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display. Productions other than the first production may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the first effect is always started during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the first effect is performed during the execution of the first symbol variation display. It may not start.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start the first effect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first effect may be started even during the execution of.

Further, only the first look-ahead notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display results in the privilege being granted, or the result of the first symbol variation display is the result of the privilege being granted. In this case, a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice may be started. Further, when the result of the first symbol variation display results in the privilege being granted, the first look-ahead notice may be started without fail, and the result of the first symbol variation display is the result of the privilege being granted. In that case, the first look-ahead notice may not be started.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display results in the privilege being granted, or the result of the first symbol variation display is the result of the privilege being granted. In cases other than the above, the first look-ahead notice may be started.

In addition, even when the result of the first symbol variation display becomes a big hit, the first look-ahead notice may be started, or when the result of the first symbol variation display fits and the number of times becomes the number of ceilings. The first look-ahead notice may be started, or the first look-ahead notice may be started even when the result of the first symbol variation display is a special small hit.

Further, the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include only a certain result, and the first look-ahead may be included. The result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include anything other than a certain result. Further, it is not always necessary that a certain result is included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead A certain result may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Further, it is not necessary that a certain result is included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead A certain result may not be included in the result other than the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that results in a certain result. The effect may be started only in the aspect of, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes a symbol variation display having a certain result. If not, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the first aspect. Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be an effect that is always started in the mode of the above, or a symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that may not be started in the first aspect if it is not.

Further, the first effect is performed only when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display having a certain result. The effect may be started in one embodiment, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes a symbol variation display having a certain result. The production may be started in the first aspect even in cases other than the case where the above is not the case.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include only the symbol variation display having a certain result. The effect may be started in one embodiment, or the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display having a certain result in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. Even when the symbol variation display is not included, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display having a certain result is not included only in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. In addition to the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display, which may be an effect started in one embodiment, is included, a symbol variation display having a certain result is included. It may be an effect that is started in the first aspect when it is not.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display having a certain result. The effect may be started in one aspect, or a symbol variation display having a certain result may be included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended except after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. Even if it is not included, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

Further, the first effect may be an effect that is started only in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. When the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the second aspect. Further, the first effect may be an effect that is always started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be an effect that may not be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the symbol variation display of the second.

Further, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when only the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display. Even when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a certain result, the effect may be started in the second aspect.

Further, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display having a certain result is included only in the second symbol variation display. The effect may be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the symbol variation display of the second.

The first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result, or the second effect. When the symbol variation display of is included in the symbol variation display of a certain result, the effect may be started in a mode different from the second aspect.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially different aspects or all may be different aspects.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, in the above description,
"Holding means that can hold the start of symbol variation display [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] and
A look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative symbol] capable of executing the first look-ahead notice [for example, continuous notice shown in FIGS. 35 (c) to (n) and FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25)]. Display device 208, etc.]
It is a game table equipped with
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") that is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended [for example. As shown in FIGS. 36 (2) to 36 (3), the look-ahead notice is started after the symbol variation display related to the fourth hold icon h24 of the special figure 2 which is the target of the look-ahead notice is put on hold. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is when the effect button 136 shown in the first effect [for example, FIGS. 35 (j) to (l)) is operated during the execution of the first symbol variation display. , A balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to (12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes huge, the clothes may change to a torn display mode, and a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" May be displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, the first look-ahead notice is started [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to (m) and FIGS. 36 (3) to (3). As shown in 13), continuous notice is started when the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is a small hit],.
The result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display does not include a big hit [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to (m). ) And, as shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to (13), the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous advance notice to the start of the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is out of order. Etc.],
The first effect is a small hit in the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") in which the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended and then the start is suspended. It is an effect started in the first aspect when the symbol variation display is not included [for example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (j) to 35 (l), the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit, the display mode of the character TDR of the bancho does not change when the effect button 136 is operated. , A balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed.],
The first effect is an effect started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit [for example, FIG. 36 (10)). -As shown in the figure (12), for example, two symbol variation displays that are small hits are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. If so, when the effect button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the Bancho becomes huge and the clothes are torn, and the display mode is changed to a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" Is displayed in the manner in which is displayed],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects.
In the first effect, at least a part of the period in which the second symbol variation display executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first effect is started is executed has elapsed. It is an effect that may be continuously executed until If the symbol variation display that is performed includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, the notice effect that the character TDR of the Bancho becomes huge continues even after the symbol change display is completed, and is related to the notice effect. It continues until the small hit game is over, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the look-ahead notice means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the look-ahead notice means.

Further, according to this game console, when the first look-ahead notice is started, it may be possible to have expectations for the first effect as a notice including the subsequent increase in hold.

Here, the holding means may be one that can hold only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be one that can hold other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may be one that always holds the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only the first look-ahead notice, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes the first look-ahead notice, or may not carry out the first look-ahead notice.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started even after the display is suspended. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always started after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be something that may not start after the display has been put on hold.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started after only the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display. Productions other than the first production may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the first effect is always started during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the first effect is performed during the execution of the first symbol variation display. It may not start.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start the first effect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first effect may be started even during the execution of.

Further, only the first look-ahead notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first look-ahead when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. A look-ahead notice other than the notice may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first look-ahead when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. The notice may not start.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is not a small hit. The first look-ahead notice may be initiated.

In addition, even when the result of the first symbol variation display is a big hit, the first look-ahead notice may be started, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is fitted and the number of times is not the number of ceilings. The first look-ahead notice may be started.

Further, it is not necessary that only the big hit is included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead notice is The result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include anything other than the jackpot. In addition, the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display does not necessarily have to include a big hit, and the first look-ahead notice is A big hit may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Further, the jackpot does not have to be included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead notice is The jackpot may not be included in the results other than the result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started only in the embodiment, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes the symbol variation display which is a small hit. If not, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the first aspect. In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. It may be an effect that is always started in the embodiment, or a symbol variation display that is a small hit is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that may not be started in the first aspect if there is no such effect.

Further, the first effect is performed only when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started in the mode of the above, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The production may be started in the first aspect even in cases other than the absence.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include only the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started in the mode of the above, or the symbol variation other than the symbol variation display, which is a small hit in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended Even when the display is not included, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. In addition to the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended, the symbol variation display which is a small hit is included. If not, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started in the mode of Even if it is not, the production may be started in the first aspect.

Further, the first effect may be an effect that is started only in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, or the second effect. When the symbol variation display of the above includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the second aspect. Further, the first effect may be an effect that is always started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, or the second effect. It may be an effect that may not be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display which is a small hit is included in the symbol variation display of.

Further, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when only the symbol variation display that is a small hit is included in the second symbol variation display, or the second effect. Even when the symbol variation display of is included in the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display which is a small hit, the effect may be started in the second aspect.

Further, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit only, or the second effect. In addition to the symbol variation display of the above, the effect may be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display that is a small hit is included.

In addition, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, or the second symbol. When the variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, the effect may be started in a mode different from the second aspect.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially different aspects or all may be different aspects.

Further, the first effect is performed until at least a part of the period in which the second symbol variation display is executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first effect is started elapses. Only may be continuously executed, or during the period in which the second symbol variation display executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first effect is started is executed. It may be continuously executed until a period other than that at least a part of the period elapses. Further, the first effect is performed until at least a part of the period in which the second symbol variation display is executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first effect is started elapses. It may be continuously executed, or at least a part of the period in which the second symbol variation display executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first effect is started is executed is It may not be executed continuously until it elapses.

Further, "If the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first effect is performed before the second symbol variation display is started. Ends [For example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (j) to (o), a symbol that is a small hit to the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. If the variation display is not included, the display of "Small hit GET!" Has been completed by the end of the small hit game related to the symbol variation display, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, if the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, only the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display is started. Alternatively, if the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the effects other than the first effect may be performed before the second symbol variation display is started. You may finish. Further, if the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, even if the first effect is always completed before the second symbol variation display is started. Alternatively, if the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first effect may not be completed before the second symbol variation display is started. There may be.

Further, if the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, even if the first effect is completed only before the second symbol variation display is started. If the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first effect is completed other than before the second symbol variation display is started. You may.

Further, only when the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, even if the first effect is completed before the second symbol variation display is started. Even if the first effect is not started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first effect is performed before the second symbol variation display is started. You may finish.

Further, if the first effect is started in the first aspect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, even if the first effect is completed before the second symbol variation display is started. If the first effect is started in the first aspect other than during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display is started. You may.

In addition, "when the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed. The first effect is continuously executed until the period of 1 has elapsed [for example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to 37 (25), after the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, the notice effect that the character TDR of the bancho becomes huge continues even after the symbol variation display ends, and the notice is given. It continues until the small hit game related to the production is finished],
During the execution of the second symbol variation display, the first effect being executed in the second aspect changes from the second aspect to the third aspect [for example, FIGS. 36 (12) to the same. As shown in Fig. (16), the display of "3 small hits GET!" Displayed in the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is executed next to the symbol variation display. Has changed to "two more!" Etc.],
The second aspect and the third aspect are different embodiments.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, if the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may be continuously executed only until the first effect is performed, or if the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display is performed. The first effect may be continuously executed other than the first effect until at least a part of the period during which is executed is elapsed. If the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed elapses. The first effect may be continuously executed until the first effect is executed, or if the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display is displayed. The first effect may not be continuously executed until at least a part of the period to be executed has elapsed.

If the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed elapses. Until, only the first effect may be continuously executed, or if the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display is displayed. The effects other than the first effect may be continuously executed until at least a part of the period to be executed has elapsed.

If the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed elapses. The first effect may be continuously executed only until, or if the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display is displayed. The first effect may be continuously executed other than until at least a part of the period to be executed has elapsed.

Further, only when the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may be continuously executed until the first effect is performed, or the second effect may be executed except when the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display. The first effect may be continuously executed until at least a part of the period during which the symbol variation display is executed has elapsed.

Further, if the first effect is started in the second aspect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may be continuously executed until the first effect is executed, or when the first effect is started in the second aspect other than the execution of the first symbol change display, the second symbol change is performed. The first effect may be continuously executed until at least a part of the period during which the display is executed has elapsed.

Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the first effect being executed in the second aspect may be changed only from the second aspect to the third aspect, or the second symbol variation display may be performed. The first effect being performed in the second aspect may change from the second aspect to an aspect other than the third aspect during the execution of. Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the first effect being executed in the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect without fail, or the second symbol variation display may be performed. The first effect being performed in the second aspect may not change from the second aspect to the third aspect during the execution of the above.

Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, only the first effect being executed in the second aspect may change from the second aspect to the third aspect, or the second symbol variation display may be performed. The effects other than the first effect being executed in the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect during the execution of the above.

Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the first effect being executed only in the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect, or the second symbol variation display may be performed. The first effect being performed in aspects other than the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect during the execution of.

Further, the first effect being executed in the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect only during the execution of the second symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display may be performed. In addition to the execution of the above, the first effect being executed in the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect.

The second aspect and the third aspect may be partially different or completely different.

In addition, "when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. The mode of the first effect changes each time [for example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (12) to 37 (21), the “small hit 3” displayed in the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-reading notice. The display of "Tsu GET!" Changes every time the symbol variation display, which is a small hit executed after the symbol variation display, is executed.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. In the case where only the mode of the first effect may be changed, or when the second symbol variation display includes a plurality of symbol variation displays that are small hits whose start is suspended, the second symbol variation display is displayed. Each time the symbol variation display that becomes a small hit in the above is executed, the mode other than the mode of the first effect may change. In addition, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. The mode of the first effect may be changed without fail, and when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the second symbol variation display is used. There may be a case where the mode of the first effect does not change every time the symbol variation display that becomes a small hit is executed.

In addition, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. The mode of only the first effect may be changed, or when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the second symbol variation display is used. Each time the symbol variation display that becomes a small hit is executed, the mode of the effect other than the first effect may change.

In addition, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. Only the mode of the first effect may be changed, and when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the second symbol variation display The mode of the first effect may be changed in addition to each time the symbol variation display that is a small hit is executed.

In addition, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, only the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed every time. The mode of the first effect may be changed, and when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the second symbol variation display The mode of the first effect may change each time a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that is a small hit is executed.

In addition, only when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. The mode of the first effect may be changed for each time, and even when the second symbol variation display does not include a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended, the first The mode of the first effect may change each time the symbol variation display, which is a small hit in the second symbol variation display, is executed.

In addition, when only a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. The mode of the first effect may be changed, and when a plurality of symbol variation displays other than the symbol variation display which is a small hit whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the second The mode of the first effect may be changed each time the symbol variation display, which is a small hit in the symbol variation display of the above, is executed.

In addition, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended only in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. In the case where the mode of the first effect may be changed, or when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays other than the second symbol variation display are included, the start is suspended. The mode of the first effect may be changed each time the symbol variation display, which is a small hit in the symbol variation display of the above, is executed.

Further, "a game control means [for example, a main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states is provided.
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal drawing low probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
The third gaming state is a small hit rush state in which a prize ball is easily obtained by a small hit game.
In the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, the third gaming state. Does not end [For example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25), a small hit (three small hits) relating to a notice executed in the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice after the start of the look-ahead notice. The symbol variation display during the period until all the small hit games related to (hit) are completed is a missed or small hit and does not become a big hit, so the game state has not changed, etc.],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the first gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

Further, in the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, only the third gaming state is available. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It is not necessary to end the game states other than the three game states. In addition, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is always in the period from the start of at least the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. The third gaming state may end.

Further, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is changed only during the period from the start of at least the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. The third gaming state does not have to end even during the period.

Further, in the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the effects other than the first effect. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

Further, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is in the period from the start of at least only the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of the effects other than the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

Further, only in the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and even in a game state other than the third game state, all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect are ended after at least the first effect is started. The third gaming state does not have to end in the period up to.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state.
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a probability variation state and an electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state, etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state.

In addition, it is equipped with a hold display means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 208, etc.] that notifies the number of symbol change displays whose start is suspended by the number of display of hold icons.
The hold display means is a means capable of displaying the hold icon in one of a plurality of display modes.
The display mode of the hold icon corresponding to the second symbol variation display is the default display mode [for example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25), the symbol variation that is the target of the look-ahead notice. The display mode of the hold icon indicating the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the display is suspended is the default display mode, etc.],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may be possible to prevent the player from having excessive expectations. That is, at the time when the first pre-reading notice is started, it is unclear whether or not the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after that can be expected, and it may be preferable to display in the default display mode.

Here, the hold display means may notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is suspended only by the number of display of the hold icon, or the number of symbol variation displays whose start is suspended may be reserved. Other than the number of displayed icons, it may be notified. Further, the hold display means may always notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is suspended by the number of display of the hold icon, or the hold icon may indicate the number of symbol variation displays whose start is pending. It may be the one that may not be left unattended depending on the number displayed in.

Further, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes, or may be a display mode other than the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes. It may be something that can display things. Further, the hold display means may always display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes, or may not display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes. It may be something that may occur.

In addition, "when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, before the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect is executed in an manner depending on the presence or absence of a symbol variation display that is a small hit in the reserved symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIGS. 59 (10a) to 25a, look-ahead. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display which is the object of the notice is suspended includes the symbol variation display which is a big hit, the symbol variation is as shown in FIG. 59 (12a). In the symbol variation display that was suspended before the display was suspended, the character TDR of the bancho of the mode corresponding to the number (for example, one) of the symbol variation display that is a small hit is performed],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, there is a possibility that the third game state may end due to a big hit, so the first effect does not produce a direction that lowers expectations to prevent a decline in the interest of the game. You may be able to.

Depending on the type of jackpot, the first effect including the information on the jackpot may be performed.

Here, when the second symbol variation display includes the jackpot symbol variation display, the jackpot symbol variation display of the second symbol variation display is suspended before it is suspended. Only the first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes the symbol variation display that is a big hit. If so, the first effect is based on the presence or absence of the small hit symbol variation display in the reserved symbol variation display before the large hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is suspended. Other effects may be executed. In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may always be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the variation display, and the symbol variation display that is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In this case, the first effect is performed in a manner depending on the presence or absence of the small hit symbol variation display in the symbol variation display held before the large hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is suspended. It may not be executed.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be executed only in a mode depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, the first aspect other than the aspect depending on the presence or absence of the small hit symbol variation display in the symbol variation display held before the big hit symbol variation display is suspended in the second symbol variation display is also the first. The production of may be performed.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be executed only depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, the first in the mode corresponding to other than the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display which was suspended before the symbol variation display which is a big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The production may be performed.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be executed in a manner depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit only in the variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, in the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display which was suspended before the symbol variation display which is the big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be performed.

In addition, when the second symbol variation display includes the jackpot symbol variation display, only the jackpot symbol variation display of the second symbol variation display was suspended before being suspended. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, in the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display which was suspended before the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display which is the big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be performed.

In addition, only when the second symbol variation display includes the jackpot symbol variation display, it was suspended before the jackpot symbol variation display of the second symbol variation display was suspended. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. Even in cases other than the case, in the second symbol variation display, the symbol variation display that is a big hit is held before the symbol variation display is suspended, and the symbol variation display that is a small hit is present or not. One production may be performed.

In addition, when only the big hit symbol change display is included in the second symbol change display, the big hit symbol change display in the second symbol change display is put on hold before it is put on hold. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the second symbol variation display. Even if is included, the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display that is the big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be performed at.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that is a big hit is included only in the second symbol variation display, the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended before being suspended. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display. When is included, in the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that becomes a small hit in the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display that became the big hit in the second symbol variation display was suspended. The first effect may be performed.

Further, "the pre-reading notice means is a means capable of executing a second pre-reading notice [for example, a hold notice shown in FIG. 32 (f)].
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may be started when the big hit symbol variation display is suspended [for example, as shown in FIG. 32 (f), the big hit symbol change display is displayed. When it is put on hold, the hold icon corresponding to the hold is displayed in a rainbow-colored display mode, etc.],
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice different from the first look-ahead notice.
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is not a continuous notice.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only the second look-ahead notice, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the second look-ahead notice. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes the second look-ahead notice, or may not execute the second look-ahead notice.

In addition, the second look-ahead notice may be started only when the big hit symbol change display is suspended, or when the big hit symbol change display is not held. May also be initiated. Further, the second look-ahead notice may be always started when the big hit symbol change display is suspended, or may not be started when the big hit symbol change display is put on hold. It may be a thing.

In addition, "holding means that can hold the start of symbol variation display [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] and
A look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative symbol] capable of executing the first look-ahead notice [for example, continuous notice shown in FIGS. 35 (c) to (n) and FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25)]. Display device 208, etc.]
It is a game table equipped with
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") that is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended [for example. As shown in FIGS. 36 (2) to 36 (3), the look-ahead notice is started after the symbol variation display related to the fourth hold icon h24 of the special figure 2 which is the target of the look-ahead notice is put on hold. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is when the effect button 136 shown in the first effect [for example, FIGS. 35 (j) to (l)) is operated during the execution of the first symbol variation display. , A balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to (12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes huge, the clothes may change to a torn display mode, and a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" May be displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a result of giving a privilege (hereinafter, referred to as "a certain result [for example, a small hit, a big hit, etc.]"), the first look-ahead notice is started [ For example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (c) to 35 (m) and 36 (3) to 13 (13), continuous notice is given when the symbol variation display, which is the target of the look-ahead notice, becomes a small hit. Has started, etc.],
The certain result is not included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to the same. As shown in FIG. (M) and FIGS. 36 (3) to (13), the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous advance notice to the start of the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is It is out of place, etc.],
The first effect is described in the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") in which the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended and then the start is suspended. It is an effect that is started in the first aspect when the resulting symbol variation display is not included [for example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (j) to (l), the symbol that is the target of the look-ahead notice. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that is a small hit, when the effect button 136 is operated, the display mode of the character TDR of the bancho changes. Instead, a balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed.],
The first effect is an effect started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display [for example, FIG. 36 ( 10) As shown in Fig. (12), for example, two symbol variation displays that are small hits are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. In this case, when the effect button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the Bancho becomes huge and the clothes are torn, and the characters "3 small hits GET!" Are added. The effect is displayed in such a way that the balloon is displayed],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects.
In the first effect, at least a part of the period in which the second symbol variation display executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first effect is started is executed has elapsed. It is an effect that may be continuously executed until If the symbol variation display that is performed includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, the notice effect that the character TDR of the Bancho becomes huge continues even after the symbol change display is completed, and is related to the notice effect. It continues until the small hit game is over, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the look-ahead notice means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the look-ahead notice means.

Further, according to this game console, when the first look-ahead notice is started, it may be possible to have expectations for the first effect as a notice including the subsequent increase in hold.

Here, the holding means may be one that can hold only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be one that can hold other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may be one that always holds the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only the first look-ahead notice, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes the first look-ahead notice, or may not carry out the first look-ahead notice.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started even after the display is suspended. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always started after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be something that may not start after the display has been put on hold.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started after only the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display. Productions other than the first production may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the first effect is always started during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the first effect is performed during the execution of the first symbol variation display. It may not start.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start the first effect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first effect may be started even during the execution of.

Further, only the first look-ahead notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display results in the privilege being granted, or the result of the first symbol variation display is the result of the privilege being granted. In this case, a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice may be started. Further, when the result of the first symbol variation display results in the privilege being granted, the first look-ahead notice may be started without fail, and the result of the first symbol variation display is the result of the privilege being granted. In that case, the first look-ahead notice may not be started.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display results in the privilege being granted, or the result of the first symbol variation display is the result of the privilege being granted. In cases other than the above, the first look-ahead notice may be started.

In addition, even when the result of the first symbol variation display becomes a big hit, the first look-ahead notice may be started, or when the result of the first symbol variation display fits and the number of times becomes the number of ceilings. The first look-ahead notice may be started, or the first look-ahead notice may be started even when the result of the first symbol variation display is a special small hit.

Further, the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include only a certain result, and the first look-ahead may be included. The result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include anything other than a certain result. Further, it is not always necessary that a certain result is included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead A certain result may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Further, the jackpot does not have to be included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead notice is The jackpot may not be included in the results other than the result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that results in a certain result. The effect may be started only in the aspect of, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes a symbol variation display having a certain result. If not, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the first aspect. Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be an effect that is always started in the mode of the above, or a symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that may not be started in the first aspect if it is not.

Further, the first effect is performed only when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display having a certain result. The effect may be started in one embodiment, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes a symbol variation display having a certain result. The production may be started in the first aspect even in cases other than the case where the above is not the case.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include only the symbol variation display having a certain result. The effect may be started in one embodiment, or the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display having a certain result in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. Even when the symbol variation display is not included, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display having a certain result is not included only in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. In addition to the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display, which may be an effect started in one embodiment, is included, a symbol variation display having a certain result is included. It may be an effect that is started in the first aspect when it is not.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display having a certain result. The effect may be started in one aspect, or a symbol variation display having a certain result may be included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended except after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. Even if it is not included, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

Further, the first effect may be an effect that is started only in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. When the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the second aspect. Further, the first effect may be an effect that is always started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be an effect that may not be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the symbol variation display of the second.

Further, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when only the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display. Even when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a certain result, the effect may be started in the second aspect.

Further, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display having a certain result is included only in the second symbol variation display. The effect may be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the symbol variation display of the second.

The first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result, or the second effect. When the symbol variation display of is included in the symbol variation display of a certain result, the effect may be started in a mode different from the second aspect.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially different aspects or all may be different aspects.

Further, the first effect is performed until at least a part of the period in which the second symbol variation display is executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first effect is started elapses. Only may be continuously executed, or during the period in which the second symbol variation display executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first effect is started is executed. It may be continuously executed until a period other than the lapse of at least a part of the period has elapsed. Further, the first effect is performed until at least a part of the period in which the second symbol variation display is executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first effect is started elapses. It may be continuously executed, or at least a part of the period in which the second symbol variation display executed after the first symbol variation display in which the first effect is started is executed is It may not be executed continuously until it elapses.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, in the above description,
"Holding means that can hold the start of symbol variation display [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] and
A look-ahead notice means capable of executing the first look-ahead notice [for example, continuous notice shown in FIGS. 35 (c) to (n) and FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25)] and [for example, decoration]. Design display device 208, etc.],
It is a game table equipped with
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") that is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended [for example. As shown in FIGS. 36 (2) to 36 (3), the look-ahead notice is started after the symbol variation display related to the fourth hold icon h24 of the special figure 2 which is the target of the look-ahead notice is put on hold. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is when the effect button 136 shown in the first effect [for example, FIGS. 35 (j) to (l)) is operated during the execution of the first symbol variation display. , A balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to (12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes huge, the clothes may change to a torn display mode, and a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" May be displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, the first look-ahead notice is started [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to (m) and FIGS. 36 (3) to (3). As shown in 13), continuous notice is started when the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is a small hit],.
The result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display does not include a big hit [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to (m). ) And, as shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to (13), the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous advance notice to the start of the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is out of order. Etc.],
The first effect is a small hit in the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") in which the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended and then the start is suspended. It is an effect started in the first aspect when the symbol variation display is not included [for example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (j) to 35 (l), the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit, the display mode of the character TDR of the bancho does not change when the effect button 136 is operated. , A balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed.],
The first effect is an effect started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit [for example, FIG. 36 (10)). -As shown in the figure (12), for example, two symbol variation displays that are small hits are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. If so, when the effect button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the Bancho becomes huge and the clothes are torn, and the display mode is changed to a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" Is displayed in the manner in which is displayed],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects.
The mode of the first look-ahead notice in the symbol variation display in which the first look-ahead notice is started is different from the mode of the first look-ahead notice in the execution of the first symbol variation display [for example, FIG. 35]. As shown in (c), the number indicated when the continuous countdown notice starts is "3", and as shown in FIG. 35 (i), the continuous countdown notice is displayed in the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice. The number indicated by is "0", etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the look-ahead notice means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the look-ahead notice means.

Further, according to this game console, when the first look-ahead notice is started, it may be possible to have expectations for the first effect as a notice including the subsequent increase in hold.

Here, the holding means may be one that can hold only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be one that can hold other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may be one that always holds the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only the first look-ahead notice, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes the first look-ahead notice, or may not carry out the first look-ahead notice.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started even after the display is suspended. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always started after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be something that may not start after the display has been put on hold.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started after only the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display. Productions other than the first production may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the first effect is always started during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the first effect is performed during the execution of the first symbol variation display. It may not start.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start the first effect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first effect may be started even during the execution of.

Further, only the first look-ahead notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first look-ahead when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. A look-ahead notice other than the notice may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first look-ahead when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. The notice may not start.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is not a small hit. The first look-ahead notice may be initiated.

In addition, even when the result of the first symbol variation display is a big hit, the first look-ahead notice may be started, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is fitted and the number of times is not the number of ceilings. The first look-ahead notice may be started.

Further, it is not necessary that only the big hit is included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead notice is The result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include anything other than the jackpot. In addition, the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display does not necessarily have to include a big hit, and the first look-ahead notice is A big hit may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Further, the jackpot does not have to be included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead notice is The jackpot may not be included in the results other than the result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started only in the embodiment, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes the symbol variation display which is a small hit. If not, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the first aspect. In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. It may be an effect that is always started in the embodiment, or a symbol variation display that is a small hit is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that may not be started in the first aspect if there is no such effect.

Further, the first effect is performed only when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started in the mode of the above, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The production may be started in the first aspect even in cases other than the absence.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include only the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started in the mode of the above, or the symbol variation other than the symbol variation display, which is a small hit in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended Even when the display is not included, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. In addition to the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended, the symbol variation display which is a small hit is included. If not, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started in the mode of Even if it is not, the production may be started in the first aspect.

Further, the first effect may be an effect that is started only in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, or the second effect. When the symbol variation display of the above includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the second aspect. Further, the first effect may be an effect that is always started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, or the second effect. It may be an effect that may not be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display which is a small hit is included in the symbol variation display of.

Further, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when only the symbol variation display that is a small hit is included in the second symbol variation display, or the second effect. Even when the symbol variation display of is included in the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display which is a small hit, the effect may be started in the second aspect.

Further, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit only, or the second effect. In addition to the symbol variation display of the above, the effect may be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display that is a small hit is included.

In addition, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, or the second symbol. When the variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, the effect may be started in a mode different from the second aspect.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially different aspects or all may be different aspects.

Further, only the mode of the first look-ahead notice in the symbol variation display in which the first look-ahead notice is started and the mode of the first look-ahead notice during the execution of the first symbol variation display may be different. The mode of the first look-ahead notice in the symbol variation display in which the look-ahead notice has been started may be different from the mode other than the mode of the first look-ahead notice during the execution of the first symbol variation display. Further, the mode of the first look-ahead notice in the symbol variation display in which the first look-ahead notice is started may be different from the mode of the first look-ahead notice in the execution of the first symbol variation display. There may be a case where the mode of the first look-ahead notice in the symbol variation display in which the first look-ahead notice is started and the mode of the first look-ahead notice in the execution of the first symbol variation display are not different.

In addition, "the mode of the first look-ahead notice changes between the start of the first look-ahead notice and the period during which the first symbol variation display is being executed [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to 35 (c) to As shown in Fig. (I), when the continuous notice of countdown is started, the display of numbers is counted down every time the symbol variation display is executed], etc.
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, only the mode of the first look-ahead notice may change between the start of the first look-ahead notice and the period during which the first symbol variation display is being executed, or the first look-ahead notice may change. Aspects other than the first look-ahead notice may change between the start and the period during which the first symbol variation display is being executed. In addition, the mode of the first look-ahead notice may always change between the start of the first look-ahead notice and the period during which the first symbol variation display is being executed, and the first look-ahead notice may start. The mode of the first look-ahead notice may not change between the time when the first symbol is changed and the period during which the first symbol variation display is being executed.

Further, the mode of the first look-ahead notice may change only during the period from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the period during which the first symbol variation display is being executed, or the first look-ahead notice may start. The mode of the first look-ahead notice may be changed other than the period from the time when the first symbol is changed to the period during which the first symbol variation display is being executed.

Further, "The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that suggests the timing until the first symbol variation display is executed by changing the mode [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to 35 (i). As shown in, the number display counts down each time the symbol variation display is executed, suggesting the execution timing of the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice, etc.],
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may be possible to raise expectations each time the symbol variation display is executed.

Here, the first look-ahead notice may suggest the timing until the first symbol variation display is executed only by the change of the mode, or until the first symbol variation display is executed. The timing of the above may be suggested by other than the change of the mode. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always suggest the timing until the first symbol variation display is executed by changing the mode, or until the first symbol variation display is executed. The timing may not be suggested due to a change in mode.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may suggest only the timing until the first symbol variation display is executed by the change of the mode, or until the first symbol variation display is executed. Timing other than timing may be suggested by a change in mode.

Further, "If the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first effect is performed before the second symbol variation display is started. Ends [For example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (j) to (o), a symbol that is a small hit to the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. If the variation display is not included, the display of "Small hit GET!" Has been completed by the end of the small hit game related to the symbol variation display, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, if the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, only the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display is started. Alternatively, if the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the effects other than the first effect may be performed before the second symbol variation display is started. You may finish. Further, if the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, even if the first effect is always completed before the second symbol variation display is started. Alternatively, if the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first effect may not be completed before the second symbol variation display is started. There may be.

Further, if the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, even if the first effect is completed only before the second symbol variation display is started. If the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first effect is completed other than before the second symbol variation display is started. You may.

Further, only when the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, even if the first effect is completed before the second symbol variation display is started. Even if the first effect is not started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first effect is performed before the second symbol variation display is started. You may finish.

Further, if the first effect is started in the first aspect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, even if the first effect is completed before the second symbol variation display is started. If the first effect is started in the first aspect other than during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display is started. You may.

In addition, "when the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed. The first effect is continuously executed until the period of 1 has elapsed [for example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to 37 (25), after the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, the notice effect that the character TDR of the bancho becomes huge continues even after the symbol variation display ends, and the notice is given. It continues until the small hit game related to the production is finished],
During the execution of the second symbol variation display, the first effect being executed in the second aspect changes from the second aspect to the third aspect [for example, FIGS. 36 (12) to the same. As shown in Fig. (16), the display of "3 small hits GET!" Displayed in the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is executed next to the symbol variation display. Has changed to "two more!" Etc.],
The second aspect and the third aspect are different embodiments.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, if the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may be continuously executed only until the first effect is performed, or if the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display is performed. The first effect may be continuously executed other than the first effect until at least a part of the period during which is executed is elapsed. If the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed elapses. The first effect may be continuously executed until the first effect is executed, or if the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display is displayed. The first effect may not be continuously executed until at least a part of the period to be executed has elapsed.

If the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed elapses. Until, only the first effect may be continuously executed, or if the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display is displayed. The effects other than the first effect may be continuously executed until at least a part of the period to be executed has elapsed.

If the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed elapses. The first effect may be continuously executed only until, or if the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display is displayed. The first effect may be continuously executed other than until at least a part of the period to be executed has elapsed.

Further, only when the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may be continuously executed until the first effect is performed, or the second effect may be executed except when the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display. The first effect may be continuously executed until at least a part of the period during which the symbol variation display is executed has elapsed.

Further, if the first effect is started in the second aspect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may be continuously executed until the first effect is executed, or when the first effect is started in the second aspect other than the execution of the first symbol change display, the second symbol change is performed. The first effect may be continuously executed until at least a part of the period during which the display is executed has elapsed.

Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the first effect being executed in the second aspect may be changed only from the second aspect to the third aspect, or the second symbol variation display may be performed. The first effect being performed in the second aspect may change from the second aspect to an aspect other than the third aspect during the execution of. Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the first effect being executed in the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect without fail, or the second symbol variation display may be performed. The first effect being performed in the second aspect may not change from the second aspect to the third aspect during the execution of the above.

Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, only the first effect being executed in the second aspect may change from the second aspect to the third aspect, or the second symbol variation display may be performed. The effects other than the first effect being executed in the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect during the execution of the above.

Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the first effect being executed only in the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect, or the second symbol variation display may be performed. The first effect being performed in aspects other than the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect during the execution of.

Further, the first effect being executed in the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect only during the execution of the second symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display may be performed. In addition to the execution of the above, the first effect being executed in the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect.

The second aspect and the third aspect may be partially different or completely different.

In addition, "when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. The mode of the first effect changes each time [for example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (12) to 37 (21), the “small hit 3” displayed in the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-reading notice. The display of "Tsu GET!" Changes every time the symbol variation display, which is a small hit executed after the symbol variation display, is executed.],
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. In the case where only the mode of the first effect may be changed, or when the second symbol variation display includes a plurality of symbol variation displays that are small hits whose start is suspended, the second symbol variation display is displayed. Each time the symbol variation display that becomes a small hit in the above is executed, the mode other than the mode of the first effect may change. In addition, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. The mode of the first effect may be changed without fail, and when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the second symbol variation display is used. There may be a case where the mode of the first effect does not change every time the symbol variation display that becomes a small hit is executed.

In addition, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. The mode of only the first effect may be changed, or when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the second symbol variation display is used. Each time the symbol variation display that becomes a small hit is executed, the mode of the effect other than the first effect may change.

In addition, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. Only the mode of the first effect may be changed, and when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the second symbol variation display The mode of the first effect may be changed in addition to each time the symbol variation display that is a small hit is executed.

In addition, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, only the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed every time. The mode of the first effect may be changed, and when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the second symbol variation display The mode of the first effect may change each time a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that is a small hit is executed.

In addition, only when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. The mode of the first effect may be changed for each time, and even when the second symbol variation display does not include a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended, the first The mode of the first effect may change each time the symbol variation display, which is a small hit in the second symbol variation display, is executed.

In addition, when only a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. The mode of the first effect may be changed, and when a plurality of symbol variation displays other than the symbol variation display which is a small hit whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the second The mode of the first effect may be changed each time the symbol variation display, which is a small hit in the symbol variation display of the above, is executed.

In addition, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended only in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. In the case where the mode of the first effect may be changed, or when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays other than the second symbol variation display are included, the start is suspended. The mode of the first effect may be changed each time the symbol variation display, which is a small hit in the symbol variation display of the above, is executed.

Further, "a game control means [for example, a main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states is provided.
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal drawing low probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
The third gaming state is a small hit rush state in which a prize ball is easily obtained by a small hit game.
In the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, the third gaming state. Does not end [For example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25), a small hit (three small hits) relating to a notice executed in the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice after the start of the look-ahead notice. The symbol variation display during the period until all the small hit games related to (hit) are completed is a missed or small hit and does not become a big hit, so the game state has not changed, etc.],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the first gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

Further, in the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, only the third gaming state is available. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It is not necessary to end the game states other than the three game states. In addition, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is always in the period from the start of at least the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. The third gaming state may end.

Further, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is changed only during the period from the start of at least the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. The third gaming state does not have to end even during the period.

Further, in the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the effects other than the first effect. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

Further, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is in the period from the start of at least only the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of the effects other than the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

Further, only in the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and even in a game state other than the third game state, all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect are ended after at least the first effect is started. The third gaming state does not have to end in the period up to.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state.
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a probability variation state and an electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state, etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state.

In addition, it is equipped with a hold display means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 208, etc.] that notifies the number of symbol change displays whose start is suspended by the number of display of hold icons.
The hold display means is a means capable of displaying the hold icon in one of a plurality of display modes.
The display mode of the hold icon corresponding to the second symbol variation display is the default display mode [for example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25), the symbol variation that is the target of the look-ahead notice. The display mode of the hold icon indicating the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the display is suspended is the default display mode, etc.],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may be possible to prevent the player from having excessive expectations. That is, at the time when the first pre-reading notice is started, it is unclear whether or not the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after that can be expected, and it may be preferable to display in the default display mode.

Here, the hold display means may notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is suspended only by the number of display of the hold icon, or the number of symbol variation displays whose start is suspended may be reserved. Other than the number of displayed icons, it may be notified. Further, the hold display means may always notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is suspended by the number of display of the hold icon, or the hold icon may indicate the number of symbol variation displays whose start is pending. It may be the one that may not be left unattended depending on the number displayed in.

Further, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes, or may be a display mode other than the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes. It may be something that can display things. Further, the hold display means may always display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes, or may not display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes. It may be something that may occur.

In addition, "when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, before the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect is executed in an manner depending on the presence or absence of a symbol variation display that is a small hit in the reserved symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIGS. 59 (10a) to 25a, look-ahead. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display which is the object of the notice is suspended includes the symbol variation display which is a big hit, the symbol variation is as shown in FIG. 59 (12a). In the symbol variation display that was suspended before the display was suspended, the character TDR of the bancho of the mode corresponding to the number (for example, one) of the symbol variation display that is a small hit is performed],.
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, there is a possibility that the third game state may end due to a big hit, so the first effect does not produce a direction that lowers expectations to prevent a decline in the interest of the game. You may be able to.

Depending on the type of jackpot, the first effect including the information on the jackpot may be performed.

Here, when the second symbol variation display includes the jackpot symbol variation display, the jackpot symbol variation display of the second symbol variation display is suspended before it is suspended. Only the first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes the symbol variation display that is a big hit. If so, the first effect is based on the presence or absence of the small hit symbol variation display in the reserved symbol variation display before the large hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is suspended. Other effects may be executed. In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may always be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the variation display, and the symbol variation display that is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In this case, the first effect is performed in a manner depending on the presence or absence of the small hit symbol variation display in the symbol variation display held before the large hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is suspended. It may not be executed.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be executed only in a mode depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, the first aspect other than the aspect depending on the presence or absence of the small hit symbol variation display in the symbol variation display held before the big hit symbol variation display is suspended in the second symbol variation display is also the first. The production of may be performed.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be executed only depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, the first in the mode corresponding to other than the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display which was suspended before the symbol variation display which is a big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The production may be performed.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be executed in a manner depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit only in the variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, in the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display which was suspended before the symbol variation display which is the big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be performed.

In addition, when the second symbol variation display includes the jackpot symbol variation display, only the jackpot symbol variation display of the second symbol variation display was suspended before being suspended. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, in the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display which was suspended before the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display which is the big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be performed.

In addition, only when the second symbol variation display includes the jackpot symbol variation display, it was suspended before the jackpot symbol variation display of the second symbol variation display was suspended. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. Even in cases other than the case, in the second symbol variation display, the symbol variation display that is a big hit is held before the symbol variation display is suspended, and the symbol variation display that is a small hit is present or not. One production may be performed.

In addition, when only the big hit symbol change display is included in the second symbol change display, the big hit symbol change display in the second symbol change display is put on hold before it is put on hold. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the second symbol variation display. Even if is included, the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display that is the big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be performed at.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that is a big hit is included only in the second symbol variation display, the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended before being suspended. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display. When is included, in the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that becomes a small hit in the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display that became the big hit in the second symbol variation display was suspended. The first effect may be performed.

Further, "the pre-reading notice means is a means capable of executing a second pre-reading notice [for example, a hold notice shown in FIG. 32 (f)].
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may be started when the big hit symbol variation display is suspended [for example, as shown in FIG. 32 (f), the big hit symbol change display is displayed. When it is put on hold, the hold icon corresponding to the hold is displayed in a rainbow-colored display mode, etc.],
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice different from the first look-ahead notice.
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is not a continuous notice.
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only the second look-ahead notice, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the second look-ahead notice. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes the second look-ahead notice, or may not execute the second look-ahead notice.

In addition, the second look-ahead notice may be started only when the big hit symbol change display is suspended, or when the big hit symbol change display is not held. May also be initiated. Further, the second look-ahead notice may be always started when the big hit symbol change display is suspended, or may not be started when the big hit symbol change display is put on hold. It may be a thing.

In addition, "holding means that can hold the start of symbol variation display [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] and
A look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative symbol] capable of executing the first look-ahead notice [for example, continuous notice shown in FIGS. 35 (c) to (n) and FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25)]. Display device 208, etc.]
It is a game table equipped with
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") that is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended [for example. As shown in FIGS. 36 (2) to 36 (3), the look-ahead notice is started after the symbol variation display related to the fourth hold icon h24 of the special figure 2 which is the target of the look-ahead notice is put on hold. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is when the effect button 136 shown in the first effect [for example, FIGS. 35 (j) to (l)) is operated during the execution of the first symbol variation display. , A balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to (12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes huge, the clothes may change to a torn display mode, and a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" May be displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a result of giving a privilege (hereinafter, referred to as "a certain result [for example, a small hit, a big hit, etc.]"), the first look-ahead notice is started [ For example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (c) to 35 (m) and 36 (3) to 13 (13), continuous notice is given when the symbol variation display, which is the target of the look-ahead notice, becomes a small hit. Has started, etc.],
The certain result is not included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to the same. As shown in FIG. (M) and FIGS. 36 (3) to (13), the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous advance notice to the start of the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is It is out of place, etc.],
The first effect is described in the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") in which the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended and then the start is suspended. It is an effect that is started in the first aspect when the resulting symbol variation display is not included [for example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (j) to (l), the symbol that is the target of the look-ahead notice. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that is a small hit, when the effect button 136 is operated, the display mode of the character TDR of the bancho changes. Instead, a balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed.],
The first effect is an effect started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display [for example, FIG. 36 ( 10) As shown in Fig. (12), for example, two symbol variation displays that are small hits are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. In this case, when the effect button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the Bancho becomes huge and the clothes are torn, and the characters "3 small hits GET!" Are added. The effect is displayed in such a way that the balloon is displayed],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects.
The mode of the first look-ahead notice in the symbol variation display in which the first look-ahead notice is started is different from the mode of the first look-ahead notice in the execution of the first symbol variation display [for example, FIG. 35]. As shown in (c), the number indicated when the continuous countdown notice starts is "3", and as shown in FIG. 35 (i), the continuous countdown notice is displayed in the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice. The number indicated by is "0", etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the look-ahead notice means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the look-ahead notice means.

Further, according to this game console, when the first look-ahead notice is started, it may be possible to have expectations for the first effect as a notice including the subsequent increase in hold.

Here, the holding means may be one that can hold only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be one that can hold other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may be one that always holds the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only the first look-ahead notice, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes the first look-ahead notice, or may not carry out the first look-ahead notice.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started even after the display is suspended. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always started after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be something that may not start after the display has been put on hold.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started after only the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display. Productions other than the first production may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the first effect is always started during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the first effect is performed during the execution of the first symbol variation display. It may not start.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start the first effect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first effect may be started even during the execution of.

Further, only the first look-ahead notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display results in the privilege being granted, or the result of the first symbol variation display is the result of the privilege being granted. In this case, a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice may be started. Further, when the result of the first symbol variation display results in the privilege being granted, the first look-ahead notice may be started without fail, and the result of the first symbol variation display is the result of the privilege being granted. In that case, the first look-ahead notice may not be started.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display results in the privilege being granted, or the result of the first symbol variation display is the result of the privilege being granted. In cases other than the above, the first look-ahead notice may be started.

In addition, even when the result of the first symbol variation display becomes a big hit, the first look-ahead notice may be started, or when the result of the first symbol variation display fits and the number of times becomes the number of ceilings. The first look-ahead notice may be started, or the first look-ahead notice may be started even when the result of the first symbol variation display is a special small hit.

Further, the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include only a certain result, and the first look-ahead may be included. The result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include anything other than a certain result. Further, it is not always necessary that a certain result is included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead A certain result may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Further, it is not necessary that a certain result is included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead A certain result may not be included in the result other than the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that results in a certain result. The effect may be started only in the aspect of, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes a symbol variation display having a certain result. If not, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the first aspect. Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be an effect that is always started in the mode of the above, or a symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that may not be started in the first aspect if it is not.

Further, the first effect is performed only when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display having a certain result. The effect may be started in one embodiment, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes a symbol variation display having a certain result. The production may be started in the first aspect even in cases other than the case where the above is not the case.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include only the symbol variation display having a certain result. The effect may be started in one embodiment, or the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display having a certain result in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. Even when the symbol variation display is not included, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display having a certain result is not included only in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. In addition to the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display, which may be an effect started in one embodiment, is included, a symbol variation display having a certain result is included. It may be an effect that is started in the first aspect when it is not.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display having a certain result. The effect may be started in one aspect, or a symbol variation display having a certain result may be included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended except after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. Even if it is not included, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

Further, the first effect may be an effect that is started only in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. When the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the second aspect. Further, the first effect may be an effect that is always started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be an effect that may not be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the symbol variation display of the second.

Further, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when only the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display. Even when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a certain result, the effect may be started in the second aspect.

Further, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display having a certain result is included only in the second symbol variation display. The effect may be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the symbol variation display of the second.

The first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result, or the second effect. When the symbol variation display of is included in the symbol variation display of a certain result, the effect may be started in a mode different from the second aspect.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially different aspects or all may be different aspects.

Further, only the mode of the first look-ahead notice in the symbol variation display in which the first look-ahead notice is started and the mode of the first look-ahead notice during the execution of the first symbol variation display may be different. The mode of the first look-ahead notice in the symbol variation display in which the look-ahead notice has been started may be different from the mode other than the mode of the first look-ahead notice during the execution of the first symbol variation display. Further, the mode of the first look-ahead notice in the symbol variation display in which the first look-ahead notice is started may be different from the mode of the first look-ahead notice in the execution of the first symbol variation display. There may be a case where the mode of the first look-ahead notice in the symbol variation display in which the first look-ahead notice is started and the mode of the first look-ahead notice in the execution of the first symbol variation display are not different.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, in the above description,
"Holding means that can hold the start of symbol variation display [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] and
A look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative symbol] capable of executing the first look-ahead notice [for example, continuous notice shown in FIGS. 35 (c) to (n) and FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25)]. Display device 208, etc.]
It is a game table equipped with
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") that is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended [for example. As shown in FIGS. 36 (2) to 36 (3), the look-ahead notice is started after the symbol variation display related to the fourth hold icon h24 of the special figure 2 which is the target of the look-ahead notice is put on hold. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is when the effect button 136 shown in the first effect [for example, FIGS. 35 (j) to (l)) is operated during the execution of the first symbol variation display. , A balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to (12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes huge, the clothes may change to a torn display mode, and a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" May be displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, the first look-ahead notice is started [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to (m) and FIGS. 36 (3) to (3). As shown in 13), continuous notice is started when the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is a small hit],.
The result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display does not include a big hit [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to (m). ) And, as shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to (13), the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous advance notice to the start of the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is out of order. Etc.],
The first effect is a small hit in the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") in which the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended and then the start is suspended. It is an effect started in the first aspect when the symbol variation display is not included [for example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (j) to 35 (l), the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit, the display mode of the character TDR of the bancho does not change when the effect button 136 is operated. , A balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed.],
The first effect is started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit of the first number [for example, two or the like]. [For example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to (12), a small hit is made to the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. When two symbol variation displays are included, when the effect button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the bancho becomes huge and the clothes are torn, and the display mode changes to "3 small hits GET." The effect is displayed in such a way that a balloon with the characters "!" Is displayed],
The first effect is started in the fourth aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit of a second number [for example, one, etc.]. [For example, as shown in FIGS. 59 (10a) to 12a, it is a small hit to the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. When one pattern variation display is included, when the effect button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the bancho becomes huge and the clothes are torn, and the display mode changes to "2 small hits GET." The effect is displayed in such a way that a balloon with the characters "!" Is displayed],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects.
The second aspect and the fourth aspect are different aspects.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the look-ahead notice means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the look-ahead notice means.

Further, according to this game console, when the first look-ahead notice is started, it may be possible to have expectations for the first effect as a notice including the subsequent increase in hold.

Here, the holding means may be one that can hold only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be one that can hold other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may be one that always holds the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only the first look-ahead notice, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes the first look-ahead notice, or may not carry out the first look-ahead notice.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started even after the display is suspended. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always started after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be something that may not start after the display has been put on hold.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started after only the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display. Productions other than the first production may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the first effect is always started during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the first effect is performed during the execution of the first symbol variation display. It may not start.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start the first effect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first effect may be started even during the execution of.

Further, only the first look-ahead notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first look-ahead when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. A look-ahead notice other than the notice may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first look-ahead when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. The notice may not start.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is not a small hit. The first look-ahead notice may be initiated.

In addition, even when the result of the first symbol variation display is a big hit, the first look-ahead notice may be started, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is fitted and the number of times is not the number of ceilings. The first look-ahead notice may be started.

Further, it is not necessary that only the big hit is included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead notice is The result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include anything other than the jackpot. In addition, the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display does not necessarily have to include a big hit, and the first look-ahead notice is A big hit may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Further, the jackpot does not have to be included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead notice is The jackpot may not be included in the results other than the result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started only in the embodiment, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes the symbol variation display which is a small hit. If not, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the first aspect. In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. It may be an effect that is always started in the embodiment, or a symbol variation display that is a small hit is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that may not be started in the first aspect if there is no such effect.

Further, the first effect is performed only when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started in the mode of the above, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The production may be started in the first aspect even in cases other than the absence.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include only the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started in the mode of the above, or the symbol variation other than the symbol variation display, which is a small hit in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended Even when the display is not included, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. In addition to the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended, the symbol variation display which is a small hit is included. If not, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started in the mode of Even if it is not, the production may be started in the first aspect.

Further, even if the first effect is an effect that is started only in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes the symbol variation display that is the first number of small hits. Alternatively, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes the symbol variation display which is a small hit of the first number. Further, even if the first effect is an effect that is always started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes the symbol variation display that is the first number of small hits. Alternatively, it may be an effect that may not be started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes the symbol variation display which is a small hit of the first number.

Further, even if the first effect is an effect started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes only the symbol variation display which is the first number of small hits. Even if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that is a small hit of the first number, even if the effect is started in the second mode. good.

Further, even if the first effect is an effect started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes the symbol variation display which is the first number of small hits. Alternatively, the effect may be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display which is the first number of small hits is included in the second symbol variation display.

In addition, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, or the second symbol. When the variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, the effect may be started in a mode different from the second aspect.

Further, even if the first effect is an effect that is started only in the fourth aspect when the second symbol variation display includes the symbol variation display that is a small hit of the second number. Alternatively, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the fourth aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit of the second number. Further, even if the first effect is an effect that is always started in the fourth aspect when the second symbol variation display includes the symbol variation display that is a small hit of the second number. Alternatively, it may be an effect that may not be started in the fourth aspect when the second symbol variation display includes the symbol variation display which is a small hit of the second number.

Further, even if the first effect is an effect started in the fourth aspect when only the second number of small hits, the symbol variation display, is included in the second symbol variation display. Even if the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that is a small hit of the second number, even if the effect is started in the fourth aspect. good.

Further, even if the first effect is an effect started in the fourth aspect when the second symbol variation display includes the second number of small hit symbol variation displays. Alternatively, the effect may be started in the fourth aspect when the symbol variation display which is a small hit of the second number is included in the second symbol variation display.

In addition, the first effect may be an effect started in the fourth aspect when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, or the second symbol. When the variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, the effect may be started in a mode different from the fourth aspect.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially different aspects or all may be different aspects.

Further, the second aspect and the fourth aspect may be partially different aspects or all may be different aspects.

In addition, "the first effect of the second aspect and the first effect of the fourth aspect are the symbol variation display which is a small hit whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display. It is an effect of an aspect of notifying a number [for example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to (12), a symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. If two small hits are included in the symbol variation display, a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" Is displayed including the small hits in the symbol variation display. As shown in FIGS. 59 (10a) to 59 (12a), the design is displayed in an effect manner, and as shown in FIGS. When one variation display is included, a balloon with the characters "Two small hits GET!" Is displayed including the small hit in the symbol variation display. etc],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the first effect of the second aspect and the first effect of the fourth aspect notify only the number of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display. The effect of the aspect may be, and the first effect of the second aspect and the first effect of the fourth aspect are symbol variation which is a small hit whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display. It may be an effect of notifying a number other than the number displayed. In addition, the first effect of the second aspect and the first effect of the fourth aspect always notify the number of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display. The first effect of the second aspect and the first effect of the fourth aspect may be the effect of the symbol variation display, which is a small hit whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display. It may be the case that the production does not notify the number of.

Further, the first effect of the second aspect and the first effect of the fourth aspect notify the number of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended only in the second symbol variation display. The first effect of the second aspect and the first effect of the fourth aspect may be a small hit whose start is suspended in the symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display. It may be an effect of notifying the number of symbol variation displays.

Further, "a game control means [for example, a main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states is provided.
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal drawing low probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
The third gaming state is a small hit rush state in which a prize ball is easily obtained by a small hit game.
In the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, the third gaming state. Does not end [For example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25), a small hit (three small hits) relating to a notice executed in the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice after the start of the look-ahead notice. The symbol variation display during the period until all the small hit games related to (hit) are completed is a missed or small hit and does not become a big hit, so the game state has not changed, etc.],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the first gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

Further, in the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, only the third gaming state is available. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It is not necessary to end the game states other than the three game states. In addition, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is always in the period from the start of at least the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. The third gaming state may end.

Further, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is changed only during the period from the start of at least the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. The third gaming state does not have to end even during the period.

Further, in the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the effects other than the first effect. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

Further, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is in the period from the start of at least only the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of the effects other than the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

Further, only in the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and even in a game state other than the third game state, all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect are ended after at least the first effect is started. The third gaming state does not have to end in the period up to.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state.
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a probability variation state and an electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state, etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state.

In addition, it is equipped with a hold display means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 208, etc.] that notifies the number of symbol change displays whose start is suspended by the number of display of hold icons.
The hold display means is a means capable of displaying the hold icon in one of a plurality of display modes.
The display mode of the hold icon corresponding to the second symbol variation display is the default display mode [for example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25), the symbol variation that is the target of the look-ahead notice. The display mode of the hold icon indicating the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the display is suspended is the default display mode, etc.],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may be possible to prevent the player from having excessive expectations. That is, at the time when the first pre-reading notice is started, it is unclear whether or not the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after that can be expected, and it may be preferable to display in the default display mode.

Here, the hold display means may notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is suspended only by the number of display of the hold icon, or the number of symbol variation displays whose start is suspended may be reserved. Other than the number of displayed icons, it may be notified. Further, the hold display means may always notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is suspended by the number of display of the hold icon, or the hold icon may indicate the number of symbol variation displays whose start is pending. It may be the one that may not be left unattended depending on the number displayed in.

Further, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes, or may be a display mode other than the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes. It may be something that can display things. Further, the hold display means may always display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes, or may not display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes. It may be something that may occur.

In addition, "when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, before the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect is executed in an manner corresponding to the number of small hits in the reserved symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIGS. 59 (10a) to 25a, look-ahead. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the subject of the advance notice includes the symbol variation display that is a big hit, the symbol variation is as shown in FIG. 59 (12a). In the symbol variation display that was suspended before the display was suspended, the character TDR of the bancho of the mode corresponding to the number (for example, one) of the symbol variation display that is a small hit is performed],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, there is a possibility that the third game state may end due to a big hit, so the first effect does not produce a direction that lowers expectations to prevent a decline in the interest of the game. You may be able to.

Depending on the type of jackpot, the first effect including the information on the jackpot may be performed.

Here, when the second symbol variation display includes the jackpot symbol variation display, the jackpot symbol variation display of the second symbol variation display is suspended before it is suspended. Only the first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes the symbol variation display that is a big hit. If so, the first effect is based on the presence or absence of the small hit symbol variation display in the reserved symbol variation display before the large hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is suspended. Other effects may be executed. In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may always be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the variation display, and the symbol variation display that is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In this case, the first effect is performed in a manner depending on the presence or absence of the small hit symbol variation display in the symbol variation display held before the large hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is suspended. It may not be executed.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be executed only in a mode depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, the first aspect other than the aspect depending on the presence or absence of the small hit symbol variation display in the symbol variation display held before the big hit symbol variation display is suspended in the second symbol variation display is also the first. The production of may be performed.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be executed only depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, the first in the mode corresponding to other than the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display which was suspended before the symbol variation display which is a big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The production may be performed.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be executed in a manner depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit only in the variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, in the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display which was suspended before the symbol variation display which is the big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be performed.

In addition, when the second symbol variation display includes the jackpot symbol variation display, only the jackpot symbol variation display of the second symbol variation display was suspended before being suspended. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, in the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display which was suspended before the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display which is the big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be performed.

In addition, only when the second symbol variation display includes the jackpot symbol variation display, it was suspended before the jackpot symbol variation display of the second symbol variation display was suspended. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. Even in cases other than the case, in the second symbol variation display, the symbol variation display that is a big hit is held before the symbol variation display is suspended, and the symbol variation display that is a small hit is present or not. One production may be performed.

In addition, when only the big hit symbol change display is included in the second symbol change display, the big hit symbol change display in the second symbol change display is put on hold before it is put on hold. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the second symbol variation display. Even if is included, the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display that is the big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be performed at.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that is a big hit is included only in the second symbol variation display, the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended before being suspended. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display. When is included, in the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that becomes a small hit in the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display that became the big hit in the second symbol variation display was suspended. The first effect may be performed.

Further, "If the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first effect is performed before the second symbol variation display is started. Ends,
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, if the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, only the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display is started. Alternatively, if the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the effects other than the first effect may be performed before the second symbol variation display is started. You may finish. Further, if the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, even if the first effect is always completed before the second symbol variation display is started. Alternatively, if the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first effect may not be completed before the second symbol variation display is started. There may be.

Further, if the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, even if the first effect is completed only before the second symbol variation display is started. If the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first effect is completed other than before the second symbol variation display is started. You may.

Further, only when the first effect is started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, even if the first effect is completed before the second symbol variation display is started. Even if the first effect is not started in the first aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first effect is performed before the second symbol variation display is started. You may finish.

Further, if the first effect is started in the first aspect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, even if the first effect is completed before the second symbol variation display is started. If the first effect is started in the first aspect other than during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the first effect ends before the second symbol variation display is started. You may.

In addition, "when the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed. The first effect is continuously executed until the period of 1 has elapsed [for example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to 37 (25), after the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, the notice effect that the character TDR of the bancho becomes huge continues even after the symbol variation display ends, and the notice is given. It continues until the small hit game related to the production is finished],
During the execution of the second symbol variation display, the first effect being executed in the second aspect changes from the second aspect to the third aspect [for example, FIGS. 36 (12) to the same. As shown in Fig. (16), the display of "3 small hits GET!" Displayed in the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is executed next to the symbol variation display. Has changed to "two more!" Etc.],
The second aspect and the third aspect are different embodiments.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, if the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may be continuously executed only until the first effect is performed, or if the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display is performed. The first effect may be continuously executed other than the first effect until at least a part of the period during which is executed is elapsed. If the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed elapses. The first effect may be continuously executed until the first effect is executed, or if the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display is displayed. The first effect may not be continuously executed until at least a part of the period to be executed has elapsed.

If the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed elapses. Until, only the first effect may be continuously executed, or if the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display is displayed. The effects other than the first effect may be continuously executed until at least a part of the period to be executed has elapsed.

If the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed elapses. The first effect may be continuously executed only until, or if the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display is displayed. The first effect may be continuously executed other than until at least a part of the period to be executed has elapsed.

Further, only when the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may be continuously executed until the first effect is performed, or the second effect may be executed except when the first effect is started in the second aspect during the execution of the first symbol variation display. The first effect may be continuously executed until at least a part of the period during which the symbol variation display is executed has elapsed.

Further, if the first effect is started in the second aspect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, at least a part of the period during which the second symbol variation display is executed has elapsed. The first effect may be continuously executed until the first effect is executed, or when the first effect is started in the second aspect other than the execution of the first symbol change display, the second symbol change is performed. The first effect may be continuously executed until at least a part of the period during which the display is executed has elapsed.

Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the first effect being executed in the second aspect may be changed only from the second aspect to the third aspect, or the second symbol variation display may be performed. The first effect being performed in the second aspect may change from the second aspect to an aspect other than the third aspect during the execution of. Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the first effect being executed in the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect without fail, or the second symbol variation display may be performed. The first effect being performed in the second aspect may not change from the second aspect to the third aspect during the execution of the above.

Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, only the first effect being executed in the second aspect may change from the second aspect to the third aspect, or the second symbol variation display may be performed. The effects other than the first effect being executed in the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect during the execution of the above.

Further, during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the first effect being executed only in the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect, or the second symbol variation display may be performed. The first effect being performed in aspects other than the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect during the execution of.

Further, the first effect being executed in the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect only during the execution of the second symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display may be performed. In addition to the execution of the above, the first effect being executed in the second aspect may be changed from the second aspect to the third aspect.

The second aspect and the third aspect may be partially different or completely different.

In addition, "when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. The mode of the first effect changes each time [for example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (12) to 37 (21), the “small hit 3” displayed in the symbol variation display that is the target of the pre-reading notice. The display of "Tsu GET!" Changes every time the symbol variation display, which is a small hit executed after the symbol variation display, is executed.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. In the case where only the mode of the first effect may be changed, or when the second symbol variation display includes a plurality of symbol variation displays that are small hits whose start is suspended, the second symbol variation display is displayed. Each time the symbol variation display that becomes a small hit in the above is executed, the mode other than the mode of the first effect may change. In addition, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. The mode of the first effect may be changed without fail, and when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the second symbol variation display is used. There may be a case where the mode of the first effect does not change every time the symbol variation display that becomes a small hit is executed.

In addition, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. The mode of only the first effect may be changed, or when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the second symbol variation display is used. Each time the symbol variation display that becomes a small hit is executed, the mode of the effect other than the first effect may change.

In addition, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. Only the mode of the first effect may be changed, and when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the second symbol variation display The mode of the first effect may be changed in addition to each time the symbol variation display that is a small hit is executed.

In addition, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, only the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed every time. The mode of the first effect may be changed, and when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the second symbol variation display The mode of the first effect may change each time a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that is a small hit is executed.

In addition, only when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. The mode of the first effect may be changed for each time, and even when the second symbol variation display does not include a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended, the first The mode of the first effect may change each time the symbol variation display, which is a small hit in the second symbol variation display, is executed.

In addition, when only a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. The mode of the first effect may be changed, and when a plurality of symbol variation displays other than the symbol variation display which is a small hit whose start is suspended in the second symbol variation display are included, the second The mode of the first effect may be changed each time the symbol variation display, which is a small hit in the symbol variation display of the above, is executed.

In addition, when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays whose start is suspended only in the second symbol variation display are included, each time the small hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is executed. In the case where the mode of the first effect may be changed, or when a plurality of small hit symbol variation displays other than the second symbol variation display are included, the start is suspended. The mode of the first effect may be changed each time the symbol variation display, which is a small hit in the symbol variation display of the above, is executed.

Further, "the pre-reading notice means is a means capable of executing a second pre-reading notice [for example, a hold notice shown in FIG. 32 (f)].
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may be started when the big hit symbol variation display is suspended [for example, as shown in FIG. 32 (f), the big hit symbol change display is displayed. When it is put on hold, the hold icon corresponding to the hold is displayed in a rainbow-colored display mode, etc.],
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice different from the first look-ahead notice.
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is not a continuous notice.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only the second look-ahead notice, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the second look-ahead notice. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes the second look-ahead notice, or may not execute the second look-ahead notice.

In addition, the second look-ahead notice may be started only when the big hit symbol change display is suspended, or when the big hit symbol change display is not held. May also be initiated. Further, the second look-ahead notice may be always started when the big hit symbol change display is suspended, or may not be started when the big hit symbol change display is put on hold. It may be a thing.

In addition, "holding means that can hold the start of symbol variation display [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] and
A look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative symbol] capable of executing the first look-ahead notice [for example, continuous notice shown in FIGS. 35 (c) to (n) and FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25)]. Display device 208, etc.]
It is a game table equipped with
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") that is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended [for example. As shown in FIGS. 36 (2) to 36 (3), the look-ahead notice is started after the symbol variation display related to the fourth hold icon h24 of the special figure 2 which is the target of the look-ahead notice is put on hold. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is when the effect button 136 shown in the first effect [for example, FIGS. 35 (j) to (l)) is operated during the execution of the first symbol variation display. , A balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to (12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes huge, the clothes may change to a torn display mode, and a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" May be displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a result of giving a privilege (hereinafter, referred to as "a certain result [for example, a small hit, a big hit, etc.]"), the first look-ahead notice is started [ For example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (c) to 35 (m) and 36 (3) to 13 (13), continuous notice is given when the symbol variation display, which is the target of the look-ahead notice, becomes a small hit. Has started, etc.],
The certain result is not included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to the same. As shown in FIG. (M) and FIGS. 36 (3) to (13), the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous advance notice to the start of the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is It is out of place, etc.],
The first effect is described in the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") in which the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended and then the start is suspended. It is an effect that is started in the first aspect when the resulting symbol variation display is not included [for example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (j) to (l), the symbol that is the target of the look-ahead notice. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that is a small hit, when the effect button 136 is operated, the display mode of the character TDR of the bancho changes. Instead, a balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed.],
The first effect is the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes the first number [for example, two, etc.] of the symbol variation display having a certain result. It is an effect to be started [For example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to (12), a small hit is made to the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. When the effect button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the bancho becomes huge and the clothes are torn, and the display mode is changed to "3 small hits GET". It is displayed in a manner that a balloon with the characters "Daze!" Is displayed],
The first effect is in the fourth aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a second number [for example, one, etc.] of the symbol variation display that results in the certain result. It is an effect to be started [For example, as shown in FIGS. 59 (10a) to 12a, a small hit is made to the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. When one of the symbol variation displays is included, when the effect button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the bancho becomes huge and the clothes are torn, and the display mode is changed to "2 small hits GET". It is displayed in a manner that a balloon with the characters "Daze!" Is displayed],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects.
The second aspect and the fourth aspect are different aspects.
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the look-ahead notice means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the look-ahead notice means.

Further, according to this game console, when the first look-ahead notice is started, it may be possible to have expectations for the first effect as a notice including the subsequent increase in hold.

Here, the holding means may be one that can hold only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be one that can hold other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may be one that always holds the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only the first look-ahead notice, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes the first look-ahead notice, or may not carry out the first look-ahead notice.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started even after the display is suspended. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always started after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be something that may not start after the display has been put on hold.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started after only the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display. Productions other than the first production may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the first effect is always started during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the first effect is performed during the execution of the first symbol variation display. It may not start.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start the first effect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first effect may be started even during the execution of.

Further, only the first look-ahead notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display results in the privilege being granted, or the result of the first symbol variation display is the result of the privilege being granted. In this case, a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice may be started. Further, when the result of the first symbol variation display results in the privilege being granted, the first look-ahead notice may be started without fail, and the result of the first symbol variation display is the result of the privilege being granted. In that case, the first look-ahead notice may not be started.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display results in the privilege being granted, or the result of the first symbol variation display is the result of the privilege being granted. In cases other than the above, the first look-ahead notice may be started.

In addition, even when the result of the first symbol variation display becomes a big hit, the first look-ahead notice may be started, or when the result of the first symbol variation display fits and the number of times becomes the number of ceilings. The first look-ahead notice may be started, or the first look-ahead notice may be started even when the result of the first symbol variation display is a special small hit.

Further, the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include only a certain result, and the first look-ahead may be included. The result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include anything other than a certain result. Further, it is not always necessary that a certain result is included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead A certain result may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Further, it is not necessary that a certain result is included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead A certain result may not be included in the result other than the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that results in a certain result. The effect may be started only in the aspect of, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes a symbol variation display having a certain result. If not, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the first aspect. Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be an effect that is always started in the mode of the above, or a symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that may not be started in the first aspect if it is not.

Further, the first effect is performed only when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display having a certain result. The effect may be started in one embodiment, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes a symbol variation display having a certain result. The production may be started in the first aspect even in cases other than the case where the above is not the case.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include only the symbol variation display having a certain result. The effect may be started in one embodiment, or the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display having a certain result in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. Even when the symbol variation display is not included, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display having a certain result is not included only in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. In addition to the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display, which may be an effect started in one embodiment, is included, a symbol variation display having a certain result is included. It may be an effect that is started in the first aspect when it is not.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display having a certain result. The effect may be started in one aspect, or a symbol variation display having a certain result may be included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended except after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. Even if it is not included, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

Further, the first effect is an effect that is started only in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes the first number of symbol variation displays that result in a certain result. Alternatively, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes the first number of symbol variation indications having a certain result. .. Further, the first effect is an effect that is always started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes the first number of symbol variation displays that result in a certain result. Alternatively, it may be an effect that may not be started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a certain result symbol variation display of the first number.

Further, the first effect is an effect started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes only the first number of symbol variation displays that result in a certain result. It may be an effect that is started in the second aspect even when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a certain number of the first number. You may.

Further, the first effect is an effect started in the second aspect when the first number of symbol variation displays having a certain result is included only in the second symbol variation display. Alternatively, the effect may be started in the second aspect when the first number of symbol variation displays having a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display.

In addition, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, or the second symbol. When the variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, the effect may be started in a mode different from the second aspect.

Further, the first effect is an effect that is started only in the fourth aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a second number of symbol variation displays that result in a certain result. Alternatively, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the fourth aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a second number of symbol variation indications that result in a certain result. .. Further, the first effect is an effect that is always started in the fourth aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a second number of symbol variation displays that result in a certain result. Alternatively, it may be an effect that may not be started in the fourth aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a second number of symbol variation indications that result in a certain result.

Further, the first effect is an effect started in the fourth aspect when the second symbol variation display includes only a second number of symbol variation displays that result in a certain result. It may be an effect that is started in the fourth aspect even when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a certain result of the second number. You may.

Further, the first effect is an effect started in the fourth aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a second number of symbol variation displays having a certain result. Alternatively, the effect may be started in the fourth aspect when the second number of the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display.

In addition, the first effect may be an effect started in the fourth aspect when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, or the second symbol. When the variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, the effect may be started in a mode different from the fourth aspect.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially different aspects or all may be different aspects.

Further, the second aspect and the fourth aspect may be partially different aspects or all may be different aspects.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

In addition, in the above description,
"A game control means [for example, a main control unit 300, etc.] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states.
Holding means [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] that can hold the start of the symbol variation display,
A look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative symbol] capable of executing the first look-ahead notice [for example, continuous notice shown in FIGS. 35 (c) to (n) and FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25)]. Display device 208, etc.]
It is a game table equipped with
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal drawing low probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
The third gaming state is a small hit rush state in which a prize ball is easily obtained by a small hit game.
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may be started in the third gaming state.
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") that is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended [for example. As shown in FIGS. 36 (2) to 36 (3), the look-ahead notice is started after the symbol variation display related to the fourth hold icon h24 of the special figure 2 which is the target of the look-ahead notice is put on hold. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is when the effect button 136 shown in the first effect [for example, FIGS. 35 (j) to (l)) is operated during the execution of the first symbol variation display. , A balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to (12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes huge, the clothes may change to a torn display mode, and a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" May be displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, the first look-ahead notice is started [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to (m) and FIGS. 36 (3) to (3). As shown in 13), continuous notice is started when the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is a small hit],.
The result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display does not include a big hit [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to (m). ) And, as shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to (13), the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous advance notice to the start of the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is out of order. Etc.],
The first effect is a small hit in the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") in which the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended and then the start is suspended. It is an effect started in the first aspect when the symbol variation display is not included [for example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (j) to 35 (l), the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit, the display mode of the character TDR of the bancho does not change when the effect button 136 is operated. , A balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed.],
The first effect is an effect started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit [for example, FIG. 36 (10)). -As shown in the figure (12), for example, two symbol variation displays that are small hits are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. If so, when the effect button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the Bancho becomes huge and the clothes are torn, and the display mode is changed to a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" Is displayed in the manner in which is displayed],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects.
When the first pre-reading notice is started, the third gaming state continues at least until the first symbol variation display is completed [for example, shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to 13 (13). As described above, when the continuous countdown notice starts, the big hit does not occur (it becomes a miss or a small hit) until the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is executed, so the small hit rush continues, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the game control means.

Further, according to this game console, when the first look-ahead notice is started, it may be possible to have expectations for the first effect as a notice including the subsequent increase in hold.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the holding means may be one that can hold only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be a holding means other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may be one that always holds the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only the first look-ahead notice, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes the first look-ahead notice, or may not carry out the first look-ahead notice.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the first gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only in the third gaming state, or may be started in a gaming state other than the third gaming state. You may. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always started in the third gaming state, or may not be started in the third gaming state.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started even after the display is suspended. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always started after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be something that may not start after the display has been put on hold.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started after only the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display. Productions other than the first production may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the first effect is always started during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the first effect is performed during the execution of the first symbol variation display. It may not start.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start the first effect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first effect may be started even during the execution of.

Further, only the first look-ahead notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first look-ahead when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. A look-ahead notice other than the notice may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may always be started when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or the first look-ahead when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit. The notice may not start.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display is a small hit, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is not a small hit. The first look-ahead notice may be initiated.

In addition, even when the result of the first symbol variation display is a big hit, the first look-ahead notice may be started, or when the result of the first symbol variation display is fitted and the number of times is not the number of ceilings. The first look-ahead notice may be started.

Further, it is not necessary that only the big hit is included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead notice is The result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include anything other than the jackpot. In addition, the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display does not necessarily have to include a big hit, and the first look-ahead notice is A big hit may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Further, the jackpot does not have to be included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead notice is The jackpot may not be included in the results other than the result of the symbol variation display from the started symbol variation display to the start of the first symbol variation display.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started only in the embodiment, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes the symbol variation display which is a small hit. If not, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the first aspect. In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. It may be an effect that is always started in the embodiment, or a symbol variation display that is a small hit is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that may not be started in the first aspect if there is no such effect.

Further, the first effect is performed only when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started in the mode of the above, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The production may be started in the first aspect even in cases other than the absence.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include only the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started in the mode of the above, or the symbol variation other than the symbol variation display, which is a small hit in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended Even when the display is not included, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. In addition to the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended, the symbol variation display which is a small hit is included. If not, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

In addition, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display which is a small hit. The effect may be started in the mode of Even if it is not, the production may be started in the first aspect.

Further, the first effect may be an effect that is started only in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, or the second effect. When the symbol variation display of the above includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the second aspect. Further, the first effect may be an effect that is always started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit, or the second effect. It may be an effect that may not be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display which is a small hit is included in the symbol variation display of.

Further, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when only the symbol variation display that is a small hit is included in the second symbol variation display, or the second effect. Even when the symbol variation display of is included in the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display which is a small hit, the effect may be started in the second aspect.

Further, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a small hit only, or the second effect. In addition to the symbol variation display of the above, the effect may be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display that is a small hit is included.

In addition, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, or the second symbol. When the variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, the effect may be started in a mode different from the second aspect.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially different aspects or all may be different aspects.

Further, when the first look-ahead notice is started, only the third gaming state may continue until at least the first symbol variation display is completed, or when the first look-ahead notice is started, the first look-ahead notice is started. A gaming state other than the third gaming state may be continued at least until the first symbol variation display is completed. Further, when the first look-ahead notice is started, the third gaming state may always continue until at least the first symbol variation display is completed, and when the first look-ahead notice is started, the first look-ahead notice is started. The third gaming state may not continue at least until the first symbol variation display is completed.

Further, when the first pre-reading notice is started, the third gaming state may continue until only the first symbol variation display is finished, and when the first pre-reading notice is started, the first The third gaming state may be continued until the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display of one is completed.

Further, only when the first pre-reading notice is started, the third gaming state may be continued at least until the first symbol variation display is completed, or when the first pre-reading notice is started. In other cases, the third gaming state may continue at least until the first symbol variation display is completed.

Further, "The first aspect and the second aspect are different in the notification mode regarding the number of small hits [for example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (j) to (l), they are subject to the pre-reading notice. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after a certain symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that is a small hit, a balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed. By being displayed, it is notified that only one small hit in the symbol variation display is included, and as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to (12), it is subject to the pre-reading notice. For example, if two symbol variation displays that are small hits are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after a certain symbol variation display is suspended, "3 small hits GET!" By displaying the balloon with letters, it is notified that a total of three small hits, which are the small hit in the symbol variation display and the two reserved small hits, are included. Etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the first aspect and the second aspect may differ only in the notification mode regarding the number of small hits, and the first aspect and the second aspect are other than the notification mode regarding the number of small hits. Aspects may also be different. Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may always have different notification modes regarding the number of small hits, and the first aspect and the second aspect have different notification modes regarding the number of small hits. It may not be possible.

In addition, each of the first aspect and the second aspect may directly notify the number of small hits, or may implicitly suggest the number of small hits. ..

In addition, "in the third game state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, the third effect. [For example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25), a small hit regarding a notice executed in a symbol variation display that is a target of the look-ahead notice after the start of the look-ahead notice (for example, The symbol variation display during the period until all the small hit games related to (three small hits) are completed is an off or small hit and does not become a big hit, so the game state has not changed, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, in the third gaming state, only the third gaming state is in the period from the start of at least the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. Does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It is not necessary to end the game state other than the third game state. In addition, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is always in the period from the start of at least the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. The third gaming state may end.

Further, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is changed only during the period from the start of at least the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. The third gaming state does not have to end even during the period.

Further, in the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the effects other than the first effect. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

Further, in the third gaming state, the third gaming state is in the period from the start of at least only the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. It does not have to end, and in the third game state, at least from the start of the effects other than the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect. The third gaming state does not have to end during the period.

Further, only in the third gaming state, at least in the period from the start of the first effect to the end of all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect, the third gaming state is It does not have to end, and even in a game state other than the third game state, all the small hit games related to the execution of the first effect are ended after at least the first effect is started. The third gaming state does not have to end in the period up to.

Further, "one of the plurality of gaming states is a second gaming state [for example, a battle mode (special figure high probability normal figure high probability state), etc.].
The first gaming state is a normal gaming state.
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a probability variation state and an electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure high probability state, etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic change state and a non-electric support state [for example, a special figure high probability normal figure low probability state, etc.].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the second gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the electric support state. Further, the second gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the electric support state.

Further, the third gaming state may include only the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may include a state other than the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state. Further, the third gaming state may always include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state, or may not include the probabilistic change state and the non-electric support state.

In addition, it is equipped with a hold display means [for example, a decorative symbol display device 208, etc.] that notifies the number of symbol change displays whose start is suspended by the number of display of hold icons.
The hold display means is a means capable of displaying the hold icon in one of a plurality of display modes.
The display mode of the hold icon corresponding to the second symbol variation display is the default display mode [for example, as shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25), the symbol variation that is the target of the look-ahead notice. The display mode of the hold icon indicating the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the display is suspended is the default display mode, etc.],.
A game table characterized by that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, it may be possible to prevent the player from having excessive expectations. That is, at the time when the first pre-reading notice is started, it is unclear whether or not the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after that can be expected, and it may be preferable to display in the default display mode.

Here, the hold display means may notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is suspended only by the number of display of the hold icon, or the number of symbol variation displays whose start is suspended may be reserved. Other than the number of displayed icons, it may be notified. Further, the hold display means may always notify the number of symbol variation displays whose start is suspended by the number of display of the hold icon, or the hold icon may indicate the number of symbol variation displays whose start is pending. It may be the one that may not be left unattended depending on the number displayed in.

Further, the hold display means may be capable of displaying only the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes, or may be a display mode other than the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes. It may be something that can display things. Further, the hold display means may always display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes, or may not display the hold icon in one of the plurality of display modes. It may be something that may occur.

In addition, "when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, before the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect is executed in an manner depending on the presence or absence of a symbol variation display that is a small hit in the reserved symbol variation display [for example, as shown in FIGS. 59 (10a) to 25a, look-ahead. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display which is the object of the notice is suspended includes the symbol variation display which is a big hit, the symbol variation is as shown in FIG. 59 (12a). In the symbol variation display that was suspended before the display was suspended, the character TDR of the bancho of the mode corresponding to the number (for example, one) of the symbol variation display that is a small hit is performed],.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to this game table, there is a possibility that the third game state may end due to a big hit, so the first effect does not produce a direction that lowers expectations to prevent a decline in the interest of the game. You may be able to.

Depending on the type of jackpot, the first effect including the information on the jackpot may be performed.

Here, when the second symbol variation display includes the jackpot symbol variation display, the jackpot symbol variation display of the second symbol variation display is suspended before it is suspended. Only the first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the second symbol variation display includes the symbol variation display that is a big hit. If so, the first effect is based on the presence or absence of the small hit symbol variation display in the reserved symbol variation display before the large hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is suspended. Other effects may be executed. In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may always be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the variation display, and the symbol variation display that is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In this case, the first effect is performed in a manner depending on the presence or absence of the small hit symbol variation display in the symbol variation display held before the large hit symbol variation display in the second symbol variation display is suspended. It may not be executed.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be executed only in a mode depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, the first aspect other than the aspect depending on the presence or absence of the small hit symbol variation display in the symbol variation display held before the big hit symbol variation display is suspended in the second symbol variation display is also the first. The production of may be performed.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be executed only depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, the first in the mode corresponding to other than the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display which was suspended before the symbol variation display which is a big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The production may be performed.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, the symbol that is suspended before the symbol variation display that becomes the jackpot in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be executed in a manner depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit only in the variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, in the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display which was suspended before the symbol variation display which is the big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be performed.

In addition, when the second symbol variation display includes the jackpot symbol variation display, only the jackpot symbol variation display of the second symbol variation display was suspended before being suspended. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. In the case, in the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display which was suspended before the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display which is the big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be performed.

In addition, only when the second symbol variation display includes the jackpot symbol variation display, it was suspended before the jackpot symbol variation display of the second symbol variation display was suspended. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display which is a small hit in the symbol variation display, and the symbol variation display which is a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display. Even in cases other than the case, in the second symbol variation display, the symbol variation display that is a big hit is held before the symbol variation display is suspended, and the symbol variation display that is a small hit is present or not. One production may be performed.

In addition, when only the big hit symbol change display is included in the second symbol change display, the big hit symbol change display in the second symbol change display is put on hold before it is put on hold. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the second symbol variation display. Even if is included, the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display that is the big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended. The first effect may be performed at.

In addition, when the symbol variation display that is a big hit is included only in the second symbol variation display, the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the second symbol variation display is suspended before being suspended. The first effect may be executed depending on the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that is a small hit in the symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display that is a big hit in the symbol variation display other than the second symbol variation display. When is included, in the mode according to the presence or absence of the symbol variation display that becomes a small hit in the symbol variation display that was suspended before the symbol variation display that became the big hit in the second symbol variation display was suspended. The first effect may be performed.

Further, "the pre-reading notice means is a means capable of executing a second pre-reading notice [for example, a hold notice shown in FIG. 32 (f)].
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may be started when the big hit symbol variation display is suspended [for example, as shown in FIG. 32 (f), the big hit symbol change display is displayed. When it is put on hold, the hold icon corresponding to the hold is displayed in a rainbow-colored display mode, etc.],
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice different from the first look-ahead notice.
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is not a continuous notice.
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

Here, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only the second look-ahead notice, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the second look-ahead notice. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes the second look-ahead notice, or may not execute the second look-ahead notice.

In addition, the second look-ahead notice may be started only when the big hit symbol change display is suspended, or when the big hit symbol change display is not held. May also be initiated. Further, the second look-ahead notice may be always started when the big hit symbol change display is suspended, or may not be started when the big hit symbol change display is put on hold. It may be a thing.

Further, "a game control means [for example, a main control unit 300 or the like] capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states".
Holding means [for example, main control unit 300, etc.] that can hold the start of the symbol variation display,
A look-ahead notice means [for example, a decorative symbol] capable of executing the first look-ahead notice [for example, continuous notice shown in FIGS. 35 (c) to (n) and FIGS. 36 (3) to 37 (25)]. Display device 208, etc.]
It is a game table equipped with
One of the plurality of gaming states is a first gaming state [for example, a normal gaming state (special figure low probability normal drawing low probability state), etc.].
One of the plurality of gaming states is a third gaming state [for example, a small hit rush (special figure high probability normal figure low probability state), etc.].
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
The third gaming state is a small hit rush state in which a prize ball is easily obtained by a small hit game.
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may be started in the third gaming state.
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") that is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended [for example. As shown in FIGS. 36 (2) to 36 (3), the look-ahead notice is started after the symbol variation display related to the fourth hold icon h24 of the special figure 2 which is the target of the look-ahead notice is put on hold. etc],
The first look-ahead notice is when the effect button 136 shown in the first effect [for example, FIGS. 35 (j) to (l)) is operated during the execution of the first symbol variation display. , A balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed, and as shown in FIGS. 36 (10) to (12), when the effect button 136 is operated, the bancho As the character TDR becomes huge, the clothes may change to a torn display mode, and a balloon with the characters "3 small hits GET!" May be displayed. It is a notice,
When the result of the first symbol variation display is a result of giving a privilege (hereinafter, referred to as "a certain result [for example, a small hit, a big hit, etc.]"), the first look-ahead notice is started [ For example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (c) to 35 (m) and 36 (3) to 13 (13), continuous notice is given when the symbol variation display, which is the target of the look-ahead notice, becomes a small hit. Has started, etc.],
The certain result is not included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display [for example, FIGS. 35 (c) to the same. As shown in FIG. (M) and FIGS. 36 (3) to (13), the result of the symbol variation display from the start of the continuous advance notice to the start of the symbol variation display which is the target of the look-ahead notice is It is out of place, etc.],
The first effect is described in the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") in which the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended and then the start is suspended. It is an effect that is started in the first aspect when the resulting symbol variation display is not included [for example, as shown in FIGS. 35 (j) to (l), the symbol that is the target of the look-ahead notice. If the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that is a small hit, when the effect button 136 is operated, the display mode of the character TDR of the bancho changes. Instead, a balloon with the characters "Small hit GET!" Is displayed.],
The first effect is an effect started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display [for example, FIG. 36 ( 10) As shown in Fig. (12), for example, two symbol variation displays that are small hits are included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the symbol variation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is suspended. In this case, when the effect button 136 is operated, the character TDR of the Bancho becomes huge and the clothes are torn, and the characters "3 small hits GET!" Are added. The effect is displayed in such a way that the balloon is displayed],
The first aspect and the second aspect are different aspects.
When the first pre-reading notice is started, the third gaming state continues at least until the first symbol variation display is completed [for example, shown in FIGS. 36 (3) to 13 (13). As described above, when the continuous countdown notice starts, the big hit does not occur (it becomes a miss or a small hit) until the symbol fluctuation display that is the target of the look-ahead notice is executed, so the small hit rush continues, etc.],
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

According to the conventional game table, there is room for improvement in the game control means, but according to this game table, it is possible to provide a game table having a feature in the game control means.

Further, according to this game console, when the first look-ahead notice is started, it may be possible to have expectations for the first effect as a notice including the subsequent increase in hold.

Here, the game control means may be capable of executing only the control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. Controls other than control may be executable. Further, the game control means may always execute control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states, or control to shift to one of the plurality of gaming states. It may not be executed.

Further, the holding means may be one that can hold only the start of the symbol variation display, or may be a holding means other than the start of the symbol variation display. Further, the holding means may be one that always holds the start of the symbol variation display, or may not hold the start of the symbol variation display.

Further, the look-ahead notice means may be capable of executing only the first look-ahead notice, or may be capable of executing a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice. Further, the look-ahead notice means may be one that always executes the first look-ahead notice, or may not carry out the first look-ahead notice.

Further, the third gaming state may be more advantageous than only the first gaming state, or may be more advantageous than the gaming states other than the first gaming state. Further, the third gaming state may be always more advantageous than the first gaming state, or may be less advantageous than the first gaming state.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only in the third gaming state, or may be started in a gaming state other than the third gaming state. You may. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always started in the third gaming state, or may not be started in the third gaming state.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started even after the display is suspended. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be always started after the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be something that may not start after the display has been put on hold.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started after only the symbol change display which is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended, or the symbol change which is the target of the first look-ahead notice may be started. It may be started after the symbol variation display other than the display is suspended.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or may start only the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display. Productions other than the first production may also be started. Further, the first look-ahead notice may be such that the first effect is always started during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the first effect is performed during the execution of the first symbol variation display. It may not start.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may start the first effect only during the execution of the first symbol variation display, or the symbol variation display other than the first symbol variation display. The first effect may be started even during the execution of.

Further, only the first look-ahead notice may be started when the result of the first symbol variation display results in the privilege being granted, or the result of the first symbol variation display is the result of the privilege being granted. In this case, a look-ahead notice other than the first look-ahead notice may be started. Further, when the result of the first symbol variation display results in the privilege being granted, the first look-ahead notice may be started without fail, and the result of the first symbol variation display is the result of the privilege being granted. In that case, the first look-ahead notice may not be started.

Further, the first look-ahead notice may be started only when the result of the first symbol variation display results in the privilege being granted, or the result of the first symbol variation display is the result of the privilege being granted. In cases other than the above, the first look-ahead notice may be started.

In addition, even when the result of the first symbol variation display becomes a big hit, the first look-ahead notice may be started, or when the result of the first symbol variation display fits and the number of times becomes the number of ceilings. The first look-ahead notice may be started, or the first look-ahead notice may be started even when the result of the first symbol variation display is a special small hit.

Further, the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include only a certain result, and the first look-ahead may be included. The result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display may not include anything other than a certain result. Further, it is not always necessary that a certain result is included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead A certain result may be included in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Further, it is not necessary that a certain result is included only in the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the first look-ahead notice to the start of the first symbol variation display, and the first look-ahead A certain result may not be included in the result other than the result of the symbol variation display from the symbol variation display from the start of the advance notice to the start of the first symbol variation display.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that results in a certain result. The effect may be started only in the aspect of, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes a symbol variation display having a certain result. If not, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the first aspect. Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be an effect that is always started in the mode of the above, or a symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. It may be an effect that may not be started in the first aspect if it is not.

Further, the first effect is performed only when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display having a certain result. The effect may be started in one embodiment, or the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended includes a symbol variation display having a certain result. The production may be started in the first aspect even in cases other than the case where the above is not the case.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include only the symbol variation display having a certain result. The effect may be started in one embodiment, or the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display having a certain result in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. Even when the symbol variation display is not included, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display having a certain result is not included only in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. In addition to the symbol variation display whose start is suspended after the start of the first symbol variation display, which may be an effect started in one embodiment, is included, a symbol variation display having a certain result is included. It may be an effect that is started in the first aspect when it is not.

Further, the first effect is the first when the symbol variation display whose start is suspended only after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended does not include the symbol variation display having a certain result. The effect may be started in one aspect, or a symbol variation display having a certain result may be included in the symbol variation display whose start is suspended except after the start of the first symbol variation display is suspended. Even if it is not included, the effect may be started in the first aspect.

Further, the first effect may be an effect that is started only in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. When the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display, the effect may be started in an aspect other than the second aspect. Further, the first effect may be an effect that is always started in the second aspect when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display that results in a certain result. It may be an effect that may not be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the symbol variation display of the second.

Further, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when only the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the second symbol variation display. Even when the second symbol variation display includes a symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display that results in a certain result, the effect may be started in the second aspect.

Further, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display having a certain result is included only in the second symbol variation display. The effect may be started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display having a certain result is included in the symbol variation display of the second.

In addition, the first effect may be an effect started in the second aspect when the symbol variation display that becomes a big hit is included in the second symbol variation display, or the second symbol. When the variation display includes a symbol variation display that is a big hit, the effect may be started in a mode different from the second aspect.

Further, the first aspect and the second aspect may be partially different aspects or all may be different aspects.

Further, when the first look-ahead notice is started, only the third gaming state may continue until at least the first symbol variation display is completed, or when the first look-ahead notice is started, the first look-ahead notice is started. A gaming state other than the third gaming state may be continued at least until the first symbol variation display is completed. Further, when the first look-ahead notice is started, the third gaming state may always continue until at least the first symbol variation display is completed, and when the first look-ahead notice is started, the first look-ahead notice is started. The third gaming state may not continue at least until the first symbol variation display is completed.

Further, when the first pre-reading notice is started, the third gaming state may continue until only the first symbol variation display is finished, and when the first pre-reading notice is started, the first The third gaming state may be continued until the symbol variation display other than the symbol variation display of one is completed.

Further, only when the first pre-reading notice is started, the third gaming state may be continued at least until the first symbol variation display is completed, or when the first pre-reading notice is started. In other cases, the third gaming state may continue at least until the first symbol variation display is completed.

Further, "The game table is a pachinko machine [for example, the pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1].
A game table featuring that. 』\
Was also explained.

The above is an additional note including what has been explained so far.

(Appendix 1)
The first starting prize means and
The second starting prize means and
The first variable winning means and
The second variable winning means and
A game control means capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states, and
A symbol display means that can execute symbol variation display,
It is a game table equipped with
The gaming state of one of the plurality of gaming states is the first gaming state.
The gaming state of one of the plurality of gaming states is the second gaming state.
The gaming state of one of the plurality of gaming states is the third gaming state.
The second gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state.
When the big hit game is started in the first game state, there is a case where the game shifts to the second game state after the end of the big hit game (hereinafter, referred to as "first case").
In the first case, there is a case where the symbol variation display that is out of alignment is executed to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state (hereinafter referred to as "second case"). can be,
When the big hit game is started in the second game state, there is a case where the game shifts to the second game state after the end of the big hit game (hereinafter referred to as "third case").
In the third case, there is a case where the symbol variation display that is out of alignment is executed to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state (hereinafter referred to as "fourth case"). can be,
In the fourth case, it is easier to shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state with a smaller number of executions of the symbol variation display, which is out of alignment, than in the second case.
The symbol display means is a means including a first symbol display means and a second symbol display means.
The first symbol display means can execute the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol variation display") when a game ball is entered into the first start winning means. It is a design display means,
The second symbol display means can execute the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") when a game ball is entered into the second start winning means. It is a design display means,
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a probability change state and an electric support state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state including the probabilistic state and the non-electric support state.
As a result of executing the second symbol variation display, when the small hit symbol is displayed, the second small hit game is started.
In the third gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display.
When the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means, the first variable winning means is opened.
When the small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means, the second variable winning means is opened.
The small hit symbol is displayed in the second symbol display means and the second is compared with the case where the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means and the first variable winning means is in the open state. It is easier for prize balls to be paid out when the variable winning means is open.
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 2)
The game console described in Appendix 1,
The game control means is a means capable of selecting one type of fit from a plurality of types of fits when shifting to the second game state after the end of the jackpot game.
The number of fittings is the number of times the symbol variation display is executed, which is lost without starting the big hit game.
The average number of fits selected in the third case is smaller than the average number of fits selected in the first case.
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 3)
The game console described in Appendix 2,
As a result of executing the symbol variation display, when one type of jackpot symbol among a plurality of types of jackpot symbols is displayed, the jackpot game is started.
The plurality of types of jackpot symbols are associated with the number of fittings.
The jackpot symbol of one of the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is the first jackpot symbol.
The jackpot symbol of one of the plurality of types of jackpot symbols is the second jackpot symbol.
The number of fittings associated with the first jackpot symbol is the first number of times.
The number of fittings associated with the second jackpot symbol is the second number of times.
The first number of times is more than the second number of times.
The probability that the first jackpot symbol will be displayed when a jackpot is achieved in the first gaming state and the probability that the second jackpot symbol will be displayed when a jackpot is achieved in the second gaming state are the same. Is,
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 4)
The game console according to any one of Supplementary note 1 to 3.
When the jackpot game is started in the third gaming state, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game is completed.
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 5)
The game console according to any one of Supplementary note 1 to 4.
When the jackpot game is started in the first gaming state, the game may shift to the third gaming state after the jackpot game is completed.
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 6)
The game console according to any one of Supplementary note 1 to 5.
The first starting winning means is a starting winning means that can be changed into a first state and a second state.
The second state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the first starting winning means than the first state.
In the electric support state, the first start winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state.
In the second gaming state, the first symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the second symbol variation display.
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 7)
The game console described in Appendix 6
In some cases, both the first symbol variation display and the second symbol variation display are being executed.
In the second gaming state, it is more advantageous to hit right than to hit left.
In the third gaming state, the right-handed case is more advantageous than the left-handed case.
The first symbol variation display can be executed with a selected variation time among a plurality of types of variation times.
The second symbol variation display can be executed with a selected variation time among a plurality of types of variation times.
In the second gaming state, the variation time of the second symbol variation display is longer than the variation time of the first symbol variation display that can be selected.
As a result of executing the first symbol variation display, when the small hit symbol is displayed, the first small hit game is started.
At least in the probability variation state, when the result of the first symbol variation display is displayed, either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed.
If either the big hit symbol or the small hit symbol is displayed in the first symbol display means during the execution of the second symbol variation display, the second symbol variation display being executed is discarded. A misaligned symbol is displayed on the second symbol display means.
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 8)
The game console according to any one of Supplementary note 1 to 7.
The game table is a pachinko machine.
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 9)
A holding means that can hold the start of the symbol variation display,
A game control means capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states, and
A look-ahead notice means that can execute multiple types of look-ahead notices,
It is a game table equipped with
The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is the first look-ahead notice.
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is started after the symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "first symbol change display") that is the target of the first look-ahead notice is suspended.
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may start the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display.
The first effect is information on a symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "second symbol variation display") suspended after the first symbol variation display is suspended and the first symbol variation. It is the production of content based on information that includes at least information about display.
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may be executed when the first symbol variation display is a specific symbol variation display.
The specific symbol variation display is a symbol variation display to which a certain privilege is given.
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may execute the first effect when the second symbol variation display to which the certain privilege is to be granted is suspended.
The first look-ahead notice is the first in the execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display to which the certain privilege is to be granted is not reserved. It is a look-ahead notice to start a second production different from the production,
The second effect is a notice effect for notifying that a certain privilege will be granted as a result of the first symbol variation display being executed.
The gaming state of one of the plurality of gaming states is the first gaming state.
The gaming state of one of the plurality of gaming states is the third gaming state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
Some of the benefits include small hits
The third gaming state is a gaming state in which a small hit game in which a prize ball is easily paid out is likely to be started.
When the first look-ahead notice is started in the third gaming state, the symbol variation display until the first symbol variation display is started is missed.
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 10)
The game console described in Appendix 9.
The symbol variation display (hereinafter referred to as "third symbol variation display") to which the certain privilege is given to the symbol variation display suspended after the first effect is started is included. If so, the first effect may continue until the granting of the certain privilege related to the third symbol variation display is started.
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 11)
The game console according to Appendix 9 or 10.
The certain perks include at least the first jackpot and the second jackpot,
The first big hit is a big hit whose game state changes before and after the big hit game after the end of the big hit game related to the first big hit.
The second jackpot is a jackpot in which the gaming state does not change before and after the jackpot game after the jackpot game related to the second jackpot is completed.
The first look-ahead notice is to start the first effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display, which is the second big hit, is suspended. There is a look-ahead notice,
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead that starts the second effect during the execution of the first symbol variation display when the second symbol variation display, which is the first jackpot, is suspended. It is a notice,
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 12)
The game console according to any one of Supplementary note 9 to 11.
The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is the second look-ahead notice.
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may be started when the second symbol variation display to which the certain privilege is to be granted is suspended.
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice different from the first look-ahead notice.
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that is not a continuous notice.
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 13)
The game console according to any one of Supplementary note 9 to 12.
The game table is a pachinko machine.
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 14)
A game control means capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states, and
A symbol display means that can execute symbol variation display,
A production means that can execute multiple productions,
A look-ahead notice means that can execute multiple types of look-ahead notices,
It is a game table equipped with
The gaming state of one of the plurality of gaming states is the second gaming state.
The gaming state of one of the plurality of gaming states is the third gaming state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state in which prize balls are more likely to be paid out by a small hit game than in the second gaming state.
One of the plurality of effects is the first effect.
One of the plurality of effects is the second effect.
The first effect is an effect that may be started in the second gaming state.
The first production is a mission production.
The second effect is an effect that starts when the mission is achieved.
When the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game.
After the second gaming state starts, when the symbol variation display that is lost without starting the jackpot game is executed a certain number of times (hereinafter, referred to as "a certain number of fits") (hereinafter, referred to as "a certain number of fits"). In the "fifth case"), the second gaming state is changed to the third gaming state.
In the fifth case, the mission is accomplished and the second production is started.
The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is the first look-ahead notice.
The first pre-reading notice is a continuous notice in which the effect is executed in the direction in which the mission is achieved each time the symbol variation display is executed.
The first look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice that may be started when any of the plurality of reserved symbol variation displays is different from the jackpot in the second gaming state.
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 15)
The game console described in Appendix 14,
The game control means is a means capable of selecting the number of fits of one of a plurality of types of fits as the certain number of fits after shifting to the second game state.
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 16)
The game console according to Appendix 14 or 15.
The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is the second look-ahead notice.
The second look-ahead notice is a look-ahead notice different from the first look-ahead notice.
When the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the process shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process.
The first game process is a game process in which a big hit game is executed in the second game state, and after the end of the big hit game, the game shifts to the third game state.
The second gaming process is a gaming process that shifts from the second gaming state to the third gaming state in the fifth case.
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 17)
A game control means capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states, and
A production means that can execute multiple productions,
A look-ahead notice means that can execute multiple types of look-ahead notices,
It is a game table equipped with
The gaming state of one of the plurality of gaming states is the second gaming state.
The gaming state of one of the plurality of gaming states is the third gaming state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state.
One of the plurality of effects is the first effect.
One of the plurality of effects is a second effect, and the first effect is an effect that may be started in the second gaming state.
The first production is a mission production.
The second effect is an effect that starts when the mission is achieved.
When the second effect is started, the game may shift from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without executing the jackpot game.
The look-ahead notice of one of the plurality of types of look-ahead notices is the second look-ahead notice.
When the second look-ahead notice is started in the second gaming state, the process shifts to the third gaming state in one of the first gaming process and the second gaming process.
The first game process is a game process in which a big hit game is executed in the second game state, and after the end of the big hit game, the game shifts to the third game state.
The second gaming process is a gaming process in which the jackpot game shifts from the second gaming state to the third gaming state without starting the jackpot game in the second gaming state.
A game table characterized by that.

(Appendix 18)
The game console according to any one of the appendices 14 to 17.
When the second gaming state starts, the first effect is started, and the second effect may be started in connection with the end of the second gaming state.
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 19)
The game console according to any one of Supplementary note 14 to 18.
One of the plurality of effects is the third effect.
The third effect is an effect of notifying that the mission has failed.
When the third production is started, it becomes a big hit and
After the big hit game related to the certain big hit is completed, the game state shifts to a game state different from the third game state.
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 20)
The game console according to any one of Supplementary note 14 to 19.
The gaming state of one of the plurality of gaming states is the first gaming state.
The second gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
When the big hit game is started in the first game state, after the end of the big hit game, the game shifts to the second game state and the first effect is started (hereinafter, "first case"). There is.)
When the big hit game is started in the second gaming state, after the end of the big hit game, the game shifts to the second gaming state and the first effect is started (hereinafter, "third case"). There is.)
The mission is more likely to be accomplished in the third case than in the first case.
A game table featuring that.

(Appendix 21)
The game console according to any one of Supplementary note 14 to 20.
The game table is a pachinko machine.
A game table featuring that.

FIG. 60 is a front view of an enclosed pachinko machine to which the present invention can be applied.

In the enclosed pachinko machine 900 shown in FIG. 60, a predetermined number of gaming media (for example, gaming balls) are circulated inside the gaming table. That is, the game medium launched from the launching means 901 to the gaming area 902 is discharged from the gaming area 902 and can be supplied to the launching means 901 again. Further, a display means 903 for displaying information on the number of game media (prize balls, rental balls, total number of balls held, etc.) and other information is arranged below the game area 902 on the front of the game table. The upper plate 126 and the lower plate 128 shown in 1 are not provided.

It should be noted that the above-mentioned display means 903 may be further provided on the upper plate 126 of the above-mentioned pachinko machine 100 shown in FIG. 1, and further, the above-mentioned display means 903 is provided with a touch panel. You may. That is, the touch panel provided on the display means 903 can function as an operation means. Then, the effect related to the operation of the effect button 136 may be executed by one touch operation, the continuous press operation, or the long press operation by the touch panel, or when the long press auto continuous press function is in the effective state, the touch panel. May be configured to perform a pseudo-continuous hitting operation on the touch panel while the touch panel is continuously touched. Further, it may be configured so as not to enable the long press auto continuous striking function. Further, in some productions, the long press auto continuous striking function may be enabled. In other words, the long-press auto-striking function may be activated on the touch panel, may not be activated, may be configured to have many effects to be activated, or may be configured to have few effects. .. Further, there are a plurality of effects by the continuous striking operation on the touch panel, and when the touch panel is used, the long press auto continuous striking function may be configured so as not to be effective in many cases, or may be configured to be less effective. ..

As described above, the pachinko machine 900 shown in FIG. 60 is used by enclosing a ball and circulating the enclosed ball in the pachinko machine. The enclosed ball is used as a launching ball and the ball is discharged. May be performed by credit.

Next, a slot machine (rotary body gaming machine) as a gaming table applicable to the present invention will be described with reference to FIG. 61. Here, FIG. 61 is an external perspective view of the slot machine 1000 applicable to the present invention as viewed from the front side (player side).

The slot machine 1000 shown in FIG. 61 includes a main body 1001 and a front door 1002 that is attached to the front of the main body 1001 and can be opened and closed with respect to the main body 1001. Inside the center of the main body 1001 (not shown in FIG. 61), three reels (left reel 1010, middle reel 1011, right reel 1012) in which a plurality of types of symbols are arranged on the outer peripheral surface are stored, and the slot machine 1000 is used. It is configured to be able to rotate inside. These reels 1010 to 1012 are rotationally driven by a driving means such as a stepping motor.

In this embodiment, an appropriate number of symbols are printed on the strip-shaped member at equal intervals, and the strip-shaped members are attached to a predetermined circular tubular frame material to form each reel 1010 to 1012. From the player's point of view, three symbols on the reels 1010 to 1012 are displayed in the vertical direction from the symbol display window 1013, and a total of nine symbols can be seen. Then, by rotating each reel 1010 to 1012, the combination of symbols that can be seen by the player changes. That is, each reel 1010 to 1012 functions as a display means for variably displaying a combination of a plurality of types of symbols. As such a display means, an electronic image display device such as a liquid crystal display device can be adopted in addition to the reel. Further, in the present embodiment, three reels are provided inside the center of the slot machine 1000, but the number of reels and the installation position of the reels are not limited to this.

On the back surface of each of the reels 1010 to 1012, a reel backlight (not shown) for illuminating each symbol displayed on the symbol display window 1013 is arranged. It is desirable that the reel backlight is shielded for each symbol so that the individual symbols can be evenly illuminated. In the slot machine 1000, an optical sensor (not shown) including a light emitting part and a light receiving part is provided in the vicinity of each reel 1010 to 1012, and the light emitting part and the light receiving part of this optical sensor are provided. It is configured so that a light-shielding piece of a certain length provided on the reel passes between the spaces. Based on the detection result of this sensor, the position of the symbol on the reel in the rotation direction is determined, and the reels 1010 to 1012 are stopped so that the target symbol is displayed on the winning line.

The winning line indicator lamp 1020 is a lamp indicating a valid winning line 1014. The valid winning line is predetermined by the number of medals bet as a game medium. There are 5 winning lines 1014. For example, if one medal is bet, the middle horizontal winning line is valid, and if two medals are bet, the upper horizontal winning line and the lower horizontal winning line are added. If three medals are valid and three medals are bet, the five lines with the addition of the right-down winning line and the upper-right winning line will be valid as the winning line. The number of winning lines 1014 is not limited to 5 lines, and for example, when one medal is bet, the middle horizontal winning line, the upper horizontal winning line, the lower horizontal winning line, and the right. Five lines, a downhill winning line and an upper right winning line, may be valid as winning lines. Hereinafter, a valid winning line may be referred to as a valid line.

The notification lamp 1023 is, for example, a lamp that informs the player that a specific winning combination (specifically, a bonus) has been internally won in the internal lottery described later, or that the bonus game is in progress. The game medal insertable lamp 1024 is a lamp for notifying the player that the game medal can be inserted. The re-game lamp 1022 informs the player that the current game can be re-gamed (no need to insert a medal) when the re-game, which is one of the winning roles in the previous game, is won. It's a lamp. The reel panel lamp 1028 is a lamp for directing.

The medal insertion buttons 1030 to 1032 are buttons for inserting a predetermined number of medals (called credits) electronically stored in the slot machine 1000. In this embodiment, a maximum of three medals are inserted each time the medal insertion button 1030 is pressed, two medals are inserted when the medal insertion button 1031 is pressed, and 3 when the medal insertion button 1032 is pressed. It is designed to be thrown in. Hereinafter, the medal insertion button 1032 is also referred to as a MAX medal insertion button. The game medal insertion lamp 1029 lights up a number of lamps corresponding to the number of inserted medals, and when a predetermined number of medals are inserted, the game start operation for notifying that the game start operation is possible. The lamp 1021 lights up.

The medal insertion slot 1041 is an insertion slot for the player to insert medals at the start of the game. That is, the medal can be inserted electronically by pressing the medal insertion buttons 1030 to 1032, or the actual medal can be inserted (insertion operation) from the medal insertion slot 1041. Is. The stored number display 1025 is a display for displaying the number of medals electronically stored in the slot machine 1000. The game information display 126 is a display for displaying various internal information (for example, the number of medals paid out during a bonus game) numerically. The payout number display 1027 is a display for displaying the number of medals to be paid out to the player as a result of winning a prize in some winning combination. In the present embodiment, the stored number display 1025, the game information display 1026, and the payout number display 1027 are composed of a 7-segment (SEG) display.

The start lever 1035 is a lever-type switch for starting the rotation of the reels 1010 to 1012. That is, when a desired number of medals are inserted into the medal insertion port 1041 or the medal insertion buttons 1030 to 1032 are operated to operate the start lever 1035, the reels 1010 to 1012 start to rotate. The operation on the start lever 1035 is called the game start operation.

The stop button unit 1036 is provided with stop buttons 1037 to 1039 as an example of the operating means. The stop buttons 1037 to 1039 are button-type switches for individually stopping the reels 1010 to 1012 that have started to rotate by operating the start lever 1035, and are associated with the reels 1010 to 1012. Hereinafter, the operation for the stop buttons 1037 to 1039 is referred to as a stop operation, the first stop operation is referred to as a first stop operation, the next stop operation is referred to as a second stop operation, and the final stop operation is referred to as a third stop operation. Further, the reel subject to the first stop operation is referred to as a first stop reel, the reel subject to the second stop operation is referred to as a second stop reel, and the reel subject to the third stop operation is referred to as a third stop reel. A light emitting body may be provided inside each of the stop buttons 1037 to 1039, and when the stop buttons 1037 to 1039 can be operated, the light emitting body can be turned on to notify the player.

The medal return button 1033 is a button for removing medals by pressing the button when the inserted medals are jammed. The checkout button 1034 is a button for settling medals and bet medals electronically stored in the slot machine 1000 and discharging them from the medal payout outlet 1055. The door key hole 1040 is a hole for inserting a key for unlocking the front door 1002 of the slot machine 1000. The medal payout outlet 1055 is a payout exit for paying out medals.

On the right side of the medal insertion button 1032, a chance button 1100 is provided as an example of the operating means. The chance button 1100 can be operated in relation to the operation of the reels 1010 to 1012, or can be operated in relation to the display of the liquid crystal display device 1057. Further, the chance button 1100 can take a plurality of states as in the pachinko machine 100 according to the above embodiment, and the state may be changed during the operation valid period of the chance button 1100.

The information display button unit 1050 is provided with an information display button 1046. The information display button 1046 is, for example, an operation button for calling a user menu (for example, a menu for setting game history information of an individual player), and is composed of a plurality of buttons. In this embodiment, the information display button 1046 corresponds to an operating means.

A title panel 1062 for displaying the model name and attaching various certificate stamps is provided at the lower part of the stop button unit 1036, and the title panel lamp 1064 is a lamp for lighting the title panel 1062. At the bottom of the title panel 1062, a medal payout outlet 1055 and a medal tray 1061 are provided.

The sound hole 1081 is a hole for outputting the sound of the speaker provided inside the slot machine 1000 to the outside. The side lamps 1044 provided on the left and right parts of the front door 1002 are decorative lamps for enlivening the game. An effect device 1060 is arranged on the upper part of the front door 1002, and a sound hole 1043 is provided on the upper part of the effect device 1060. The effect device 1060 includes a shutter (shielding device) 1063 composed of two right shutters 1063a and a left shutter 1063b that can be opened and closed in the horizontal direction, and a liquid crystal display device 1057 (not shown) arranged behind the shutter 1063. When the right shutter 1063a and the left shutter 1063b are opened horizontally in front of the liquid crystal display device 1057, the display screen of the liquid crystal display device 1057 (not shown) is displayed in front of the slot machine 1000 (game). It has a structure that appears on the person's side).

It should be noted that the device may be configured to be capable of displaying various production images and various game information even if it is not a liquid crystal display device. For example, a multi-segment display (7-segment display), a dot matrix display, an organic EL display, or a plasma display. , A reel (drum), or a display device including a projector and a screen may be used. Further, the display screen has a square shape, and the entire display screen is configured to be visible to the player. In the case of this embodiment, the display screen is rectangular, but may be square. Further, it is also possible to provide an ornament (not shown) on the peripheral edge of the display screen so that the display screen looks irregular as a result of a part of the peripheral edge of the display screen being hidden by the ornament. In the case of this embodiment, the display screen is a flat surface, but may have a curved surface.

According to the slot machine 1000 as described above, for example, the normal game can correspond to the first game state (for example, the normal game state) in the pachinko machine 100, and AT (assist time) or ART. It is possible to deal with the CZ (chance zone) of the precursor to shift to (assist replay time) and the precursor effect to the second gaming state (for example, the probability change state) in the pachinko machine 100, and to pachinko AT and ART. It is possible to correspond to the third gaming state (for example, small hit rush) in the machine 100, and bonuses such as BB (big bonus) and RB (regular bonus) correspond to the big hit game in the pachinko machine 100. By making these correspond to the above-described embodiments, it is possible to realize the present invention in the slot machine 1000 as well.

The game console according to the present invention is shown in FIG. 62 (a), "a bill is inserted into the bill insertion slot 2002, a lottery is executed based on the bet 2004 and start 2006 operations, and the lottery result is displayed on the lottery result display device 2008. However, at the time of winning, the number of privilege coins is added to the number of remaining credits, and when cashout 2009 is selected, the receipt issuing machine 2010 issues a receipt with a code corresponding to the number of remaining credits. " May be.

Further, as shown in FIG. 3B, a mobile phone 3000 having a storage unit for storing electronic data for realizing the present invention, and as shown in FIG. 3C, electronic data for realizing the present invention. It may be applied to a portable game machine 4000 having a storage unit for storing the present invention, and a home video game machine 5000 having a storage unit for storing electronic data according to the present invention.

More specifically, the mobile phone 3000 in the figure (b) has an operation unit operated by the player, a data acquisition unit for acquiring data related to the game through the mobile phone line, and data related to the acquired game (book). It includes a storage unit that stores electronic data) that realizes the invention, and a control unit that controls the game based on the data stored in the storage unit and the operation of the operation unit.

The portable game machine 4000 in the figure (c) has an operation unit operated by a player, a data acquisition unit for acquiring data related to a game from a predetermined storage medium (DVD or the like), and data related to the acquired game (the present invention). It is provided with a storage unit that stores electronic data) that realizes the above, and a control unit that controls the game based on the data stored in the storage unit and the operation of the operation unit. The home video game machine 5000 in the figure (d) has an operation unit operated by a player, a data acquisition unit for acquiring data related to a game from a predetermined storage medium (DVD or the like), and data related to the acquired game ( It includes a storage unit that stores electronic data) that realizes the present invention, and a control unit that controls the game based on the data stored in the storage unit and the operation of the operation unit.

Further, as shown in FIG. 6E, the present invention may be applied to a data server 6000 that stores electronic data that realizes the present invention. In some cases, electronic data realizing the present invention may be downloaded from the data server 6000 to the home video game machine 5000 shown in FIG. 3D via an Internet line.

Further, the present invention can be applied to execute a game even in a game program in which the operation of an actual machine such as a pachinko machine is simulated for a home-use game machine. In that case, a DVD-ROM, a CD-ROM, an FD (flexible disk), or any other recording medium can be used as the recording medium for recording the game program.

Further, the present invention has given an example of a pachinko machine and a slot machine as a game table, but the present invention is not limited to this, and may be applied to an arrange ball game machine, a ball game machine, a smart ball, and the like.

Further, the actions and effects described in the embodiments of the present invention merely list the most suitable actions and effects resulting from the present invention, and the actions and effects according to the present invention are described in the embodiments of the present invention. It is not limited to what has been done. It should be noted that even if the constituent requirements are included only in the description of the embodiment, the embodiment, the modified example, the various examples, the appendices, etc. described above, the constituent requirement may be referred to as another embodiment or the embodiment. It may be applied to a modified example, various examples, an appendix, and the like. That is, unless there is a factor that hinders the application, the constituent requirements included only in the description of the embodiment, the embodiment, the modification, the various examples, the appendices, etc. are applied to other embodiments, examples, and modifications. Even if it is applied to examples, various examples, appendices, etc., it holds as one cohesive technical idea.

100 Pachinko machine 208 Decorative pattern display device 212 1st special figure display device 214 2nd special figure display device 231 1st special figure start port (variable)
232 2nd special figure start port 234 1st variable winning opening 2341 Shutter member 235 2nd variable winning opening 2351 Shutter member 23r1 Rear 1st rib 23r2 Rear lateral rib 23r3 Rear 2nd rib 23r4 Winning prevention rib 23f1 Front 1st Rib 23f2 Front side horizontal rib 23f3 Front side second rib 23f6 to 23f8 Ball guide rib 300 Main control unit 304 CPU
306 ROM
308 RAM

Claims (1)

A game control means capable of executing control to shift to one of a plurality of game states, and
The first starting prize means and
The second starting prize means and
A first symbol display means capable of executing a first symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the first start winning means, and a first symbol display means.
A second symbol display means capable of executing a second symbol variation display when a game ball is entered into the second start winning means, and a second symbol display means.
The first variable winning means and
The second variable winning means and
It is a game table equipped with
The gaming state of one of the plurality of gaming states is the first gaming state.
The gaming state of one of the plurality of gaming states is the second gaming state.
The gaming state of one of the plurality of gaming states is the third gaming state.
The second gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the first gaming state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state that is more advantageous than the second gaming state.
The second gaming state is a gaming state including a probability change state and an electric support state.
The third gaming state is a gaming state including a probabilistic state and a non-electric support state.
In the second gaming state, when the number of fits becomes the first number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.
In the second gaming state, when the number of fittings becomes the second number, the second gaming state may shift to the third gaming state.
The first number of times and the second number of times are different times.
In response to the small hit symbol being displayed in the first symbol display means, the game ball becomes easy to enter the first variable winning means (hereinafter referred to as "third state").
In response to the small hit symbol being displayed in the second symbol display means, the game ball becomes easy to enter the second variable winning means (hereinafter referred to as "fourth state").
In the fourth state, it is easier to obtain a prize ball than in the third state.
When the first big hit game is started in the first game state, the game shifts to the third game state after the end of the first big hit game.
The second starting winning means is a starting winning means that can be changed into a first state and a second state.
The second state is a state in which the game ball is easier to enter the second starting winning means than the first state.
In the electric support state, the second start winning means is more likely to be in the second state than in the non-electric support state.
In the second gaming state, the second symbol variation display is more likely to be a big hit than the first symbol variation display.
A game table featuring that.

Images